Ruckus Unified IP MIB Reference, January 2016 Fast Iron 08.0.10 Reference Ipmib Jan2016 8010x
FastIron 08.0.10 MIB Reference ipmib-jan2016-reference_8010x
2017-12-13
User Manual: Ruckus FastIron 08.0.10 MIB Reference
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 735
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
53-1003106-02 14 January 2016 Unified IP MIB Reference Supporting Multi-Service IronWare Release 05.6.00a, FastIron Releases 07.5.00 and 08.0.10 ® Copyright © 2016 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. ADX, AnyIO, Brocade, Brocade Assurance, the B-wing symbol, DCX, Fabric OS, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and HyperEdge, The Effortless Network, and The On-Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries. Other brands, products, or service names mentioned may be trademarks of their respective owners. Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability. Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government. The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained in this book or the computer programs that accompany it. The product described by this document may contain “open source” software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd. Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated Corporate and Latin American Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 130 Holger Way San Jose, CA 95134 Tel: 1-408-333-8000 Fax: 1-408-333-8101 E-mail: info@brocade.com Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd. No. 1 Guanghua Road Chao Yang District Units 2718 and 2818 Beijing 100020, China Tel: +8610 6588 8888 Fax: +8610 6588 9999 E-mail: china-info@brocade.com European Headquarters Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl Centre Swissair Tour B - 4ème étage 29, Route de l'Aéroport Case Postale 105 CH-1215 Genève 15 Switzerland Tel: +41 22 799 5640 Fax: +41 22 799 5641 E-mail: emea-info@brocade.com Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE) Citic Plaza No. 233 Tian He Road North Unit 1308 – 13th Floor Guangzhou, China Tel: +8620 3891 2000 Fax: +8620 3891 2111 E-mail: china-info@brocade.com Document History Title Publication number Summary of changes Date Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-01 Included MIBs to support the FastIron release 08.0.10. January 2014 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Updated version of the document. January 2016 Contents About This Document Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv Command syntax conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxv Getting technical help or reporting errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxv Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxv Chapter 1 Overview of the Unified IP MIB Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Obtaining and installing the Unified IP MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Downloading the MIB from the Technical Support website . . . . 1 Downloading the MIB from the Brocade FTP site . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Importing Unified IP MIB into a UNIX environment . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Reloading MIBs into a third-party NMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Proprietary objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SNMP support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chapter 2 Supported Standard MIBs Supported on FastIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Supported on NetIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 RFC compliance - management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 IEEE standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 LLDP MIB support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 LLDP\LLDP-MED MIB support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 RFC 1493: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges . . . . . . . . . 10 RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base . . . . . . 11 RFC 2096: IP Forwarding Table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 RFC 2233: The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 iii RFC 2515: Definitions of Managed Objects for ATM Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 ATM interface configuration parameters table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 ATM interface transmission convergence sub-layer table. . . . . 13 AAL5 virtual channel connection performance statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 VRRP operations table (vrrpOperTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 VRRP associated IP address table (vrrpAssoIpAddrTable) . . . . 15 VRRP router statistics (vrrpRouterStatsTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 History control group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Ethernet history group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Alarm group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Event group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Log group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ifIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ifType for interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules. . . . . 20 Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 IP multicast scalar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ipMRouteTable (IP multicast route table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ipMRouteNextHopTable (IP multicast route next hop table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ipMRouteInterfaceTable (IP multicast route interface table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB . . . . . . . . . . 30 igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 . . . . . . . . 32 pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 pimIpMRouteTable (PIM IP multicast route table) . . . . . . . . . . . 33 pimIpMRouteNextHopTable (PIM IP multicast route next hop table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 pimRpTable (PIM RP table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 pimCandidateRPTable (PIM candidate-RP table). . . . . . . . . . . . 35 pimComponentTable (PIM component table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 RFC 3176: InMon Corporation’s sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . 36 RFC 3289: Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 diffServMultiFieldClfrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 iv Unified IP MIB Reference RFC 3635: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like interface types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 dot3StatsTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 dot3ControlTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 dot3PauseTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 dot3HCStatsTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base (MIB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 MPLS interface table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 MPLS in-segment table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 MPLS in-segment performance table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 MPLS out-segment table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 MPLS cross-connect table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 MPLS label stack scalar object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mplsLdpLsr objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mplsLdpEntity objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mplsLdpEntity table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 mplsLdpEntityStats table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsLdpSession objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsLdpPeer table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 mplsLdpSession table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 mplsLdpSessionStats table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 mplsLdpHelloAdjacency table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 mplsFec objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 mplsFec table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 RFC 4022: Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 tunnelIfTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 tunnelInetConfigTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 ifTable support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 ifXTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 RFC 4113: Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 RFC 4133: Entity MIB (Version 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4. . . . . . . . . . . 51 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 BGP4v2 per-peer session management information . . . . . . . . 53 BGP4v2 per-peer error management information. . . . . . . . . . . 55 BGP4v2 per-peer event times table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 BGP4v2 NLRI table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 RFC 4292: IP Forwarding Table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 v RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 dot1vProtocolGroupTable mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Scalar isisSys objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Supported tables in RFC 4444 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB . . . . 68 spdLocalConfigObjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 spdEndpointToGroupTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 spdGroupContentsTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 spdRuleDefinitionTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 spdStaticFilters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 spdStaticActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 MEF Service OAM PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Ethernet global performance monitoring configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Ethernet delay measurement configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . 72 Ethernet delay measurement current statistic table. . . . . . . . . 74 Ethernet delay measurement historic statistic table. . . . . . . . . 76 Performance measurement delay threshold configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Frame loss measurement configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 SOAM loss measurement current statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 SOAM loss measurement historic statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 SOAM loss measurement threshold configuration table . . . . . 82 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 dot1agCfmMdTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 dot1agCfmMaNetTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 dot1agCfmMaCompTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 dot1agCfmMaMepListTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 dot1agCfmMepTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 dot1agCfmLtrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 dot1agCfmMepDbTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 vi Unified IP MIB Reference LLDP-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 lldpPortConfigTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 lldpConfigManAddrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lldpstatistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lldpStatsTxPortTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lldpStatsRxPortTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lldpLocalSystemData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lldpLocPortTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 lldpLocManAddrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 lldpRemTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 lldpRemManAddrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 lldpRemUnknownTLVTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 lldpRemOrgDefInfoTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lldpXdot1ConfigProtoVlanTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lldpXdot1ConfigProtocolTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 lldpXdot1LocTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 lldpXdot1LocVlanNameTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 lldpXdot1LocProtocolTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 lldpXdot1RemTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 lldpXdot1RemVlanNameTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 lldpXdot1RemProtocolTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 lldpXdot3PortConfigTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 lldpXdot3LocPortTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 lldpXdot3LocPowerTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 lldpXdot3LocLinkAggTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 lldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSizeTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 lldpXdot3RemPortTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 lldpXdot3RemPowerTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 lldpXdot3RemLinkAggTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 lldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSizeTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Chapter 3 Registration MIB Definition Chapter 4 Agent MIB Definition General chassis information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Fan status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Flash card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Power supply table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Stacking power supply table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Fan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 Stacking fan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 vii Stacking chassis unit information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Chapter 5 Agent Groups Agent global group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Image and configuration file download and upload . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Default gateway IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table . . . .142 Image version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Agent board table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Agent stacking board table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Trap receiver table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 SP boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 Encoded octet strings table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Chapter 6 Agent System Parameters Agent system parameters configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Configured module table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Configuration module table for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Agent user access group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Agent user account table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Agent redundant group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 System CPU utilization table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 System process utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Hardware integrated central buffer manager counter table . . . . .183 Chapter 7 Switch Group Configuration Switch group configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Fabric drop count statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Chapter 8 Switch Port Information Group Switch port information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 Chapter 9 Interface ID Registration Group Interface ID to ifIndex lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 ifIndex to interface ID lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 viii Unified IP MIB Reference ifIndex to optical parameters table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Optical lane monitoring table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 Interface media information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Loopback interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Chapter 10 CAM Statistics IP CAM statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 CAM statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 CAM profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 CAM usage for Layer 3 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 CAM usage for Layer 2 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 CAM usage session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 CAM usage other table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Chapter 11 System DRAM System DRAM information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 System debug group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 System temperature table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 System temperature threshold table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 System stacking temperature table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Software licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 License information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231 PoD port license information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 Package upgrade operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 Package upgrade result table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Interface module auto-upgrade objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 Chapter 12 NTP MIB Definition NTP general group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 NTP server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 NTPv4 server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . . . .239 Chapter 13 DNS2 MIB Definition DNS table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 DNS address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Chapter 14 Trace route group Trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 General trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 Trace route result table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ix IP forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245 IP AS-Path access list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 IP community list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 IP prefix list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 IP AS-Path access list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 IP community list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 Chapter 15 Power Over Ethernet MIB Power Over Ethernet global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 Power Over Ethernet port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 Power over module table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 POE unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 Chapter 16 POS MIB Definition Packet port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257 POS MIB information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 POS PPP group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 POS cHDLC group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 Chapter 17 Stackable Management Group General stackable management information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 Stackable management secondary switch information . . . . . . . . .266 Chapter 18 Stacking MIB Definition Global objects for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269 Stacking configuration unit table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270 Stacking operation unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Stacking configuration stack trunk table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273 Stacking configuration peripheral port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273 Stacking configuration peripheral trunk table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Stacking neighbor port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275 Chapter 19 FDP MIB Defintions FDP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 FDP cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 FDP global configuration objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 FDP cached address entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 x Unified IP MIB Reference Chapter 20 Network Processor MIB Definition NP statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 NP QoS statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 NP buffer error table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Brocade NP notification support table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 NP debug statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Chapter 21 System Logging Group Global system logging group objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Dynamic system logging buffer table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Static system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 System log server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Chapter 22 NetFlow and sFlow MIB NetFlow Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Global NetFlow objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 NetFlow Export collector table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 NetFlow Export aggregation table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 NetFlow Export interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 sFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 sFlow collector table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Chapter 23 VLAN Layer 2 Switch MIB Definition VLAN by port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 VLAN by port membership table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Port VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 VLAN by protocol configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 VLAN by IPX network configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 VLAN extended statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 VLAN extended statistics for VPLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 VLAN extended statistics for VLL and VLL-local endpoints . . .321 Chapter 24 Forwarding Database Group Forwarding database static table information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Chapter 25 Port STP Configuration Group Port STP configuration groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Port STP table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 STP table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xi Chapter 26 MRP MIB Definition MRP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Chapter 27 Trunk Port Configuration Group Trunk port configuration group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Multi-slot trunk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Switch configuration summary group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Chapter 28 RADIUS Group RADIUS general group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 RADIUS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . . .342 Chapter 29 TACACS Group TACACS general MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 TACACS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices). . . . . . . . . . .344 Chapter 30 802.1X Authentication MIB 802.1X authentication scalar group types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 802.1X port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 802.1X port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 802.1x port state table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 802.1X MAC sessions table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 802.1x authentication global administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Chapter 31 DHCP Gateway List DHCP gateway list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 DNS group (IPv4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 IPv4 and IPv6 MIB table for DNS servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Chapter 32 MAC Filters MAC filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 MAC filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 MAC filter port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 MAC filter ifaccess table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Chapter 33 Port MAC Security Port MAC security table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 xii Unified IP MIB Reference Port MAC security module statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Port MAC security interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Port MAC security interface MAC table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Port MAC security autosave MAC table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Port MAC security global MIB group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Port monitor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Chapter 34 MAC Authentication MIB Definition Multi-device port authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 MAC clear interface multi-device port authentication objects. . . .367 Multi-device port authentication objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Multi-device port authentication clear sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Chapter 35 MAC VLAN MIB Definition MAC-based VLAN global scalar objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 MAC-based VLAN port table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 MAC-based VLAN interface table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 MAC-based VLAN table objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Chapter 36 DHCP Snooping MIB Definition DHCP Snooping global scalar object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 DHCP Snooping interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 DHCP Snooping binding database table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Chapter 37 IP Source Guard MIB Definition IP source guard interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 IP source guard per port per VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . .379 IP source guard binding table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Chapter 38 DAI MIB Definition DAI VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 DAI interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 DAI entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Chapter 39 Traffic Manager MIB Definition Traffic Manager statistics information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Traffic Manager statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xiii Traffic Manager VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table . . . . . . . .394 Chapter 40 IPv4 ACL MIB Definition ACL global MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 IPv4 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 ACL bind to port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 ACL accounting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Textual conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Layer 2 ACL next clause table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Layer 2 ACL configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 PBR ACL Accounting Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Chapter 41 IPv6 ACL MIB Definition IPv6 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 IPv6 access list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Chapter 42 IP VRRP MIB Definition VRRP and VRRP-Extended MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 VRRP interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 VRRP and VRRP-E interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 VRRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table . . . . . . . . . . .426 Chapter 43 MCT MIB Definition MCT global MIB object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 MCT cluster table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 MCT cluster ICL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 MCT cluster peer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 MCT cluster client table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 Chapter 44 VSRP MIB Definition Global VSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 xiv Unified IP MIB Reference VSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 VSRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 Chapter 45 ARP MIB Definition Global ARP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 Chapter 46 IP MIB Definition Global router MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449 IP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 IP static route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452 IP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 RARP table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455 Static ARP table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456 IP interface port address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .457 IP interface port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 Port configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459 IP interface port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459 IP interface address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 IP interface port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 IP interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461 IP interface counter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462 Chapter 47 IPv6 MIB Definition ECMP MIB objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 Chapter 48 IPX MIB Definition IPX general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465 IPX cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467 IPX route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468 IPX server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469 IPX forward filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469 IPX RIP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 IPX SAP filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 IPX IF forward access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472 IPX IF RIP access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472 IPX IF SAP access table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473 IPX port address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473 IPX port counters table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xv Chapter 49 BGP4 MIB Definition BGP4 general variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 BGP4 address filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482 BGP4 aggregate address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483 BGP4 AS-Path filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484 BGP4 community filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489 BGP4 neighbor filter group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491 BGP4 neighbor route map table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 BGP4 network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 BGP4 redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493 BGP4 route map filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494 BGP4 route map match table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495 BGP4 route map set table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497 BGP4 neighbor operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499 BGP4 router operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501 BGP4 neighbor summary table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503 BGP4 attribute entries table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504 BGP4 clear neighbor command table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 BGP4 neighbor prefix group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 Chapter 50 OSPF MIB Definition OSPF general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 OSPF area table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509 Area range table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 OSPF interface configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511 OSPF interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511 OSPF interface 2 configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 OSPF virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 OSPF redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520 OSPF neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521 OSPF virtual neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523 OSPF link-state database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525 OSPF link-state database (external). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526 OSPF area status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527 OSPF interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528 OSPF virtual interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531 xvi Unified IP MIB Reference OSPF routing information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533 Trap support objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533 Chapter 51 Broadcast Forwarding Group General UDP broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 UDP broadcast forwarding port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 UDP helper table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Chapter 52 Router IP MIB Definition IP RIP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 IP RIP port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 IP RIP redistribution table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 IP RIP route filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 IP RIP neighbor filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 IP RIP port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Global RIP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Chapter 53 DVMRP MIB Definition Global DVMRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 DVMRP virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 DVMRP neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 DVMRP route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 DVMRP routing next hop table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 DVMRP virtual interface statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 Chapter 54 FSRP MIB Definition FSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 FSRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 FSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Chapter 55 PIM MIB Definition Common PIM objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 PIM virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 PIM neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 PIM virtual interface statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 PIM-SM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 PIM Sparse: candidate BSR table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 PIM RP set table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 PIM RP candidate table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xvii Chapter 56 IGMP MIB Definition General IGMP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 IGMP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 IGMP static group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Chapter 57 QoS Profile Group QoS profile table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 QoS bind table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 DOS attack statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 DOS attack port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 Authorization and accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 HQoS statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Chapter 58 CAR MIB Definition CAR port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Rate limit counter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 VLAN CAR objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Chapter 59 LAG MIB Definition LAG group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 LAG group port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 LAG LACP port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Chapter 60 MPLS MIB Definition Pseudo wire MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 pwTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Values that affect some VLL services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt . . . . . . . .592 Proprietary extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 VPN interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 VRF configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 VRF route target table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 VRF security table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 VRF performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 VRF routing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Supported objects in VPLS-generic-draft-01-mib. . . . . . . . . . .597 General MPLS objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 MPLS LSP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 MPLS administrative group table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 xviii Unified IP MIB Reference MPLS interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Chapter 61 MPLS Layer2 VPN MIB Definition VLL endpoint table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 VPLS endpoint2 table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 VPLS instance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 VPLS MAC age timer configuration scalar objects . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 Chapter 62 SNMP Telemetry MIB Definition Route map configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 Route map match configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Route map set configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 Route map bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 Route map rule display table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618 Chapter 63 BFD MIB Definition BFD session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621 BFD session performance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623 BFD session mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624 BFD scalar objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625 Chapter 64 AppleTalk MIB Definition AppleTalk general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627 AppleTalk socket priority table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629 AppleTalk port zone filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630 AppleTalk port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631 AppleTalk forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632 AppleTalk zone table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633 AppleTalk additional zone filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633 Chapter 65 Layer 4 Switch Group MIB Definition Layer 4 general MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636 Server load balancing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637 Server load balancing traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637 Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638 Hot standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638 Enabling or disabling Layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640 Server cache groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xix GSLB group global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642 Virtual server configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643 Real server configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645 Virtual server port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646 Real server port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .648 Layer4 bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649 Virtual server statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650 Virtual server port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652 Real server port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652 Layer 4 policy table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654 Layer 4 policy port access table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 Layer 4 trap variable binding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 Web cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 Web cache group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .658 Web cache traffic statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659 Web uncached traffic statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 Web cache real server port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .663 Real server history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 Real server history group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 Real server port history control group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 Real server port history group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 Virtual server history control group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669 Virtual server history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 Virtual server port history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672 Virtual server port history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673 Chapter 66 Wireless MIB Definition General MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675 WiFi interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676 Roaming peer table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .677 Access Point ADC table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .677 VPN passthrough server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678 VPN passthrough filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678 VPN passthrough policy table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679 Chapter 67 Trap MIB Definition Objects to enable or disable standard traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681 xx Unified IP MIB Reference Standard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 System status traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 Traps for STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 Traps for alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 Pseudo wire traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684 MPLS Layer 3 VPN traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 Proprietary traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687 General traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688 Traps for optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 Traps for Traffic Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695 NP buffer error notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696 Traps for NP memory error monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697 Packet over SONET traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698 MAC-based VLAN traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698 MCT notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699 MEF Service OAM notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 VRRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 FSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 VSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 OSPF traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 Layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 ICMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 TCP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 BGP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 BGP4v2 notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 Port security traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 MRP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 MPLS notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 MPLS LSP notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 MPLS LSR notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 Traps for BFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715 Traps for CAM overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716 Traps for wireless features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717 SNMP traps for RSVP-signaled LSP state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 UDLD traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720 BPDU guard and root guard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720 Traps for optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721 Traps for stacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723 LAG LACP MAC notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725 Trap specific to FWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725 Software licensing traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725 Trap receiver table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . .726 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 RMON event traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 General traps for the Brocade NetIron devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 Appendix A Unsupported MIB Objects Proprietary MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733 Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xxi About This Document In this chapter • Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Getting technical help or reporting errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii xxiv xxv xxv xxv Supported hardware and software This document provides information for the following devices that support the Unified IP MIB: Brocade FastIron devices running software release 07.3.00 and later: • • • • • Brocade FastIron SX 800 and FastIron SX 1600 Brocade FastIron WS Brocade FCX Series (Brocade FCX) Stackable Switch Brocade ICX 6610 (Brocade ICX 6610) Stackable Switch Brocade ICX 6430 Series (ICX 6430) NOTE The Brocade ICX 6430-C switch supports the same feature set as the Brocade ICX 6430 switch unless otherwise noted. • Brocade ICX 6450 Series (ICX 6450) NOTE The Brocade ICX 6450-C12-PD switch supports the same feature set as the Brocade ICX 6450 switch unless otherwise noted. • Brocade ICX 6650 Series (ICX 6650) • Brocade ICX 7750 Series (ICX 7750) Brocade NetIron devices running software release 05.2.00 and later: • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Brocade NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe Brocade NetIron XMR Brocade NetIron CES Brocade NetIron CER series xxiii Document conventions This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document. Text formatting The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows: bold text Identifies command names Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements Identifies keywords Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI italic text Provides emphasis Identifies variables Identifies document titles code text Identifies CLI output For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is all lowercase. Command syntax conventions Command syntax in this manual follows these conventions: command Commands are printed in bold. --option, option Command options are printed in bold. -argument, arg Arguments. [] Optional elements appear in brackets. variable Variables are printed in italics. ... Repeat the previous element, for example “member[;member...]” value Fixed values following arguments are printed in plain font. For example, --show WWN | Boolean. Elements are exclusive. Example: --show -mode egress | ingress Notes The following notice statements are used in this manual. NOTE A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information. xxiv Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ATTENTION An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data. Notice to the reader This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations. These references are made for informational purposes only. Corporation Referenced Trademarks and Products Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer Mozilla Corporation Mozilla Firefox Sun Microsystems Java Runtime Environment Getting technical help or reporting errors To contact Technical Support, go to http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.page for the latest e-mail and telephone contact information. Document feedback Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to: documentation@brocade.com Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 xxv Chapter 1 Overview of the Unified IP MIB In this chapter • Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Obtaining and installing the Unified IP MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Standard objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Proprietary objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • SNMP support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 3 3 Introduction The Management Information Base (MIB) is a database of objects that can be used by a Network Management System (NMS) to manage and monitor devices on the network. The MIB can be retrieved by a network management system that uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The MIB structure determines the scope of management access allowed by a device. By using SNMP, a manager application can issue read or write operations within the scope of the MIB. The Unified IP MIB consolidates proprietary MIBs used by all Brocade IP devices into one proprietary MIB file. With this consolidation, all MIBs from IP devices are fully synchronized from one device to another. It also ensures that each MIB object across various IP products have consistent definition. The SNMP Manager can compile MIBs safely from various platforms and not expect to get warnings due to conflicting OIDs, data types, or enumeration. The supported standard MIBs are not affected. The Unified IP MIB is not backward-compatible; for this reason, if you have Brocade devices that do not support the Unified IP MIB, you may need to rewrite your SNMP scripts if the scripts contain objects that were changed in the Unified IP MIB. Obtaining and installing the Unified IP MIBs You can obtain the Unified IP MIBs by downloading the file from the Brocade Technical Support website. After obtaining the MIB, follow the instructions for your network management system (NMS) to be able to use the MIB with your system. Downloading the MIB from the Technical Support website To download the MIB from the Brocade Technical Support website, you must have a user name and password to access the Brocade support site and perform the following steps. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 1 1 Standard objects 1. Go to http://www.brocade.com in your Web browser. 2. Log in with your user name and password. 3. Click the Downloads tab, and then click the Knowledge Portal link. 4. Log in to the Knowledge Portal, and then click the Software tab. 5. Click the product name. Each product release has a link for its corresponding MIB. 6. Navigate to the link for the MIB and either open the file or save it to disk. Downloading the MIB from the Brocade FTP site You can also download the MIB from the Knowledge Portal. Contact Brocade Technical Support for details. For the latest edition of this document, which contains the most up-to-date information, refer to the Product Manuals tab at http://www.brocade.com. Importing Unified IP MIB into a UNIX environment You can import the Unified IP MIB into third-party network management applications, such as HP OpenView. By default, the Unified IP MIB files are in DOS ASCII format that uses the following characters: • CR/LF – Indicates the end of a line • ^Z - Indicates the end of a file However, in a UNIX environment, the characters LF are used to indicate the end of a line. No character indicates the end of a file. Thus, if you need to import the Unified IP MIB into a UNIX environment, you must use a tool that converts the DOS ASCII into UNIX ASCII, such as the dos2unix tool. Reloading MIBs into a third-party NMS Third-party network management systems, such as HP OpenView may have problems reloading MIB files. Ensure that you must upload the following when reloading the Brocade Unified IP MIBs: • Unload the Enterprise MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Enterprise MIB file. • Unload the Standard MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Standard MIB file. Standard objects The Unified IP MIB supports certain standard MIB objects, which are derived from Request for Comments (RFCs) documents. Refer to Chapter 2, “Supported Standard MIBs” for details on the supported standard MIBs. 2 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary objects 1 Proprietary objects Proprietary objects are MIB objects that have been developed specifically to manage Brocade IP devices. The object identifier (OID) for these MIB objects begin with 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991. In this manual, the prefix 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991 is represented by the characters brcdIp. For example, the OID for the object snChassis is 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991.1.1.1, but documented as brcdIp.1.1.1 in this manual. SNMP support The SNMPv3 engine is supported on the Brocade IP devices. The SNMPv3 engine can accept V1, V2c, and V3 packet formats. NOTE If the SNMP GET-BULK request with a high count of max-repetitions, then the device will respond with the total count of 10. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 3 Chapter Supported Standard MIBs 2 In this chapter • Supported on FastIron devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 • Supported on NetIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 • LLDP MIB support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 • LLDP\LLDP-MED MIB support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 • RFC 1493: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 • RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base . . 10 • RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 • RFC 2096: IP Forwarding Table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 • RFC 2233: The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 • RFC 2515: Definitions of Managed Objects for ATM Management . . . . . . . 13 • RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol 14 • RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base. . 16 • RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 • RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 • RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 • RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 • RFC 3176: InMon Corporation’s sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks 36 • RFC 3289: Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture 37 • RFC 3635: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like interface types 38 • RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base (MIB) 39 • RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) 42 • RFC 4022: Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 47 • RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 • RFC 4113: Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 50 • RFC 4133: Entity MIB (Version 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 • RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 • RFC 4292: IP Forwarding Table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 • RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) . . 61 • RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions 64 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 2 Supported on FastIron devices • RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 66 • RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB. . . . . . . . . . . 68 • MEF Service OAM PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 • IEEE8021-CFM-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 This section summarizes the standard objects that are supported in the Unified IP MIB. It does not document all the supported standard objects, but presents those standard MIBs that are not fully supported. For example, although RFC 1493 is supported in the Unified IP MIB, some groups and tables in that MIB are not supported. Supported on FastIron devices FastIron devices support the following RFCs: • 2819 — Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base • 2863 –The Interfaces Group MIB • 3411 – SNMP Framework MIB NOTE In RFC 3411, the snmpEngineBoots object supports the maximum value 9999. • • • • 3412 – Message Processing and Dispatching (MPD) for the SNMP MIB 3413 – SNMP Target MIB 3414 – User-Security Model for SNMPv3 MIB 3415 – View-based Access Control Model for SNMP MIB NOTE The GET/SET operation is not supported on vacmViewTreeFamilyTable, vacmAccessTable, and vacmSecurityToGroupTable of RFC 3415. • 4188 – Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges • 4273 – Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 FastIron X Series IPv6 devices support the following standard MIBs: • 2452 – IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol • 2454 – IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol • 2465 – Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group NOTE RFC 2465 MIB support on FastIron X Series IPv6 devices is limited to ipv6NetToMediaTable and ipv6AddrTable only. The SET operation is not supported on ipv6IfDescr object of ipv6IfTable. • 2466 – Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group • 2932 – IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB 6 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Supported on NetIron devices • • • • 2 2933 – Internet Group Management Protocol MIB 2934 – Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 4001 – Textual Conventions for Internet Network Addresses RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions. (Refer to “RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions” on page 64 for details.) Supported on NetIron devices The following RFCs are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. • 1213 — MIB II • 1493 — Bridge MIB (excluding filtering of objects) • 1724 — RIPv2 MIB (supports only rip2Globals, rip2IfStatTable (SET operation is not supported), and rip2IfConfTable on the Brocade FastIron devices.) • 1850 — OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base • 2674 — 802.1Q and 802.1p Bridge MIB • 2787 — VRRP MIB (Refer to “RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol” on page 14 for details.) • 2819 — Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base • 2863 — Interfaces Group MIB • 2932 — Multicast Routing MIB for IPv4 (Refer to “RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB” on page 26 for details.) • 2933 — IGMP MIB (Refer to “RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB” on page 30 for details.) • 2934 — PIM MIB (Refer to “RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4” on page 32 details.) • • • • • • 3289 — Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture • • • • • 4022 — Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 3418 — Management Information Base (MIB) for the SNMP 3592 — SDH/SONET MIB (partially supported) 3635 — Ethernet-Like MIB (Replaces RFC 2665) 3812 — MPLS TE Standard MIB 3813 — Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base (MIB) 4087 — IP Tunnel MIB 4113 — Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 4292 — IP Forwarding MIB 4293 — Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP). (Refer to “RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP)” on page 61 for details.) 7 2 Supported on NetIron devices • RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions. (Refer to “RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions” on page 64 for details.) • 4382 — MPLS/BGP Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (VPN) Management Information Base • 4444 — Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) (Refer to “RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)” on page 66 for details.) • • • • 4807 — IP Security Policy Database Configuration Management Information Base draft-ietf-bfd — Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Management Information Base draft-ietf-pwe3-enet-mib-11.txt — Ethernet Pseudo Wire (PW) Management Information Base draft-thaler-dvmrp-mib-09.txt — Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol MIB RFC compliance - management • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 854 — TELNET • • • • • • • • • 3410 — SNMPvV3 1445 — Administrative Model for SNMPv2 - Support for View Subtree (partially supported) 1492 — TACACS+ 2030 — SNTP 2068 — HTTP 2284 — PPP EAP - Support EAP extension 2578 — SNMPv2 2579 — Textual Conventions for SMIv2 2865 — RADIUS 2866 — RADIUS Accounting 2868 — RADIUS Attributes for Tunnel Protocol (partially supported) 2869 — RADIUS Extensions - EAP Message (type 79) and Message-Authenticator (type 80) 3164 — BSD Syslog Protocol 3176 — sFlow (Refer to “RFC 3176: InMon Corporation’s sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks” on page 36 for details.) 3411 — Architecture for SNMP 3412 — Message Processing and Dispatching for SNMP 3413 — Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Applications (partially supported) 3414 — USM for SNMPv3 3415 — VACM for SNMPvV3 3416 — Version 2 of the Protocol Operations for the SNMP 3579 — RADIUS Support for Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) (partially supported) 3584 — Coexistence between Version 1, Version 2, and Version 3 of the Internet-standard Network Management Framework • 3815 — Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) 8 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP MIB support 2 • 3826 — The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Algorithm in the SNMP User-based Security Model • • • • • • 4188 — Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges 4251 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol Architecture 4252 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Authentication Protocol 4253 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Transport Protocol 4254 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Connection Protocol 4273 — Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 (Refer to “RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4” on page 51 for details.) • “draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB” — Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4), Second Version • 4330 — Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Version 4 for IPv4 and IPv6 • draft-grant-tacacs-02.txt — The TACACS+ Protocol • draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt — PW-STD-MIB Definitions (read-only) IEEE standards • “IEEE8021-CFM-MIB” — IEEE 802.1ag CFM MIB LLDP MIB support The following standard MIBs are supported on Brocade NetIron devices with LLDP capability. The following MIBs are in the 802.1AB standard, Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery: • “LLDP-MIB” • “LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB” • “LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB” LLDP\LLDP-MED MIB support The following standard MIBs are not supported on Brocade NetIron devices with LLDP\LLDP-MED capability. • LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB • LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB The following MIB is in the ANSI/TIA-1057 standard, Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) for Media Endpoint Devices (MED): • LLDP-EXT-MED-MIB Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 9 2 RFC 1493: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges RFC 1493: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges The following groups are supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron IC series devices. NOTE RFC 4188 obsoletes RFC 1493 on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Object group name Object identifier dot1dBridge 1.3.6.1.2.1.17 dot1dBase 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.1 dot1dStp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2 dot1dTp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4 NOTE The dot1dTpFdbTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4.4) in RFC 1493 is used to find dynamically learned MAC addresses. Statically configured MAC addresses are in the snFdbTable (refer to “Forwarding database static table information” on page 323). NOTE The SNMP MIB object dot1dStpPortTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2.15) does not display information for tagged ports that belong to an 802.1W RSTP configuration. The design of that MIB table is based on a Single STP standard, and does not accommodate Multiple STPs. Thus, the table displays information only for SSTP and for untagged ports. NOTE RFC 4188 has been converted to SMIv2 format. The object dot1dStpPortPathCost32 was added to support IEEE 802. The existing MIB dot1dStpPortPathCost has an upper range of 65535. Over that value, this MIB stays at the upper value and you should access dot1dStpPortPathCost32, which has a higher upper-range value. RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base The following groups from this RFC are supported on NetIron devices. NOTE This RFC is obsolete and is replaced by RFC 2819 for the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 10 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base Object group name rmon 2 Object identifier 1.3.6.1.2.1.16 NOTE: This group is not supported on FastIron devices. statistics 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1 history 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.2 alarm 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3 event 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.9 The following object groups in RFC 1757 are not supported on NetIron devices: • • • • • hosts hostTopN matrix filter capture (packet capture) RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base The following tables from RFC 1850 are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? ospfGeneralGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.1 Yes ospfAreaTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.2 Yes ospfStubAreaTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.3 Yes. SET operation is not supported. ospfLsdbTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.4 Yes ospfHostTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.6 Yes. SET operation is not supported. ospfIfTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.7 Yes ospfIfMetricTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.8 Yes. SET operation is not supported. ospfVirtIfTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.9 Yes ospfNbrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.10 Yes. SET operation is not supported. ospfVirtNbrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.11 Yes ospfExtLsdbTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.12 Yes ospfAreaAggregateTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.14 Yes ospfTrap 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16 Yes ospfTrapControl 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.1 Yes 11 2 RFC 2096: IP Forwarding Table MIB RFC 2096: IP Forwarding Table MIB RFC 2096 is supported on the following devices: • On FastIron devices, RFC 2096 replaces RFC 1213. • On NetIron devices, RFC 2096 is obsoleted by RFC 4292 and it supports both IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding tables. Object group name Object identifier ipCidrRouteDest 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.1 ipCidrRouteMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.2 ipCidrRouteTos 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.3 ipCidrRouteNextHop 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.4 ipCidrRouteIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.5 ipCidrRouteType 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.6 ipCidrRouteProto 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.7 ipCidrRouteAge 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.8 ipCidrRouteInfo 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.9 ipCidrRouteNextHopAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.10 ipCidrRouteMetric1 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.11 ipCidrRouteMetric2 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.12 ipCidrRouteMetric3 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.13 ipCidrRouteMetric4 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.14 ipCidrRouteMetric5 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.15 ipCidrRouteStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.16 RFC 2233: The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 The interface entry table or ifXTable is based on RFC 2233. It contains information about the interfaces. Each sub-layer is considered to be an interface. This table contains entries for the ATM physical ports, as well as for any sub-interfaces that have been configured. 12 Object group name Object identifier ifMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.31 ifMIBObjects 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1 ifTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2 ifXtable 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1 ifStackTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.2 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2515: Definitions of Managed Objects for ATM Management Object group name Object identifier ifConformance 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2 ifCounterDiscontinuityGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2.1.13 2 NOTE: Supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. RFC 2515: Definitions of Managed Objects for ATM Management Only the following object groups from RFC 2515 are supported on devices that support ATM. ATM interface configuration parameters table The ATM Interface Configuration Table from RFC 2515 contains the configuration of cell layers on the ATM interface of a local device. This information is in addition to the information contained in the ifTable. The table contains one entry for each ATM interface port. Table 1 has the object identifier for the atmInterfaceConf table. ATM interface transmission convergence sub-layer table The ATM Interface Transmission Convergence sub-layer table from RFC 2515 contains configuration and state parameters of the ATM interfaces that use the Transmission Convergence sub-layer for carrying ATM cells over SONET/SDH or DS3. Table 1 has the object identifier for the atmInterfaceTC table. AAL5 virtual channel connection performance statistics table The ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5 (AAL5) virtual channel connection performance statistics table from RFC 2515 contains the performance statistics of a virtual channel connection at the interface associated with an AAL5 entity in an ATM host or ATM switch. Table 1 has the object identifier for the aal5Vcc table. TABLE 1 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group names and OIDs Object group name Object identifier atmMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.37 atmMIBObjects 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1 atmInterfaceConfTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.2 atmInterfaceTCTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.4 13 2 RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol TABLE 1 Object group names and OIDs Object group name Object identifier aal5VccTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.12 atmTCMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.3 Other object groups from this RFC are not supported. RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices support RFC 2787, Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. NOTE SNMP support for VRRP MIBs is limited only to IPv4. NOTE The following tables in RFC 2787 are not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Refer to Chapter 42, “IP VRRP MIB Definition”, for information on the proprietary MIB support. The following are the VRRP MIB groups: • vrrpOperations (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1) • vrrpStatistics (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2) • vrrpConformance (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.3) VRRP operations table (vrrpOperTable) The operations table for a VRRP router that consists of a sequence (one or more conceptual rows) of vrrpOperEntry objects. 14 Object Object identifier Supported? vrrpOperVrId 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.1 Yes vrrpOperVirtualMacAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.2 Yes vrrpOperState 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.3 Yes vrrpOperAdminState 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.4 Yes vrrpOperPriority 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.5 Yes vrrpOperIpAddrCount 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.6 Yes vrrpOperMasterIpAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.7 Yes vrrpOperPrimaryIpAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.8 Yes vrrpOperAuthType 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.9 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2787: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Object Object identifier Supported? vrrpOperAuthKey 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.10 Yes vrrpOperAdvertisementInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.11 Yes vrrpOperPreemptMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.12 Yes vrrpOperVirtualRouterUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.13 Yes vrrpOperProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.14 Yes vrrpOperRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.3.1.15 Yes 2 NOTE: This object is currently not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. VRRP associated IP address table (vrrpAssoIpAddrTable) The table of addresses associated with the virtual router. Object Object identifier Supported? vrrpAssoIpAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.4.1.1 Yes vrrpAssoIpAddrRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.4.1.2 Yes VRRP router statistics (vrrpRouterStatsTable) The table of MIB objects represents the total number of VRRP packets received with an invalid VRRP checksum value. Object Object identifier Supported? vrrpStatsBecomeMaster 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.1 Yes vrrpStatsAdvertiseRcvd 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.2 Yes vrrpStatsAdvertiseIntervalErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.3 Yes vrrpStatsAuthFailures 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.4 Yes vrrpStatsIpTtlErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.5 Yes vrrpStatsPriorityZeroPktsRcvd 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.6 Yes vrrpStatsPriorityZeroPktsSent 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.7 Yes vrrpStatsInvalidTypePktsRcvd 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.8 Yes vrrpStatsAddressListErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.9 Yes vrrpStatsInvalidAuthType 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.10 Yes vrrpStatsAuthTypeMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.11 Yes vrrpStatsPacketLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.2.4.1.12 Yes Notifications The following table lists the supported notifications for RFC 2787. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 15 2 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base Object group name Object identifier vrrpTrapNewMaster 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.0.1 vrrpTrapAuthFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.0.2 vrrpTrapPacketSrc 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.5 vrrpTrapAuthErrorType 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.1.6 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base On the Brocade MLXe devices, interface statistics from the following objects of the etherStatsTable are preserved when the clear statistics command is entered on the CLI, if the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • etherStatsDropEvents etherStatsOctets etherStatsPkts etherStatsBroadcastPkts etherStatsMulticastPkts etherStatsCRCAlignErrors etherStatsUndersizePkts etherStatsOversizePkts etherStatsFragments etherStatsPkts64Octets etherStatsPkts65to127Octets etherStatsPkts128to255Octets etherStatsPkts256to511Octets etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets History control group On the NetIron devices, the history control group controls the periodic statistical sampling of data from various types of networks. The following objects in the historyControlTable store configuration entries that each define an interface, polling period, and other parameters: • • • • • • 16 historyControlIndex historyControlDataSource historyControlBucketsRequested historyControlBucketsGranted historyControlInterval historyControlOwner Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base 2 • historyControlStatus Ethernet history group On the NetIron devices, the Ethernet history group records periodic statistical samples from a network and stores them for later retrieval. The following objects of the group define the etherHistoryTable for Ethernet networks: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • etherHistoryIndex etherHistorySampleIndex etherHistoryIntervalStart etherHistoryDropEvents etherHistoryOctets etherHistoryPkts etherHistoryBroadcastPkts etherHistoryMulticastPkts etherHistoryCRCAlignErrors etherHistoryUndersizePkts etherHistoryOversizePkts etherHistoryFragments etherHistoryJabbers etherHistoryCollisions etherHistoryUtilization Alarm group On the NetIron devices, the Alarm group periodically takes statistical samples from variables in the probe and compares them to thresholds that have been configured. The alarm table stores configuration entries that each define a variable, polling period, and threshold parameters: • • • • • • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 alarmIndex alarmInterval alarmVariable alarmSampleType alarmValue alarmStartupAlarm alarmRisingThreshold alarmFallingThreshold alarmRisingEventIndex alarmFallingEventIndex alarmOwner alarmStatus 17 2 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB Event group On the NetIron devices, the following objects in the Event group control the generation and notification of events from the devices. Each entry in the eventTable describes the parameters of the event that can be triggered: • • • • • • • eventIndex eventDescription eventType eventCommunity eventLastTimeSent eventOwner eventStatus Log group On the Brocade FastIron devices, the following objects in the Log group lists the list of events that have been logged from the devices. • • • • logEventIndex logIndex logTime logDescription RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB RFC 2863 is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, Brocade FastIron SX, Brocade FESX6, Brocade FCX, and Brocade ICX series devices. ifIndex On the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, there can be 20, 40, 48, or 64 ifIndexes per module. The default is 20. Execute the snmp-server max-ifindex-per-module 40 command to change the ifIndex to 40 (for example, for backward-compatibility). On the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, every trunk group will appear as a row within the ifTable and ifXTable. The ifIndex range involves all the physical ports, virtual ports, loopback ports, multicast tunnels, GRE tunnels, MPLS tunnels, and Trunks in that order. Use the Get operations on snInterfaceLookupIfIndex (indexed by ifIndex) to get InterfaceId (in a simple OID form). Table 2 details the XMR or MLX index ranges and they are subject to change from one release to the next. 18 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB TABLE 2 2 XMR or MLX index ranges 4-slot 8-slot 16-slot 32-slot Allocation Physical port 1-192 1-384 1-768 1-1536 20 per slot (NetIron release 3.7 and later) 40 per slot (NetIron releases prior to 3.7) 48 per slot (NetIron releases prior to 5.2) Mgmt port 2 2 2 2 1 active, 1 standby Virtual port 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum Loopback port 64 default 64 default 64 default 64 default IP tunnels 8192 8192 8192 8192 MPLS tunnels 16384 16384 16384 16384 Trunk 128 default, 128 minimum, 256 maximum 128 default, 128 minimum, 256 maximum 128 default, 128 minimum, 256 maximum 128 default, 128 minimum, 256 maximum On the Brocade FastIron devices, there will be 64 ifIndexes per module. Table 3 details the Brocade FastIron index ranges and they are subject to change from one release to the next. TABLE 3 Brocade FastIron devices index ranges Brocade FCX Brocade ICX 6610 Brocade FastIron SX800 Brocade FastIron SX1600 Physical port 256 maximum 256 maximum 10x64(640) 18x64(1152) Mgmt port 1 1 2 2 Virtual port 255 default, 512 maximum 255 default, 512 maximum 255 default, 512 maximum 255 default, 512 maximum GRE tunnel 16 default, ranges from 16 to 64 16 default, ranges from 16 to 64 16 default, ranges from 16 to 64 16 default, ranges from 16 to 64 Loopback port 8 default 8 default 8 default 8 default Trunk 8 maximum 8 maximum 8 maximum 8 maximum IfIndex assignment persistance The following interfaces have ifIndex assignments that are persistent across reboots and switchover operations: • Physical ports Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 19 2 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB • Virtual ports • Loopback ports NOTE The ifIndex should be derived from the snIfIndexLookupTable using the InterfaceId (in OID form), instead of assuming that the ifIndex will always stay persistent across reloads. On the following interfaces, IfIndex assignments are not persistent across reboots and switchover operations: • • • • MPLS tunnel interfaces Trunk ports GRE tunnels IP tunnels ifType for interfaces On Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, ifType for all Ethernet interfaces (10/100/1G/10G) returns the value ethernetCsmacd(6) as mandated by RFC 2665. If the command snmp-server legacy iftype is configured on the device CLI, ifType returns gigabitEthernet(117) or fastEther(62). If the command is not configured (or no snmp-server legacy iftype is issued), then ifType returns the value ethernetCsmacd(6). Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules The ifTable and ifXTable display information for switched and routed packets on virtual routing interface of the 8x10 modules installed on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, and Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. This feature is available on Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. The extended-counter routed-switched command must be configured to enable separate accounting of routed and switched packets on virtual routing interfaces. ifTable attributes The following MIB attributes of the ifTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules on the Brocade NetIron devices. 20 MIB attribute Physical Virtual Loopback IP tunnel MPLS tunnel Trunk GRE tunnel ifInOctets Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes ifOutOctets Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes ifInUcastPkts Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No ifOutUcastPkts Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No ifInNUcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifInDiscards Yes No No No No Yes No ifInErrors Yes No No No No Yes No Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 2 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB MIB attribute Physical Virtual Loopback IP tunnel MPLS tunnel Trunk GRE tunnel ifInUnknownProtos Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutNUcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutDiscards Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutErrors Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutQLen Yes No No No No Yes No NOTE GRE tunnel is supported only on the Brocade FastIron Devices. IP and MPLS tunnels are supported only on the Brocade NetIron devices. ifXTable attributes The following MIB attributes of the ifXTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules on the Brocade NetIron devices. MIB attribute Physical Virtual Loopback IP tunnel MPLS tunnel Trunk GRE tunnel ifHCInOctets Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes ifHCOutOctets Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes ifHCInUcastPkts Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No ifHCOutUcastPkts Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No ifInMulticastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifInBroadcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutMulticastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifOutBroadcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifHCInMulticastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifHCInBroadcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifHCOutMulticastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Yes No No No No Yes No ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable No No No No No No Yes NOTE GRE tunnel is supported only on the Brocade FastIron Devices. IP and MPLS tunnels are supported only on the Brocade NetIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 21 2 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces SNMP statistics in the ifTable and ifXTable for physical interfaces on Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is configured. After configuring snmp-server preserve-statistics, the SNMP statistics listed in the following tables are separated from the CLI statistics. When the clear statistics interface-type interface-id command is entered on the CLI, the command clears only CLI statistics, leaving the SNMP statistics intact. IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifTable objects Statistics from the following objects in the ifTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. ifTable objects Syntax ifIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 InterfaceIndex ifDescr 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 DsiplayString ifType 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3 IANAifType ifMtu 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4 Integer32 ifSpeed 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5 Gauge32 ifAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7 PhysAddress ifOperStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 Integer ifInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10 Counter32 ifInUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11 Counter32 ifInNUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12 Counter32 NOTE: This object is deprecated in the 8x10 modules installed on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX devices and also on the Brocade FastIron devices. 22 ifInDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13 Counter32 ifInErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 Counter32 ifInUnknownProtos 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.15 Counter32 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB ifTable objects Syntax ifOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 Counter32 ifOutUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17 Counter32 ifOutNUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18 Counter32 2 NOTE: This object is deprecated in the 8x10 modules installed on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX devices and also on the Brocade FastIron devices. ifOutDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19 Counter32 ifOutErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20 Counter32 IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifXTable objects Statistics from the following objects in the ifXTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 23 2 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB ifXTable objects Syntax ifName 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.1 DisplayString ifInMulticastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.2 Counter32 ifInBroadcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.3 Counter32 ifOutMulticastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.4 Counter32 ifOutBroadcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.5 Counter32 ifHCInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.6 Counter64 ifHCInUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.7 Counter64 ifHCInMulticastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.8 Counter64 ifHCInBroadcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.9 Counter64 ifHCOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.10 Counter64 ifHCOutUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.11 Counter64 ifHCOutMulticastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.12 Counter64 ifHCOutBroadcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.13 Counter64 ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.14 Integer NOTE: This object is used to control the generation of traps of the physical and GRE tunnel interfaces. By default, traps are enabled per interfaces for physical interfaces and disabled for tunnel interfaces. 24 ifHighSpeed 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.15 Gauge32 ifPromiscuousMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.16 TruthValue ifConnectorPresent 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.17 TruthValue ifAlias 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.18 DisplayString ifCounterDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.19 TimeStamp Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2863: The Interfaces Group MIB 2 EthernetLike-MIB (RFC 2665) dot3StatsTable objects (Ethernet ports only) Statistics from the following objects in the dot3StatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. dot3StatsTable objects Syntax dot3StatsIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.1 Interface Index dot3StatsAlignmentErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.2 Counter32 dot3StatsFCSErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.3 Counter32 dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.4 Counter32 dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.5 Counter32 dot3StatsSQETestErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.6 Counter32 dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.7 Counter32 dot3StatsLateCollisions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.8 Counter32 dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.9 Counter32 dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.10 Counter32 dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.11 Counter32 dot3StatsFrameTooLongs 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.13 Counter32 dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.16 Counter32 dot3StatsEtherChipSet 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.17 Object Identifier NOTE: This object is deprecated. dot3StatsSymbolErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.18 Counter32 dot3StatsDuplexStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.19 Integer RMON-MIB (RFC 2819) etherStatsTable objects (Ethernet ports only) Statistics from the following objects in the etherStatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 25 2 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB NOTE The following etherStatsTable is supported on the Brocade NetIron series devices. etherStatsTable objects Syntax etherStatsDropEvents 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.3 Counter32 etherStatsOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4 Counter32 etherStatsPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.5 Counter32 etherStatsBroadcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.6 Counter32 etherStatsMulticastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.7 Counter32 etherStatsCRCAlignErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.8 Counter32 etherStatsUndersizePkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.9 Counter32 etherStatsOversizePkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.10 Counter32 etherStatsFragments 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.11 Counter32 etherStatsPkts64Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.14 Counter32 etherStatsPkts65to127Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.15 Counter32 etherStatsPkts128to255Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.16 Counter32 etherStatsPkts256to511Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.17 Counter32 etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.18 Counter32 etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.19 Counter32 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB Support for RFC 2932 is available on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE This MIB is not VRF-aware. MIB entries are based on the default VRF IP multicast routing tables. 26 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB 2 IP multicast scalar Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteEnable 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.1 Yes. Use either the [no] ip multicast-routing or [no] router pim command to configure IP multicast routing on the router. ipMRouteEntryCount 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.7 Yes. Use the show ip pim mcache [count] command to display the the number of rows in the ipMRouteTable. ipMRouteTable (IP multicast route table) Use the show ip pim mcache CLI command to display the information for the IP multicast route table. Use the show ip route and show ip mroute commands to display the route information (ipMRouteRtAddress, ipMRouteRtMask, and ipMRouteRtType). The SET request is not supported for this table. Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.1 Yes ipMRouteSource 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.2 Yes ipMRouteSourceMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.3 Yes ipMRouteUpstreamNeighbor 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.4 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteInIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.5 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.6 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.7 Yes, but read-only. ipMRoutePkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.8 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteDifferentInIfPackets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.9 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.10 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ipMRouteProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.11 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteRtProto 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.12 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteRtAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.13 Yes, but read-only. 27 2 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteRtMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.14 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteRtType 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.15 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteHCOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.16 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteNextHopTable (IP multicast route next hop table) In this table, “NextHop” refers to the downstream traffic. The following CLI commands display information about the objects in the IP multicast route next hop table: • show ip pim mcache • show ip pim neighbor The SET request is not supported for this table. . 28 Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteNextHopGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.1 Yes ipMRouteNextHopSource 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.2 Yes ipMRouteNextHopSourceMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.3 Yes ipMRouteNextHopIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.4 Yes ipMRouteNextHopAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.5 Yes ipMRouteNextHopState 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.6 Yes, but read-only. Always shows forwarding(2). ipMRouteNextHopUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.7 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteNextHopExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.8 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteNextHopClosestMember Hop 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.9 Yes, but read-only. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2932: IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteNextHopProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.10 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteNextHopPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.11 No 2 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteInterfaceTable (IP multicast route interface table) This is the IP multicast route table for interfaces. The show ip pim interface command is used to display information about this table. The following interface-level commands are used to create an entry to the IP multicast route interface table: • ip pim • ip pim-sparse • ip pim ttl-threshold value The SET request is not supported for this table. Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.1 Yes ipMRouteInterfaceTtl 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.2 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteInterfaceProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.3 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteInterfaceRateLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.4 No ipMRouteInterfaceInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.5 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteInterfaceOutMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.6 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 29 2 RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB Object Object identifier ipMRouteInterfaceHCInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.7 Supported? No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. ipMRouteInterfaceHCOutMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.8 No NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE The ipMRouteBoundaryTable and ipMRouteScopeNameTable tables are not supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB RFC 2933 is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices, and Brocade FastIron devices: The following limitations apply to the support of RFC 2933 on the Brocade MLXe devices: • • • • IGMP Snooping is not supported. Tables are read-only. VRF support is only for the default VRF. Data is available only for physical ports. igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table) The show ip igmp interface command is used to display information about the IGMP interface table. The SET request is not supported for this table. 30 Object Object identifier Supported? igmpInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.1 Yes igmpInterfaceQueryInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.2 Yes, but read-only Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2933: Internet Group Management Protocol MIB Object Object identifier Supported? igmpInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.3 Yes, always returns “active”. 2 NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the constant value for this object is active(1). igmpInterfaceVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.4 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceQuerier 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.5 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceQueryMaxRespons eTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.6 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceQuerierUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.7 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceQuerierExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.8 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTi mer 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.9 No. igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQuer ies 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.10 igmpInterfaceJoins 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.11 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceProxyIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.12 No. Returns “0”. igmpInterfaceGroups 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.13 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceRobustness 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.14 Yes, but read-only. igmpInterfaceLastMemQueryInt vl 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.15 Yes, but read-only. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. No. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the constant value for this object is Global. igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table) Use the show ip igmp group command to display information about the IGMP cache table. The SET request is not supported for this table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 31 2 RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 Object Object identifier Supported? igmpCacheAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.1 Yes igmpCacheIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.2 Yes igmpCacheSelf 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.3 Yes, but read-only. igmpCacheLastReporter 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.4 Yes, but read-only. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the constant value for this object is 0. igmpCacheUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.5 Yes, but read-only. igmpCacheExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.6 Yes, but read-only. igmpCacheStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.7 Yes, but read-only. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the constant value for this object is active(1). igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.8 Yes, but read-only. RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 The following PIM MIB objects are supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. On the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, only default VRF is supported. Support for RFC 2934 in these devices is presented in the following sections. Object Object identifier Supported? pimJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.1 Yes, but read-only. NOTE: The SET operation is not supported. pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table) Use the show ip pim interface command to display information about the PIM interface table. The SET request is not supported for this table. 32 Object Object identifier Supported? pimInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.1 Yes pimInterfaceAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.2 Yes, but read-only. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 Object Object identifier Supported? pimInterfaceNetMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.3 Yes, but read-only. pimInterfaceMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.4 Yes, but read-only. 2 NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, only dense and sparse modes are supported. pimInterfaceDR 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.5 Yes, but read-only. pimInterfaceHelloInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.6 Yes, but read-only. pimInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.7 Yes, but read-only. Returns “active”. pimInterfaceJoinPruneInter 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.8 val Yes, but read-only. pimInterfaceCBSRPreferen ce Yes, but read-only. 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.9 NOTE: On Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the constant value for this object is 0. pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table) Use the show ip pim neighbor command to display information about the PIM neighbor table. The SET request is not supported for this table. ) Object Object identifier Supported? pimNeighborAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.1 Yes pimNeighborIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimNeighborUpTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.3 Yes, but read-only. pimNeighborExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.4 Yes, but read-only. pimNeighborMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.5 Yes, but read-only. pimIpMRouteTable (PIM IP multicast route table) The show ip pim mcache command displays information about the PIM IP multicast route table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.1 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteSource 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.2 Yes, but read-only. ipMRouteSourceMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.3 Yes, but read-only. 33 2 RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 Object Object identifier Supported? pimIpMRouteUpstreamAssertT 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.1 imer Yes, but read-only. pimIpMRouteAssertMetric 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimIpMRouteAssertMetricPref 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.3 Yes, but read-only. pimIpMRouteAssertRPTBit 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.4 No. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. pimIpMRouteFlags 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.5 No. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. pimIpMRouteNextHopTable (PIM IP multicast route next hop table) The show ip pim mcache sg command displays information about the PIM IP multicast route next hop table. Object Object identifier Supported? ipMRouteNextHopGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.1 Yes ipMRouteNextHopSource 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.2 Yes ipMRouteNextHopSourceM ask 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.3 Yes ipMRouteNextHopIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.4 Yes ipMRouteNextHopAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.5 Yes pimIpMRouteNextHopPrune Reason 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.7.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimRpTable (PIM RP table) NOTE On the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, this table has been replaced by “pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table)” 34 Object Object identifier Supported? pimRPGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.1 Yes, but read-only and only active groups. pimRPAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimRPState 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.3 Yes, but read-only and value is always up(1). pimRPStateTimer 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.4 No. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 2934: Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 Object Object identifier Supported? pimRPLastChange 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.5 No. pimRPRowStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.6 Yes, but read-only. 2 pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table) Use the show ip pim rp-set command to display information about the PIM RP set table. Object Object identifier Supported? pimRpSetGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.1 Yes pimRpSetGroupMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.2 Yes pimRpSetAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.3 Yes pimRpSetHoldTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.4 Yes, but read-only. pimRpSetExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.5 Yes, but read-only. pimRpSetComponent 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.6 Yes, but only one PIM domain is supported. pimCandidateRPTable (PIM candidate-RP table) The show ip pim bsr command displays information about the PIM candidate-RP table. Object Object identifier Supported? pimCandidateRPGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.1 Yes pimCandidateRPGroupMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.2 Yes. pimCandidateRPAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.3 Yes, but read-only. pimCandidateRPRowStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.4 Yes, but read-only. Returns “active”. pimComponentTable (PIM component table) This table contain objects specific to PIM domain and has only one row for each domain to which the router is connected. Use the ip pim border CLI command at the interface level to stop the flooding of the bootstrap messages. The show ip pim bsr command displays information about the PIM component table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? pimComponentIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.1 Yes pimComponentBSRAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimComponentBSRExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.3 Yes, but read-only. pimComponentCRPHoldTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.4 Yes, but read-only. pimComponentStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.5 Yes, but read-only. Returns “active”. 35 2 RFC 3176: InMon Corporation’s sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks RFC 3176: InMon Corporation’s sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks RFC 3176 MIBs enable you to configure the sFlow Export feature. Support for this RFC is available on the following devices: • • • • Brocade NetIron MLX devices Brocade MLXe devices Brocade NetIron XMR Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices The following groups from RFC 3176 are supported in the devices. 36 Object Object identifier Description sFlowAgent 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1 The sFlow agent sampler. sFlowVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.1 Returns a version string (for example, “1.2; Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.”). sFlowAgentAddressType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.2 Returns value 1 (IPv4). sFlowAgentAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.3 Management IP. sFlowTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4 sFlow Table. sFlowDataSource 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.1 ifIndex of sFlow port. sFlowOwner 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.2 Always null. Not supported in the CLI. sFlowTimeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.3 Always 0. Not supported in the CLI. sFlowPacketSamplingRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.4 Port sampling rate. Set this value to 0 to disable sFlow for a port. sFlowCounterSamplingInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.5 Global counter poll interval. sFlowMaximumHeaderSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.6 Always 128. sFlowMaximumDatagramSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.7 Always 1400. sFlowCollectorAddressType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.8 Returns unknown(0), ipv4(1), or ipv6(2) sFlowCollectorAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.9 Address of first collector. For other collectors, use snSflowCollectorTable. (Refer to “sFlow collector table” on page 300.) sFlowCollectorPort 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.10 Port of first collector. For other collectors, use snSflowCollectorTable. (Refer to “sFlow collector table” on page 300.) sFlowDatagramVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.11 Always 4. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 3289: Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture 2 RFC 3289: Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support RFC 3289, Management Information Base for the Differentiated Services Architecture. diffServMultiFieldClfrTable The following table defines the MIB objects that describe a classifier element for matching on various fields of an IP address and upper-layer protocol header. NOTE The following table supports only the SNMP GET and GET-NEXT options. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Access diffServMultiFieldClfrId 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.1 Incremental ID. diffServMultiFieldClfrAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.2 The type of an IP address used by the classifier entry. • unknown(0) • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) diffServMultiFieldClfrDstAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.3 Maps to the destination address. diffServMultiFieldClfrDstPrefixLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.4 Maps to the destination address prefix length. diffServMultiFieldClfrSrcAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.5 Maps to the source address. diffServMultiFieldClfrSrcPrefixLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.6 Maps to the source address prefix length. diffServMultiFieldClfrDscp 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.7 Not supported. diffServMultiFieldClfrFlowId 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.8 Not supported. diffServMultiFieldClfrProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.9 Maps to a protocol. diffServMultiFieldClfrDstL4PortMin 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.10 Maps to the destination port minimum. diffServMultiFieldClfrDstL4PortMax 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.11 Maps to the destination port maximum. diffServMultiFieldClfrSrcL4PortMin 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.12 Maps to the source port minimum. diffServMultiFieldClfrSrcL4PortMax 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.13 Maps to the source port maximum. diffServMultiFieldClfrStorage 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.14 Always returns volatile(2). diffServMultiFieldClfrStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.97.1.2.6.1.15 Always returns active(1). 37 2 RFC 3635: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like interface types NOTE The diffServDataPathTable, diffServClfrTable, diffServClfrElementTable, diffServMeterTable, diffServTBParamTable, diffServActionTable, diffServDscpMarkActTable, diffServCountActTable, diffServAlgDropTable, diffServRandomDropTable, diffServQTable, diffServSchedulerTable, diffServMinRateTable, and diffServMaxRateTable are not supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. RFC 3635: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like interface types The following groups from RFC 3635 are supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE RFC 3635 obsoletes RFC 2665. dot3StatsTable The following table lists the dot3StatsTable MIB objects. 38 Object group name Object identifier Supported? dot3StatsIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.1 Yes dot3StatsAlignmentErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.2 Yes dot3StatsFCSErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.3 Yes dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.4 Yes dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.5 Yes dot3StatsSQETestErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.6 Yes dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.7 Yes dot3StatsLateCollisions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.8 Yes dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.9 Yes dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.10 Yes dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.11 Yes dot3StatsFrameTooLongs 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.13 Yes dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.16 Yes dot3StatsEtherChipSet 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.17 Yes dot3StatsSymbolErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.18 Yes dot3StatsDuplexStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.19 Yes dot3StatsRateControlAbility 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.20 Yes. Always returns false(2). dot3StatsRateControlStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.21 Yes. Always returns Unknown(3). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 2 RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base dot3ControlTable The following table lists the dot3ControlTable MIB objects. Object group name Object identifier Supported? dot3ControlFunctionsSupported 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.9.1.1 Yes dot3ControlInUnknownOpcodes 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.9.1.2 Yes dot3HCControlInUnknownOpcodes 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.9.1.3 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). dot3PauseTable The following table lists the dot3PauseTable MIB objects. Object group name Object identifier Supported? dot3PauseAdminMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.1 Yes dot3PauseOperMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.2 Yes dot3InPauseFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.3 Yes dot3OutPauseFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.4 Yes dot3HCInPauseFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.5 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). dot3HCOutPauseFrames 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.10.1.6 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). dot3HCStatsTable The following table lists the dot3HCStatsTable MIB objects. Object group name Object identifier Supported? dot3HCStatsAlignmentErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.1 Yes dot3HCStatsFCSErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.2 Yes dot3HCStatsInternalMacTransmitErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.3 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). dot3HCStatsFrameTooLongs 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.4 Yes dot3HCStatsInternalMacReceiveErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.5 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). dot3HCStatsSymbolErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.11.1.6 Yes. Always returns 0 (zero). RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base (MIB) The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support RFC 3813, Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 39 2 RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base NOTE Only the SNMP GET and GET-NEXT are supported. The SNMP SET is not supported for all the LSR MIB objects, except the mplsXCNotificationsEnable object. MPLS interface table objects The following table lists the MPLS interface table objects. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsInterfaceIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.1 Yes mplsInterfaceLabelMinIn 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.2 No mplsInterfaceLabelMaxIn 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.3 No mplsInterfaceLabelMinOut 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.4 No mplsInterfaceLabelMaxOut 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.5 No mplsInterfaceTotalBandwidth 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.6 Yes mplsInterfaceAvailableBandwidth 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.7 Yes mplsInterfaceLabelParticipationType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.1.1.8 Yes MPLS in-segment table objects The following table lists the MPLS in-segment table objects. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsInSegmentIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.1 No mplsInSegmentInterface 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.2 No mplsInSegmentLabel 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.3 Yes mplsInSegmentLabelPtr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.4 Yes mplsInSegmentNPop 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.5 Yes mplsInSegmentAddrFamily 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.6 Yes mplsInSegmentXCIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.7 Yes mplsInSegmentOwner 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.8 Yes mplsInSegmentTrafficParamPtr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.9 Yes mplsInSegmentRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.10 Yes mplsInSegmentStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.4.1.11 Yes MPLS in-segment performance table objects The following table lists the MPLS in-segment performance table objects. 40 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 2 RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base Object Object identifier Supported? mplsInSegmentPerfOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.1 No mplsInSegmentPerfPackets 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.2 Yes mplsInSegmentPerfErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.3 No mplsInSegmentPerfDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.4 No mplsInSegmentPerfHCOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.5 No mplsInSegmentPerfDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.5.1.6 No MPLS out-segment table objects The following table lists the MPLS out-segment table objects. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsOutSegmentIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.1 No mplsOutSegmentInterface 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.2 No mplsOutSegmentPushTopLabel 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.3 Yes mplsOutSegmentTopLabel 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.4 Yes mplsOutSegmentTopLabelPtr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.5 Yes mplsOutSegmentNextHopAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.6 Yes mplsOutSegmentNextHopAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.7 Yes mplsOutSegmentXCIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.8 Yes mplsOutSegmentOwner 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.9 Yes mplsOutSegmentTrafficParamPtr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.10 Yes mplsOutSegmentRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.11 Yes mplsOutSegmentStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.7.1.12 Yes MPLS cross-connect table objects The following table lists the MPLS cross-connect table objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsXCIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.1 Yes mplsXCInSegmentIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.2 Yes mplsXCOutSegmentIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.3 Yes mplsXCLspId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.4 Yes mplsXCLabelStackIndx 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.5 Yes mplsXCOwner 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.6 Yes mplsXCRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.7 Yes mplsXCStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.8 Yes 41 2 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution Object Object identifier Supported? mplsXCAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.9 Yes mplsXCOperStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.10.1.10 Yes The tables mplsInterfacePerfTable, mplsOutSegmentPerfTable, mplsLabelStackTable, and mplsInSegmentMapTable are not supported. MPLS label stack scalar object The following table lists the MPLS label stack scalar objects. The scalar objects mplsInSegmentIndexNext, mplsOutSegmentIndexNext, mplsXCIndexNext, and mplsLabelStackIndexNext are not supported. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsMaxLabelStackDepth 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.2.1.11 Yes. Always returns the maximum label stack depth of 3. RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support RFC 3815, Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), and Label Distribution Protocol (LDP). Support for this MIB enables configuration and monitoring of the LDP. mplsLdpLsr objects Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpLsrId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpLsrLoopDetectionCapable 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2 Returns none(1) or hopCountAndPathVector(5). mplsLdpEntity objects 42 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpEntityLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.1 Always returns 0. mplsLdpEntityIndexNext 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.2 Always returns 0. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution 2 mplsLdpEntity table This mplsLdpEntity table contains information about MPLS Label Distribution Protocol Entities which exist on this Label Switching Router (LSR) or Label Edge Router (LER). NOTE The following table currently supports the read-only access. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpEntityLdpId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.1 Index mplsLdpEntityIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.2 Index mplsLdpEntityProtocolVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.3 Yes mplsLdpEntityAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.4 The administrative status of the LDP Entity. The values are: • up(1) mapped to enable(1) • down(2) or testing(3) mapped to disable(2) mplsLdpEntityOperStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.5 Displays the operational status of this LDP Entity. The values are: • up(1) mapped to enabled(2) • down(2) mapped to disabled(3) • testing(3) mapped to disabled(3) • unknown(4) mapped to unknown(1) • dormant(5) mapped to disabled(3) • notpresent(6) mapped to disabled(3) mplsLdpEntityTcpPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.6 Yes mplsLdpEntityUdpDscPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.7 Yes mplsLdpEntityMaxPduLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.8 Yes mplsLdpEntityKeepAliveHoldTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.9 Yes mplsLdpEntityHelloHoldTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.10 Yes mplsLdpEntityInitSessionThreshold 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.11 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelDistMethod 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.12 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelRetentionMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.13 Yes mplsLdpEntityPathVectorLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.14 Yes mplsLdpEntityHopCountLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.15 Yes mplsLdpEntityTransportAddrKind 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.16 The IP address of the interface from which hello messages are sent is used as the transport address in the hello message. Returns interface(1). 43 2 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpEntityTargetPeer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.17 Yes mplsLdpEntityTargetPeerAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.18 Displays the type of the internetwork layer address used for the Extended Discovery. Possible types: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpEntityTargetPeerAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.19 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.20 Yes mplsLdpEntityDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.21 Yes mplsLdpEntityStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.22 Yes mplsLdpEntityRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.23 Yes mplsLdpEntityStats table The mplsLdpEntityStats table is a read-only table which augments the mplsLdpEntityTable. This table keeps statistical information about the LDP Entities on the LSR. This table is read-only. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionAttempts 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedNoHelloErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.2 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedAdErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.3 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedMaxPduErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.4 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedLRErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.5 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadLdpIdentifierErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.6 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadPduLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.7 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadMessageLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.8 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadTlvLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.9 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsMalformedTlvValueErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.10 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsKeepAliveTimerExpErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.11 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsShutdownReceivedNotifications 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.12 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsShutdownSentNotifications 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.13 Yes mplsLdpSession objects 44 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpPeerLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.1 Unsupported, Always returns 0. mplsLdpLspFecLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution 2 mplsLdpPeer table The mplsLdpPeer table has information about LDP peers known by Entities in the mplsLdpEntityTable. The information in this table is based on information from the Entity-Peer interaction during session initialization but is not appropriate for the mplsLdpSessionTable, because objects in this table may or may not be used in session establishment. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpPeerLdpId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.1 Yes mplsLdpPeerLabelDistMethod 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.2 Yes mplsLdpPeerPathVectorLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.3 Yes mplsLdpPeerTransportAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.4 Displays the type of the Internet address for the mplsLdpPeerTransportAddr object. Possible types: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpPeerTransportAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.5 Yes mplsLdpSession table The mplsLdpSession table contains information of sessions between the LDP Entities and LDP Peers. This table augments the mplsLdpPeerTable. Each row in this table represents a single session. This table is read-only. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpSessionStateLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.1 Unsupported. Returns 0. mplsLdpSessionState 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.2 Yes mplsLdpSessionRole 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.3 Yes mplsLdpSessionProtocolVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.4 Yes mplsLdpSessionKeepAliveHoldTime Rem 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.5 Yes mplsLdpSessionKeepAliveTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.6 Yes mplsLdpSessionMaxPduLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.7 Yes mplsLdpSessionDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.8 Yes mplsLdpSessionStats table A table of statistics between the LDP Entities and LDP Peers. This table is read-only. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpSessionStatsUnknownMesType Errors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpSessionStatsUnknownTlvErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.4.1.2 Yes 45 2 RFC 3815: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Label Distribution mplsLdpHelloAdjacency table A table of hello adjacencies for the sessions. This table is read-only. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.1 Index mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyHoldTimeRem 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.2 Yes mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyHoldTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.3 Yes mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.4 Yes mplsFec objects A table of MPLS Forwarding Equivalence Class (FEC) objects. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsFecLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.1 Same data as mplsLdpLspFecLastChange. mplsFecIndexNext 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.2 Unsupported. Always returns 0. mplsFec table The mplsFec table represents the FEC information associated with an LSP. NOTE This table currently supports read-only access. 46 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsFecIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.1 Index mplsFecType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.2 Yes mplsFecAddrPrefixLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.3 Yes mplsFecAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.4 Displays the value of this object and the type of the Internet address. Possible values: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsFecAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.5 Yes mplsFecStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.6 Yes mplsFecRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.7 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4022: Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 2 mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table The mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table extends the mplsLdpSessionTable. This table is used to store Label Address information from Label Address Messages received by this LSR from Peers. This table is read-only and should be updated when Label Withdraw Address Messages are received (for example, rows should be deleted as appropriate). NOTE As more than one address may be contained in a Label Address Message, this table sparse augments the mplsLdpSessionTable's information. Object Object identifier Supported? mplsLdpSessionPeerAddrIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.1 Index mplsLdpSessionPeerNextHopAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.2 Displays the internetwork layer address type of this Next Hop Address as specified in the Label Address Message associated with this Session. Possible values: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpSessionPeerNextHopAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.3 Yes RFC 4022: Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support RFC 4022, Management Information Base for Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). All objects have read-only access, except for the tcpConnectionState object in the tcpConnectionTable. The tcpConnectionState object has read-write access. RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB The following tables in RFC 4087 are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. tunnelIfTable The tunnelIfTable contains information on configured tunnels. NOTE The tunnelIfTable is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 47 2 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB Object names Description tunnelIfLocalAddress Not supported as it is deprecated. tunnelIfRemoteAddress Not supported as it is deprecated. tunnelIfEncapsMethod Read-only. Only 6to4 and GRE tunnel types are supported. This is the encapsulation method used by the tunnel. tunnelIfHopLimit Read-only. This is the IPv4 time-to-live (TTL) or IPv6 Hop Limit to use in the outer IP header. A value of 0 indicates that the value is copied from the payload's header. tunnelIfSecurity Read-only. Always returns none(1). tunnelIfTOS Read-only. tunnelIfFlowLabel Read-only. Always returns -1 which indicates a wildcard as suggested by RFC 3595. tunnelIfAddressType Read-only. tunnelIfLocalInetAddress Read-only. tunnelIfRemoteInetAddress Read-only. tunnelIfEncapsLimit Read-only. This is the maximum number of additional encapsulations permitted for packets undergoing encapsulation at this node. A value of -1 indicates that no limit is present, except as a result of the packet size. tunnelInetConfigTable The tunnelInetConfigTable can be used to map a set of tunnel endpoints to the associated ifIndex value. Every row in the tunnelIfTable with a fixed destination address should have a corresponding row in the tunnelInetConfigTable. 48 Object names Description tunnelInetConfigAddressType Read-only. Index value. tunnelInetConfigLocalAddress Read-only. Index value. tunnelInetConfigRemoteAddress Read-only. Index value. tunnelInetConfigEncapsMethod Read-only. Index value. This is the encapsulation method used by the tunnel. Only 6to4 and GRE tunnel types are supported. tunnelInetConfigID Read-only. Index value. Always 1 in 6to4 tunnel type. tunnelInetConfigIfIndex Read-only. tunnelInetConfigStatus Read-only. Always returns active(1). tunnelInetConfigStorageType Read-only. Always returns nonVolatile(3). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB 2 ifTable support Support for the tunnelIfTable and tunnelInetConfigTable affects the ifTable (RFC 1213). Object names Description ifIndex Read-only. Index value. ifDescr Read-only. ifType Read-only. ifMtu Read-only. ifSpeed Not supported. ifPhysAddress Not supported. ifAdminStatus Read-only. ifOperStatus Read-only. ifLastChange Read-only. Always returns 0. ifSpecific Read-only. This is a deprecated MIB object. ifInOctets Not supported. ifInUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifInNUcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. This is a deprecated MIB object. ifInDiscards Not supported. ifInErrors Not supported. ifInUnknownProtos Not supported. ifOutOctets Not supported. ifOutUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total transmitted packet count to tunnel and total received packet count from tunnel. ifOutNUcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. This is a deprecated MIB object. ifOutDiscards Not supported. ifOutErrors Not supported. ifOutQLen Read-only. ifXTable Support for the tunnelIfTable and tunnelInetConfigTable also affects ifXTable (RFC 2233). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object names Description ifName Read-only. ifInMulticastPkts Read-only. Returns 0. ifInBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifOutMulticastPkts Read-only. Returns 0. ifOutBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifHCInOctets Not supported. Returns 0. 49 2 RFC 4113: Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Object names Description ifHCInUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifHCInBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifHCOutOctets Not supported. Returns 0. ifHCOutUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifHCOutMulticastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable Read-only. Always returns disabled(2). ifHighSpeed Not supported. Returns 0. ifPromiscuousMode Read-only. Always returns true(1). ifConnectorPresent Read-only. Always returns false(2). ifAlias Read-only. ifCounterDiscontinuityTime Read-only. RFC 4113: Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) RFC 4113, Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. All objects have read-only access. RFC 4133: Entity MIB (Version 3) RFC 4133, Entity MIB (Version 3) is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Object group name Object identifier Supported? entPhysicalTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1 Yes entPhysicalIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.1 Yes entPhysicalDescr 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.2 Yes entPhysicalVendorType 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.3 Yes. NOTE: This object is defined for assigning vendor type OIDs (For example, brcdIp.1.17.1.3.2.2 and brcdIp.1.17.1.5.2) to various physical entities like chassis, power supply, Fan, MP, SFM, and various types of LP modules. entPhysicalContainedIn 50 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 Object group name Object identifier Supported? entPhysicalClass 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.5 Yes entPhysicalParentRelPos 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.6 Yes entPhysicalName 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.7 Yes entPhysicalHardwareRev 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.8 Yes. 2 NOTE: The information is available only for MP, SFM, and LP modules. entPhysicalFirmwareRev 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.9 Yes. NOTE: The information is available only for MP, SFM, and LP modules. entPhysicalSoftwareRev 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.10 Yes. NOTE: The information is available only for MP, SFM, and LP modules. entPhysicalSerialNum 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.11 Yes. Read-only. entPhysicalMfgName 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.12 Yes entPhysicalModelName 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.13 Yes entPhysicalAlias 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.14 Yes. Read-only. entPhysicalAssetID 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.15 Yes. Read-only. entPhysicalIsFRU 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.16 Yes entPhysicalMfgDate 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.17 Yes entPhysicalUris 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.18 Yes. Read-only. entPhysicalContainsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.3.3 Yes entLastChangeTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.4.1 Yes entConfigChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.2.0.1 Yes NOTE: This notification is generated when the value of entLastChangeTime is changed. RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 NOTE The definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3) is used instead of RFC 1567, Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2. RFC 1657 has been obsoleted in RFC 4273. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Object identifier Notes bgpVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.1 The vector of the supported BGP version numbers. bgpLocalAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.2 The local autonomous system number. The Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices return “AS_TRANS (23456)” if the number is greater than 16 bits. 51 2 52 RFC 4273: Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 Object group name Object identifier Notes bgpPeerTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3 The bgpPeerRemoteAs object is the remote autonomous system number received in the BGP OPEN message. The Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices return “AS_TRANS (23456)” for this object if the number is greater than 16 bits. bgpPeerEntry 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1 - bgpPeerIdentifier 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.1 - bgpPeerState 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.2 - bgpPeerAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.3 - bgpPeerNegotiatedVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.4 - bgpPeerLocalAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.5 - bgpPeerLocalPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.6 - bgpPeerRemoteAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.7 - bgpPeerRemotePort 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.8 - bgpPeerRemoteAs 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.9 - bgpPeerInUpdates 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.10 - bgpPeerOutUpdates 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.11 - bgpPeerInTotalMessages 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.12 - bgpPeerOutTotalMessages 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.13 - bgpPeerLastError 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.14 - bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTransitions 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.15 - bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.16 - bgpPeerConnectRetryInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.17 - bgpPeerHoldTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.18 - bgpPeerKeepAlive 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.19 - bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.20 - bgpPeerKeepAliveConfigured 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.21 - bgpPeerMinASOriginationInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.22 - bgpPeerMinRouteAdvertisementInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.23 - bgpPeerInUpdateElapsedTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.24 - bgp4PathAttrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6 - bgp4PathAttrEntry 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1 - bgp4PathAttrPeer 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.1 - bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefixLen 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.2 - bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefix 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.3 - bgp4PathAttrOrigin 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.4 - bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.5 - Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB 2 Object group name Object identifier Notes bgp4PathAttrNextHop 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.6 - bgp4PathAttrMultiExitDisc 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.7 - bgp4PathAttrLocalPref 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.8 - bgp4PathAttrAtomicAggregate 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.9 - bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.10 - bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.11 - bgp4PathAttrCalcLocalPref 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.12 - bgp4PathAttrBest 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.13 - bgp4PathAttrUnknown 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.14 - bgp4PathAttrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6 This table is supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices. bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.5 This object is the sequence of AS path segments. Each AS path segment is represented by a triplet of type, length, and value. The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices return “AS_TRANS” if the AS number is greater than 2 bytes. bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.10 The AS number of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. A value of zero (0) indicates the absence of this attribute. The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices return “AS_TRANS (23456)” for this object if remote AS is greater than 16 bits. draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB The following section of draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 defines MIB objects for managing the Border Gateway Protocol, version 4. BGP4v2 per-peer session management information The following table displays information about the BGP4v2 per-peer session management information group. Use the show ip bgp neighbor id command to display the BGP4v2 per-peer session management information. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES 2000 series BASE Packages device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 53 2 54 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2PeerTable brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2 None The BGP4v2 per-peer table. The table contains one entry per BGP peer and the information about the connections with the BGP peers. bgp4V2PeerInstance brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Specifies the routing instance index. Some of the BGP implementations permit the creation of multiple instances of a BGP routing process. The implementations that do not support multiple routing instances, return 1 for this object. The VRF index is used to identify the peer instance. The VRF index is a zero-based index. bgp4V2PeerLocalAddrType brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType None Specifies the address family of a local-end peering session. The following address types are supported: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) bgp4V2PeerLocalAddr brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress None Specifies the local IP address of the received BGP connection. bgp4V2PeerRemoteAddrType brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: InetAddressType None Specifies the address family of a remote end peering session. The following address types are supported: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) bgp4V2PeerRemoteAddr brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: InetAddress None Specifies the remote IP address of the received BGP peer. bgp4V2PeerLocalPort brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: InetPortNumber Read-only Indicates the local port for the TCP connection between the BGP peers. bgp4V2PeerLocalAs brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: InetAutonomousSystemNumber Read-only Indicates a Autonomous System (AS) is the peering session that represents itself to the remote peer. Some implementations of BGP can represent itself as multiple autonomous systems. bgp4V2PeerLocalIdentifier brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: Bgp4V2IdentifierTC Read-only Specifies the BGP identifier of the local system for the peering session. It is required that all the values of bgp4V2PeerLocalIdentifier and bgp4V2PeerInstance objects must be identical. bgp4V2PeerRemotePort brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: InetPortNumber Read-only Specifies the remote port for the TCP connection between the BGP peers. bgp4V2PeerRemoteAs brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: InetAutonomousSystemNumber Read-only NOTE: The objects bgp4V2PeerLocalAddr, bgp4V2PeerLocalPort, bgp4V2PeerRemoteAddr, and bgp4V2PeerRemotePort provides the appropriate references to the standard MIB TCP connection table or to the IPv6 TCP MIB as referenced in RFC 4022. Specifies the remote AS number received in the BGP OPEN message. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB 2 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2PeerRemoteIdentifier brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Bgp4V2IdentifierTC Read-only Specifies the BGP identifier of the received remote BGP peer. The entry received must be 0.0.0.0 unless the bgp4V2PeerState is in the openconfirm(5) or in established(6) state. bgp4V2PeerAdminStatus brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies whether the BGP finite state machine (FSM) for the remote peer is halted or running, the BGP FSM for a remote peer is halted after processing a stop event. Likewise, if in the running state after processing a start event. The bgp4V2PeerState is in the idle state when the FSM is halted. Although, some extensions such as Graceful Restart leaves the peer in the idle state with the FSM running. • halted(1) • running(2) bgp4V2PeerState brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the BGP peer connection states: • idle(1) • connect(2) • active(3) • opensent(4) • openconfirm(5) • established(6) bgp4V2PeerDescription brcdIp.3.5.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Specifies a user-configured description identifying the peer. The object must contain a description that is unique within the existing BGP instance for the peer. BGP4v2 per-peer error management information The following table contains the BGP4v2 per-peer error management information objects. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES 2000 series BASE Packages device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2PeerErrorsTable brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3 None On a per-peer basis, the table reflects the last protocol-defined error encountered and reported on the peer session. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorCodeReceived brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the last error code received from the peer through a notification message on the connection. The field is zero(0), if no error occurs. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorSubCodeRece ived brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the last error subcode received from the peer through a notification message on the connection. The field is zero(0), if no error occurs. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorReceivedTime brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only Indicates the time stamp when the last notification is received from the peer. 55 2 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2PeerLastErrorReceivedText brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Specifies the implementation-specific explanation of the error reported. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorReceivedData brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Specifies the data of the last error code received by the peer. As per RFC 2578, some implementations have limitations dealing with Octet Strings that are larger than 255. So, the data is truncated. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorCodeSent brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the last error code sent to the peer through a notification message on the connection. The field is zero(0), if no error occurs. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorSubCodeSent brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the last error subcode sent to the peer through a notification message on the connection. The field is zero(0), if no error occurs. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorSentTime brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only Indicates the time stamp when the last notification is sent to the peer. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorSentText brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Specifies the implementation-specific explanation of the error reported. bgp4V2PeerLastErrorSentData brcdIp.3.5.1.1.3.1.10 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Specifies the data of the last error code sent to the peer. As per RFC 2578, some implementations have limitations dealing with Octet Strings that are larger than 255. So, the data is truncated. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices BGP4v2 per-peer event times table The following table contains the BGP4v2 per-peer event times-related objects. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES 2000 series BASE Packages device. 56 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB 2 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2PeerEventTimesTable brcdIp.3.5.1.1.4 None A table reporting the per-peering session amount of time elapsed and update events while the peering session advanced into the established state. bgp4V2PeerFsmEstablishedTime brcdIp.3.5.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Indicates how long (in seconds) the peer has been in the established state or how long since the peer was last in the established state. The value of the object is set to zero(0) when a new peer is configured or when the router is booted. The value remains zero if the peer has never reached the established state. bgp4V2PeerInUpdatesElapsedTime brcdIp.3.5.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Indicates the elapsed time (in seconds) since the last BGP update message was received from the peer. The value of the object is set to zero(0) each time bgpPeerInUpdates is incremented. BGP4v2 NLRI table The following table contains the BGP4v2 Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) objects. Use the show ip bgp routes detail command to display all the BGP attributes of a route, such as communities. Use the show ip bgp routes command to display the entries learned through NLRI available in the update. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES 2000 series BASE Packages device. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2NlriTable brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9 None The BGP4v2-received path attribute table contains information about paths to destination networks received from all the BGP4 peers. Collectively, this represents the Adj-Ribs-In. For NLRI, the route in which the bgp4V2NlriBest object is true represents the route that is installed in the LocRib from the Adj-Ribs-In. bgp4V2NlriIndex brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Specifies the index that allows multiple instances of a base prefix for a certain AFI-SAFI from a given peer. This is used to allow a peer in future implementations to send more than a single route instance and allow extensions that extend an NLRI field to send the same prefix while utilizing other extension-specific information. The index is always 1. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 bgp4V2NlriAfi brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.2 Syntax: Bgp4V2AddressFamilyIdentifierTC None bgp4V2NlriSafi brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.3 Syntax: Bgp4V2SubsequentAddressFamilyI dentifierTC None Specifies the address family of the prefix for NLRI. NOTE: It is not necessary that an AFI definition is equivalent to an InetAddressType. Specifies the subsequent address family of the prefix for NLRI. 57 2 58 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2NlriPrefixType brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.4 Syntax: InetAddressType None Specifies the type of the IP address prefix in an NLRI field. The value of the object is derived from the appropriate value from the bgp4V2NlriAfi field. Where an appropriate InetAddressType is not available, the value of the object is unknown(0). bgp4V2NlriPrefix brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.5 Syntax: InetAddress None Indicates an IP address prefix in an NLRI field. The object is an IP address containing the prefix with the length specified by the bgp4V2NlriPrefixLen object. Any bits beyond the length specified by the bgp4V2NlriPrefixLen object are set to zero(0). bgp4V2NlriPrefixLen brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.6 Syntax: InetAddressPrefixLength None Indicates the length in bits of the address prefix in an NLRI field. bgp4V2NlriBest brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.7 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates whether the route is chosen as the best BGP4 route for the destination. bgp4V2NlriCalcLocalPref brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the degree of preference calculated by the receiving BGP4 speaker for an advertised route. The value of the object is zero (0) where the prefix is ineligible. bgp4V2NlriOrigin brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the ultimate origin of the path information: • igp(1) - The networks that are interior. • egp(2) - The networks learned through an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP). • incomplete(3) - The networks that are learned by some other means. bgp4V2NlriNextHopAddrType brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.10 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only Specifies the address family of the address for the border router that is used to access the destination network. bgp4V2NlriNextHopAddr brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.11 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only Specifies the address of the border router that is used to access the destination network. The address is the next-hop address received in the update packet associated with the prefix: • For RFC 2545 style double nexthops, the object contains the global scope next hop. • For bgpPathAttrLinkLocalNextHop, the object contains the link local scope next hop, if it is present. • For bgp4V2NlriNextHopAddr, the object contains the link local next hop, if a mechanism is developed to use only a link local next hop. bgp4V2NlriLinkLocalNextHopAddrTy pe brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.12 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only Specifies the address type for an IPv6 link local address. The object is present only when receiving RFC 2545 style double nexthops. The object is present optionally in BGP implementations that do not support IPv6. The value of the object is unknown(0) when there is no IPv6 link local next hop present. bgp4V2NlriLinkLocalNextHopAddr brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.13 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only Indicates the value that contains an IPv6 link local address and is present only when receiving RFC 2545 style double nexthops. The object is present optionally in BGP implementations that do not support IPv6. The length of the object is zero(0) when there is no IPv6 link local next hop present. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 draft-ietf-idr-bgp4-mibv2-12 MIB 2 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2NlriLocalPrefPresent brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.14 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates if the value is true when the LOCAL_PREF value is sent in the UPDATE message. The value is always true. bgp4V2NlriLocalPref brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.15 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the degree of preference of the originating BGP4 speaker for an advertised route. bgp4V2NlriMedPresent brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.16 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates if the value is true when a Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) value is sent in the UPDATE message. bgp4V2NlriMed brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.17 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Indicates the metric used to discriminate between multiple exit points to an adjacent autonomous system. When an MED value is absent but has a calculated default value, the object will contain the calculated value. bgp4V2NlriAtomicAggregate brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.18 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates if the value is true when the ATOMIC_AGGREGATE path attribute is present and indicates that NLRI cannot be made more specific. bgp4V2NlriAggregatorPresent brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.19 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates if the value is true when the AGGREGATOR path attribute is sent in the UPDATE message. bgp4V2NlriAggregatorAS brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.20 Syntax: InetAutonomousSystemNumber Read-only Specifies an AS number of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. The value of the object is zero(0) when the bgp4V2NlriAggregatorPresent object is false. bgp4V2NlriAggregatorAddr brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.21 Syntax: Bgp4V2IdentifierTC Read-only Specifies the IP address of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. The value of the object is 0.0.0.0 when the bgp4V2NlriAggregatorPresent object is false. bgp4V2NlriAsPathCalcLength brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.22 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Indicates the value that represents the calculated length of the AS-Path according to the rules in the BGP specification. The value is used in route selection. bgp4V2NlriAsPathString brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.23 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Specifies a string depicting the AS-Path to the network, which is received from the peer that is advertised. The format of the string is implementation-dependent and it must be designed for operator readability. SnmpAdminString is capable of representing a maximum of 255 characters. This may lead to the string being truncated in the presence of a large AS-Path. NOTE: It is recommended that when the content of the object is truncated, the final three octets should be reserved for the ellipses string (...). The bgp4V2NlriAsPath object gives access to the full AS-Path. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 59 2 RFC 4292: IP Forwarding Table MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bgp4V2NlriAsPath brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.24 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Specifies the contents of the BGP4 AS_PATH attribute to provide an authorized form of the BGP4 AS_PATH along with the human-readable bgp4V2NlriAsPathString object that can be truncated. The object is parsed using the rules defined for four-octet autonomous systems as defined in RFC 4893. RFC 4271 and RFC 5065 define the general format of the AS_PATH attribute and its code points. The AS_PATH attribute is composed of a sequence of AS segments. Each AS segment is represented in the following fields: • The path segment type and path segment are one octet in length each. Any one of the following can represent the path segment type field: - 1 - AS_SET (RFC 4721) - 2 - AS_SEQUENCE (RFC 4721) - 3 - AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE (RFC 3065) - 4 - AS_CONFED_SET (RFC 3065) • The path segment length field contains the number of autonomous systems (not the number of octets) in the path segment value field. • The path segment value field contains one or more autonomous system numbers, each encoded as a four octet length field in network-byte order. NOTE: An SNMP agent can truncate the objects that are less than its maximum theoretical length of 4072 octets. It is recommended that when such truncation occurs on the boundary of an encoded AS, the partial AS be discarded from the object and the object size adjusted accordingly. When such truncation happens, either alone or in conjunction with the truncation of a partially encoded AS, it will yield an empty path segment value. In that case, the path segment type and path segment length components of the truncated AS_PATH attributue are also discarded and the object size is adjusted accordingly. bgp4V2NlriPathAttrUnknown brcdIp.3.5.1.1.9.1.25 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Specifies the path attributes that are not understood by the implementation are presented. These path attributes use the type, length, and value encoding from RFC 4271. NOTE: An SNMP agent can truncate the objects that are less than its maximum theoretical length of 4072 octets. RFC 4292: IP Forwarding Table MIB The Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support the entire RFC 4292 with the following exceptions. RFC 4292 replaces RFC 2096 and RFC 2465. • The object inetCidrRouteDiscards is not supported. • The objects inetCidrRouteMetric2, inetCidrRouteMetric3, inetCidrRouteMetric4, and inetCidrRouteMetric5 in the inetCidrRouteTable are not supported. • All objects have read-only access. 60 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) 2 RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) RFC 4293, Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) obsoletes the following: • RFC 2011: SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol using SMIv2 • RFC 2465: Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group • RFC 2466: Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group The following table summarizes the tables from the RFC that are supported. Object group name Object identifier Supported IP version Access IP scalar variables 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 IPv4 and IPv6 Only the following objects have read-write access: • ipDefaultTTL • ipv6IpDefaultHopLimit • ipv6IpForwarding All other scalar variables are read-only. NOTE: GET operation is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices for the ipv6InterfaceTableLastChange scalar object. ipv4InterfaceTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.28 IPv4 All objects are read-only. ipv6InterfaceTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.30 IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipSystemStatsInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.5 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.6 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsInAddrErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.9 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsInUnknownProtos 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.10 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsInTruncatedPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.11 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipSystemStatsInDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.17 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutNoRoutes 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.22 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutFragReqds 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.26 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutFragFails 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.28 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutTransmits 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.30 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCOutTransmits 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.31 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.32 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.33 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsInMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.34 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCInMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.35 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.36 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsTable Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 61 2 RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) Object group name Object identifier Supported IP version Access ipSystemStatsHCInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.37 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.38 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCOutMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.39 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.40 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCOutMcastOctet 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.41 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsInBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.42 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCInBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.43 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsOutBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.44 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsHCOutBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.45 None Always returns 0. ipSystemStatsDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1.1.46 None Always returns 0. 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.2 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipIfStatsInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.5 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.6 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsInHdrErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.7 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInNoRoutes 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.8 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInAddrErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.9 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInUnknownProtos 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.10 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInTruncatedPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.11 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInForwDatagrams 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.12 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipIfStatsReasmReqds 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.14 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsReasmOKs 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.15 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsReasmFails 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.16 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.17 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInDelivers 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.18 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCInDelivers 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.19 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutRequests 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.20 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutRequests 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.21 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutForwDatagrams 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.23 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutForwDatagrams 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.24 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.25 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutFragReqds 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.26 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsOutFragOKs 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.27 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutFragFails 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.28 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutFragCreates 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.29 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. s ipIfStatsTableLastChange ipIfStatsTable 62 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4293: Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP) Object group name Object identifier Supported IP version Access ipIfStatsOutTransmits 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.30 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutTransmits 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.31 IPv4 IPv6 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.32 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.33 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsInMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.34 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCInMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.35 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.36 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCInMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.37 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsOutMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.38 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutMcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.39 IPv6 IPv4 returns 0. ipIfStatsOutMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.40 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutMcastOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.41 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsInBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.42 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCInBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.43 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsOutBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.44 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsHCOutBcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.45 None Always returns 0. ipIfStatsDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3.1.46 None Always returns 0. ipAddressPrefixTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.32 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipAddressTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.34 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipNetToPhysicalTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.35 IPv4 and IPv6 Only the following objects have read-create access: • ipNetToPhysicalPhysAddress • ipNetToPhysicalType • ipNetToPhysicalRowStatus All other objects are read-only. ipv6ScopeZoneIndexTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.36 IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipDefaultRouterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.37 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. IPv6 Only the following objects have read-write access; all others are read-only: • ipv6RouterAdvertSendAdverts • ipv6RouterAdvertManagedFlag • ipv6RouterAdvertOtherConfigFlag • ipv6RouterAdvertReachableTime • ipv6RouterAdvertRetransmitTime • ipv6RouterAdvertCurHopLimit • ipv6RouterAdvertDefaultLifetime NOTE: Only ARP entries that are currently being used are included in the ARP table. Ipv6RouterAdvertTable Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.39 NOTE: This table objects are not suppoted on the Brocade FastIron devices. 63 2 RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Object group name Object identifier Supported IP version Access icmpStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.29 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. icmpMsgStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.30 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Extensions NOTE RFC 4363 obsoletes RFC 2674. Object group name Object identifier Supported? 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.1.4 Yes. Read-only. dot1dPortPriorityTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.2.1 Yes. Read-only. dot1dUserPriorityRegenTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.2.2 No dot1dTrafficClassTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.2.3 Yes. Read-only. dot1dPortOutboundAccessPriorityTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.2.3 No 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.3.1 Yes. Read-only. SET operation is not supported. 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6.1.4.1 No dot1qFdbTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.2.1 Yes. Read-only. dot1qTpFdbTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.2.2 Yes. Read-only. dot1qTpGroupTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.2.3 No dot1qForwardAllTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.2.4 No dot1qForwardUnregisteredTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.2.5 No dot1qStaticUnicastTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.3.1 No dot1qStaticMulticastTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.3.2 No dot1dExtBase dot1dPortCapabilitiesTable dot1dPriority dot1dGarp dot1dPortGarpTable dot1dGmrp dot1dPortGmrpTable dot1qTp dot1qStatic 64 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 2 RFC 4363: Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering, and Virtual LAN Object group name Object identifier Supported? dot1qVlan 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4 Yes. The dot1qVlanNumDeletes object in the table is not supported. dot1qVlanCurrentTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.2 Yes. The dot1qVlanCreationTime object in the table is not supported. dot1qVlanStaticTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.3 Yes. Read-only. dot1qPortVlanTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.5 Yes. The dot1qPortRestrictedVlanR egistration object in the table is read-only and always returns false(2). dot1qPortVlanStatisticsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.6 No dot1qPortVlanHCStatisticsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.7 No dot1qLearningConstraintsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.4.8 No dot1vProtocolGroupTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.5.1 Yes. Read-only. dot1vProtocolPortTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7.1.5.2 Yes. Read-only. dot1vProtocol dot1vProtocolGroupTable mapping The following table lists the dot1vProtocolGroupTable mapping for the frame type and protocol value to the groupID. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Group ID Frame type Protocol value 1 Ethernet 0x0800(IPv4) 2 Ethernet 0x86DD(IPv6) 3 Ethernet 0x8137(IPX) 4 Ethernet 0x809B(AppleTalk) 5 rfc_1042 0x0800(IPv4) 6 rfc_1042 0x86DD(IPv6) 7 rfc_1042 0x8137(IPX) 8 rfc_1042 0x809B(AppleTalk) 9 snap8021H 0x0800(IPv4) 10 snap8021H 0x86DD(IPv6) 11 snap8021H 0x8137(IPX) 12 snap8021H 0x809B(AppleTalk) 65 2 RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) This RFC 4444, Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Scalar isisSys objects The following scalar objects are supported in the Unified IP MIB; however, only read-only access is provided. Object group name Object identifier Supported? Notes isisSysVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.1 Yes Always returns 1. isisSysLevelType 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.2 Yes • • • isisSysID 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.3 Yes - isisSysMaxPathSplits 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.4 Yes - isisSysMaxLSPGenInt 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.5 Yes - isisSysPollESHelloRate 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.6 No - isisSysWaitTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.7 No - isisSysAdminState 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.8 Yes • • isisSysL2toL1Leaking 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.9 Yes - isisSysMaxAge 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.10 Yes - isisSysReceiveLSPBufferSize 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.11 Yes - isisSysProtSupported 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.12 Yes isisSysNotificationEnable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.13 Yes level1(1) level2(2) level 1 and 2(3) on(1) off(2) BITS: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) • • - Supported tables in RFC 4444 The following tables in RFC 4444 are supported; however, only read-only access is allowed. NOTE Tables in RFC 4444 that are not listed in the table below are not supported. For example, the isisRATable is not supported. 66 Object group name Object identifier Comments isisManAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.2 - isisAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.3 - Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4444: Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 2 Object group name Object identifier Comments isisSummAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.4 - isisRedistributeAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.5 - isisRouterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.6 - isisSysLevelTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.2.1 - isisCircTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.3.2 The following objects from this table are not supported: • isisCircMeshGroupEnabled will return INACTIVE. • isisCircMeshGroup will return zero (0). Also, the object isisCirc3WayEnabled is always ON for Pt 2 Pt. isisCircLevelTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.4.1 - isisSystemCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.1 - isisCircuitCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.2 - isisPacketCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.3 - isisIsAdjTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.1 - isisIsAdjAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.2 - isisIsAdjIPAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.3 - isisIsAdjProtSuppTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.4 - isisIPRATable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.8.1 - isisLSPSummaryTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.9.1 - isisLSPTLVTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.9.2 - isisNOTIFICATION 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10 - Notifications IS-IS notification is enabled by default. To disable notification, issue the no snmp-server enable traps isis command at the device CLI. Use snmp-server enable traps isis command to re-enable notification. Table 4 lists the notifications in RFC 4444 that are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE Only one IS-IS trap is generated for each notification type within a 60-second (1 minute) period. For example, if several authentication failure notification types occur within a 60-second period, only one trap is generated for the authentication failure notification type. This duration is different from what is specified in RFC 4444. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 67 2 RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB TABLE 4 Supported RFC 4444 notifications Object group name Object identifier isisDatabaseOverload 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.1 isisAttemptToExceedMaxSequence 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.4 isisIDLenMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.5 isisMaxAreaAddressesMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.6 isisOwnLSPPurge 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.7 isisSequenceNumberSkip 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.8 isisAuthenticationFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.10 isisAreaMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.12 isisAdjacencyChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.17 isisLSPErrorDetected 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.18 Table 5 lists the notifications in RFC 4444 that are not supported. TABLE 5 Unsupported RFC 4444 notifications Object group name Object identifier isisManualAddressDrops 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.2 isisCorruptedLSPDetected 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.3 isisAuthenticationTypeFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.9 isisVersionSkew 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.11 isisRejectedAdjacency 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.13 isisLSPTooLargeToPropagate 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.14 isisOrigLSPBuffSizeMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.15 isisProtocolsSupportedMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.16 RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB RFC 4807 is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE Only read-only access is available for the objects. spdLocalConfigObjects The following table lists the IPsec Security Policy Database (SPD) local configuration objects. 68 Object Object identifier spdIngressPolicyGroupName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.1.1 spdEgressPolicyGroupName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.1.2 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB 2 spdEndpointToGroupTable The following table lists the SPD endpoint to group table objects. Object group name Object identifier Access spdEndGroupDirection 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.1 • • spdEndGroupInterface 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.2 Interface index spdEndGroupName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.3 • • Ingress/Inbound(1) Egress/Outbound(2) The group name is derived from joining multiple strings of the vrf-id:ifIndex:ifDirection:Encap:S PI:AuthAlg:EncryptAlg IPsec data. The maximum of 32 characters is allowed in a group name. spdEndGroupLastChanged 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.4 Always returns 0. spdEndGroupStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.5 Always returns volatile(2). spdEndGroupRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.2.1.6 Always returns active(1). spdGroupContentsTable The following table lists the SPD group contents table objects. Object group name Object identifier Accesss spdGroupContName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.1 • • • spdGroupContPriority 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.2 The priority number is used for representing Accept(1) and Drop(65535) rules. spdGroupContFilter 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.3 Always returns spdTrueFilter instance. spdGroupContComponentType 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.4 Always returns rule(2). spdGroupContComponentName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.5 • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 The group name is derived from joining multiple strings of the vrf-id:ifIndex:ifDirection:Encap:S PI:AuthAlg:EncryptAlg IPsec data. The maximum of 32 characters is allowed in a group name. The index is the string name returned from querying the spdEndpointToGroupTable and spdEndGroupName field. Returns a rule name that is used as an index to spdRuleDefinitionTable to find the FilterAction associated with this policy group. The rule name is derived from joining multiple strings of the vrf-id:ifIndex:ifDirection:priority IPsec data. The maximum of 32 characters is allowed in a rule name. 69 2 RFC 4807: IPsec Security Policy Database Configuration MIB Object group name Object identifier Accesss spdGroupContLastChanged 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.6 Always returns 0. spdGroupContStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.7 Always returns volatile(2). spdGroupContRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.3.1.8 Always returns active(1). spdRuleDefinitionTable The following table lists the SPD rule definition table objects. Object group name Object identifier Access spdRuleDefName 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.1 • • The index is the string name derived from querying the spdGroupContentsTable and spdGroupContComponentName field. The rule name is derived from joining multiple strings of the vrf-id:ifIndex:ifDirection:priority IPsec data. spdRuleDefDescription 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.2 A user-defined string description of the rule. spdRuleDefFilter 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.3 The field points to an entry of “diffServMultiFieldClfrTable” of the Differentiated Services MIB. spdRuleDefFilterNegated 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.4 Always returns false(2). spdRuleDefAction 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.5 The field points to a static action, either spdDropAction or spdAcceptAction. spdRuleDefAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.6 Always returns enabled(1). spdRuleDefLastChanged 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.7 Always returns 0. spdRuleDefStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.8 Always returns volatile(2). spdRuleDefRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.4.1.9 Always returns active(1). The tables spdCompoundFilterTable, spdSubfiltersTable, spdIpOffsetFilterTable, spdTimeFilterTable, spdIpsoHeaderFilterTable, spdCompoundActionTable, and spdSubactionsTable are not supported. The following tables of scalar objects are supported, except the scalar object diffServMultiFieldClfrNextFree. spdStaticFilters The following table lists the SPD static filter scalar object. 70 Object Object identifier Access spdTrueFilterInstance 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.7.1.0 Always true(1). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM 2 spdStaticActions The following table lists the SPD static actions scalar objects. Object Object identifier Access spdDropAction 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.13.1 Indicates that a packet must be dropped and no action or packet logging is done. spdDropActionLog 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.13.2 Indicates that a packet must be dropped and an action or packet logging is required. spdAcceptAction 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.13.3 Indicates that a packet must be accepted (or passed-through) and no action or packet logging is done. spdAcceptActionLog 1.3.6.1.2.1.153.1.13.4 Indicates that a packet must be accepted (or passed-through) and an action or packet logging is required. MEF Service OAM PM The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices are provided with the following Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF) Service OAM (SOAM) Performance Monitoring (PM) MIB. Ethernet global performance monitoring configuration table The mefSoamPmGlobalTable represents the Ethernet global performance monitoring configuration MIB objects. The SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests are supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamPmGlobalOperNextIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.1.1.1.1 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamPmGlobalLmSingleEndedRes ponder 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.1.1.1.2 Yes. Read-only. NOTE: Always returns the value True and this object is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. 71 2 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamPmGlobalSmSingleEndedRes ponder 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.1.1.1.3 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamPmGlobalDmSingleEndedRe sponder 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.1.1.1.4 NOTE: Always returns the value True and this object is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes. Read-only. NOTE: Always returns the value True. Ethernet delay measurement configuration table The mefSoamDmCfgTable represents the Ethernet delay measurement configuration table MIB objects. The SNMP GET, GET-NEXT, and SET requests are supported. NOTE The delay measurement tables are enhanced to support a 1-DM functionality with no impact on the existing functionality of 2-DM. Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmCfgIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.1 Yes. Not Accessible. mefSoamDmCfgType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.2 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.3 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: Supports only the version 0. mefSoamDmCfgEnabled 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.4 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgCounterEnable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.5 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamDmCfgInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.6 Yes. Read-create mefSoamDmCfgPriority 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.7 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgDropEligible 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.8 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: Supports only the value TRUE. 72 mefSoamDmCfgFrameSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.9 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamDmCfgDataPattern 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.10 No mefSoamDmCfgTestTlvIncluded 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.11 No mefSoamDmCfgTestTlvPattern 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.12 No mefSoamDmCfgMeasurementInterva 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.13 l Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgDestMacAddress Yes. Read-create. 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.14 NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmCfgDestMepId 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.15 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgDestIsMepId 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.16 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgSourceMacAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.17 No mefSoamDmCfgStartTimeType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.18 Yes. Read-create. 2 NOTE: In earlier releases, only the value “immediate” was supported for 2-way DMM. mefSoamDmCfgFixedStartDateAndTi me 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.19 mefSoamDmCfgRelativeStartTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.20 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes. Read-create. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. mefSoamDmCfgStopTimeType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.21 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: In earlier releases, only the value “relative” was supported for 2-way DMM. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 mefSoamDmCfgFixedStopDateAndTi me 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.22 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgRelativeStopTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.23 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgPeriodicity 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.24 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgAlignMeasurementIn tervals 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.25 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgClockSyncFlag 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.26 No mefSoamDmCfgNumMeasBinsPerFr ameDelayInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.27 No mefSoamDmCfgNumMeasBinsPerInt erFrameDelayVariationInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.28 No NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. 73 2 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmCfgInterFrameDelayVari ationSelectionOffset 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.29 No mefSoamDmCfgSessionStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.30 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamDmCfgHistoryClear 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.31 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmCfgRowStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.1.1.32 Yes. Read-create. Ethernet delay measurement current statistic table The mefSoamDmCurrentStatsTable represents the Ethernet delay measurement current statistic MIB objects. The SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests are supported. NOTE The objects in the table are read-only. 74 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.1 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsStartTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.2 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsElapsedTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.3 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsSuspect 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.4 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.5 oundTripMin Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.6 oundTripMax Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.7 oundTripAvg Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayF orwardMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.8 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayF orwardMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.9 mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayF orwardAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.10 NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object identifier 2 Supported? mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.11 ackwardMin No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.12 ackwardMax No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.13 ackwardAvg No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVForward Min 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.14 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVForward Max 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.15 mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVForward Avg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.16 mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVBackwar dMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.17 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVBackwar dMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.18 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVBackwar dAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.19 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVRoundTr ipMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.20 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVRoundTr ipMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.21 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsIFDVRoundTr ipAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.22 No mefSoamDmCurrentStatsInitiatedMea surements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.23 Yes mefSoamDmCurrentStatsCompletedM easurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.3.1.24 Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. 75 2 MEF Service OAM PM Ethernet delay measurement historic statistic table The mefSoamDmHistoricStatsTable represents the Ethernet delay measurement historic statistic MIB objects. The table supports maximum of 32 rows. Whenever, a new delay measurement happens, the last row of the table is replaced with the new entry. NOTE The objects in the table are read-only. The mefSoamDmHistoricStatsTable is not persistent upon reboot of a device. 76 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.1 Yes. Not Accessible. mefSoamDmHistoricStatsEndTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.2 Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsElapsedTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.3 Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsSuspect 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.4 Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.5 oundTripMin Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.16 oundTripMax Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayR 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.7 oundTripAvg Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayF orwardMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.8 Yes. mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayF orwardMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.9 mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayF orwardAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.10 NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.11 ackwardMin No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.12 ackwardMax No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsFrameDelayB 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.13 ackwardAvg No Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVForward Min 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.14 Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVForward Max 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.15 mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVForward Avg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.16 mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVBackwar dMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.17 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVBackwar dMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.18 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVBackwar dAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.19 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVRoundTr ipMin 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.20 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVRoundTr ipMax 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.21 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsIFDVRoundTr ipAvg 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.22 No mefSoamDmHistoricStatsInitiatedMea surements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.23 Yes mefSoamDmHistoricStatsCompletedM easurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.5.1.24 Yes 2 NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Performance measurement delay threshold configuration table The mefSoamDmThresholdTable represents the Ethernet delay monitoring configuration MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmThresholdIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.1 Yes. Not Accessible. mefSoamDmThresholdEnable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.2 Yes. Read-create. 77 2 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamDmThresholdMaxFrameDelay RoundTripThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.3 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmThresholdAveFrameDelay RoundTripThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.4 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmThresholdMaxIFDVRound TripThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.5 No mefSoamDmThresholdAveIFDVRoundTr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.6 ipThreshold No mefSoamDmThresholdMaxFrameDelay ForwardThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.7 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamDmThresholdAveFrameDelay ForwardThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.8 mefSoamDmThresholdMaxIFDVForwar dThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.9 No mefSoamDmThresholdAveIFDVForward Threshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.10 No mefSoamDmThresholdMaxFrameDelay BackwardThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.11 No mefSoamDmThresholdAveFrameDelay BackwardThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.12 No mefSoamDmThresholdMaxIFDVBackw ardThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.13 No mefSoamDmThresholdAveIFDVBackwa rdThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.3.7.1.14 No NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Yes. Read-create. NOTE: This object is supported only for 1-way DM that is supported only on Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series platforms. Frame loss measurement configuration table The mefSoamLmCfgTable includes the configuration attributes and operations for the frame loss measurement function defined in Y.1731. NOTE The following table is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 78 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamLmCfgIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.1 Yes. Not Accessible. mefSoamLmCfgType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.2 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgEnabled 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.3 Yes. Read-create. 2 NOTE: Supports only the value TRUE. mefSoamLmCfgCounterEnable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.4 Yes. Read-create (partial support) NOTE: The bit pattern of the sender can be set only to 10011110 and the bit pattern of the receiver can be set as 01100000. mefSoamLmCfgInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.5 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: Supports only the values 1000, 10000, 60000, and 600000. mefSoamLmCfgPriority 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.6 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgDropEligible 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.7 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: Supports only the value TRUE for SLM and FALSE for LLM. mefSoamLmCfgFrameSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.8 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamLmCfgDataPattern 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.9 No mefSoamLmCfgTestTlvIncluded 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.10 No mefSoamLmCfgTestTlvPattern 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.11 No mefSoamLmCfgMeasurementInterva l 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.12 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgDestMacAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.13 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgDestMepId 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.14 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgDestIsMepId 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.15 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgSourceMacAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.16 No mefSoamLmCfgStartTimeType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.17 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: None value is not supported. mefSoamLmCfgFixedStartDateAndTi me 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.18 mefSoamLmCfgRelativeStartTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.19 mefSoamLmCfgStopTimeType 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.20 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: In SET operation, the Year value must always be 0. Supports only 8 octet values. Yes. Read-create. Yes. Read-create. NOTE: None value is not supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 mefSoamLmCfgFixedStopDateAndTi me 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.21 mefSoamLmCfgRelativeStopTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.22 Yes. Read-create. NOTE: In SET operation, the Year value must always be 0. Supports only 8 octet values. Yes. Read-create. 79 2 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier mefSoamLmCfgPeriodicity 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.23 Supported? Yes. Read-create. NOTE: Only the values 0 for non-periodic and 8640000 for daily are supported. mefSoamLmCfgAlignMeasurementIn tervals 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.24 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamLmCfgAvailabilityNumCons ecutiveFlrMeas 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.25 No mefSoamLmCfgAvailabilityThreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.26 No mefSoamLmCfgUnavailabilityThresho ld 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.27 No mefSoamLmCfgFlrNumConsecutiveM 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.28 eas No mefSoamLmCfgSessionStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.29 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamLmCfgHistoryClear 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.30 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmCfgRowStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.1.1.31 Yes. Read-create. SOAM loss measurement current statistic table The mefSoamLmCurrentStatsTable contains the results for the current Measurement Interval in a SOAM Loss Measurement session. NOTE The objects in the table are read-only. 80 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamLmCurrentStatsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.1 Yes. Not Accessible. mefSoamLmCurrentStatsStartTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.2 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsElapsedTim e 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.3 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsSuspect 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.4 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardTra nsmittedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.5 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardRec eivedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.6 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardMin Flr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.7 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardMa xFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.8 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardAvg Flr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.9 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardAva ilable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.10 No Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier 2 Supported? mefSoamLmCurrentStatsForwardUna 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.11 vailable No mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardTr ansmittedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.12 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardR eceivedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.13 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardM inFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.14 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardM axFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.15 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardA vgFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.16 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardA vailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.17 No mefSoamLmCurrentStatsBackwardU navailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.18 No mefSoamLmCurrentStatsInitiatedMe asurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.19 Yes mefSoamLmCurrentStatsCompleted Measurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.3.1.20 Yes SOAM loss measurement historic statistic table The mefSoamLmCurrentStatsTable contains the results for the historic measurement interval in a SOAM Loss Measurement session. NOTE The objects in the table are read-only. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamLmHistoricStatsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.1 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsEndTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.2 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsElapsedTim e 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.3 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsSuspect 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.4 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardTra nsmittedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.5 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardRec eivedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.6 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardMin Flr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.7 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardMa xFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.8 Yes 81 2 MEF Service OAM PM Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardAvg Flr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.9 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardAva ilable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.10 No mefSoamLmHistoricStatsForwardUn available 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.11 No mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardTr ansmittedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.12 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardR eceivedFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.13 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardM inFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.14 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardM axFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.15 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardA vgFlr 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.16 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardA vailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.17 No mefSoamLmHistoricStatsBackwardU navailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.18 No mefSoamLmHistoricStatsInitiatedMe asurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.19 Yes mefSoamLmHistoricStatsCompleted Measurements 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.4.1.20 Yes SOAM loss measurement threshold configuration table The mefSoamLmThresholdTable contains the list of Loss Measurement threshold values for LM Performance Monitoring. 82 Object group name Object identifier Supported? mefSoamLmThresholdIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.1 Yes. Not accessible mefSoamLmThresholdEnable 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.2 Yes. Read-only. mefSoamLmThresholdMaxFlrForwardT hreshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.3 Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmThresholdAveFlrForwardTh 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.4 reshold Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmThresholdMaxFlrBackward 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.5 Threshold Yes. Read-create. mefSoamLmThresholdAveFlrBackward Threshold Yes. Read-create. 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.6 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object group name Object identifier 2 Supported? mefSoamLmThresholdUnavailForwardT 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.7 hreshold No mefSoamLmThresholdUnavailBackwar dThreshold No 1.3.6.1.4.1.15007.1.3.1.2.5.1.8 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB The following tables in the IEEE8021-CFM-MIB are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The following scalars are supported, but read-only access is available: • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefLevel (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.1) - This object always returns 0. • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefMhfCreation (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.2) - This object always returns defMHFdefault(2). • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefIdPermission (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.3) - This object always returns sendIdNone(1). The following tables are supported, but read-only access for these tables is available at this time: • • • • • • • dot1agCfmMdTable dot1agCfmMaNetTable dot1agCfmMaCompTable dot1agCfmMaMepListTable dot1agCfmMepTable dot1agCfmLtrTable dot1agCfmMepDbTable Other tables or the dot1agCfmFaultAlarm notification are not supported. dot1agCfmMdTable The dot1agCfmMdTable is the Maintenance Domain table. Each row in the domain represents a different Maintenance Domain. It is indexed by the dot1agCfmMdIndex object. Only read-only access is available for the objects listed in the below table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMdIndex Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMdFormat dot1agCfmMaintDomainName Type 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.2 Supported. dot1agCfmMdName dot1agCfmMaintDomainName 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmMdMdLeve l dot1agCfmMDLevel 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.4 Supported. 83 2 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMdMhfCre ation dot1agCfmMhfCreation 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.5 Supported. dot1agCfmMdMhfIdP ermission dot1agCfmIdPermission 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.6 Always returns sendIdNone(1). dot1agCfmMdMaNextI dot1afCfmIndexIntegerNextFre ndex e 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.7 Supported. dot1agCfmMdRowStat RowStatus us 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.8 Always returns active(1). dot1agCfmMaNetTable Each row in the dot1agCfmMaNetTable represents an Maintenance Association (MA), which is a set of maintenance association end points (MEPs). Each MEP is configured with a single service instance. It is indexed by the dot1agCfmMdIndex and dot1agCfmMaIndex objects. Only read-only access is available for these objects. Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMaIndex Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetFormat dot1agCfmMaintAssocNa meType 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.2 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetName dot1agCfmMaintAssocNa me 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetCcmInt erval dot1agCfmCcmInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetRowSt atus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.5 Always returns active(1). dot1agCfmMaCompTable The dot1agCfmMaCompTable is the MA component table. Each row in the table represents an MA, which is a set of MEPs. Each MEP is configured with a single service instance. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMaComponentId, dot1agCfmMdIndex, and dot1agCfmMaIndex. Only read-only access is available for this table. 84 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments ieee8021CfmMaComponentId ieee8021PbbComponent IdentifierTC 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.1 Index variable. Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompPrimaryS Integer: electorType • vlandid(1) • isid(2) 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.2 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompPrimaryS ieee8021ServiceSelector electorOrNone ValueOrNone 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.3 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompMhfCrea tion 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmMhfCreation Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB 2 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments ieee8021CfmMaCompIdPermis sion dot1agCfmIdPermission 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.5 Always returns sendIdNone(1). ieee8021CfmMaCompNumber OfVids Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.6 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompRowStat us RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.7 Always return active(1). dot1agCfmMaMepListTable The dot1agCfmMaMepListTable contains the list of known MEPs for a given MA. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, and dot1agCfmMaMepListIdentifier. Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMaMepListIdentifier dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.3.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMaMepListRowStatus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.3.1.2 Always returns active(1). dot1agCfmMepTable The dot1agCfmMepTable is the Maintenance Association End Point (MEP) table. Each row in the table represents a different MEP. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, and dot1agCfmMepIdentifier. Unless otherwise noted, all objects have read-only access. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepIdentifier dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.1 Index variable. Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepIfIndex interfaceIndexOr Zero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.2 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepDirection dot1agCfmMpDir ection 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.3 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepPrimaryVid Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.4 Always returns 0. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepActive TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.5 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngState dot1agCfmFngSt ate 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.6 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCciEnabled TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.7 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCcmLtmPriority Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.8 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepMacAddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.9 Supported. Read-only. 85 2 86 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepLowPrDef dot1agCfmLowes tAlarmPri 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.10 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngAlarmTime TimeInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.11 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngResetTime TimeInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.11.12 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepHighestPrDefect dot1agCfmHighe stDefectPri 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.13 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepDefects dot1agCfmMepD efects 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.14 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepErrorCcmLastFailure Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.15 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepXconCcmLastFailure Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.16 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCcmSequenceErrors Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.17 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCciSentCcms Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.18 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepNextLbmTransId Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.19 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrIn Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.20 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrInOutOfOrder Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.21 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrBadMsdu Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.22 Always returns 0. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLtmNextSeqNumber Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.23 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepUnexpLtrIn Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.24 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrOut Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.25 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmStatus TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.26 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestMacA ddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.27 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestMepI d dot1agCfmMepId OrZero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.28 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestIsMe pId TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.29 Supported. Read-write dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmMessages Integer32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.30 Supported. Read/write. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB 2 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDataTlv Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.31 Always returns Null string. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmVlanPriorit y Integer32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.32 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmVlanDropE nable TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.33 Always returns false(2). Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmResultOK TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.34 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmSeqNumb er Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.35 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmStatus TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.36 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmFlags BITS 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.37 Always returns 0. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetMac Address MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.38 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetMep Id dot1agCfmMepId OrZero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.39 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetIsMe pId TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.40 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTtl Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.41 Supported. Read/write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmResult TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.42 Supported. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmSeqNumbe Unsigned32 r 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.43 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmEgressIden Octet String tifier 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.44 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepRowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.45 Always returns active(1). Read-only. RowStatus dot1agCfmLtrTable The dot1agCfmLtrTable extends the MEP table and contains a list of Linktrace replies received by a specific MEP in response to a Linktrace message. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, dot1agCfmMepIdentifier, dot1agCfmLtrSeqNumber, and dot1agCfmLtrReceiveOrder. Only one Linktrace number sequence, which is the last one sent, is supported in this table. Only read-only access is available for this table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmLtrSeqNumber Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.1 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrReceiveOrder Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.2 Supported. 87 2 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmLtrTtl Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrForwarded TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrTerminalMep TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.5 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrLastEgressIdentifier Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.6 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrNextEgressIdentifier Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.7 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrRelay dot1agCfmRelayActi onFieldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.8 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrChassisIdSubtype lldpChassisIdSubtyp e 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.9 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrChassisId lldpChassisId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.10 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmLtrManAddressDomain TDomain 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.11 Always returns {0.0}. dot1agCfmLtrManAddress TAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.12 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmLtrIngress dot1agCfmIngressAc tionFieldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.13 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressMac MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.14 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressPortIdSubtyp e lldpPortIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.15 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressPortId dot1agCfmEgressAct ionFieldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.16 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgress dot1agCfmEgressAct ionFieldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.17 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressMac MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.18 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressPortIdSubtype lldpPortIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.19 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressPortId lldpPortId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.20 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrOrganizationSpecific Tlv Octet String 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.21 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmMepDbTable The dot1agCfmMepDbTable is the MEP Database. This database is maintained by every MEP. It maintains the information received about other MEPs in the Maintenance Domain. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, dot1agCfmMepIdentifier, and dot1agCfmMepDbRMepIdentifier. Only read-only access is available. Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepDbRMepIdentifier dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.1 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRMepState dot1agCfmRemoteMep State 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.2 Supported. 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRMepFailedOkT TimeStamp ime 88 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP-MIB 2 Object group name Type Object identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepDbMacAddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRdi TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.5 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbPortStatusTlv dot1agCfmPortStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.6 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbInterfaceStatus Tlv dot1agCfmInterfaceStat us 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.7 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbChassisIdSubty pe lldpChassisIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.8 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbChassisId lldpChassisId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.9 Always returns a Null string. dot1agCfmMepDbManAddressDo main TDomain 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.10 Always returns {0,0}. dot1agCfmMepDbManAddress TAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.11 Always returns a Null string. LLDP-MIB The following tables in the LLDP-MIB are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. • • • • • • • • • • • • lldpPortConfigTable lldpConfigManAddrTable lldpstatistics lldpStatsTxPortTable lldpStatsRxPortTable lldpLocalSystemData lldpLocPortTable lldpLocManAddrTable lldpRemTable lldpRemManAddrTable lldpRemUnknownTLVTable lldpRemOrgDefInfoTable lldpPortConfigTable The following table controls the LLDP frame transmission on the individual ports. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpPortConfigPortNum 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.1.6.1.1 Yes lldpPortConfigAdminStatus 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.1.6.1.2 Yes lldpPortConfigNotificationEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.1.6.1.3 Yes lldpPortConfigTLVsTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.1.6.1.4 Yes 89 2 LLDP-MIB lldpConfigManAddrTable The following table controls the selection of LLDP management address TLV instances to be transmitted on the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpConfigManAddrPortsTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.1.7.1.1 Yes lldpstatistics The following table lists the LLDP statistics group objects. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpStatsRemTablesLastChangeTime 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.1 Yes lldpStatsRemTablesInserts 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.2 Yes lldpStatsRemTablesDeletes 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.3 Yes lldpStatsRemTablesDrops 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.4 Yes lldpStatsRemTablesAgeouts 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.5 Yes lldpStatsTxPortTable The following table contains LLDP transmission statistics for the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpStatsTxPortNum 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.6.1.1 Yes lldpStatsTxPortFramesTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.6.1.2 Yes lldpStatsRxPortTable The following table contains LLDP reception statistics for the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpStatsRxPortNum 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.1 Yes lldpStatsRxPortFramesDiscardedTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.2 Yes lldpStatsRxPortFramesErrors 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.3 Yes lldpStatsRxPortFramesTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.4 Yes lldpStatsRxPortTLVsDiscardedTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.5 Yes lldpStatsRxPortTLVsUnrecognizedTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.6 Yes lldpStatsRxPortAgeoutsTotal 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.2.7.1.7 Yes lldpLocalSystemData The following table lists the LLDP local system data objects. 90 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP-MIB Object Object identifier Supported? lldpLocChassisIdSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.1 Yes lldpLocChassisId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.2 Yes lldpLocSysName 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.3 Yes lldpLocSysDesc 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.4 Yes lldpLocSysCapSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.5 Yes lldpLocSysCapEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.6 Yes 2 lldpLocPortTable The following table contains one or more rows per-port information associated with the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpLocPortNum 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.7.1.1 Yes lldpLocPortIdSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.7.1.2 Yes lldpLocPortId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.7.1.3 Yes lldpLocPortDesc 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.7.1.4 Yes lldpLocManAddrTable The following table contains management address information on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpLocManAddrSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.1 Yes lldpLocManAddr 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.2 Yes lldpLocManAddrLen 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.3 Yes lldpLocManAddrIfSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.4 Yes lldpLocManAddrIfId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.5 Yes lldpLocManAddrOID 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.3.8.1.6 Yes lldpRemTable The following table contains one or more rows per-physical network connection known to the agent. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpRemTimeMark 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.1 Yes lldpRemLocalPortNum 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.2 Yes lldpRemIndex 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.3 Yes lldpRemChassisIdSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.4 Yes 91 2 LLDP-MIB Object Object identifier Supported? lldpRemChassisId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.5 Yes lldpRemPortIdSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.6 Yes lldpRemPortId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.7 Yes lldpRemPortDesc 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.8 Yes lldpRemSysName 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.9 Yes lldpRemSysDesc 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.10 Yes lldpRemSysCapSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.11 Yes lldpRemSysCapEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1.1.12 Yes lldpRemManAddrTable The following table contains one or more rows per-management address information on the remote system learned on a particular port contained in the local chassis known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpRemManAddrSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.2.1.1 Yes lldpRemManAddr 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.2.1.2 Yes lldpRemManAddrIfSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.2.1.3 Yes lldpRemManAddrIfId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.2.1.4 Yes lldpRemManAddrOID 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.2.1.5 Yes lldpRemUnknownTLVTable The following table contains information about an incoming TLV that is not recognized by the receiving LLDP agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpRemUnknownTLVType 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.3.1.1 Yes lldpRemUnknownTLVInfo 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.3.1.2 Yes lldpRemOrgDefInfoTable The following table contains one or more rows per physical network connection that advertises the organizationally-defined information. 92 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpRemOrgDefInfoOUI 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.4.1.1 Yes lldpRemOrgDefInfoSubtype 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.4.1.2 Yes lldpRemOrgDefInfoIndex 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.4.1.3 Yes lldpRemOrgDefInfo 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.4.1.4 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB 2 LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB The following tables in the LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. • • • • • • • • • • • • lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTable lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTable lldpXdot1ConfigProtoVlanTable lldpXdot1ConfigProtocolTable lldpXdot1LocTable lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanTable lldpXdot1LocVlanNameTable lldpXdot1LocProtocolTable lldpXdot1RemTable lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanTable lldpXdot1RemVlanNameTable lldpXdot1RemProtocolTable lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTable The following table lists the object that controls the selection of LLDP Port VLAN-ID TLVs to be transmitted on the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.1.1. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTable The following table lists the object that controls the selection of LLDP VLAN name TLV instances to be transmitted on the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.1.2. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1ConfigProtoVlanTable The following table lists the object that controls selection of LLDP Port and Protocol VLAN-ID TLV instances to be transmitted on the individual ports. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1ConfigProtoVlanTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.1.3. 1.1 Yes 93 2 LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB lldpXdot1ConfigProtocolTable The following table lists the object that controls the selection of LLDP TLV instances to be transmitted on the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1ConfigProtocolTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.1.4. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1LocTable The following table contains one row per port for IEEE 802.1 organizationally-defined LLDP extension on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1LocPortVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.1. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanTable The following table contains one or more rows per-port and per-protocol VLAN information about the local system. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.2. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.2. 1.2 Yes lldpXdot1LocProtoVlanEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.2. 1.3 Yes lldpXdot1LocVlanNameTable The following table contains one or more rows per IEEE 802.1Q VLAN name information on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1LocVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.3. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1LocVlanName 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.3. 1.2 Yes lldpXdot1LocProtocolTable The following table contains one or more rows per-protocol identity information on the local system known to the agent. 94 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1LocProtocolIndex 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.4. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1LocProtocolId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.2.4. 1.2 Yes 2 lldpXdot1RemTable The following table contains one or more rows per-physical network connection known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1RemPortVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.1. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanTable The following table contains one or more rows per-port and per-protocol VLAN information about the remote system received on the particular port. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.2. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.2. 1.2 Yes lldpXdot1RemProtoVlanEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.2. 1.3 Yes lldpXdot1RemVlanNameTable The following table contains one or more rows per IEEE 802.1Q VLAN name information about the remote system received on the particular port. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1RemVlanId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.3. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1RemVlanName 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.3. 1.2 Yes lldpXdot1RemProtocolTable The following table contains one or more rows per protocol information about the remote system received on the particular port. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 95 2 LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot1RemProtocolIndex 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.4. 1.1 Yes lldpXdot1RemProtocolId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.32962.1.3.4. 1.2 Yes LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB The following tables in the LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. • • • • • • • • • lldpXdot3PortConfigTable lldpXdot3LocPortTable lldpXdot3LocPowerTable lldpXdot3LocLinkAggTable lldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSizeTable lldpXdot3RemPortTable lldpXdot3RemPowerTable lldpXdot3RemLinkAggTable lldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSizeTable lldpXdot3PortConfigTable The following table lists the objects that controls the selection of LLDP TLVs to be transmitted on the individual ports. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.1.1.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3LocPortTable The following table contains one row per port of Ethernet port information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) on the local system known to the agent. 96 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.1.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.1.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.1.1.3 Yes lldpXdot3LocPortOperMauType 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.1.1.4 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB 2 lldpXdot3LocPowerTable The following table contains one row per port of power Ethernet information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3LocPowerPortClass 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3LocPowerMDISupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3LocPowerMDIEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.3 Yes lldpXdot3LocPowerPairControlable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.4 Yes lldpXdot3LocPowerPairs 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.5 Yes lldpXdot3LocPowerClass 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.2.1.6 Yes lldpXdot3LocLinkAggTable The following table contains one row per port of link aggregation information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3LocLinkAggStatus 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.3.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3LocLinkAggPortId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.3.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSizeTable The following table contains one row per port of maximum frame size information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) on the local system known to the agent. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSize 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.2.4.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3RemPortTable The following table contains Ethernet port information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) of the remote system. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegSupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.1.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.1.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.1.1.3 Yes lldpXdot3RemPortOperMauType 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.1.1.4 Yes 97 2 LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB lldpXdot3RemPowerTable The following table contains Ethernet power information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) of the remote system. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3RemPowerPortClass 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3RemPowerMDISupported 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3RemPowerMDIEnabled 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.3 Yes lldpXdot3RemPowerPairControlable 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.4 Yes lldpXdot3RemPowerPairs 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.5 Yes lldpXdot3RemPowerClass 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.2.1.6 Yes lldpXdot3RemLinkAggTable The following table contains port link aggregation information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) of the remote system. Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3RemLinkAggStatus 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.3.1.1 Yes lldpXdot3RemLinkAggPortId 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.3.1.2 Yes lldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSizeTable The table contains one row per port of maximum frame size information (as part of the LLDP 802.3 organizational extension) of the remote system. 98 Object Object identifier Supported? lldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSize 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.4623.1.3.4.1.1 Yes Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 3 Registration MIB Definition This section describes the Registration objects that identify the Brocade product that is being managed. The following table presents the objects for product registration. The sysOID will return one of these values. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snFIWGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.1.1 Stackable FastIron Workgroup Switch snFIBBSwitch brcdIp.1.3.1.2 Stackable FastIron Backbone Switch snNIRouter brcdIp.1.3.2.1 Stackable NetIron Router snSI brcdIp.1.3.3.1 Stackable ServerIron snSIXL brcdIp.1.3.3.2 Stackable ServerIronXL snSIXLTCS brcdIp.1.3.3.3 Stackable ServerIronXL TCS snT8SI brcdIp.1.3.5.3 Stackable ServerIronXL snT8SIXLG brcdIp.1.3.5.4 Stackable ServerIronXLG snBI4000Switch brcdIp.1.3.6.1 BigIron 4000 Switch snBI4000Router brcdIp.1.3.6.2 BigIron 4000 Router snBI4000SI brcdIp.1.3.6.3 BigServerIron, 4-slot snBI8000Switch brcdIp.1.3.7.1 BigIron 8000 Switch snBI8000Router brcdIp.1.3.7.2 BigIron 8000 Router snBI8000SI brcdIp.1.3.7.3 BigServerIron snFI2Switch brcdIp.1.3.8.1 FastIron II Switch snFI2Router brcdIp.1.3.8.2 FastIron II Router snFI2PlusSwitch brcdIp.1.3.9.1 FastIron II Plus Switch 99 3 100 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snFI2PlusRouter brcdIp.1.3.9.2 FastIron II Plus Router snNI400Router brcdIp.1.3.10.1 NetIron Router snNI800Router brcdIp.1.3.11.1 NetIron 800 Router snFI2GCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.12.1 FastIron II GC Switch snFI2GCRouter brcdIp.1.3.12.2 FastIron II GC Router snFI2PlusGCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.13.1 FastIron II Plus GC Switch snFI2PlusGCRouter brcdIp.1.3.13.2 FastIron II Plus GC Router snBigIron15000 brcdIp.1.3.14.1 BigIron 15000 Switch snBI15000Router brcdIp.1.3.14.2 BigIron 15000 Router snBI15000SI brcdIp.1.3.14.3 BigIron 15000 ServerIron for M2-M4 modules running the BS2 ServerIron code snNI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.15.1 NetIron 1500 Router snFI3Switch brcdIp.1.3.16.1 FastIron III Switch snFI3Router brcdIp.1.3.16.2 FastIron III Router snFI3GCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.17.1 FastIron III GC Switch snFI3GCRouter brcdIp.1.3.17.2 FastIron III GC Router snSI400Switch brcdIp.1.3.18.1 ServerIron 400 Switch snSI400Router brcdIp.1.3.18.2 ServerIron 400 Router snSI800Switch brcdIp.1.3.19.1 ServerIron 800 Switch snSI800Router brcdIp.1.3.19.2 ServerIron 800 Router sn4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.21.1 Stackable 4802 Switch sn4802Router brcdIp.1.3.21.2 Stackable 4802 Router Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description sn4802SI brcdIp.1.3.21.3 Stackable 4802 ServerIron snFI400Switch brcdIp.1.3.22.1 FastIron 400 Switch snFI400Router brcdIp.1.3.22.2 FastIron 400 Router snFI800Switch brcdIp.1.3.23.1 FastIron 800 Switch snFI800Router brcdIp.1.3.23.2 FastIron 800 Router snFI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.24.1 FastIron 1500 Switch snFI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.24.2 FastIron 1500 Router snFES2402Switch brcdIp.1.3.25.1 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Switch snFES2402Router brcdIp.1.3.25.2 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Router snFES4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.26.1 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Switch snFES4802Router brcdIp.1.3.26.2 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Router snFES9604Switch brcdIp.1.3.27.1 FastIron Edge Switch 9604 Switch snFES9604Router brcdIp.1.3.27.2 FastIron Edge Switch 9604 Router snFES12GCFSwitch brcdIp.1.3.28.1 FastIron Edge Switch 12GCF Switch snFES12GCFRouter brcdIp.1.3.28.2 FastIron Edge Switch 12GCF Router snFES2402POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.29.1 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Power Over Ethernet Switch snFES2402POERouter brcdIp.1.3.29.2 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Power Over Ethernet Router snFES4802POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.30.1 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Power Over Ethernet Switch snFES4802POERouter brcdIp.1.3.30.2 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Power Over Ethernet Router snNI4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.31.1 NetIron 4802 Switch snNI4802Router brcdIp.1.3.31.2 NetIron 4802 Router 3 101 3 102 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snBIMG8Switch brcdIp.1.3.32.1 BigIron MG8 Switch snBIMG8Router brcdIp.1.3.32.2 BigIron MG8 Router snNI40GRouter brcdIp.1.3.33.2 NetIron 40G Router snFWSX424Switch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.1.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Switch snFWSX424Router brcdIp.1.3.35.1.1.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Router snFWSX424Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.2.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 1, 10 Gb port Switch snFWSX424Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.1.2.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 1, 10 Gb port Router snFWSX424Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.3.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 2, 10 Gb ports Switch snFWSX424Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.1.3.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 2, 10 Gb ports Router snFWSX448Switch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.1.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 Switch snFWSX448Router brcdIp.1.3.35.2.1.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 Router snFWSX448Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.2.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 plus 1, 10 Gb port Switch snFWSX448Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.2.2.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 plus 1, 10 Gb port Router snFWSX448Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.3.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 plus 2 , 10 Gb ports Switch snFWSX448Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.2.3.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 plus 2, 10 Gb ports Router snFastIronSuperXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.1.1 FastIron SuperX Switch snFastIronSuperXRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.1.2 FastIron SuperX Router snFastIronSuperXBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.1.3 FastIron SuperX Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.2.1 FastIron SuperX Premium Switch snFastIronSuperXPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.2.2 FastIron SuperX Premium Router snFastIronSuperXPremBaseL3Switc h brcdIp.1.3.36.2.3 FastIron SuperX Premium Base Layer 3 Switch Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snFastIronSuperX800Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.3.1 FastIron SuperX 800 Switch snFastIronSuperX800Router brcdIp.1.3.36.3.2 FastIron SuperX 800 Router snFastIronSuperX800BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.3.3 FastIron SuperX 800 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.4.1 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX800PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.4.2 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX800PremBaseL3S witch brcdIp.1.3.36.4.3 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.5.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600Router brcdIp.1.3.36.5.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 Router snFastIronSuperX1600BaseL3Switc h brcdIp.1.3.36.5.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.6.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX1600PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.6.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX1600PremBaseL3 Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.6.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.7.1 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.7.2 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperXV6BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.7.3 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.8.1 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperXV6PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.8.2 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Router 3 snFastIronSuperXV6PremBaseL3Swi FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch tch brcdIp.1.3.36.8.3 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snFastIronSuperXV6Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.8.4 FastIron SuperX IPv6 PREM6 Router snFastIronSuperX800V6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.9.1 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Switch 103 3 104 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snFastIronSuperX800V6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.9.2 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperX800V6BaseL3Swit ch brcdIp.1.3.36.9.3 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.10.1 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.10.2 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX800V6PremBaseL 3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.10.3 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6Prem6Rout er brcdIp.1.3.36.10.4 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 PREM6 Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.11.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.11.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6BaseL3Sw itch brcdIp.1.3.36.11.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremSwitc h brcdIp.1.3.36.12.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremRout er brcdIp.1.3.36.12.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremBase L3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.12.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6Prem6Rou ter brcdIp.1.3.36.12.4 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 PREM6 Router snBigIronSuperXFamily brcdIp.1.3.37 BigIron SuperX Family snBigIronSuperX brcdIp.1.3.37.1 BigIron SuperX snBigIronSuperXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.37.1.1 BigIron SuperX Switch snBigIronSuperXRouter brcdIp.1.3.37.1.2 BigIron SuperX Router snBigIronSuperXBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.37.1.3 BigIron SuperX Base Layer 3 Switch Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snIMRFamily brcdIp.1.3.39 IMR Family snNetIronIMR brcdIp.1.3.39.1 NetIron IMR 640 Family snNIIMRRouter brcdIp.1.3.39.1.2 NetIron IMR 640 Router snBIRX16Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.1.1 BigIron RX-16 Switch snBIRX16Router brcdIp.1.3.40.1.2 BigIron RX-16 Router snBIRX8Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.2.1 BigIron RX-8 Switch snBIRX8Router brcdIp.1.3.40.2.2 BigIron RX-8 Router snBIRX4Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.3.1 BigIron RX-4 Switch snBIRX4Router brcdIp.1.3.40.3.2 BigIron RX-4 Router snBIRx32Router brcdIp.1.3.40.4.2 BigIron RX-32 Router snNetIronXMR16000 brcdIp.1.3.41.1 NetIron XMR-16000 Family snNIXMR16000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.1.2 NetIron XMR-16000 Router snNetIronXMR8000 brcdIp.1.3.41.2 NetIron XMR-8000 Family snNIXMR8000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.2.2 NetIron XMR-8000 Router snNetIronXMR4000 brcdIp.1.3.41.3 NetIron XMR-4000 Family snNIXMR4000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.3.2 NetIron XMR-4000 Router snNetIronXMR32000 brcdIp.1.3.41.4 NetIron XMR-32000 Family snNetIronXMR32000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.4.2 NetIron XMR-32000 Router snSecureIronFamily brcdIp.1.3.42 SecureIron Product Family snSecureIronLSFamily brcdIp.1.3.42.9 SecureIron LS Product Family snSecureIronLS100 brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1 SecureIron LS 100 Group 3 105 3 106 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snSecureIronLS100Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1.1 SecureIron LS 100 Switch snSecureIronLS100Router brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1.2 SecureIron LS 100 Router snSecureIronLS300 brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2 SecureIron LS 300 Group snSecureIronLS300Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2.1 SecureIron LS 300 Switch snSecureIronLS300Router brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2.2 SecureIron LS 300 Router snSecureIronTMFamily brcdIp.1.3.42.10 SecureIron TM Product Family snSecureIronTM100 brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1 SecureIron TM 100 Group snSecureIronTM100Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1.1 SecureIron TM 100 Switch snSecureIronTM100Router brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1.2 SecureIron TM 100 Router snSecureIronTM300 brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2 SecureIron TM 300 Group snSecureIronTM300Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2.1 SecureIron TM 300 Switch snSecureIronTM300Router brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2.2 SecureIron TM 300 Router snNetIronMLX16Router brcdIp.1.3.44.1.2 Brocade NetIron MLX-16 Router snNetIronMLX8Router brcdIp.1.3.44.2.2 Brocade NetIron MLX-8 Router snNetIronMLX4Router brcdIp.1.3.44.3.2 Brocade NetIron MLX-4 Router snNetIronMLX-32Router brcdIp.1.3.44.4 Brocade NetIron MLX-32 Router snFGSFamily brcdIp.1.3.45 FastIron GS Series Family snFGS624Family brcdIp.1.3.45.1 FastIron GS624 Series Family snFGS624PBaseFamily brcdIp.13.45.1.1 FastIron GS624P Base Series Family snFGS624P brcdIp 1.3.45.1.1.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE-Ready snFGS624PSwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.1.1.1 FastIron GS624P Switch Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 3 Object name and identifier Description snFGS624PRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.1.1.2 FastIron GS624P Router snFGS624XGPFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2 FastIron GS624XGP Series Family snFGS624XGP brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE-Ready +1, 10 Gb snFGS624XGPSwitch brcdIp.1.2.45.1.2.1.1 FastIron GS624XGP Switch snFGS624XGPRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2.1.2 FastIron GS624XGP Router snFGS624PPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3 FastIron GS624PPOE Series Family snFGS624PPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE snFGS624PPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1.1 FastIron GS624PPOE Switch snFGS624PPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1.2 FastIron GS624PPOE Router snFGS624XGPPOEFamily brcdIp.1.2.45.1.4 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Series Family snFGS624XGPPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE +1, 10 Gb snFGS624XGPPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1.1 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Switch snFGS624XGPPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1.2 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Router snFGS648Family brcdIp.1.3.45.2 FastIron GS648 Series Family snFGS648PBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1 Fastiron GS648P Base Family snFGS648P brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE ready snFGS648PSwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1.1 FastIron GS648P Switch snFGS648PRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1.2 FastIron GS648P Router snFSG648PPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2 FastIron GS648P POE Series Family snFGS648PPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1 FastIron GS648 Switch (FGS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE snFGS648PPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1.1 FastIron GS648PPOE Switch 107 3 108 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snFGS648PPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1.2 FastIron GS648PPOE Router snFLSFamily brcdIp.1.3.46 FastIron LS Series Family snFLS624Family brcdIp.1.3.46.1 FastIron LS624 Family snFLS624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.46.1.1 FastIron LS624 Base Family snFLS624 brcdIp.1.3.46.1.1.1 FastIron LS Switch (FLS) 24-port 10/100/1000 snFastIronStack brcdIp.1.3.48.1 FastIron stack family snFastIronStackSwitch brcdIp.1.3.48.1.1 FGS or FLS switch in a stack snFastIronStackRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.1.2 FGS or FLS router in a stack snFastIronStackFCX brcdIp.1.3.48.2 Brocade FCX Switch Family in a stack snFastIronStackFCXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.48.2.1 Brocade FCX Switch in a stack snFastIronStackFCXBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.48.2.2 Brocade FCX Base Layer 3 Router in a stack snFastIronStackFCXRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.2.3 Brocade FCX Router in a stack snFastIronStackFCXAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.2.4 Brocade FCX Advanced Premium Router in a stack snFastIronStackICX6610 brcdIp.1.3.48.3 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Family snFastIronStackICX6610Switch brcdIp.1.3.48.3.1 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Switch snFastIronStackICX6610BaseL3Rou ter brcdIp.1.3.48.3.2 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Base Layer 3 Router snFastIronStackICX6610Router brcdIp.1.3.48.3.3 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Router snFastIronStackICX6610PRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.3.4 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Premium Router snFastIronStackICX6610ARouter brcdIp.1.3.48.3.5 Brocade FCX 6610 Stack Advance Router snFastIronStackICX6430 brcdIp.1.3.48.4 Brocade ICX 6430 Stack snFastIronStackICX6430Switch brcdIp.1.3.48.4.1 Brocade ICX 6430 Stack Switch Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snFastIronStackICX6450 brcdIp.1.3.48.5 Brocade ICX 6450 Stack snFastIronStackICX6450Switch brcdIp.1.3.48.5.1 Brocade ICX 6450 Stack Switch snFastIronStackICX6450BaseL3Rou ter brcdIp.1.3.48.5.2 Brocade ICX 6450 Stack Base Layer 3 Router snFastIronStackICX6450Router brcdIp.1.3.48.5.3 Brocade ICX 6450 Stack Router snFastIronStackICX6450PRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.5.4 Brocade ICX 6450 Stack Premium Router snFastIronStackMixedStack brcdIp.1.3.48.6 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack snFastIronStackMixedStackSwitch brcdIp.1.3.48.6.1 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack Switch snFastIronStackMixedStackBaseL3 Router brcdIp.1.3.48.6.2 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack Base Layer3 Router snFastIronStackMixedStackRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.6.3 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack Router snFastIronStackMixedStackPRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.6.4 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack Premium Router snFastIronStackMixedStackARouter brcdIp.1.3.48.6.5 Brocade FastIron Mixed Stack Advance Router snCes2024F brcdIp.1.3.49.1 Brocade NetIron CES 2024F Switch snCes2024C brcdIp.1.3.49.2 Brocade NetIron CES 2024C Switch snCes2048F brcdIp.1.3.49.3 Brocade NetIron CES 2048F Switch snCes2048C brcdIp.1.3.49.4 Brocade NetIron CES 2048C Switch snCes2048FX brcdIp.1.3.49.5 Brocade NetIron CES 2048FX Switch snCes2048CX brcdIp.1.3.49.6 Brocade NetIron CES 2048CX Switch snCes2024F4X brcdIp.1.3.49.7 Brocade NetIron CES 2024F-4X Switch snCes2024C4X brcdIp.1.3.49.8 Brocade NetIron CES 2024C-4X Switch snCer2024F brcdIp.1.3.51.1 Brocade NetIron CER 2024F Switch snCer2024C brcdIp.1.3.51.2 Brocade NetIron CER 2024C Switch 3 109 3 110 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snCer2048F brcdIp.1.3.51.3 Brocade NetIron CER 2048F Switch snCer2048C brcdIp.1.3.51.4 Brocade NetIron CER 2048C Switch snCer2048FX brcdIp.1.3.51.5 Brocade NetIron CER 2048FX Switch snCer2048CX brcdIp.1.3.51.6 Brocade NetIron CER 2048CX Switch snCer2024F4X brcdIp.1.3.51.7 Brocade NetIron CER 2024F-4X Switch snCer2024C4X brcdIp.1.3.51.8 Brocade NetIron CER 2024C-4X Switch snFWS624 brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1 FastIron WS Switches (FWS) 24-port 10/100 snFWS624Switch brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.1 FWS624 Switch snFWS624BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.2 FWS624 Base Layer 3 Router snFWS624EdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.3 FWS624 Edge Prem Router snFWS624G brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 24-port 10/100/1000 snFWS624GSwitch brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.1 FWS624G Switch snFWS624GBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.2 FWS624G Base Layer 3 Router snFWS624GEdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.3 FWS624G Edge Prem Router snFWS648 brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 48-port 10/100 POE Ready snFWS648Switch brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.1 FWS648 Switch snFWS648BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.2 FWS648 Base Layer 3 Router snFWS648EdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.3 FWS648 Edge Prem Router snFWS648G brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE Ready snFWS648GSwitch brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.1 FWS648G Switch snFWS648GBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.2 FWS648G Base Layer 3 Router Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snFWS648GEdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.3 FWS648G Edge Prem Router snFCXFamily brcdIp.1.3.54 Brocade FCX Family snFCX624Family brcdIp.1.3.54.1 Brocade FCX 624 Family snFCX624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1 Brocade FCX 624 Base Family snFCX624S brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1 Brocade FCX 624S snFCX624SSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.1 Brocade FCX 624S Switch snFCX624SBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.2 Brocade FCX 624S Base Layer 3 Router snFCX624SRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.3 Brocade FCX 624S Router snFCX624SAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.4 Brocade FCX 624S Advanced Router snFCX624SHPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE Family snFCX624SHPOE brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE snFCX624SHPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.1 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE Switch snFCX624SHPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.2 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snFCX624SHPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.3 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE Router snFCX624SHPOEAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.4 Brocade FCX 624S HPOE Advanced Router snFCX624SFFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3 FastIron 624S-F Family snFCX624SF brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1 FastIron 624S-F snFCX624SFSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.1 FastIron 624S-F Switch snFCX624SFBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.2 FastIron 624S-F Base Layer 3 Router snFCX624SFRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.3 FastIron 624S-F Router snFCX624SFAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.4 FastIron 624S-F Advanced Router 3 111 3 112 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snFCX624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4 FastIron 24-port 10/100/1000 FCX624-E and FCX624-I Base Family snFCX624 brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1 Brocade FCX Switch(FCX) 24-port 10/100/1000 snFCX624Switch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.1 Brocade FCX624 Switch snFCX624BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.2 Brocade FCX624 Base Layer 3 Router snFCX624Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.3 Brocade FCX624 Premium Router snFCX624AdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.4 Brocade FCX624 Advanced Premium Router (BGP) snFCX648Family brcdIp.1.3.54.2 Brocade FCX 648 Family snFCX648SBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1 Brocade FCX 648S Base Family snFCX648S brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1 Brocade FCX 648S snFCX648SSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.1 Brocade FCX 648S Switch snFCX648SBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.2 Brocade FCX 648S Base Layer 3 Router snFCX648SRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.3 Brocade FCX 648S Router snFCX648SAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.4 Brocade FCX 648S Advanced Router snFCX648SHPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE Family snFCX648SHPOE brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE snFCX648SHPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.1 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE Switch snFCX648SHPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.2 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snFCX648SHPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.3 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE Router snFCX648SHPOEAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.4 Brocade FCX 648S HPOE Advanced Router snFCX648BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4 Brocade FCX Switch Base family Switch snFCX648 brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4.1 Brocade FCX Switch (FCX) 48-port 10/100/1000 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snFCX648Switch brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4.1.1 Brocade FCX 648 Switch snFCX648BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4.1.2 Brocade FCX 648 Base Layer 3 Router snFCX648Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4.1.3 Brocade FCX 648 Premium Router snFCX648AdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.4.1.4 Brocade FCX 648 Advanced Premium Router (BGP) snICX6610Family brcdIp.1.3.56 Brocade ICX 6610 family snICX661024Family brcdIp.1.3.56.1 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port family snICX661024BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 Switch 24-port snICX661024 brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port snICX661024Switch brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port Switch snICX661024BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port Base Layer 3 Router snICX661024Router brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port Base Router snICX661024PRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1.4 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port Premium Router snICX661024ARouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.1.1.5 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port Advanced Router snICX661024HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 24-port HPOE family snICX661024HPOE brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1 Brocade ICX 6610 Switch (ICX6610) 24-port HPOE snICX661024HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 24-HPOE Switch snICX661024HPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 24-HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snICX661024HPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 24-HPOE Base Router snICX661024HPOEPRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1.4 Brocade ICX 6610 24-HPOE Premium Router snICX661024HPOEARouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.2.1.5 Brocade ICX 6610 24-HPOE Advanced Router snICX661024FFamily brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 24F family 3 113 3 114 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snICX661024F brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1 Brocade ICX 6610 Switch (ICX6610-F) 24-port fiber snICX661024FSwitch brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 24F Switch snICX661024FBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 24F Base Layer 3 Router snICX661024FRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 24F Base Router snICX661024FPRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1.4 Brocade ICX 6610 24F Premium Router snICX661024FARouter brcdIp.1.3.56.1.3.1.5 Brocade ICX 6610 24F Advanced Router snICX661048Family brcdIp.1.3.56.2 Brocade ICX 6610 48-port family snICX661048BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1 Brocade ICX 6610 48-port Base family snICX661048 brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 Switch (ICX6610) 48-port snICX661048Switch brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 48 Switch snICX661048BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 48 Base Layer 3 Router snICX661048Router brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 48 Base Router snICX661048PRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1.4 Brocade ICX 6610 48 Premium Router snICX661048ARouter brcdIp.1.3.56.2.1.1.5 Brocade ICX 6610 48 Advanced Router snICX661048HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE family snICX661048HPOE brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1 Brocade ICX 6610 Switch (ICX6610) 48-port HPOE snICX661048HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE Switch snICX661048HPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1.2 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snICX661048HPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1.3 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE Base Router snICX661048HPOEPRouter brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1.4 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE Premium Router snICX661048HPOEARouter brcdIp.1.3.56.2.2.1.5 Brocade ICX 6610 48-HPOE Advanced Router Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snICX6430Family brcdIp.1.3.57 Brocade ICX 6430 Series Family snICX643024Family brcdIp.1.3.57.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-port Family snICX643024BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.57.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-port Base Family snICX643024 brcdIp.1.3.57.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-port (10/100/1G w/4x1G) snICX643024Switch brcdIp.1.3.57.1.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-port Switch snICX643024HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.57.1.2 Brocade ICX 6430 24-JHPOE Family snICX643024HPOE brcdIp.1.3.57.1.2.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-port HPOE (10/100/1G w/4x1G) snICX643024HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.57.1.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 24-HPOE Switch snICX643048Family brcdIp.1.3.57.2 Brocade ICX 6430 48-port Family snICX643048BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.57.2.1 Brocade ICX 6430 48-port Base Family snICX643048 brcdIp.1.3.57.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 48-port (10/100/1G w/4x1G) snICX643048Switch brcdIp.1.3.57.2.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 48-port Switch snICX643048HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.57.2.2 Brocade ICX 6430 48-HPOE Family snICX643048HPOE brcdIp.1.3.57.2.2.1 Brocade ICX 6430 48-port HPOE (10/100/1G w/4x1G) snICX643048HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.57.2.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 48-HPOE Switch snICX6430C12Family brcdIp.1.3.57.3 Brocade ICX 6430 C12-port Family snICX6430C12BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.57.3.1 Brocade ICX 6430 C12-port Base Family snICX6430C12 brcdIp.1.3.57.3.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 C12-port (10/100/1G) snICX6430C12Switch brcdIp.1.3.57.3.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6430 C12-port Switch snICX6450Family brcdIp.1.3.58 Brocade ICX 6450 series Family snICX645024Family brcdIp.1.3.58.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24-port Family 3 115 3 116 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snICX645024BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24-port Base Family snICX645024 brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24-port (10/100/1G w/4x1/10G) snICX645024Switch brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24 Switch snICX645024BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 24 Base Layer 3 Router snICX645024Router brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6450 24 Base Router snICX645024PRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.1.1.1.4 Brocade ICX 6450 24 Premium Router snICX645024HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 24-HPOE Family snICX645024HPOE brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24-port HPOE (10/100/1G w/4x1/10G) snICX645024HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 24-HPOE Switch snICX645024HPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 24-HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snICX645024HPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2.1.3 Brocade ICX 6450 24-HPOE Base Router snICX645024HPOEPRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.1.2.1.4 Brocade ICX 6450 24-HPOE Premium Router snICX645048Family brcdIp.1.3.58.2 Brocade ICX 6450 48-port Family snICX645048BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1 Brocade ICX 6450 48-port Base Family snICX645048 brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 48-port (10/100/1G w/4x1/10G) snICX645048Switch brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 48 Switch snICX645048BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 48 Base Layer 3 Router snICX645048Router brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6450 48 Base Router snICX645048PRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.2.1.1.4 Brocade ICX 6450 48 Premium Router snICX645048HPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2 Brocade ICX 6450 48-HPOE Family snICX645048HPOE brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2.1 Brocade ICX 6450 48-port HPOE (10/100/1G w/4x1/10G) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description snICX645048HPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 48-HPOE Switch snICX645048HPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 48-HPOE Base Layer 3 Router snICX645048HPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2.1.3 Brocade ICX 6450 48-HPOE Base Router snICX645048HPOEPRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.2.2.1.4 Brocade ICX 6450 48-HPOE Premium Router snICX6450C12PDFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.3 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PD Family snICX6450C12PDBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PD Base Family snICX6450C12PD brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12 -PD snICX6450C12PDSwitch brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PD Switch snICX6450C12PDBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PD Base Layer3 Router snICX6450C12PDRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PD Router snICX6450C12PDPRouter brcdIp.1.3.58.3.1.1.4 Brocade ICX 6450 C-12-PDP Router snICX6650Family brcdIp.1.3.59 Brocade ICX 6650 Series Family snICX665064Family brcdIp.1.3.59.1 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port Family snICX665064BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.59.1.1 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port Base Family snICX665064 brcdIp.1.3.59.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port 10G w/4x40G snICX665064Switch brcdIp.1.3.59.1.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port Switch snICX665064BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.59.1.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port Base Layer 3 Router snICX665064Router brcdIp.1.3.59.1.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 6650 64-port Router snICX7750Family brcdIp.1.3.60 Brocade ICX 7750 Series Family snICX775048CFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) Family snICX775048CBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) Base Family 3 117 3 118 Registration MIB Definition Object name and identifier Description snICX775048C brcdIp.1.3.60.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) (FE/GE/10GE RJ-45 w/12x40G) snICX775048CSwitch brcdIp.1.3.60.1.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) Switch snICX775048CBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.60.1.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) Base Layer 3 Router snICX775048CRouter brcdIp.1.3.60.1.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 7750 48C (48-port) Router snICX775048FFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.2 Brocade ICX 7750 48F (48-port) Family snICX775048FBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.2.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48F (48-port) Base Family snICX775048F brcdIp.1.3.60.2.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 (GE/10GE SFP+ w/12x40G) snICX775048FSwitch brcdIp.1.3.60.2.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 48F (48-port) Switch snICX775048FBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.60.2.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 7750 48F (48-port) Base Layer 3 Router snICX775048FRouter brcdIp.1.3.60.2.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 7750 48F (48-port) Router snICX775026QFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.3 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) Family snICX775026QBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.60.3.1 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) Base Family snICX775026Q brcdIp.1.3.60.3.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) (40G QSFP w/6x40G) snICX775026QSwitch brcdIp.1.3.60.3.1.1.1 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) Switch snICX775026QBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.60.3.1.1.2 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) Base Layer 3 Router snICX775026QRouter brcdIp.1.3.60.3.1.1.3 Brocade ICX 7750 26Q (26-port) Router edgeIron brcdIp.1.4 EdgeIron adjourning brcdIp.1.4.1 EdgeIron MIB edgeIronType2 brcdIp.1.5 EdgeIron Type 2 edgeIronType2Mib brcdIp.1.5.1 EdgeIron Type 2 MIB wirelessAp brcdIp.1.6 Iron Point 200 Access Point Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Registration MIB Definition Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object name and identifier Description wireless Probe brcdIp.1.7 Iron Point 200 Sensor access Iron brcdIp.1.8 Access Iron vendors brcdIp.2 Vendors digitalChina brcdIp.2.1 Digital China dcrs7504Switch brcdIp.2.1.1.1 DCRS 7504 Switch dcrs7504Router brcdIp.2.1.1.2 DCRS 7504 Router dcrs7508Switch brcdIp.2.1.2.1 DCRS 7508 Switch dcrs7508Router brcdIp.2.1.2.2 DCRS 7508 Router dcrs7515Switch brcdIp.2.1.3.1 DCRS 7515 Switch dcrs7515Router brcdIp.2.1.3.2 DCRS 7515 Router 3 119 Chapter 4 Agent MIB Definition In this chapter • General chassis information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Fan status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Flash card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Power supply table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Stacking power supply table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Fan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Stacking fan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Stacking chassis unit information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 122 128 130 130 131 131 132 General chassis information The following objects apply to all devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the type of device being managed. This object can have up to 128 characters. Possible value: 1 Read-only Shows the serial number of the chassis stored in the EEPROM of the device. This is not the serial number on the label of the device. If the chassis serial number is available, it is the lowest three octets of the lowest MAC address in the device. For example, if the lowest MAC address is 00e0 52a9 2b20, then the serial number of the chassis is a92b20. If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value is a null string. This object can have up to 128 characters. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 121 4 Fan status Fan status Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasFanStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the status of fans in stackable products. There are six fans per device. This is a packed bit string. Each bit shows one of the following values: • 0 – Fan failure. • 1 – Fan is operational The following shows the meaning of each bit: Bit positionMeaning 6 – 31Reserved 5 Fan6 status 4 Fan5 status 3 Fan4 status 2 Fan3 status 1 Fan2 status 0 Fan1 status (Bit 0 is the least significant bit.) snChasMainBrdDescriptio n brcdIp.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the main board. This object can have up to 128 characters. Read-only Shows the total number of ports on the main board. Valid values: 1 – 24 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasMainPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 122 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Fan status 4 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasExpBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the description of the expansion board. This object can have up to 128 characters. Read-only Shows the total number of ports on the expansion board. Valid values: 1 – 24 Read-only This object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdStatusLedString. This status LED on the front panel of a device shows the status of the link. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Status can be one of the following: • 0 – Link off • 1 – Link on Read-only This object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdTrafficLedString. This traffic LED on the front panel of a device shows the traffic status. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Status can be one of the following: • 0 – No traffic • 1 – Traffic is flowing NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasExpPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasStatusLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 123 4 Fan status Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasMediaLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only This object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdMediaLedString. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Status can be one of the following: • 0 – Half-duplex • 1 – Full-duplex snChasEnablePwrSupplyTr ap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate power supply failure traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snChasMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies to all stackable products. It identifies the main board. This is an encoded octet string. Each octet provides the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this octet string. Octets 1 and 2: If Octet 0 has a value of 1, then: Octet 1 – Product type: • FIWG – 0x57 • FIBB – 0x42 • FIMLS – 0x4D • NI – 0x4E • TI – 0x54 • TIRT – 0x52 Octet 2 – Board type: • POWERPC – 1 • ALPHA – 2 The length of the octet string is 27. If Octet 0 has a value of 2, then: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 Octet 2 – Module type: • MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 • MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 • MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 • MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series and on the FastIron devices. 124 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Fan status Name, OID, and syntax snChasMainBrdId (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Access 4 Description Octet 2 – Module type (continued): • MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 • MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 • MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 • FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D • FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F • FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 • MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 • MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 • MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 • MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 • MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 The length of the octet string is 28. Octet 3 – Processor type (both format version 1 and 2): • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M604E – 9 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 6 – MAC type: • MAC_NONE – 0 • MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 • MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • MAC_XI0GMAC_1000 – 4 • MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 • MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 • MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 Octet 7 – PHY type (both format version 1 and 2): • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_LEVEL16 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type (both format version 1 and 2): • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 • LHB_FIBER – 5 125 4 Fan status Name, OID, and syntax Access snChasMainBrdId (continued) Octet 10 to Octet 13 – DRAM size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Boot flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Code flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type (format version 1 only): This octet applies only if Octet 0 is equal to 1. • chassis4000 – 0x00 • chassis8000 – 0x04 • chassis15000 – 0x05 • Turbo8 – 0x07 (stack2) • FastIron2 – 0x06 (stack1) Read-only It identifies the expansion board; the board that attaches to the main board. This is an encoded octet string. Each octet provides the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this octet string. Octet 1 – Expansion board type: • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT – 1 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT – 2 • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT_COPPER – 3 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_COPPER – 4 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_LX – 5 • GIGA_1PORT – 8, GIGA_2PORT – 9 Octet 2 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 snChasSpeedLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-only Applies to devices that have an LED for media speed. This object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdSpeedLedString. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Status can be one of the following: • 0 – 10 Mbit • 1 – 100 Mbit snChasEnableFanTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write For chassis devices only. Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate fan failure traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snChasIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.1.1.17 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the chassis identity number. This is used by inventory control. This is not the number on the label of the device. By default, this object displays a null string. This object can have up to 64 characters. snChasExpBrdId brcdIp.1.1.1.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices and on the FastIron devices. 126 Description Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Fan status Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasActualTemperature brcdIp.1.1.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. NOTE: This object is notsupported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series and on the FastIron devices. Instead use “System temperature table” on page 229. snChasWarningTemperatur Read/writ e e brcdIp.1.1.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is notsupported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series and on the FastIron devices. Instead use “System temperature table” on page 229. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 4 NOTE: If you are comparing this value to the value you get when you enter a show chassis command on the CLI, divide this value by 2. The result is the actual temperature you see in the CLI. This was done intentionally to represent tenth decimal values in SNMP, as SNMP can only report INTEGER values. Valid values: 110 – 250 Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the threshold for the warning temperature. When the actual temperature exceeds this value, the switch sends a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. Valid values: 0 – 250 NOTE: If you compare the value with the value while entering the show chassis command and divide the value by 2. The result is the warning (or shutdown) temperature. This is done intentionally to represent the tenth decimal values in the SNMP, as the SNMP can only report the INTEGER values. 127 4 Flash card Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasShutdownTemperat ure brcdIp.1.1.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read/writ e Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the temperature threshold that triggers the device to shut down. When the actual temperature exceeds this value, the switch shuts down a portion of the hardware to cool down the device. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. Valid values: 0 – 250 NOTE: This object is notsupported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series and on the FastIron devices. Instead use “System temperature table” on page 229. snChasEnableTempWarnTr ap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer NOTE: If you compare the value with the value while entering the show chassis command and divide the value by 2. The result is the warning (or shutdown) temperature. This is done intentionally to represent the tenth decimal values in the SNMP, as the SNMP can only report the INTEGER values. Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate temperature warning traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) Flash card The following objects manage the flash cards in all the devices. 128 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasFlashCard brcdIp.1.1.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Applies only to M4 management modules. This object is a bit array that contains the flash card status. This is a packed bit string. The status of each flash card is encoded into one bit. There can be up to two flash cards. The bits are: • 2 to 31 – Reserved • 1 – Flash card 2 status • 0 – Flash card 1 status (Bit 0 is the least significant bit.) Flash card status can be one of the following: • 0 – Flash card is absent • 1 – Flash card is present snChasFlashCardLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the status of LEDs on a flash card. Each bit shows one of the following: • 0 – Flash card is off • 1 – Flash card is on snChasNumSlots brcdIp.1.1.1.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of slots in the chassis. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Flash card Name, OID, and syntax Access snChasArchitectureType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-only snChasProductType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-only snChasSystemMode brcdIp.1.1.1.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-only NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 4 Description Shows the architecture type: stackable(1) - old stackable bigIron(2) terathon(3) fifthGen(4) • • • • Shows the product type. The following shows the meaning of each bit: invalid(0) BigIron MG8(1) NetIron 40G(2) NetIron IMR 640(3) BigIron RX 800(4) Brocade NetIron XMR router 16000(5) BigIron RX 400(6) Brocade NetIron XMR router 8000(7) BigIron RX 200(8) Brocade NetIron XMR router 4000(9) Brocade MLX router-32(13) Brocade NetIron XMR router 32000(14) BigIron RX-32(15) niCES2000Series(16) niCER2000Series(17) brMlxESlot4(18) - This value is supported only on the Brocade NetIron devices. • brMlxESlot8(19) - This value is supported only on the Brocade NetIron devices. • brMlxESlot16(20) - This value is supported only on the BrocadeNetIron devices. • brMlxESlot32(21) - This value is supported only on the Brocade NetIron devices. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • This object displays the mode of the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, or Brocade NetIron MLX device. It returns one of the following values: • xmr(1) • mlx(2) Values are returned as follows: • If snChasProductType is niXmr4000, niXmr8000, niXmr160000, or niXmr32000, then this object returns xmr(1). • if snChasProductType is niMlx4, niMlx8, niMlx16, or niMlx32 then this object returns mlx(2). • If snChasProductType is brMlxE4, brMlxE8, brMlxE16, or brMlxE32 this object returns either xmr(1) or mlx(2) depending on the mode of the system. 129 4 Power supply table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasFactoryPartNumber brcdIp.1.1.1.1.28 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object displays the factory part number assigned by the manufacturer. Read-only This object displays the factory serial number assigned by the manufacturer. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. snChasFactorySerialNumbe r brcdIp.1.1.1.1.29 Syntax: DisplayString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Power supply table The following table applies to the power supply in all products. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasPwrSupplyTable brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1 None A table containing power supply information. Only installed power supplies appear in the table. snChasPwrSupplyIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the power supply table. snChasPwrSupplyDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The power supply description. For example, you may see the description, “right side power supply”. This object can have up to 128 characters. snChasPwrSupplyOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The status of the power supply: other(1) – Status is neither normal(2) or failure(3). This value is not used for stackables including FastIron 4802. • normal(2) • failure(3) • Stacking power supply table The following table shows the status of a power supply on devices that support the stacking functionality. NOTE The objects in the table below are not supported on the NetIron and the FastIron SX devices. 130 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Fan table 4 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasPwrSupply2Table brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2 None A table of power supply information for each unit. Only an installed power supply is displayed in a table row. snChasPwrSupply2Unit brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the power supply table. snChasPwrSupply2Index brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the power supply table that identifies the power supply unit. snChasPwrSupply2Description brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The power supply description string. This description can have up to 128 characters. snChasPwrSupply2OperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The power supply operation status: other(1) normal(2) failure(3) • • • Fan table The following table applies to the fans in all devices, except for devices that support the stacking functionality. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasFanTable brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1 None A table containing fan information. Only installed fans appear in the table. snChasFanIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the fan table. snChasFanDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The fan description. For example, you may see the description “left side panel, back fan”. This object can have up to 128 characters. snChasFanOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The status of the fan operation: other(1) normal(2) failure(3) • • • Stacking fan table The following table shows the fan status for devices that support the stacking functionality. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 131 4 Stacking chassis unit information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasFan2Table brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2 None A table of fan information for each unit. Only an installed fan is displayed in a table row. snChasFan2Unit brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The unit to the fan table. snChasFan2Index brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the fan table. snChasFan2Description brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The fan description string. This description can have up to 128 characters. snChasFan2OperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only NOTE: This object is not supported on the NetIron devices. The fan operation status: other(1) normal(2) failure(3) • • • Stacking chassis unit information The following table manages the temperature for devices that supports the stacking functionality. 132 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1 None A table of information for each unit in a stack. Only an active unit is displayed in a table row. snChasUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the table. snChasUnitSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The serial number of the unit. If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value should be a zero length string. There can be up to 128 characters for the serial number. snChasUnitNumSlots brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Number of slots of the chassis for each unit. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Stacking chassis unit information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snChasUnitActualTemp erature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from -110 through 250º Celsius. Read-only Actual temperature higher than the threshold value triggers the switch to send a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from 0 through 250º Celsius. Read-only Actual temperature higher than the threshold value will shut down a portion of the switch hardware to cool down the system. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from 0 through 250º Celsius. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasUnitWarningTem perature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snChasUnitShutdownTe mperature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 4 133 Chapter 5 Agent Groups In this chapter • Agent global group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Image and configuration file download and upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Default gateway IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table . . . . . . . . . . . • Image version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Agent board table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Agent stacking board table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Trap receiver table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • SP boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Encoded octet strings table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 137 141 142 143 151 158 162 163 164 165 Agent global group The following objects allow you to reload the agent. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 135 5 Agent global group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgReload brcdIp.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Reboots the agent. The following values can only be read: • other(1) – Agent is in unknown or other state. • running(2) – Agent is running. • busy(4) – Reload is not allowed at this time as flash is busy. The following value can be written: • reset(3) – Do a hard reset. The agent returns a response before the action occurs. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgEraseNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Erases the NVRAM of the agent. This object can have one of the following values: • normal(1) – NVRAM is not being erased. • error(2) – Either the erase operation failed or the flash memory is bad. • erasing(4) – NVRAM is being erased. If the process starts, you cannot set this object to erase(3) until the process is finished and the value of this object is either normal(1) or error(2). • busy(5) – Operation is not allowed at this time as flash is busy. The following value can be written: • erase(3) – Erase operation. The agent returns a response even before the erase operation is complete. The read values will be erased until the erase operation is finished. New erase requests will be rejected until an error(2) or normal(1) value is obtained. snAgWriteNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Saves all configuration information to NVRAM of the agent. The following values can only be read: • normal(1) • error(2) – Operation failed or the flash is bad. • writing(4) – Agent is writing to NVRAM flash. • busy(5) – Operation is not allowed at this time as flash is busy. The following value can be written: • write(3) – Write operation. The agent returns a response even before the write operation is complete. The read values will be written until the write operation is finished. New write requests will be rejected until an error(2) or normal(1) value is obtained. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgConfigFromNVRA M brcdIp.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Configures the switch from NVRAM of the agent. The following values can only be read: • normal(1) • error(2) – Operation failed or the flash is bad. • configing(4) – Configuring from NVRAM flash is in process. • busy(5) – Operation is not allowed at this time as flash is busy. The following value can be written: • config(3) – Do configuration. The agent returns a response after configuration is done. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. NOTE: The object snAgConfigFromNVRAM is obsolete and it is not supported on any of the NetIron and FastIron devices. 136 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image and configuration file download and upload 5 Image and configuration file download and upload The following objects manage file downloads and uploads. They are available in all devices. When uploading or downloading configuration files to and from the TFTP server using SNMP, check for the following: • If the SNMP password check is enabled on the device, the object must be sent with the following information in the same PDU as the TFTP objects: - If AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is enable or line, then the value of snAgGlbPassword must be in cleartext format. - If AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is local, RADIUS, Telnet, TACACS, or TACACS+, then the value of snAgGlbPassword must be in the user password format. The space between user and password is the delimiter. - If AAA is not used for authentication, then the value of snAgGlbPassword for the enable password must be in cleartext format. • Make sure that the user has administrative access (privilege=0) on the device; otherwise, the user will not be able to upload files to the TFTP server. NOTE An atomic set of snAgImgLoad, snAgImgFname, snAgTftpServerAddrType and snAgTftpServerAddr is required for a successful download or upload. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 137 5 138 Image and configuration file download and upload Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgImgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the image file, including path, that is currently associated with the system. When the object is not used, the value is blank. It can have up to 32 characters. snAgImgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Downloads or uploads a new software image to the agent. Use one of the following values in an SNMP set: • uploadMPPrimary(19) – Uploads the primary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPPrimary(20) – Downloads the primary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash memory. • uploadMPSecondary(21) – Uploads the secondary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPSecondary(22) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash memory. • downloadSPPrimary(24) – Downloads the primary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash memory. • downloadSPSecondary(25) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash memory. • uploadMPBootROM(26) – Uploads the Boot from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPBootROM(27) – Downloads the Boot from flash image from the TFTP server to management processor flash memory. • uploadMPBootTFTP(28) – Uploads the Boot from TFTP image from management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPBootTFTP(29) – Downloads the Boot from TFTP image from the TFTP server to management processor flash memory. • uploadMPMonitor(30) – Uploads the Monitor image from management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPMonitor(31) – Downloads the Monitor image from the TFTP server to management processor flash memory. • downloadSPBootROM(32) – Download the Boot image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash memory . • downloadSPMonitor(33) - Download the monitor image from TFTP server to SP flash. The following messages may be displayed: • normal(1) • flashPrepareReadFailure(2) • flashReadError(3) • flashPrepareWriteFailure(4) • flashWriteError(5) • tftpTimeoutError(6) • tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image and configuration file download and upload Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snAgImgLoad (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 tftpBusy(8) tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9) tftpRemoteNoFile(10) tftpRemoteBadAccess(11) tftpRemoteDiskFull(12) tftpRemoteBadOperation(13) tftpRemoteBadId(14) tftpRemoteFileExists(15) tftpRemoteNoUser(16) operationError(17) loading(18) – The operation is in process. uploadMPPrimary(19) downloadMPPrimary(20) uploadMPSecondary(21) downloadMPSecondary(22) tftpWrongFileType(23) downloadSPPrimary(24) downloadSPSecondary(25) uploadMPBootROM(26) downloadMPBootROM(27) uploadMPBootTFTP(28) downloadMPBootTFTP(29) uploadMPMonitor(30) downloadMPMonitor(31) downloadSPBootROM(32) downloadSPMonitor(33) This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgCfgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the configuration file, including its path, currently associated with the system. If there are multiple configuration files, the names are separated by semicolons (;). This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgCfgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Downloads or uploads a configuration file to the agent. Use one of the following values for an SNMP set: • uploadFromFlashToServer(20) – Uploads the configuration file from the flash to the TFTP server. • downloadToFlashFromServer(21) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to flash. • uploadFromDramToServer(22) – Uploads the configuration file from the DRAM to the TFTP server. • downloadToDramFromServer(23) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to DRAM. • uploadFromFlashToNMS(24) – Uploads the configuration file from flash to the network management system. • downloadToFlashFromNMS(25) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to flash. • uploadFromDramToNMS(26) – Uploads the configuration file from DRAM to the network management system. • downloadToDramFromNMS(27) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to DRAM. 139 5 Image and configuration file download and upload Name, OID, and syntax Access snAgCfgLoad (continued) Description The following values may be read: normal(1) flashPrepareReadFailure(2) flashReadError(3) flashPrepareWriteFailure(4) flashWriteError(5) tftpTimeoutError(6) tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7) tftpBusy(8) tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9) tftpRemoteNoFile(10) tftpRemoteBadAccess(11) tftpRemoteDiskFull(12) tftpRemoteBadOperation(13) tftpRemoteBadId(14) tftpRemoteFileExists(15) tftpRemoteNoUser(16) operationError(17) loading(18) tftpWrongFileType(29) operationDoneWithNMS(28) tftpWrongFileType(29) downloadToDramFromServerOverwrite(30) The objects “snAgCfgFname” and “snAgTftpServerIp” are required to allow the download or upload process to occur. No write requests is allowed while a download or upload process is in progress. The snAgCfgEosTable objects must be sent along in one PDU for network management systems to recognize values from (24) to (27). A separate write memory using the CLI or an SNMP “set snAgWriteNVRAM” is required to save the configuration to NVRAM. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • NOTE: The snAgTftpServerIp object is deprecated by the snAgTftpServerAddrType object and the snAgTftpServerAddr object supports both IPv4 and IPv6. snAgTftpServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.2.1.65 Syntax: IpAddress 140 Read-write Shows the TFTP server IP address type. The supported address types are ipv4(1) and ipv6(2). The default address type is ipv4(1). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Default gateway IP address 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgTftpServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.66 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the TFTP server IP address. snAgGblPasswordCheck Mode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.68 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-only When enabled all image- or file-related MIB object SET request PDUs must include the password using the snAgGblPassword object. • enabled(1) - The password checking for SNMP SET request is enabled. The default value is enabled(1). • disabled(2) - The password checking for SNMP SET request is disabled. NOTE: This object is supported only on the Brocade FastIron SX, Brocade FCX, Brocade ICX 6610, Brocade ICX 6430, and Brocade ICX 6450 devices. Default gateway IP address The following table lists the MIB object for the default gateway IP address. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgDefGwayIp brcdIp.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address of the default gateway router. Configuration notes When using the snAgGblPassword object in a Set operation, the following must be considered: The device always insist on a password to be part of snAgGblPassword object. You can override this requirement by entering the no snmp-server pw-check command. By default, the object uses the value of the enable super-user password configured on the device as the default password. To allow a device to use other authentication schemes, use the aaa authen snmp-server default enable | local | none command. The enable option instructs the device to use the configured enable super-user password. If the enable super-user password is missing, then the device checks for the if implicit TACACS+ enable password. The device stores a previous (unrelated to SNMP) implicit enable operation result and remembers the enable password that was approved by TACACS+. You can enter the following command to use this method. SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0="", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) The local option instructs the device to use a configured local username and password value. You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method. SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0=" ", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 141 5 Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table The none option instructs the device to ignore the value of snAgGblPassword and the authentication check will always pass. You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method. SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0=" ", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) aaa authentication login default TACACS+ aaa authentication enable default TACACS+ aaa authentication enable implicit-user The snAgGblPassword object must be set for the following objects: • • • • • • • • snAgCfgLoad snAgImgLoad snAgConfigFromNVRAM snAgEraseNVRAM snAgWriteNVRAM snAgGblTelnetPassword snAgReload snAgSystemLog Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table There are three groups of CPU utilization MIB objects. Group A consists of the following object and it is not to be used. MIB object OID snAgGblCpuUtilData brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35 The object in this group can display management module CPU utilization. The data it displays is from the last time that this object was read. If there is more than one management station reading the object, conflict occurs because every read resets the CPU utilization until the next read. It is recommended that this object not to be used. Group B consists of the following objects. MIB object OID snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50 snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51 snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52 Group B was created to resolve the multi-management stations issue of snAgGblCpuUtilData. These three objects are time-based. However, they only work for the management CPU utilization. NOTE The objects in Group B have been obsoleted on the Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade NetIron MLX devices. Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on the Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade NetIron MLX devices. 142 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image version 5 Use snAgentCpuUtilTable if supported on a device instead of snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg, snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg, and snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg. Group C consists of the snAgentCpu table. MIB object OID snAgentCpu brcdIp.1.1.2.11 snAgentCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1 snAgentCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1 snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1 snAgentCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2 snAgentCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3 snAgentCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4 NOTE: This object is deprecated for FastIron GS, and FastIron SX devices and it is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Use the snAgentCpuUtilPercent and snAgentCpuUtil100thPercent objects for these devices. snAgentCpuUtilPercent brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.5 NOTE: Execute cpu-usage on command in the config mode, if MP CPU utilization is needed on the Brocade NetIron devices. This object is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, FastIron GS, and FastIron SX devices. snAgentCpuUtil100thPercent brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.6 NOTE: This object is supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, FastIron GS, FastIron SX, as well as Brocade MLXe devices. The snAgentCpu table was created because switch families evolved from a single-CPU system to a multi-CPU system and CPU utilization information to non-management CPUs is required. Image version The following objects show information about software images in a device. These objects are available in all devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 143 5 144 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the version of the running software. The software image file name is displayed in the following format. major.minor.maintenance[letters] It can have up to 32 characters. snAgFlashImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the version of the software image that has been saved in the local storage, such as the flash memory. The software image file name is displayed in the following format: major.minor.maintenance[letters] It can have up to 32 characters. If this file is unknown or not available, then this object displays a null string. snAgGblIfIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address of the interface. snAgGblIfIpMask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address mask of the interface. snAgGblPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the system security access password, which is used only for an SNMP-Set. An SNMP-Get will return a zero string. If the password-change any command (the default) is configured on the device, then this object must be part of the SNMP Set operation on some critical SNMP objects. The value of this object depends on the authentication method for SNMP operation: • If there is no AAA authentication configuration for SNMP, then this object will have the enable super-user password. • If AAA authentication for SNMP is configured and has the leading method as “enable” or “line”, this object will have the corresponding “enable” or “line” password. • If the switch has AAA authentication for SNMP operation, and the method specified is one of local, TACACS+, or RADIUS, this object will have the username password format with one space character between username and password. The maximum size allows concatenation of 48 octets of username and 48 octets of password, with one blank character Refer to “Configuration notes” for more details. Valid values: Up to 48 octets snAgGblDataRetrieveMod e brcdIp.1.1.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Retrieves the VLAN Table and Port-STP Table data as indicated by the selected mode. The mode can be one of the following: • nextbootCfg(0) – Retrieves the next boot configuration data. • operationalData(1) – Retrieves the current running data. Default: nextbootCfg(0) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image version Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSystemLog brcdIp.1.1.2.1.20 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates whether any network management system has login privileges. The agent allows only one network management system to be logged in. The value of this object consists of an octet string. The following four bytes contain a secret code. The value of the first byte can be one of the following: • login(1) – Login for a network management system. • heartbeat(2) – A value for the login NMS periodically to check in; otherwise, the Agent automatically sets this object to logout(3) after a timeout period. • logout(3) – A value for an NMS to log out. • changePassword(4) – A value for the login NMS to change the password, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. • changeReadOnlyCommunity(5) – A value for the login NMS to change the read-only community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. • changeReadWriteCommunity(6) – A value for the login NMS to change the read-write community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgGblEnableColdStartTr ap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate cold start traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableLinkUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link up traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableLinkDownTr Read-write ap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.23 Syntax: Integer Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link down traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) 145 5 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgGblPasswordChange Mode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.24 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies which management entity is allowed to change the “enable” password for the device. For security reasons, this object can only be modified using the device CLI. Valid values: • anyMgmtEntity(1) – Any SNMP management station, console command line interface, or Telnet command line interface can be used to change the password. • consoleAndTelnet(2) – The password can be changed using the console command line interface or the Telnet command line interface. • consoleOnly(3) – Only the console command line interface can be used. • telnetOnly(4) – Only the Telnet command line interface can be used. Default: consoleAndTelnet(2) snAgGblReadOnlyCommun Read-write ity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.25 Syntax: DisplayString Allows you to configure SNMP read-only community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not an SNMP-Get. Get returns a blank. Valid values: Up to 32 characters NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method. snAgGblReadWriteCommu nity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.26 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Allows you to configure SNMP read-write community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not an SNMP-Get. Get will return a blank. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method. 146 snAgGblCurrentSecurityLe vel brcdIp.1.1.2.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-only Represents the current login security level (0 through 5). Each level of security requires a password to permit users for different system configurations. Levels are defined in the “snAgGblLevelPasswordsMask” object. snAgGblSecurityLevelSet brcdIp.1.1.2.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the security level required to set an “enable” password. This security level can be from 0 through 5. snAgGblLevelPasswordsM ask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.29 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the bitmap of level passwords, which were successfully assigned to the system: • Bit 0 – Level 0 = admin • Bit 4 – Level 4 = port configuration • Bit 5 – Level 5 = read only snAgGblQueueOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read-only The device queues are overflowing: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblBufferShortage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-only There is a shortage in the device buffers: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblDmaFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-only The device DMAs are in good condition: • No(0) • Yes(1) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access 5 Description snAgGblResourceLowWarn Read-only ing brcdIp.1.1.2.1.33 Syntax: Integer • • The device has low resources available: No(0) Yes(1) snAgGblExcessiveErrorWar ning brcdIp.1.1.2.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read-only The device has excessive collision, FCS errors, alignment warnings, and other excessive warnings: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblCpuUtilData brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35 Syntax: Gauge Read-only The statistics collection of utilization of the CPU in the devices. Reading this object in the Brocade NetIron and FastIron devices will reset all the counters. Therefore, it is not required to set the object to snAgGblUtilCollect. snAgGblCpuUtilCollect brcdIp.1.1.2.1.36 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the collection of CPU utilization statistics in a device. This can be one of the following: • enable(1) • disable(0) snAgGblTelnetTimeout brcdIp.1.1.2.1.37 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows how many minutes a Telnet session can remain idle before it times out. Each value unit is one minute. The value of this object can be up to 240 minutes. A value of 0 means that the Telnet session never times out. snAgGblEnableWebMgmt brcdIp.1.1.2.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables access to the device from the Web Management Interface: • disable(0) • enable(1) snAgGblSecurityLevelBindi ng brcdIp.1.1.2.1.39 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only After a network management system logs in to a device with a user ID and password, the privilege level assigned to that system is saved in this object. The privilege level can be one of the following: • Bit 0 – Level 0 = admin • Bit 4 – Level 4 = port configuration • Bit 5 – Level 5 = read only • 255 – Invalid binding snAgGblEnableSLB brcdIp.1.1.2.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read-only Enables or disables Server Load Balancing: • disable(0) • enable(1) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLX Series and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 147 5 148 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSoftwareFeature brcdIp.1.1.2.1.41 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Contains a bit string representing the software feature of the running software image. Each bit can have one of the following values: • 0 – The feature is not available • 1 – The feature is available Bit 0 is the least significant bit of an octet, and bit 7 is the most significant bit of an octet: • Octet 0, bit 0 – RMON • Octet 0, bit 1 – IPX switching • Octet 0, bit 2 – Server Load Balancing • Octet 0, bit 3 – Layer 3 filter in switch • Octet 0, bit 4 – IPX routing • Octet 0, bit 5 – AppleTalk routing • Octet 0, bit 6 – IP multicast routing • Octet 0, bit 7 – Local access control • Octet 1, bit 0 – BGP routing • Octet 1, bit 1 – Loopback interface • Octet 1, bit 2 – BigIron multi-management module • Octet 1, bit 3 – BigIron SYSIF II • Octet 1, bit 4 – BigIron POS support • Octet 1, bit 5 – AppleTalk cable VLAN • Octet 1, bit 6 – 64 subnet • Octet 1, bit 7 – multi-slot trunk • Octet 2, bit 0 – TACACS • Octet 2, bit 1 – Gigabit Ethernet port auto-negotiation mode • Octet 2, bit 2 – FSRP • Octet 2, bit 3 – Exodus requested OSPF enhancement • Octet 2, bit 4 – OSPF NSSA • Octet 2, bit 5 – POS • Octet 2, bit 6 – QoS • Octet 2, bit 7 – Single Span • Octet 3, bit 0 – Fast Span • Octet 3, bit 1 – Base Layer 3 • Octet 3, bit 2 – Static log buffer • Octet 3, bit 3 – Layer 2 POS • Octet 3, bit 4 – BI15K • Octet 3, bit 5 – Layer 2 ATM • Octet 3, bit 6 – ATM • Octet 3, bit 7 – NETFLOW Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snAgSoftwareFeature (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 Octet 4, bit 0 – sFlow Octet 4, bit 1 – GVRP Octet 4, bit 2 – GARP Octet 4, bit 3 – Dynamic trunk Octet 4, bit 4 – IGC 8G Octet 4, bit 5 – Rate limit Octet 4, bit 6 – IPC rate limit Octet 4, bit 7 – MPLS Octet 5, bit 0 – IS-IS Octet 5, bit 1 – Link aggregation Octet 5, bit 2 – Port dual mode Octet 5, bit 3 – Private VLAN Octet 5, bit 4 – MBGP Octet 5, bit 5 – IPV6 protocol VLAN Octet 5, bit 6 – X10G Octet 6, bit 0 – FDP Octet 6, bit 1 – Port tag Octet 6, bit 2 – Wireless capable Octet 6, bit 3 – snSwPortVlanId object has changed from read-only to read-write • Octet 6, bit 4 – LLDP Additional bits are added for new features. Check the MIB file for the software version you are running. snAgGblEnableModuleIns ertedTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.42 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been inserted in the chassis: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableModuleRe movedTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.43 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been removed from the chassis: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableTelnetServ er brcdIp.1.1.2.1.45 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the Telnet server in a device: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: enable(1) snAgGblTelnetPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.46 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Contains the Telnet access password, which is only used with an SNMP-Set. An SNMP-Get produces a zero string. This object can have 48 characters. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgBuildDate brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the date when the software was built. It can display up to 32 characters. snAgBuildtime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.48 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the time when the software was built. It can display up to 32 characters. 149 5 150 Image version Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgBuildVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.49 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the image label of the software. It can display up to 32 characters. snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows CPU utilization every second. Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on the devices. snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows CPU utilization every five seconds. Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on the devices. snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows CPU utilization every minute. Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on the devices. snAgGblDynMemUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.1.53 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the system dynamic memory utilization of the device in percentage units. snAgGblDynMemTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.1.54 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only snAgGblDynMemFree brcdIp.1.1.2.1.55 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only snAgImgLoadSPModuleTy pe brcdIp.1.1.2.1.56 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the switch processor module type that receives the downloaded image: • other(1) • vm1(2) • pos12(3) • pos48(4) • atm(5) • gignpa(6) • lp(7) snAgImgLoadSPModuleNu mber brcdIp.1.1.2.1.57 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the slot number of a switch processor module that receives the downloaded image. Setting this object to zero (0) means that the switch processor modules receives the image. snAgTrapHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.58 Syntax: Integer Read-write The number of seconds that traps will be held during device initialization. Traps are buffered while the device is initialized; they are sent when the device is back online. Valid value: 1 - 600 snAgSFlowSourceInterface Read-write brcdIp.1.1.2.1.59 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Identifies the source interface for sFlow packets sent by the device that is running sFlow Export. Use the ifIndex value for this object to specify the source interface to be used. The interface should have an IP address configured for sFlow. A value of zero (0) indicates that a source interface has not been configured for sFlow. Port 65534 is used to specify a null port. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron devices, use the snAgentBrdMemoryUtil100thPercent object. Shows the total amount of system dynamic memory available in a device in number of bytes. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron devices, use the snAgentBrdMemoryTotal object. Shows the amount of system dynamic memory that is currently available ina device in number of bytes. NOTE: On Brocade NetIron devices, use the snAgentBrdMemoryAvailable object. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent board table 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgGblTelnetLoginTimeo ut brcdIp.1.1.2.1.60 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how many minutes you have to log in before Telnet is disconnected. Valid values: 1 – 10 minutes Default: 1 minute snAgGblBannerExec brcdIp.1.1.2.1.61 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed when a user enters the Privileged EXEC CLI level of a device. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. snAgGblBannerIncoming brcdIp.1.1.2.1.62 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed on the console when a user establishes a Telnet session. This message includes the location where the user is connecting from and displays a text message that can be configured. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. snAgGblBannerMotd brcdIp.1.1.2.1.63 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter the message of the day that is displayed on a user’s terminal when the user establishes a Telnet CLI session. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. snAgWebMgmtServerTcpP ort brcdIp.1.1.2.1.64 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object allows you to specify which TCP port will be used for the Web Management Interface. Also, Element Manager of Brocade Network Advisor will query the device for this port number before it sends HTTP packets to the device. Enter a number from 1 through 65535. Read-write When set to true, deletes the existing target file on the Management module flash. This object can be set to true only when the snAgImgLoad is set to downloadMPPrimary(20), downloadMPSecondary(22), downloadSPPrimary(24), downloadSPSecondary(25), or downloadMPMonitor(31) in the same SNMP set request PDU. This object is reset to false after successful or unsuccessful download of specified file to flash. Reading this object returns false(2). NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgGblDeleteFirstBefore Download brcdIp.1.1.2.1.67 Syntax: TruthVal NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Agent board table The agent board table provides information about the boards. It contains the board ID, board status, LEDs, status, and other information about the main and expansion boards. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 151 5 Agent board table NOTE The new MP card MR2 supports some of the objects in the Agent board table. Also, the MP-MR2 is supported only on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. 152 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentBrdTable brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1 None A table of each physical board information. snAgentBrdIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the agent board table. Valid values: 1 – 42 snAgentBrdMainBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Contains the main board description. This object can have up to 128 characters. snAgentBrdMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only The main board identifier, which can uniquely identify a board type. It is an encoded octet string. The octets in the string provide the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this object’s octet string. If the format version has a value of 2, the octets after the version octet have the following meaning: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • BI_NI2 – 0x32 • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 Octet 2 – Module type: • MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 • MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 • MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 • SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x3 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 • MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 • SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x8 • MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 • SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xA • FI_SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xB • SLAVE_100FX_16 – 0xC • SLAVE_100FX_8 – 0xD • SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0xE • SLAVE_COPPER_16_2 – 0xF • STACK_FIBER_8G – 0x10 • STACK_COPPER_8G – 0x11 • MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent board table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Access 5 Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SLAVE_100FX_24 – 0x13 MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 POS_622M – 0x15 POS_155M – 0x16 SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x17 SLAVE_COPPER_2G – 0x18 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x19 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x1A FI_SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x1B FI_SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0x1C FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D POS_155M2P – 0x1E FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 MASTER_M4_2G – 0x25 MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 MASTER_M5_0G – 0x27 POS_2488M – 0x28 SLAVE_M5_0G – 0x29 POS_N2488M – 0x2A STACK_IPC_48_2 – 0x2B SLAVE_NPA_FIBER_4G – 0x2C ATM_2PORT – 0x2D ATM_4PORT – 0x2E SLAVE_FIBER_10G – 0x2F STACK_FES_48_2 - 0x30 STACK_FES_24_2 - 0x31 STACK_FES_96_4 - 0x32 STACK_FES_12G - 0x33 SUPERX_FI_MGMT - 0x40 SUPERX_FI_2P10G - 0x41 SUPERX_FI_24GC - 0x42 SUPERX_FI_24GF - 0x43 SUPERX_FI_2P10G_WAN - 0x44 SUPERX_FI_MGMT_II - 0x4a SLAVE_JC_48E – 0xC3 SLAVE_JC_48T – 0xC4 MASTER_JC_M4_8G – 0xC5 SLAVE_JC_8G – 0xC6 SLAVE_JC_B16GF – 0xC8 MASTER_JC_B2404 – 0xC9 153 5 Agent board table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) 154 Access Description • • SLAVE_JC_B16GC – 0xCA SLAVE_JC_B24FX – 0xCE Octet 3 – Processor type: • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M750 – 8 • PVR_M604E – 9 • PVR_M8245 – 81 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz Octet 6 – MAC type: • MAC_None – 0 • MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 • MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 • MAC_3COM_10_100 – 3 • MAC_X10GMAC_10000 – 4 • MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 • MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 • MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 Octet 7 – PHY type: • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_BROADCOM_10_100 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 • PHY_BROADCOM_10000 – 9 • PHY_3COM_10_100 - 9 (for others) Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER=4 • LHB_FIBER=5 Octet 10 to Octet 13 – Size of DRAM in Kilobytes Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Size of boot flash in Kilobytes Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Size of code flash in Kilobytes Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type: • chassis4000 = 0x00 • chassis8000 = 0x02 • chassis15000 = 0x01 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent board table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • • • snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) 5 chassisFISX = 0x04 Turbo8 = 0x07 (stack2) FastIron2 = 0x06 (stack1) snAgentBrdMainPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the total number of ports on the main board. snAgentBrdExpBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Contains the expansion board description string. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. This object can have up to 128 characters. Read-only The expansion board identifier. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. It is an encoded octet string with the following meaning: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this string. This octet has a value of 1. Octet 1 – Expansion board type: • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT – 1 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT – 2 • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT_COPPER – 3 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_COPPER – 4 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_LX – 5 • GIGA_1PORT – 8 • GIGA_2PORT – 9 Octet 2 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 • LHB_FIBER – 5 Read-only Shows the total number of ports for the expansion board. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgentBrdExpBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.6 Syntax: OCTET STRING NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgentBrdExpPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 155 5 Agent board table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentBrdStatusLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdStatusLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – off (Link off) • 1 – on (Link on) snAgentBrdTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The object is replaced by the object snAgentBrdTrafficLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – off (No traffic) • 1 – on (Traffic is flowing) snAgentBrdMediaLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Applies to devices that have an LED for media type, but this object has been replaced by the object snAgentBrdMediaLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – Half-duplex • 1 – Full-duplex snAgentBrdSpeedLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Applies to devices that have an LED for board speed. This object has been replaced by the object snAgentBrdSpeedLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – 10 Mbit • 1 – 100Mbit snAgentBrdModuleStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the status of a module: moduleEmpty(0) – The slot of the chassis is empty. moduleGoingDown(2) – The module is going down. moduleRejected(3) – The module is being rejected due to a wrong configuration. • moduleBad(4) – The module hardware is bad. • moduleConfigured(8) – The module is configured (stacking). • moduleComingUp(9) – The module is in power-up cycle. • moduleRunning(10) – The module is running. • moduleBlocked(11) – The module is blocked for full height card. By default, this mode is set to notActivated(0). snAgentBrdRedundantStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the status of the redundant module. Non-management modules always return other(1). The management module returns the rest of the states: • other(1) • active(2) • standby(3) • crashed(4) • comingUp(5) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 156 • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent board table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentBrdAlarmLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only Applies to devices with an alarm LED. This object has been replaced by the object snAgentBrdAlarmLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – No alarm • 1 – Alarm Read-only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED. This object has been replaced by the object snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – No transmit traffic • 1 – Transmit traffic Read-only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED for transmit traffic, but this object has been replaced by the object snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString. The value of this LED can be one of the following: • 0 – off (Not receive traffic) • 1 – on (Receive traffic) snAgentBrdStatusLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.17 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only The object contains an octet string that shows the value of the status of the link LED on the front panel. Each LED is encoded into 1 bit for each switch port.. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – Link is off • 1 – Link is on snAgentBrdTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.18 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only A bit array that contains the value of the front panel traffic LEDs. This is a packed bit string; each LED is encoded into 1 bit for each switch port. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – No traffic • 1 – Traffic is flowing NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgentBrdTxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgentBrdRxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 157 5 Agent stacking board table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentBrdMediaLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.19 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies to devices with an LED for media type. It contains an octet string with 64-bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – Half-duplex • 1 – Full-duplex snAgentBrdSpeedLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.20 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies to devices that have an LED for traffic speed. Contains an octet string with 64-bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – 10 Mbit • 1 – 100 Mbit snAgentBrdAlarmLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.21 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies to devices that have an alarm LED. Contains an octet string with 64-bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – No alarm • 1 – Alarm snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.22 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies only to POS modules. Contains an octet string with 64-bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – No transmit traffic • 1 – Transmit traffic snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.23 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Applies only to POS modules. Contains an octet string with 64-bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: • 0 – No receive traffic • 1 – Receive traffic snAgentBrdMemoryTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.24 Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64 Read-only Shows the total memory in bytes within this module. snAgentBrdMemoryAvailable brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.25 Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64 Read-only Shows the available total memory in bytes within this module. snAgentBrdMemoryUtil100thPe rcent brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.28 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Indicates the dynamic memory that is currently utilized within this module, in units of one-hundredth of a percent. snAgentBrdUpTime brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.29 Syntax: TimeTicks Read-only Indicates the uptime for the module, in units of one-hundredth of a second. This value is valid only if the value of snAgentBrdModuleStatus is “moduleRunning(10)”. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Agent stacking board table The following table provides information on boards in a stacking device. 158 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent stacking board table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentBrd2Table brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnAgentBrd2Entry None A table of physical board information for each unit. snAgentBrd2Unit brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the agent module table. snAgentBrd2Slot brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the agent module table. snAgentBrd2MainBrdDes cription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The main board description string. The size of the string can be from 0 through 128. snAgentBrd2MainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only The main board identifier, which can uniquely identify a board type. It is an encoded octet string. The octets in the string provide the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this object’s octet string. If the format version has a value of 2, the octets after the version octet have the following meaning: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • BI_NI2 – 0x32 • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 Octet 2 – Module type: • MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 • MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 • MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 • SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x3 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 • MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 • SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x8 • MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 • SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xA 159 5 Agent stacking board table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentBrd2MainBrdId (continued) 160 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • FI_SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xB SLAVE_100FX_16 – 0xC SLAVE_100FX_8 – 0xD SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0xE SLAVE_COPPER_16_2 – 0xF STACK_FIBER_8G – 0x10 STACK_COPPER_8G – 0x11 MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 SLAVE_100FX_24 – 0x13 MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 POS_622M – 0x15 POS_155M – 0x16 SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x17 SLAVE_COPPER_2G – 0x18 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x19 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x1A FI_SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x1B FI_SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0x1C FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D POS_155M2P – 0x1E FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 MASTER_M4_2G – 0x25 MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 MASTER_M5_0G – 0x27 POS_2488M – 0x28 SLAVE_M5_0G – 0x29 POS_N2488M – 0x2A STACK_IPC_48_2 – 0x2B SLAVE_NPA_FIBER_4G – 0x2C ATM_2PORT – 0x2D ATM_4PORT – 0x2E SLAVE_FIBER_10G – 0x2F STACK_FES_48_2 - 0x30 STACK_FES_24_2 - 0x31 STACK_FES_96_4 - 0x32 STACK_FES_12G - 0x33 SUPERX_FI_MGMT - 0x40 SUPERX_FI_2P10G - 0x41 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent stacking board table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentBrd2MainBrdId (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Access 5 Description • • • • • • • • • • • SUPERX_FI_24GC - 0x42 SUPERX_FI_24GF - 0x43 SUPERX_FI_2P10G_WAN - 0x44 SUPERX_FI_MGMT_II - 0x4a SLAVE_JC_48E – 0xC3 SLAVE_JC_48T – 0xC4 MASTER_JC_M4_8G – 0xC5 SLAVE_JC_8G – 0xC6 SLAVE_JC_B16GF – 0xC8 MASTER_JC_B2404 – 0xC9 SLAVE_JC_B16GC – 0xCA Octet 3 – Processor type: • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M750 – 8 • PVR_M604E – 9 • PVR_M8245 – 81 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz. Octet 6 – MAC type: • MAC_None – 0 • MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 • MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 • MAC_3COM_10_100 – 3 • MAC_X10GMAC_10000 – 4 • MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 • MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 • MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 Octet 7 – PHY type: • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_BROADCOM_10_100 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 • PHY_BROADCOM_10000 – 9 • PHY_3COM_10_100 - 9 Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 161 5 Trap receiver table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • • snAgentBrd2MainBrdId (continued) LX_SX_FIBER=4 LHB_FIBER=5 Octet 10 to Octet 13 – Size of DRAM in Kilobytes. Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Size of boot flash in Kilobytes. Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Size of code flash in Kilobytes. Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number. Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type: • chassis4000 – 0x00 • chassis8000 – 0x02 • chassis15000 – 0x01 • chassisFISX – 0x04 • Turbo8 – 0x07 (stack2) • FastIron2 – 0x06 (stack1) snAgentBrd2MainPortTot al brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only The total number of ports for the main board. snAgentBrd2ModuleStat us brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the status of the module. The following are the status of the module: • moduleEmpty(0) – The slot of the chassis is empty. • moduleGoingDown(2) – The module is going down. • moduleRejected(3) – The module is being rejected due to wrong configuration. • moduleBad(4) – The module hardware is bad. • moduleConfigured(8) – The module is configured (stacking). • moduleComingUp(9) – The module is in power-up cycle. • moduleRunning(10) – The module is running. • moduleBlocked(11) – The module is blocked for full height card. By default, this mode is set to notActivated(0). snAgentBrd2RedundantS Read-only tatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer The status of a redundant module. Non-management modules always return other(1). Management modules return the other states: • other(1) • active(2) • standby(3) • crashed(4) • comingUp(5) Trap receiver table The trap receiver table allows you to configure trap receivers on IPv4 devices. NOTE To delete a trap receiver, the agent needs the following varbinds in the setRequest PDU: snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr, snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName, and snAgTrpRcvrStatus. The snAgTrpRcvrStatus object must be set to delete(3). 162 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Boot sequence table 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrTable brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnAgTrpRcvrEntry None The trap receiver table. snAgTrpRcvrIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index in the trap receiver table. Valid values: 1 – 10 snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the IP address of the SNMP manager that will receive the trap. snAgTrpRcvrCommuni tyOrSecurityName brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the community string to use to access the trap receiver. This object can have up to 32 octets. snAgTrpRcvrStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following are the values: ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time. delete(3) – Deletes the row. create(4) – Creates a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(5) returns error "badValue". Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Some other case. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. • ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time. snAgTrpRcvrUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the UDP port number of the trap receiver. Valid values: 0 – 65535 Default: 162 snAgTrpRcvrSecurityM Read-write odel brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer snAgTrpRcvrSecurityL evel brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • • Allows configuration of security model (v1, v2c, or 3). Allows configuration of the security level (noauth, auth, or auth+priv). Boot sequence table The boot sequence table shows a list of software image loads. The images are in the sequence that will be used at boot up. When the devices are booted, the first image in the table will be loaded into the device. If that software image fails, the second image will be tried. The process continues until a successful load is completed. The boot sequence table is available in all devices. The combination of all the objects in this table must be unique. Duplicate instructions are rejected. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 163 5 SP boot sequence table NOTE Ensure that each entry is unique. It is possible to create entries with the same instructions by creating a new sequence index. Duplicate instructions may cause loops. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgBootSeqTable brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1 None Identifies the boot sequence table. snAgBootSeqIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the boot sequence table. snAgBootSeqInstruction brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgBootSeqIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write If the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”, this object shows the IP address of the TFTP server that contains the image that will be used in the boot. snAgBootSeqFilename brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the image filename on the TFTP server that will be used in the boot. This object applies only if the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”. This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgBootSeqRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the image from which the device will boot: fromPrimaryFlash(1) fromSecondaryFlash(2) fromTftpServer(3) fromBootpServer(4) • • • • Creates or deletes an entry in the boot sequence table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • SP boot sequence table 164 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSpBootSeqTable brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2 None Identifies the SP boot sequence table. snAgSpBootSeqSpNumb er brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.1 None The slot number of a switch processor module for which this boot sequence applies. Setting value 0 applies to all SP modules. Index 0 is valid only for setting to simplify the set operation for all the modules. snAgSpBootSeqIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer None The index to the boot sequence table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Encoded octet strings table 5 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSpBootSeqInstructio n brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgSpBootSeqIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write If the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”, this object shows the IP address of the TFTP server that contains the image that will be used in the boot. snAgSpBootSeqFilename brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the image filename on the TFTP server that will be used in the boot. This object applies only if the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”. This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgSpBootSeqRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.2.4.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the image from which the device will boot: fromSpPrimaryFlash(1) fromSpSecondaryFlash(2) fromMpPrimaryFlash(3) fromMpSecondaryFlash(4) fromPcmciaCard1(5) fromPcmciaCard2(6) fromTftpServer(7) interactively(8) • • • • • • • • Creates or deletes an entry in the boot sequence table: valid(1) delete(2) create(3) • • • Encoded octet strings table Each row in the Encoded Octet Strings (EOS) table represents a fragmented configuration file data packet, including its checksum. An SNMP SET represents a configuration file download process, while an SNMP GET represents a configuration file upload. This action occurs only if the SNMP-SET of snAgCfgLoad command is sent along with this table consecutively. Consecutive SETs are performed until the network management system has no more packets to send. Likewise, consecutive GETs are done until the agent has no more packets to send. The applicable snAgCfgLoad command value is as follows: • • • • uploadFromFlashToNMS(23) downloadToFlashFromNMS(24) uploadFromDramToNMS(25) downloadToDramFromNMS(26) NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 165 5 166 Encoded octet strings table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgCfgEosTable brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1 None The EOS table. snAgCfgEosIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Each VLAN EOS buffer identifier has multiple VLAN table entries. snAgCfgEosPacket brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write An encoded octet string. On reads, it contains an integral number of configuration file data packets. The size of each encoded octet string is less than or equal to 1400 bytes. This object can contain up to 1000 octets. snAgCfgEosChkSum brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write A checksum of each configuration file data packet. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 6 Agent System Parameters In this chapter • Agent system parameters configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Configured module table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Configuration module table for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Agent user access group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Agent user account table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System CPU utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System process utilization table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Hardware integrated central buffer manager counter table . . . . . . . . . . . 167 168 174 178 179 180 182 183 Agent system parameters configuration table The agent system parameters configuration table presents the definition of the configuration system parameters. For example, the table may show the maximum number of VLANs a network can have. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentSysParaConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1 None The agent system parameters configuration table. snAgentSysParaConfigIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the agent system parameters configuration table. snAgentSysParaConfigDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The parameter description string. This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgentSysParaConfigMin brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The minimum value of this agent system parameter. snAgentSysParaConfigMax brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The maximum value of this agent system parameter. snAgentSysParaConfigDefault brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The default value of this agent system parameter. snAgentSysParaConfigCurrent brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The current configured value of this agent system parameter. 167 6 Configured module table Configured module table The configured module table contains information about modules. It includes the object snAgentConfigModuleSerialNumber, which contains the serial number of Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE The snAgentConfigModuleType object has new values included to support the new version of MP card MR2 in the Configured module table. Also, the MP-MR2 is supported only on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. • 168 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModuleT able brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1 None A table of information about each configured module. snAgentConfigModuleI ndex brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the agent configured module table. snAgentConfigModuleT ype brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The module type that has been configured for the device: • bi8PortGigManagementModule(0) • bi4PortGigManagementModule(1) • bi16PortCopperManagementModule(2) • bi4PortGigModule(3) • fi2PortGigManagementModule(4) • fi4PortGigManagementModule(5) • bi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(6) • fi8PortGigManagementModule(7) • bi8PortGigModule(8) • bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiberManagement(9) • bi24PortCopperModule(10) • fi24PortCopperModule(11) • bi16Port100FXModule(12) • bi8Port100FXModule(13) • bi8PortGigCopperModule(14) • bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiber(15) • bi2PortGigManagementModule(18) • bi24Port100FXModule(19) • bi0PortManagementModule(20) • pos622MbsModule(21) • pos155MbsModule(22) • bi2PortGigModule(23) • bi2PortGigCopperModule(24) • fi2PortGigModule(25) • fi4PortGigModule(26) • fi8PortGigModule(27) • fi8PortGigCopperModule(28) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Configured module table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Access 6 Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(29) pos155Mbs2PModule(30) fi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(31) fi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(32) bi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(33) bi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(34) bi8PortGigM4ManagementModule(35) bi4PortGigM4ManagementModule(36) bi2PortGigM4ManagementModule(37) bi0PortGigM4ManagementModule(38) bi0PortWSMManagementModule(39) biPos2Port2488MbsModule(40) bi0PortWSMModule(41) niPos2Port2488MbsModule(42) ni4802(43) bi4PortGigNPAModule(44) biAtm2Port155MbsModule(45) biAtm4Port155MbsModule(46) bi1Port10GigModule(47) fes4802Module(48) fes2402Module(49) fes9604Module(50) fes12GigCopperAndGigFiberModule(51) fgs24PortManagementModule(144) fgs48PortManagementModule(145) fgsXfp2Port10gModule(152) fgsCx42Port10gModule(153) fgsXfp1Cx41Port10gModule(154) fgsXpf1Port10gModule(155) fls24PortCopperBaseModule(160) fls48PortCopperBaseModule(161) flsXfp1Port10gModule(168) flsCx41Port10gModule(169) fcx624SBaseModule(176) fcx648SBaseModule(177) fcx624SPoeBaseModule(180) fcx648SPoeBaseModule(181) fcxXfp2Port10gModule(184) fcxCx42Port16gModule(185) fcx624SFBaseModule(192) biFiJc48ePort100fxIpcModule(195) 169 6 Configured module table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) 170 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • biFiJc48tPort100fxIpcModule(196) biFiJc8PortGigM4ManagementModule(197) biFiJc8PortGigIgcModule(198) biFiJc16PortGigIgcModule(200) biJc24PortCopperIpc4GigIgcModule(201) biJc16PortGigCopperIgcModule(202) biFiJc24Port100fxIpcModule(206) bi2Port10GigModule(207) biJc48tPortRJ21OmpModule(208) biJc48ePortRJ45OmpModule(209) biJc24PortIpcRJ45PoeModule(212) biJc2PortGigIgcM4ManagementModule(214) fdryBi4Port10GigModule(1048) fdryBi40PortGigModule(1049) fdryBi1Port100FXManagementModule(1050) fdryBi2Port10GigModule(1051) fdryBi40PortGigCopperModule(1052) fdryBi60PortGigCopperModule(1053) fdryBi4Port10GigHVModule(1054) fdryBi2Port10GigHVModule(1055) fdryBi8Port10GigHVModule(1056) fdryBi40PortGigHVModule(1057) fdryBi40PortGigCopperHVModule(1058) fdryBi60PortGigCopperHVModule(1059) fdryBi8Port10GigModule(1060) fdryBi10PortGigHVModule(1061) fdryBi20PortGigHVModule(1062) fdryBi24PortGigModule(1063) fdryBi24PortGigCopperModule(1064) fdryBi48PortGigCopperModule(1065) fdryBi24PortGigFiberModule(1066) fdryBi16Port10GigModule(1067) fdryNi4Port10GigSPModule(1075) fdryNi40PortGigSPModule(1076) fdryNi40PortGigCopperSPModule(1077) fdryNi2Port10GigSPModule(1078) fdryNi10PortGigSPModule(1079) fdryNi20PortGigSPModule(1080) fdryXmr4Port10GigSPModule(1081) fdryXmr20PortGigSPModule(1082) fdryXmr2Port10GigSPModule(1083) fdryXmr20PortGigCopperSPModule(1084) fdryXmr20PortGigFXSPModule(1085) fdryNiImrMrManagementModule(1086) fdryNiXmrMrManagementModule(1087) fdryMlx4Port10GigSPModule(1088) fdryMlx2Port10GigSPModule(1089) fdryMlx20PortGigCopperSPModule(1090) fdryMlx20PortGigFXSPModule(1091) niMlx8Port10GigSPModule (1092) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Configured module table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 6 niMlx4Port10GigXModule(1093) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. niMlx24PortGigCopperXModule(1094) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. niMlx24PortGigSfpXModule(1095) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. niCes24PortFiberModule(1096) niCes24PortCopperModule(1097) niCes2Port10GigModule(1098) niCes48PortFiberModule(1099) niCes48PortCopperModule(1100) niCes48PortFiberWith2Port10GModule(1101) niCes48PortCopperWith2Port10GModule(1102) fdryMlx48PortGigMrj21SPModule(1103) fdryXmr2PortOC192SPModule(1104) fdryXmr1PortOC192SPModule(1105) fdryXmr8PortOC48SPModule(1106) fdryXmr4PortOC48SPModule(1107) fdryXmr2PortOC48SPModule(1108) fdryNiMlxMrManagementModule(1109) niMlx8Port10GigMModule(1110) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. niMlx8Port10GigDModule(1111) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. brMlx8Port10GigXModule(1112) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. brMlx2Port100GigXModule(1113) - This module is supported only on NetIron devices. brcdMlxMr2ManagementModule(1114) - This module is used only for BR-MLX-MR2-M board. brcdXmrMr2ManagementModule(1115) - This module is used only for BR-MLX-MR2-X board. brcdMlx32Mr2ManagementModule(1116) - This module is used only BR-MLX32-MR2-M board. brcdXmr32Mr2ManagementModule(1117) - This module is used only BR-MLX32-MR2-X board. brcdNiXmr32MrManagementModule(1118) brcdNiMlx32MrManagementModule(1119) brcdMlx24Port10GigDMModule(1120) brMlx4Port40GigMModule(1121) brcdNiCes4Port10GigModule(1122) fdryIcx6430624BaseModule(2016) fdryIcx6430648BaseModule(2017) fdryIcx6430624PoeBaseModule(2020) fdryIcx6430648PoeBaseModule(2021) fdryIcx6430sfp4Port4gModule(2024) fdryIcx6450624BaseModule(2032) fdryIcx6450648BaseModule(2033) fdryIcx6450624PoeBaseModule(2036) fdryIcx6450648PoeBaseModule(2037) fdryIcx6450sfp4Port40gModule(2040) 171 6 Configured module table Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) 172 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fdryIcx665056BaseModule(2055) fdryIcx6650sfp4Port40gModule(2056) fdryIcx6650sfp8Port10gModule(2057) fdryFiV4Sx12ComboPortManagementModule(2064) fdryFiV4Sx2Port10gModule(2065) fdryFiV4Sx24PortGigCopperModule(2066) fdryFiV4Sx24PortGigFiberModule(2067) fdryFiV4Sx2Port10gLanWanModule(2068) fdryFiV4Sx24Port100m1gFiberModule(2069) fdryFiV4Sx12ComboPortManagement2Module(2074) fdryFiV4Sx210gPortManagementModule(2080) fdryFiSx0PortManagementModule(2081) fdryFiV4Sx4g4fPortManagementModule(2083) fdryFiV6Sx12ComboPortManagementModule(2096) fdryFiV6Sx24PortGigCopperModule(2098) fdryFiV6Sx2Port10gModule(2100) fdryFiV6Sx24Port100m1gFiberModule(2101) fdryFiV6Sx210gPortManagementModule(2102) fdryFiV6Sx48PortGigCopperPoeModule(2103) fdryFiV6Sx4g4fPortManagementModule(2104) fdryFiV6Sx12ComboPortManagement2Module(2105) fdryFiV6Sx48PortGigCopperModule(2106) fdryFiV6SxXl0PortManagementModule(2112) fdryFiV6SxXl210gPortManagementModule(2113) fdryIcx7750QSFP6port40gModule(2132) fdryIcx77506Q6port40gModule(2133) fdryIcx775026QBaseModule(2134) fdryIcx775048FBaseModule(2135) fdryIcx775048CBaseModule(2136) fdryIcx6430612CBaseModule(2137) fdryIcx6430Copper2Port2gModule(2138) fdryIcx6430sfp2Port2gModule(2139) fdryIcx6450612CPDBaseModule(2140) fdryIcx6450Copper2Port2gModule(2141) fdryIcx6450sfp2Port2gModule(2142) fdryFws24PortCopperBaseModule(2224) fdryFws48PortCopperBaseModule(2225) fdryFws24GPortCopperBaseModule(2226) fdryFws48GPortCopperBaseModule(2227) fdryFcx624BaseModule(2208) fdryFcx648BaseModule(2209) fdryFcxSfpPlus4Port10gModule(2220) fdryIcx6610624BaseModule(2240) fdryIcx6610648BaseModule(2241) fdryIcx6610624PoeBaseModule(2244) fdryIcx6610648PoeBaseModule(2245) fdryIcx6610624FBaseModule(2246) fdryIcx6610DualMode8PortModule(2248) fdryIcx6610Qsfp10Port160gModule(2249) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Configured module table 6 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModuleR owStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write To create or delete a configured module table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) snAgentConfigModuleD escription brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The description of the configured module. snAgentConfigModuleO perStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The module operational status. A blank indicates that the physical module has not been inserted in the chassis. snAgentConfigModuleS erialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The module serial number. A blank indicates that the serial number has not been programmed in the module’s EEPROM or the serial number is not supported in the module. This object returns the device serial number. snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfPorts brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The number of ports in the module. snAgentConfigModule MgmtModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfCpus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only NOTE: This object is not supported for Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe. Use the snAgentBrdSeri alNumber in the snAgentBrdTabl e instead. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 The management module types: other(1) nonManagementModule(2) unknownManagementModule(3) m1ManagementModule(4) m2ManagementModule(5) m3ManagementModule(6) m4ManagementModule(7) m5ManagementModule(8) jetcoreStackManagementModule(9) muchoManagementModule(10) rottWeilerManagementModule(11) fgsStackManagementModule(13) • • • • • • • • • • • • The number of CPUs in the module. 173 6 Configuration module table for stacking Configuration module table for stacking The following table contains information about modules in a stacking device. 174 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModule2T able brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2 None A table of each configured stacking module information. snAgentConfigModule2U nit brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the configured stacking module table. Value can be from 1 through 8. snAgentConfigModule2Sl ot brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the agent configured module table. Value can be from 1 through 4. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Configuration module table for stacking Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access snAgentConfigModule2Ty pe brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only 6 Description The module type that has been configured for the device: bi8PortGigManagementModule(0) bi4PortGigManagementModule(1) bi16PortCopperManagementModule(2) bi4PortGigModule(3) fi2PortGigManagementModule(4) fi4PortGigManagementModule(5) bi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(6) fi8PortGigManagementModule(7) bi8PortGigModule(8) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiberManagement(9) bi24PortCopperModule(10) fi24PortCopperModule(11) bi16Port100FXModule(12) bi8Port100FXModule(13) bi8PortGigCopperModule(14) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiber(15) bi2PortGigManagementModule(18) bi24Port100FXModule(19) bi0PortManagementModule(20) pos622MbsModule(21) pos155MbsModule(22) bi2PortGigModule(23) bi2PortGigCopperModule(24) fi2PortGigModule(25) fi4PortGigModule(26) fi8PortGigModule(27) fi8PortGigCopperModule(28) fi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(29) pos155Mbs2PModule(30) fi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(31) fi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(32) bi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(33) bi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(34) bi8PortGigM4ManagementModule(35) bi4PortGigM4ManagementModule(36) bi2PortGigM4ManagementModule(37) bi0PortGigM4ManagementModule(38) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 175 6 Configuration module table for stacking Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModule2Ty pe (continued) 176 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • bi0PortWSMManagementModule(39) biPos2Port2488MbsModule(40) bi0PortWSMModule(41) niPos2Port2488MbsModule(42) ni4802(43) bi4PortGigNPAModule(44) biAtm2Port155MbsModule(45) biAtm4Port155MbsModule(46) bi1Port10GigModule(47) fes4802Module(48) fes2402Module(49) fes9604Module(50) fes12GigCopperAndGigFiberModule(51) superx12ComboPortManagementModule(64) superx2PortTenGigModule(65) superx24PortGigCopperModule(66) superx24PortGigFiberModule(67) superx2PortTenGigLanWanModule(68) superx24Port100tx1PortGigFiberModule(69) superx12ComboPortManagement2Module(74) superxR2PortTenGigManagementModule(80) superxRManagementModule(81) biFiJc48ePort100fxIpcModule(195) biFiJc48tPort100fxIpcModule(196) biFiJc8PortGigM4ManagementModule(197) biFiJc8PortGigIgcModule(198) biFiJc16PortGigIgcModule(200) biJc24PortCopperIpc4GigIgcModule(201) biJc16PortGigCopperIgcModule(202) biFiJc24Port100fxIpcModule(206) bi2Port10GigModule(207) biJc48tPortRJ21OmpModule(208) biJc48ePortRJ45OmpModule(209) biJc24PortIpcRJ45PoeModule(212) biJc2PortGigIgcM4ManagementModule(214) The FastIron devices supports the following module types: • fgs24PortManagementModule(144) • fgs48PortManagementModule(145) • fgsXfp2Port10gModule(152) • fgsCx42Port10gModule(153) • fgsXfp1Cx41Port10gModule(154) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Configuration module table for stacking Name, OID, and syntax snAgentConfigModule2Ty pe (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Access 6 Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fgsXpf1Port10gModule(155) fls24PortCopperBaseModule(160) fls48PortCopperBaseModule(161) flsXfp1Port10gModule(168) flsCx41Port10gModule(169) fcx624SBaseModule(176) fcx648SBaseModule(177) fcx624SPoeBaseModule(180) fcx648SPoeBaseModule(181) fcxXfp2Port10gModule(184) fcxCx42Port16gModule(185) fcx624SFBaseModule(192) fdryIcx6430624BaseModule(2016) fdryIcx6430648BaseModule(2017) fdryIcx6430624PoeBaseModule(2020) fdryIcx6430648PoeBaseModule(2021) fdryIcx6430sfp4Port4gModule(2024) fdryIcx6450624BaseModule(2032) fdryIcx6450648BaseModule(2033) fdryIcx6450624PoeBaseModule(2036) fdryIcx6450648PoeBaseModule(2037) fdryIcx6450sfp4Port40gModule(2040) fdryIcx665056BaseModule(2055), fdryIcx6650sfp4Port40gModule(2056), fdryIcx6650sfp8Port10gModule(2057) fdryIcx7750QSFP6port40gModule(2132) fdryIcx77506Q6port40gModule(2133) fdryIcx775026QBaseModule(2134) fdryIcx775048FBaseModule(2135) fdryIcx775048CBaseModule(2136) fdryIcx6430612CBaseModule(2137) fdryIcx6430Copper2Port2gModule(2138) fdryIcx6430sfp2Port2gModule(2139) fdryIcx6450612CPDBaseModule(2140) fdryIcx6450Copper2Port2gModule(2141) fdryIcx6450sfp2Port2gModule(2142) fdryFcx624BaseModule(2208) fdryFcx648BaseModule(2209) fdryFcxSfpPlus4Port10gModule(2220) fdryFws24PortCopperBaseModule(2224) fdryFws48PortCopperBaseModule(2225) fdryFws24GPortCopperBaseModule(2226) fdryFws48GPortCopperBaseModule(2227) fdryIcx6610624BaseModule(2240) fdryIcx6610648BaseModule(2241) fdryIcx6610624PoeBaseModule(2244) fdryIcx6610648PoeBaseModule(2245) fdryIcx6610624FBaseModule(2246) fdryIcx6610DualMode8PortModule(2248) fdryIcx6610Qsfp10Port160gModule(2249) 177 6 Agent user access group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModule2R owStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgentConfigModule2D escription brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only A description of the configured module. snAgentConfigModule2O perStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The module operational status. A zero length string indicates that the physical module has not been inserted in the chassis. snAgentConfigModule2S erialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The module serial number. A zero length string indicates that the module serial number EEPROM has not been programmed or the module does not support serial number EEPROM. snAgentConfigModule2N umberOfPorts brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of ports on a module. snAgentConfigModule2M gmtModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only The management module types: • other(1) • nonManagementModule(2) • unknownManagementModule(3) • m1ManagementModule(4) • m2ManagementModule(5) • m3ManagementModule(6) • m4ManagementModule(7) • m5ManagementModule(8) • jetcoreStackManagementModule(9) • muchoManagementModule(10) • rottWeilerManagementModule(11) • fgsStackManagementModule(13) snAgentConfigModule2N umberOfCpus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of CPUs on the module. To create or delete a configured module table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Agent user access group The agent user access group section presents the objects used to control user access to devices. 178 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentUserMaxAccnt brcdIp.1.1.2.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of user accounts that can be configured on the device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Agent user account table 6 Agent user account table The objects in this table provide information about user accounts. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentUserAccntTable brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2 None A table of user account information. snAgentUserAccntName brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Displays the user name. This object can have up to 48 characters snAgentUserAccntPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Contains the user password. Valid values: Up to 48 characters snAgentUserAccntEncryptCode brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write States the password encryption method code. snAgentUserAccntPrivilege brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the user privilege. snAgentUserAccntRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: The password-change any command must be configured on the device to set the password field through SNMP SET operation. Creates, modifies, or deletes a user account table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) modify(5) • • • • • Agent redundant group Use the following objects to manage redundant management groups. NOTE The upgraded version of MP card MR2 supports all the objects in the Agent redundant group table. The MP-MR2 is supported only on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 179 6 System CPU utilization table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentRedunActiveMg mtMod brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the slot number of the active management module. Setting this object does not take effect immediately. You must save the configuration data to flash storage, then reboot the system before the new value takes effect. Setting a value of 0 requests the system to auto-select an active management module after power up. Default: 0 snAgentRedunSyncCon fig brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows how often the data in the active management module will be copied to the backup management module. The value for this object is in seconds. Setting this object to 0 disables the copy process. Setting it to a negative value starts the process immediately, but runs only once. Default: Every 10 seconds snAgentRedunBkupCop yBootCode brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write If enabled, the backup management module copies the boot code of the active management module to its boot code flash storage after power up, and whenever the active management module’s boot code is updated. The backup management module does not copy the boot code it is identical to what is already in flash storage: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snAgentEnableMgmtM Read-write odRedunStateChangeTr ap brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.4 Syntax: Integer snAgentRedunBkupBoo tLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgentRedunSwitchOv Read-write er brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.6 Syntax: Integer Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate management module redundancy state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) Downloads a new boot code from boot flash storage of the active management module to the backup management module. In a set operation, enter the value downloadBackup(20) to download the boot code from the active management module to the backup management module. A set operation is rejected during a download until an error or normal state is reached. One of the following values is returned by a get operation: • normal(1) – No operation. • operationError(17) – Error codes. • downloadBackup(20) – Download boot code from active module to backup to the backup module. Switches a backup management module to an active management module: • other(1) • reset(2) – Resets the backup module to active. System CPU utilization table The objects in the following table are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The objects are supported on the FastIron devices. 180 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 System CPU utilization table 6 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1 None The table to list utilization for all CPUs. snAgentCpuUtilSlotNu m brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The slot number of the module that contains the CPU. snAgentCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only snAgentCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The value, in seconds, for this utilization. For both management and slave CPUs, utilizations for 1 sec, 5 sec, 60 sec, and 300 sec intervals are displayed. snAgentCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent. The ID of the CPU: For non-VM1/WSM management module, there is one CPU. For VM1/WSM, there is one management CPU and three slave CPUs. The management CPU could be turned off. • For POS and ATM, there is no management CPU but two slave CPUs. • The ID for the management CPU is 1. A value of 2 and greater identifies the slave CPUs. • • NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, FastIron GS, and FastIron SX devices. This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe device. Use the snAgentCpuUtil Percent and snAgentCpuUtil 100thPercent objects instead. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 181 6 System process utilization table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentCpuUtilPercent brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one percent. Read-only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent. NOTE: Execute cpu-usage on command in the config mode, if the MP CPU utilization is required on the Brocade NetIron devices. This object is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, FastIron GS, and FastIron SX devices. snAgentCpuUtil100thP ercent brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This is supported on Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron MLX devices; FastIron GS and FastIron SX. System process utilization table The following table lists CPU utilization and statistics for all CPU processes on the device. NOTE The objects in the following table are supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices, and FastIron devices. 182 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Hardware integrated central buffer manager counter table 6 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCpuProcessTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2 None System process utilization table. snCpuProcessName brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Name of the process. snCpuProcess5SecUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.2 Syntax: Gauge Read-only Statistics collected during the last 5 seconds of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. It can have a value 0 or a value between 100 to 10000 in multiples of 100. If the agent is queried immediately after turning on the CPU usage and 5 seconds have not been elapsed, then the data will not be available. Returns the data for the actual elapsed time for the NetIron devices. snCpuProcess1MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.3 Syntax: Gauge Read-only Statistics collected during the last 1 minute of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. It can have a value 0 or a value between 100 to 10000 in multiples of 100. If the agent is queried immediately after turning on the CPU usage and 1 minute have not been elapsed, then the data will not be available. Returns the data for the actual elapsed time for the NetIron devices. snCpuProcess5MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.4 Syntax: Gauge Read-only Statistics collected during the last 5 minutes of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. It can have a value 0 or a value between 100 to 10000 in multiples of 100. If the agent is queried immediately after turning on the CPU usage and 5 minutes have not been elapsed, then the data will not be available. Returns the data for the actual elapsed time for the NetIron devices. snCpuProcess15MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.5 Syntax: Gauge Read-only Statistics collected during the last 15 minutes of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. snCpuProcessRuntime brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Process runtime in milliseconds. snAgentCpuProcessEnable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.3 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables the CPU utilization statistics collection. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade NetIron devices. Hardware integrated central buffer manager counter table The following table provides information for the Integrated Central Buffer Manager (ICBM). NOTE The objects in the following table are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices, and FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 183 6 184 Hardware integrated central buffer manager counter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentHwICBMCounterTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1 None Table to list the ICBM counter values. This table is not supported on the 10G module. snAgentHwICBMCounterSlot brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The slot number where the ICBM resides. snAgentHwICBMCounterDMA brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DMA ID within a slot where the ICBM resides. This object is valid only for Jetcore modules. For non-Jetcore modules, this index is ignored by the agent. In this case, value 0 will be returned by the agent. snAgentHwICBMCounterFreeDepth brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only Current depth of the free queue for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer drop count for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteInput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer input counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteOutput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer output counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterReadInput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Read sequencer input counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterReadOutput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Read sequencer output counter for this ICBM. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 7 Switch Group Configuration In this chapter • Switch group configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 • Fabric drop count statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Switch group configuration The switch group configuration table is supported on the FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if switch ports have VLANs defined: • noVLan(1) – All switch ports with no port VLANs and no tag assigned. • vlanByPort(2) – All switch ports with basic port-based VLANs. snSwGroupIpL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the Layer 3 IP switch is enabled for the switch group: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwGroupIpMcastMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the IP multicast pruning mode is enabled for the switch group: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwGroupDefaultCfgMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the switch group contains a default configuration. If the default configuration is overwritten, the state will change to non-default: • default(1) – Has a default configuration. • nonDefault(2) – Has a non-default configuration. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 185 7 Switch group configuration Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwGroupSwitchAgeTime brcdIp.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the aging period for ports on the device, defining how long a port address remains active in the address table. Valid values: 0 = no aging, or 67 – 65535 seconds Default: 300 seconds snVLanGroupVlanCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of VLANs that are currently configured. snVLanGroupSetAllVLan brcdIp.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the VLAN index of a particular entry in snVLanByPortTable (snVLanByPortVLanIndex). All the attributes of the row except for PortMask will be used to set the same attributes for the entire VLAN group. VLanId and PortMask must be set for the particular entry prior to setting this object. Switch software will be based on this VLAN information to set the entire VLAN. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwPortSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: All the intended attributes of the given row of the table (given VLAN) must be set prior setting this object. When this object is set, Set-All-VLAN action takes place simultaneously. The previous setting is overwritten by the new one. Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 186 The value of this object is the index number of the snSwPortInfoTable (snSwPortInfoPortIndex). The objects snSwPortInfoMonitorMode, snSwPortInfoTagType, snSwPortInfoChnMode, snSwPortInfoSpeed, snSwPortInfoAdminStatus are all the read-write attributes of that row of the table. They will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system. NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. snFdbTableCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the total number of entries in the Filtering Databse (FDB) that are configured currently. snFdbTableStationFlush brcdIp.1.1.3.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the flush operation for the FDB table. The following value can be written: • flush(3) – Perform the flush operation. After the flush operation starts, any new flush request is rejected until the operation is complete or failed. The following values can only be read: • normal(1) – Normal state • error(2) – Operation failed • flushing(4) – Operation is in process Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch group configuration Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortStpSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The value of this object is 1, which means that Port STP Set-all command is invoked. The snPortStpPriority and snPortStpPathCost which are the read-write STP-related attributes of the first row of the table, will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwProbePortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. Read-write Indicates which chassis port is assigned as the chassis switch probe port. That port operates as a traffic analyzer port. Only one port in the chassis or stackable switch can be assigned as the traffic analyzer port. The value of this object represents the following: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number Read-write Indicates if IEEE802.1q has been enabled for the switch group: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree System Global Mode has been enabled for the switch group: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSw8021qTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.13 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwGlobalStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.14 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 7 • • 187 7 Switch group configuration Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIpMcastQuerierMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The IP Multicast pruning mode is configured in either Non-Querier or Querier mode. • querier(1) – Send out host queries. (active) • nonQuerier(2) – Do not send out host queries. (passive) Default: querier(1) snSwViolatorPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the port number of the switch or router that receives the violator packet. This number is included in the locked address violation trap. The value of this object contains the following: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (for chassis devices only) snSwViolatorMacAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.1.18 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Indicates the source MAC address of the violator packet received by the switch or router. This number is included in the locked address violation trap. snVLanGroupVlanMaxEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum number of VLAN entries that can be configured. snSwEosBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.20 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies buffer size for all the different EOS buffers. Read-only Specifies the size of each VLAN table entry. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: This object is read-only on the Brocade NetIron devices. The SET request returns the error as not writable. Use the snAgentSysParaConfigEntry object, to set the maximum allowed VLAN. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snVLanByPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 188 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch group configuration 7 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies the size of each port table entry. Read-only Specifies the size of each FDB station table entry. Read-only Specifies the size of each port STP table entry. snSwEnableBridgeNewRoot Trap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate bridge new root traps. snSwEnableBridgeTopoCha ngeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate bridge topology change traps. snSwEnableLockedAddrViol ationTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate locked address violation traps. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snFdbStationEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snPortStpEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 189 7 Switch group configuration Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIpxL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not Layer 3 IPX switch mode is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snVLanByIpSubnetMaxSub nets brcdIp.1.1.3.1.29 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of subnets for each IP VLAN. Read-only Shows the maximum number of networks for each IPX VLAN. snSwProtocolVLanMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not protocol VLAN is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snMacStationVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the MAC Station’s VLAN ID index in the standard Forwarding Database for Transparent Bridge Table (dot1dTpFdbTable). Because the dot1dTpFdbTable index is the MAC address assigned to one of the ports in the bridge (VLAN) and each MAC address can be re-assigned to different ports belonging to different bridges (VLANs), the snMacStationVLanId can be used to specify which bridge (VLAN) MAC Station information of the dot1dTpFdbTable to retrieve. If you do not specify the VLAN ID in this MIB, the default VLAN (bridge) ID will be used when dot1dTpFdbTable is retrieved. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snSwClearCounters brcdIp.1.1.3.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snVLanByIpxNetMaxNetwor ks brcdIp.1.1.3.1.30 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 190 Clears software counters: valid(0) – An SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command to use. • clear(1) – Clear counter commands of the following counters: Dot3, MIB2, IP, and IPX counters for all ports. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch group configuration 7 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSw8021qTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.1.34 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the IEEE802.1q tag type that is embedded in the length or type field of an Ethernet packet. It specifies that the two octets after the length or type field in an Ethernet packet are the tag value. Default: 33024 snSwBroadcastLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.1.35 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the number of broadcast packets per second. This limits the number of broadcast packets to forward out of the switch ports. Setting this object to 0 disables the limitation check. Default: 0 snSwMaxMacFilterPerSyste m brcdIp.1.1.3.1.36 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies the maximum number of MAC filters per system in the MAC filter table. Read-only Specifies the maximum number of MAC filters per port in the port MAC access filter table. snSwDefaultVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the VLAN ID of the default port VLAN. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.1.39 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Specifies the negotiation mode of the port: • disable(0) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports are in non negotiation mode. • enable(1) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until they succeed. • negFullAuto(2) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then they will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode. Gigabit Ethernet ports on all stackable products except for TurboIron/8 do not support negFullAuto(2). • other(3) Default: negFullAuto(2) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwMaxMacFilterPerPort brcdIp.1.1.3.1.37 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 191 7 Fabric drop count statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwQosMechanism brcdIp.1.1.3.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the Quality of Service (QoS) mechanism: strict(0) weighted(1) Default: weighted(1) snSwSingleStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.41 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the Single Spanning Tree System Mode in the Switch Group is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snSwFastStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.42 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Fast Spanning Tree System Mode in the Switch Group is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwViolatorIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.1.43 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The port number of the device that received a violator packet. This number is included in the locked address violator trap. snSwSingleStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.44 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The VLAN ID of the Single Spanning Tree VLAN if Single Spanning Tree was enabled. This object returns zero if Single Spanning Tree was disabled. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. • • Fabric drop count statistics table The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices are provided with Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Management Information Base (MIB) support for the fabric drop count. The fabric drop counters are maintained by the system and are updated automatically whenever there is a packet drop at switch fabric level. The brcdFabricStatsTable contains information of Switch Fabric Module (SFM) related information specific to the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. NOTE The following brcdFabricStatsTable is supported only on the High-speed SFM (HSFM) cards. The table support GET and GET-NEXT requests. 192 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Fabric drop count statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 7 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdFabricStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1 None The brcdFabricStatsTable contains information of various SFM counters supported by the system. brcdFabricSfmId brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The SFM ID. brcdFabricSfmFeId brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The Fabric Element (FE) ID. brcdFabricDropMAC0Count brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets dropped for MAC0 (links 0 through 23) link group. brcdFabricDropMAC1Count brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets dropped for MAC1 (links 24 through 47) link group. brcdFabricDropMAC2Count brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets dropped for MAC2 (links 48 through 71) link group. brcdFabricDropMAC3Count brcdIp.1.1.13.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets dropped for MAC3 (links 72 through 95) link group. 193 Chapter 8 Switch Port Information Group In this chapter • Switch port information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Switch port information The following table contains information about the switch port groups. The snSwIfInfoTable, which is indexed by ifIndex port format, replaces the snSwPortInfoTable, which is indexed by a proprietary port format. NOTE The objects snSwIfStatsInFrames through snSwIfStatsOutKiloBitsPerSec use common application programming interface (API) for LP port statistics. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5 None The switch port information table. snSwIfInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only Shows the port or interface index. snSwIfInfoMonitorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write • snSwIfInfoMirrorPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write • On the Brocade FastIron platforms, this object is deprecated by snSwIfInfoMirrorMode object and snPortMonitorTable. On the Brocade NetIron platforms, this object is deprecated by snPortMonitorTable. Contains a list of port or interface indexes (ifindex) that mirror this interface when monitoring is enabled. Indicates if the port has an 802.1q tag: tagged(1) – Ports can have multiple VLAN IDs because these ports can be members of more than one VLAN. • untagged(2) – There is only one VLAN ID per port. • dual(3) - Dual mode is associated with a VLAN ID snSwIfVlanId; dual mode with snSwIfVlanId zero disables the dual mode. • Indicates the IEEE802.1q tag type of an interface. The tag type is embedded in the two octets in the length or type field of an Ethernet packet. It specifies that the two octets after the length or type field in an Ethernet packet is the tag value. Default value: 33024 195 8 196 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoChnMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the port operates in half- or full-duplex mode: • none(0) – This is not used. • halfDuplex(1) – Half-duplex mode. Available only for 10/100 Mbps ports. • fullDuplex(2) – Full-duplex mode. 100BaseFx, 1000BaseSx, and 1000BaseLx ports operate only at fullDuplex(2). The read-back channel status from hardware are as follows: • halfDuplex(1) – Half-duplex mode. • fullDuplex(2) – Full-duplex mode. The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type (trunk or feeder) determine the value of this object. The port cannot be set to half-duplex mode if the port connect mode is m200e(4). However, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of a cascade-connecting device. snSwIfInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the speed configuration for a port: none(0) – Link down or no traffic. sAutoSense(1) – Auto-sensing 10 or 100 Mbits. s10M(2) – 10 Mbits per second. s100M(3) – 100 Mbits per second. s1G(4) – 1 Gbits per second. s1GM(5) – 1 Gbits per second master. s155M(6) – 155 Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only). s10G(7) – 10 Gbits per second. s622M(8) – OC12 - 622 Mbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe.) • s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488 Gbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe.) • s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953 Gbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR router, Brocade MLX router, and Brocade MLXe.) • s16G(11) - 16 Gbits per second. • s100G(12) - 100 Gbits per second. • s40G(13) - 40 Gbits per second. The read-back hardware status are the following: • none(0) – Link down or no traffic. • s10M(2) – 10 Mbits per second. • s100M(3) – 100 Mbits per second. • s1G(4) – 1G bits per second. • s1GM(5) - 1G bits per second master. • s155M(6) – 155 Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only). • s10G(7) – 10 Gbits per second. • • • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • snSwIfInfoSpeed (continued) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 8 s622M(8) – OC12 - 622 Mbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR router, Brocade MLX router, and Brocade MLXe) • s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488 Gbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR router, Brocade MLX router, and Brocade MLXe) • s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953 Gbits per second. (Brocade NetIron XMR router, Brocade MLX router, and Brocade MLXe) • s16G(11) - 16 Gbits per second. • s40G(13) - 40 Gbits per second. The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type (trunk or feeder) determine whether this object can be written and the valid values for this object. It is not allowed to change speed for trunk ports. For expansion ports, all of the above speeds can be set; however, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of a cascade-connecting device. snSwIfInfoMediaType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only snSwIfInfoConnectorType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only snSwIfInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the media type for the port: other(1) – Other or unknown media. m100BaseTX(2) – 100 Mbits per second copper. m100BaseFX(3) – 100 Mbits per second fiber. m1000BaseFX(4) – 1 Gbits per second fiber. mT3(5) – 45 Mbits per second (T3). m155ATM(6) – 155 Mbits per second (ATM). m1000BaseTX(7) – 1 Gbits per second copper. m622ATM(8) – 622 Mbits per second (ATM). m155POS(9) – 155 Mbits per second (POS). m622POS(10) – 622 Mbits per second (POS). m2488POS(11) – 2488 Mbits per second (POS). m10000BaseFX(12) – 10 Gbits per second fiber. m9953POS(13) – 9953 Mbits per second (POS). (Brocade NetIron XMR router, Brocade MLX router, and Brocade MLXe) • m16GStacking(14) - 16 Gbits per second fiber. • m100GBaseFX(15) - 100 Gbits per second fiber. • m40GStacking(16) - 40 Gbits per second fiber. • m40GBaseFX(17) - 40 Gbits per second fiber. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Shows the type of connector that the port offers: other(1) – Other or unknown connector. copper(2) – Copper connector. fiber(3) – Fiber connector. This describes the physical connector type. • • • Shows the desired state of all ports: up(1) – Ready to pass packets down(2) testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II) • • • Shows the current operational state of the interface: up(1) – Ready to pass packets down(2) testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II) • • • 197 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access snSwIfInfoPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoPhysAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.13 Syntax: Physical address Read-only snSwIfLockAddressCount Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.14 Syntax: Integer 198 Description Indicates the Quality of Service (QoS) level selected for the port: low(0) – Low priority high(1) – High priority level0(0) level1(1) level2(2) level3(3) level4(4) level5(5) level6(6) level7(7) • • • • • • • • • • Shows the physical address of the port. Indicates the number of source MAC addresses that are allowed on the interface. Valid values: 0 – 2048. The value 0 means an unlimited number of addresses are allowed. Default: 8 snSwIfStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if STP is enabled for the port: disabled(0) enabled(1) snSwIfDhcpGateListId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID for a DHCP gateway list entry relative to this switch port. Valid values: 0 – 32. A value of 0 means that the ID is unassigned. snSwIfName brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.17 Syntax: Display string Read-write Indicates the port name or description. This description may have been entered using the CLI. Valid values: Up to 32 characters for most devices. Up to 255 characters for Brocade MLXe devices and other Brocade NetIron devices. snSwIfDescr brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.18 Syntax: Display string Read-only A textual string containing the slot or port information about the interface. snSwIfInfoAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Indicates if auto-negotiation mode is enabled on the port: • disabled(0) – The port will be placed in non-negotiation mode. • enabled(1) – The port will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until it succeeds. • negFullAuto(2) – The port will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then it will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode. This option is not supported in stackable products with Gigabit Ethernet ports. • global(3) – The port negotiation mode follows the value of snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate. • other(4) – Non-Gigabit Ethernet port returns this value. Default: global(3) snSwIfInfoFlowControl brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if port flow control is enabled: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: enabled(1) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoGigType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-only Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Shows the media type for the port: • m1000BaseSX(0) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a short wavelength transceiver • m1000BaseLX(1) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a long wavelength transceiver (3 km) • m1000BaseLH(2) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (50 km) • m1000BaseLHB(4) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (150 km) • m1000BaseTX(5) – 1-Gbps copper (100 m) • m10000BaseSR(6) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a short range wavelength transceiver (100 m) • m10000BaseLR(7) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a long range wavelength transceiver (10 km) • m10000BaseER(8) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a extended range wavelength transceiver (40 km) • sfpCWDM1470nm80Km(9) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1470nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1490nm80Km(10) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1490nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1510nm80Km(11) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1510nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1530nm80Km(12) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1530nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1550nm80Km(13) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1550nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1570nm80Km(14) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1570nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1590nm80Km(15) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1590nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1610nm80Km(16) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1610nm, reach 80 kms • sfpCWDM1470nm100Km(17) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1470nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1490nm100Km(18) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1490nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1510nm100Km(19) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1510nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1530nm100Km(20) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1530nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1550nm100Km(21) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1550nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1570nm100Km(22) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1570nm, reach 100 kms • sfpCWDM1590nm100Km(23) - 1-Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1590nm, reach 100 kms 199 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • snSwIfInfoGigType (continued) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snSwIfFastSpanPortEnab Read-write le brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.22 Syntax: Integer 200 sfpCWDM1610nm100Km(24) - 1Gbps CWDM fiber, with a wavelength 1610nm, reach 100 kms m1000BaseLHX(25) - 1Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (150km) m1000BaseLMC(35) - Link Media Copper mXFP10000BaseSR(36) - 10GBASE fiber, 850nm serial pluggable XFP optic (LC), target range 300m over MMF mXFP10000BaseLR(37) - 10GBASE fiber, 1310nm serial pluggable XFP optic (LC) for up to 10km over SMF mXFP10000BaseER(38) - 10GBASE fiber, 1550nm serial pluggable XFP optic (LC) for up to 40km over SMF mXFP10000BaseSW(39) - not used mXFP10000BaseLW(40) - not used mXFP10000BaseEW(41) - not used mXFP10000BaseCX4(42) - 10GBASE-CX4, XFP module,15m, CX4 connector mXFP10000BaseZR(43) - 1550nm serial pluggable XFP optic (LC) for up to 80km over SMF mXFP10000BaseZRD(44) - 10GBASE-ZR DWDM, XFP optic, 80km mXFP10000BaseSRSW(46) - same as mXFP10000BaseSR(36) mXFP10000BaseLRLW(47) - same as mXFP10000BaseLR(37) mXFP10000BaseEREW(48) - same as mXFP10000BaseER(38) mCFP100GBaseSR10(145) - 100GbE CFP optic (MPO 2x12), SR10, for distances up to 100m over MMF mCFP100GBaseLR4(146) - 100GbE CFP optic (SC), LR4, for distances up to 10 km over SMF mCFP100GBaseER4(147) - 100GbE CFP optic, ER4, for distances up to 40 km over SMF mCFP100GBase10x10g2Km(148) - 100GbE CFP optic (LC), 10x10, for distances up to 2 km over SMF mCFP100GBase10x10g10Km(149) - 100GbE CFP optic (LC), 10x10, for distances up to 10 km over SMF qSFP40000BaseSR4(150) - SR proper value for 40G qSFP40000Base10KmLR4(151) - LR proper vallue for 40G notApplicable(255) - a non-gigabit port Indicates if fast span is enabled on the port: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • snSwIfFastSpanUplinkEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if fast span uplink is enabled on the port: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.24 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ID of a VLAN of which this port is a member. Port must be untagged. Valid values: 0 – 4095; where 0 means an invalid VLAN ID value, which is returned for tagged ports. Reading is valid only for untagged and dual mode. Writing is valid for only dual mode. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfRouteOnly brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Layer 2 switching is enabled on a routing switch port: • disabled(0) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing first. If that fails, it performs switching. • enabled(1) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing only. For a Layer 2 switching-only product, reading this object always returns "disabled". Writing "enabled" to this object takes no effect. Default: disabled(0) snSwIfPresent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the mini-GBIC optic is absent or present: false(0) true(1) • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and FastIron devices. snSwIfGBICStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the Gigabit port has a GBIC or miniGBIC port: • GBIC(1) – GBIC • miniGBIC(2) – MiniGBIC • empty(3) – GBIC is missing • other(4) – Not a removable Gigabit port snSwIfLoadInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds for which average port utilization should be calculated. Valid values: 30 – 300, in 30 second increments. Default: 300 seconds snSwIfStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.29 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the total number of packets received on the interface. Read-only Shows the total number of packets transmitted out of the interface. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLX series, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.30 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 201 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.31 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of dot3StatsAlignmentErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtained, are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. Read-only Shows the number of dot3StatsFCSErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtained, are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. Read-only Shows the number of dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames, which consists of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also counted by the corresponding instance of ifOutUcastPkts, ifOutMulticastPkts, or ifOutBroadcastPkts and is not counted by the corresponding instance of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames object. Read-only Shows the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This count is a combination of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames and dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames objects. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.32 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsMultiColliFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.33 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsTxColliFrame s brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.34 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 202 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsRxColliFrame s brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.35 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of successfully received frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsFrameTooLon Read-only gs brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.36 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsFrameTooSh orts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.37 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of dot3StatsFrameTooLongs, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtained are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. Shows the number frames received on a particular interface that are below the minimum permitted frame size. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 203 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsInBcastFram es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.38 Syntax: Counter32 Read-write Shows the total number of broadcast packets received on the interface. Read-only Shows the total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the interface. Read-only Shows the total number of multicast packets received on the interface. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsOutBcastFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.39 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsInMcastFram es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.40 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 204 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsOutMcastFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.41 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the interface. Read-only Shows the number of inbound packets that will be discarded even though they have no errors. These packets will be discarded to prevent them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space. Read-only Shows the number of outbound packets that will be discarded even though they contain no errors. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space. Read-only Shows the total number of MAC Stations connected to the interface. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.42 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.43 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsMacStations brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.44 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 205 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsLinkChange brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.45 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the total number of link state changes on the interface. Read-only Shows the total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. This object has eight octets. Read-only Shows the total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. This object has eight octets. Read-only Shows the number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.46 Syntax: Counter64 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfOutOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.47 Syntax: Counter64 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.48 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 206 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsOutBitsPerSe c brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.49 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. Read-only Shows the number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. Read-only Shows the number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.50 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsOutPktsPerS ec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.51 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 207 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.52 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indentifies the input network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. Valid values: 0 – 10000 Read-only Shows the output network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. Valid values: 0 – 10000 NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwIfStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.53 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: Ethernet devices must allow a minimum idle period between transmission of frames known as interframe gap (IFG) or interpacket gap (IPG). The gap provides a brief recovery time between frames to allow devices to prepare to receive the next frame. The minimum IFG is 96 bit times, which is 9.6 microseconds for 10 Mbps Ethernet, 960 nanoseconds for 100 Mbps Ethernet, and 96 nanoseconds for 1 Gbps Ethernet. In addition, to account for the bit rate on the port, port utilization should also account for the IFG, which normally is filtered by the packet synchronization circuitry. Refer to the etherHistoryUtilization objects in the RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base for details. snSwIfStatsInKiloBitsPer Sec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.54 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, received on a 10 Gigabit or faster interface within a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 208 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch port information 8 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsOutKiloBitsP erSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.55 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, transmitted from a 10 Gigabit or faster interface within a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snSwlfStatsInJumboFram Read-only es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.56 Syntax: Counter64 The total number of jumbo packets received on the interface. This always returns 0 when applied to Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, and Brocade NetIron MLX devices. snSwlfStatsOutJumboFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.57 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The total number of jumbo packets transmitted out of the interface. This always returns 0 when applied to Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, and Brocade NetIron MLX devices. snSwlfSInfoMirrorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.58 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the mirror port. • disable(0) • enable(1) snSwlfMacLearningDisab Read-write le brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.59 Syntax: TruthVal DIsplays the status of MAC learning on an Ethernet port. For POS ports, a Get operation will return the default value and a Set operation will return an error. snSwIfInfoL2FowardEnab Read-write le brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.60 Syntax: Integer Displays the status of the cluster Layer 2 forward feature on an Ethernet port. The STP packets coming from the MCT VLANs is dropped when the object is set to the disabled(2) state. • enabled(1) • disabled(2) • globalConfig(3) NOTE: The snSwIfInfoL2FowardEnable object has more preference than the brcdMctL2Forward object for the interface when set to enabled(1) or disabled(2). When set to globalConfig(3), the status of the brcdMctL2Forward object is applied for the interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 209 8 Switch port information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoAllowAllVlan brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.61 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write Specifies allowing all VLAN packets for Policy-Based Routing (PBR). snSwIfInfoNativeMacAdd ress brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.62 Syntax: PhysAddress Read-only The port’s native MAC address. The native MAC address represents the switch port. NOTE: This object is supported only on the Brocade FastIron SX, Brocade FCX, Brocade ICX 6610, Brocade ICX 6430, and Brocade ICX 6450 devices. 210 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 9 Interface ID Registration Group In this chapter • Interface ID to ifIndex lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ifIndex to interface ID lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ifIndex to optical parameters table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Optical lane monitoring table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Interface media information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Loopback interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 217 The new MP card MR2 supports all the table objects in snInterfaceLookupTable, snIfIndexLookupTable, snInterfaceLookup2Table, and snIfIndexLookup2Table. The MP-MR2 is supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Interface ID to ifIndex lookup table Given an interface ID, the interface ID to ifIndex lookup table returns the ifIndex value. The table is useful for mapping a known interface to the corresponding ifIndex value. The contents of the interface ID to ifIndex lookup table can only be accessed using GET operations. Unlike other SNMP tables, this table does not support GET-NEXT operations. If you try to walk the table using GET-NEXT, no rows will be returned. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3 None The Interface ID to ifIndex lookup table. snInterfaceLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceId Read-only Shows the interface ID, which consists of the following: Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel These values applies to Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and to Brocade MLXe devices. • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel 211 9 ifIndex to interface ID lookup table Name, OID, and syntax Access • • • • snInterfaceLookupInterfaceId (continued) snInterfaceLookupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Description 9 – ATM PVC 10 – Management 11 – Trunk 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) This value also applies to 6 - 4 tunnels in the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and to Brocade MLXe devices. Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the slot number of the device. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 or 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number. Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. Read-only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. ifIndex to interface ID lookup table The ifIndex to interface ID lookup table maps ifindex values to the interface ID lookup table. If the table provides an ifIndex, this table returns the interface ID value. 212 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4 None The ifIndex to interface ID lookup table. snIfIndexLookupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table 9 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceId Read-only Shows the interface ID, which consists of the following: Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel • 9 – ATM PVC • 10 – Management • 11 – Trunk • 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) This value also applies to 6 - 4 tunnels in the Brocade NetIron devices, Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the slot number of the device. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 or 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number). Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table The Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table is useful for mapping a known interface to the corresponding ifIndex value. If the provides an interface ID2, this table returns the ifIndex value. NOTE The contents of the interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table can only be accessed using GET operations. Unlike other SNMP tables, this table does not support GET-NEXT operations. If you try to walk the table using GET-NEXT, no rows will be returned. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 213 9 ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookup2Table brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7 None The Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table. snInterfaceLookup2InterfaceId Read-only brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceId Shows the interface ID, which consists of the following: Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel The values 1 - 6 applies to Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel • 9 – ATM PVC • 10 – Management • 11 – Trunk • 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) The value also applies to 6 - 4 tunnels in Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the slot number of the device. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 or 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number. Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. snInterfaceLookup2IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. Read-only ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table The ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table maps ifindex values to the Interface ID lookup table. If the provides an ifIndex, this table returns the interface ID value. 214 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ifIndex to optical parameters table 9 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookup2Table brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8 None The ifIndex to interface ID2 lookup table. snIfIndexLookup2IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. snIfIndexLookup2InterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceId Read-only Shows the interface ID, which consists of the following: Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel The values 1 - 6 applies to Brocade NetIron devices. • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel • 9 – ATM PVC • 10 – Management • 11 – Trunk • 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) This value also applies to 6 - 4 tunnels in the Brocade NetIron devices, Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the slot number of the device. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1, 2, 3, 7, or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 or 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number. Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. ifIndex to optical parameters table If the table provides an ifIndex, the ifIndex to optical parameters table returns the optical parameters for the ifIndex. NOTE The following objects provide information for POS and Ethernet optical monitoring. They are equivalent to the output of the show optics command. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 215 9 Optical lane monitoring table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6 None This table lists the instrumented parameters of all optical interfaces. snIfOpticalMonitoringTemperat ure brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1 Syntax: Display string Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface. This object indicates the health of the transmitter. The format is xxx.yyyy C (Celcius), followed by whether the measured value is normal, high or low alarm, or high or low warning. For 100G LR4 and LR10 optic, this object returns the average temperature for all the lanes. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.2 Syntax: Display string Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high or low warning or alarm. For 100G LR4 and LR10 optic, this object returns the aggregated Tx power for all the lanes. snIfOpticalMonitoringRxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.3 Syntax: Display string Read-only This object holds the value of the receiver optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, high or low warning, or alarm. For 100G LR4 and LR10 optic, this object returns the aggregated Rx power for all the lanes. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxBiasCur rent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.4 Syntax: Display string Read-only The Tx bias current. It is measured in mA, and is followed by whether this is a normal value, high or low warning, or alarm. For 100G LR4 and LR10 optic, this object returns the aggregated Tx bias current for all the lanes. Optical lane monitoring table The following table displays the optical parameters table per lane for a 100G LR4 and LR10 optic. 216 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringTa ble brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10 None This table lists the instrumented parameters of all lanes within a 100G optic of type LR4 and LR10. snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringLa ne brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None This objects is the lane number of the 100G optic. An LR4 has 4-lanes per optic and LR10 has 10-lanes per optic. snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringTe mperature brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the lane in the interface. Indicates the health of the transmitter. The format is xxx.yyyy C (Celcius), followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm, or high/low warning. snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringTx Power brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter optical signal power for the lane in the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a this is a normal value, or high or low warning or alarm. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Interface media information table 9 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringRx Power brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the receiver optical signal power for the lane in the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm. snIfOpticalLaneMonitoringTx BiasCurrent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.10.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The Tx Bias Current. It is measured in mA, and is followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm. Interface media information table The following table shows the information of the media device installed in the physical ports. These objects retrieve information from the output of the show media command. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfMediaInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9 None The information of the media device (SFP/XFP/Copper) installed in the physical port. Only the ifIndices of Ethernet ports that are associated with the operational cards are included in this table. snIfMediaType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1 Syntax: Display string Read-only The type of the media installed in the physical port. snIfMediaVendorName brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.2 Syntax: Display string Read-only The media vendor name (full name of the corporation). snIfMediaVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.3 Syntax: Display string Read-only The media vendor product version number. snIfMediaPartNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.4 Syntax: Display string Read-only The media vendor part number. snIfMediaSerialNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.5 Syntax: Display string Read-only The vendor serial number of the media device. Loopback interface configuration table The following table lists the objects that are supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 217 9 218 Loopback interface configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snLoopbackIntfConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.13.1 None The loopback interface configuration table. snLoopbackIntfConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port index for a loopback interface configuration entry. There can be up to eight entries in this table. Valid values: 1 - 8 snLoopbackIntfMode brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if loopback interface is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snLoopbackIntfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written are: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 10 CAM Statistics In this chapter • IP CAM statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM usage for Layer 3 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM usage for Layer 2 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM usage session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • CAM usage other table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 220 222 222 223 224 225 IP CAM statistics table The following table lists the CAM statistics for Layer 3. The objects in the table are the output for the dm cam-stat ip command. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCAMIpStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2 None IP CAM statistics table. snCAMIpStatIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The ifIndex value of the local interface. snCAMIpStatLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The level of CAM entry for that interface. snCAMIpStatFreeEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Free entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level. snCAMIpStatTotalEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Total entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level. The output provides the following information: • L3 L3 1 - 2047 (0x00001 - 0x007ff), free 2047 (0x007ff) • L3 L2 2048 - 4095 (0x00800 - 0x00fff), free 2048 (0x00800) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 219 10 CAM statistics table • L3 4096 - 32767 (0x01000 - 0x07fff), free 28662 (0x06ff6) Values are shared across the DMA. Also, if IP activity across DMAs is not different, some fields may show the same values. CAM statistics table The following table shows CAM statistics for all master DMAs. The objects are equivalent to the dm cam stat dma master num command. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 220 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCAMStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3 None CAM statistics table. snCamStatDMAIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DMA ID number. snCamStatDMAMasterNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DMA master for the DMA ID number. snCamStatFreePool0Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free pool0 entries. snCamStatFreePool1Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free pool1 entries. snCamStatFreePool2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free pool2 entries. snCamStatFreePool3Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free pool3 entries. snCamStatFreeL2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free Layer 2 entries snCamStatFreeL2LowestSection brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM free Layer 2 lowest section entries. snCamStatHostLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM host lookup count for router. snCamStatRouteLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM route lookup count for router. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 CAM statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamStatLevel1 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM stat level 1 entries for router. snCamStatLevel2 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.12 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM stat level 2 entries for router. snCamStatLevel3 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM stat level 3 entries for router. snCamStatMacFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.14 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CAM MAC fail count. snCamStatIPRouteFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM IP route fail count. snCamStatIPSessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM IP session fail count. snCamStatIPMCastFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM IP multicast fail count. snCamStatL2SessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM Layer 2 session fail count. snCamStatAddMACCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add MAC count. snCamStatAddVLANCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add VLAN count. snCamStatAddIPHostCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add IP host count. snCamStatAddIPRouteCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add IP route count. snCamStatAddIPSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add IP session count. snCamStatAddIPMCastCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add IP multicast count. snCamStatAddL2SessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add Layer 2 session count. 10 221 10 CAM profile Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamStatAddIPXCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM add IPX count. snCamStatDeleteDMACamCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only CAM delete DMA CAM count. CAM profile The following object identifies CAM partition profiles. Each profile adjusts the partitions to optimize the device for corresponding applications. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamProfile brcdIp.1.14.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the CAM partition profile. Each profile adjusts the partitions to optimize the device for corresponding applications. Displays one of the following: • default(1) • ipv4(2) • ipv4Ipv6(3) • ipv4Ipv62(4) • ipv4Vpls(5) • ipv4Vpn(6) • ipv6(7) • l2Metro(8) • l2Metro2(9) • mplsL3vpn(10) • mplsL3vpn2(11) • mplsVpls(12) • mplsVpls2(13) • mplsVpnVpls(14) • multiService(15) • multiService2(16) • multiService3(17) • multiService4(18) CAM usage for Layer 3 traffic The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 3 traffic. 222 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageL3Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1 None The CAM usage table for Layer 3 traffic. snCamUsageL3Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 CAM usage for Layer 2 traffic 10 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageL3Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageL3Slot” object. snCamUsageL3Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer None Identifies the type of Layer 3 traffic passing through the network processor: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • ipv4vpn(3) • ipv6vpn(4) snCamUsageL3Supernet brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Identifies the supernet for the Layer 3 type traffic. It provides information for the longest match lookup. For example: • 0 - All the bits of an IP address will be matched. • 1 - All but the lowest bit in an IP address will be matched. Valid Values: • IPv4 and IPv4VPN (0 - 32), where a value of 32 indicates the entry is the total of other supernets indexed by [0..31]. • IPv6 (0 - 10), where a value of 10 indicates the entry is the total of other Supernets indexed by [0..9]. snCamUsageL3Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The effective CAM size by the Layer 3 traffic: • IPv4 traffic - Each unit is 4 bytes. • IPv4vpn traffic - Each unit is 8 bytes. • IPv6 traffic - Each unit is 16 bytes. snCamUsageL3Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only snCamUsageL3UsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Percent Read-only The amount of CAM currently available by the Layer 3 traffic entry: IPv4 traffic - each unit is 4 bytes. IPv4vpn traffic - each unit is 8 bytes. IPv6 traffic - each unit is 16 bytes. • • • The percentage of CAM currently being used by the Layer 3 traffic. CAM usage for Layer 2 traffic The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 2 traffic. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageL2Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2 None The CAM usage table for Layer 2 traffic. snCamUsageL2Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device. snCamUsageL2Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageL2Slot” object. 223 10 CAM usage session table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageL2Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer None Identifies the type of Layer 2 traffic passing through the network processor: • forwarding(1) • protocol(2) • flooding(3) • total(4) snCamUsageL2Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Indicates the effective CAM size for this Layer 2 traffic entry. Each unit is 8 bytes. snCamUsageL2Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the amount of CAM currently available for this Layer 2 traffic. Each unit is 8 bytes. snCamUsageL2UsedPercen t brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read-only Shows the percentage of CAM currently being used for this Layer 2 traffic. CAM usage session table The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by sessions traffic. 224 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageSessionTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3 None The CAM usage table for Layer 3 traffic. snCamUsageSessionSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device. snCamUsageSessionProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageSessionSlot” object. snCamUsageSessionType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer None Identifies the type of session: ipv4Multicast(1) ipv4andMacReceiveAcl(2) ipv4andMacRuleAcl(3) ipv4andMacTotal(4) ipv4andMacOut(5) ipv6Multicast(6) ipv6ReceiveAcl(7) ipv6RuleAcl(8) ipv6Total(9) ipv6Out(10) labelOut(11) ipv4SrcGuardDenial(12) ipv4SrcGuardPermit(13) internalForwardingLookup(14) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 CAM usage other table Name, OID, and syntax Access snCamUsageSessionSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only snCamUsageSessionFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only snCamUsageSessionUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read-only 10 Description Identifies the effective CAM size for this session traffic entry: IPv4 sessions - Each unit is 16 bytes. IPv6 sessions - Each unit is 64 bytes. • • The amount of CAM currently available for this session: IPv4 sessions - Each unit is 16 bytes. IPv6 sessions - Each unit is 64 bytes. • • The percentage of CAM currently being used by this session. CAM usage other table The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by traffic other than Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snCamUsageOtherTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4 None CAM usage table for traffic types other than Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions traffic. snCamUsageOtherSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device. snCamUsageOtherProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageOtherSlot” object. snCamUsageOtherType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer None snCamUsageOtherSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only snCamUsageOtherFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Indicates the amount of CAM currently available to this traffic type: • GRE: each unit is 8 bytes • Multicast VPLS: each unit is 16 bytes snCamUsageOtherUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read-only Indicates the percentage of CAM currently being used for this traffic type. Identifies the traffic type: gre(1) multicastVpls(2) • • Indicates the effective CAM size for this Other traffic type: GRE - Each unit is 8 bytes. Multicast VPLS - Each unit is 16 bytes. • • 225 Chapter 11 System DRAM In this chapter • System DRAM information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System debug group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System temperature table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System temperature threshold table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System stacking temperature table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Software licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 228 229 229 230 230 System DRAM information group The system DRAM information group displays memory utilization statistics for protocols that use dynamic memory allocation. It shows the same information that the show memory command displays. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSystemDRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4 None The system DRAM information groups. snAgSystemDRAMUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The amount of system dynamic memory that is currently utilized, in percent. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemUtil”. snAgSystemDRAMTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The total amount of system dynamic memory, in bytes. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemTotal”. snAgSystemDRAMFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The amount of free system dynamic memory, in bytes. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemFree”. snAgSystemDRAMForBGP brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The amount of free dynamic memory used by BGP, in bytes. snAgSystemDRAMForOSPF brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only The amount of free dynamic memory used by OSPF, in bytes. 227 11 System debug group System debug group The following objects are for debugging. They are equivalent to the debug command. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 228 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebug brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5 None The system debug group. snAgSystemDebugTotalIn brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Total incoming packet count. Sum of buffer manager and CPU read count. snAgSystemDebugTotalOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Total outgoing packet count. snAgSystemDebugCpuQueu eRead brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only CPU queue read count. snAgSystemDebugDRAMBu ffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DRAM buffer count. snAgSystemDebugBMBuffer Read-only brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Buffer Manager (BM) buffer count. snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB uffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Free BM buffer count. snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB ufferMgmt brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Free BM buffer management count. snAgSystemDebugIpcGigLo ck brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only IPC gigabyte lock count. snAgSystemDebugDRAMGe tError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DRAM get error count. snAgSystemDebugDRAMTo BMCopyFail brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DRAM to BM copy fail count. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 System temperature table 11 System temperature table This section displays the SNMP MIB objects for temperature readings on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and on the FastIron devices. For stacking devices, refer to “System stacking temperature table” on page 230. The system temperature table shows temperature reading information for each module’s temperature sensor. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentTempTable brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1 None The table that displays the temperature reading for each module’s temperature sensor. Note that temperature readings are displayed only for those modules that have temperature sensors. snAgentTempSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None The slot number of the module to which the temperature sensor is attached. snAgentTempSensorId brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 None The identification number of the module’s temperature sensor. The following applies to the Management modules: • Sensor 1 – The intake temperature. • Sensor 2 – The exhaust-side temperature. snAgentTempSensorDescr brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.3 Syntax: Display string Read-only The description of the temperature sensor. snAgentTempValue brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The temperature reading for the temperature sensor. This value is displayed in units of 0.5º Celsius. Valid values: 110 – 250 System temperature threshold table The following table lists the temperature levels of the fan settings. NOTE The new MP card MR2 supports all the objects in the System temperature threshold table. The MP-MR2 is supported only on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentTempThresholdTa ble brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2 None The table lists the temperature threshold levels for four speeds of fan settings: • low • medium • medium-high • high snAgentTempThresholdM odule brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The module in the system for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable. 229 11 System stacking temperature table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentTempThresholdLe vel brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer None The temperature threshold level of the module for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable. snAgentTempThresholdHi ghValue brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The high value for the temperature threshold, above which the fans would need to operate at the next higher speed. If the value reaches more than the high threshold value for the 'high' level, the module will be shut down. snAgentTempThresholdLo wValue brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write The low value for the temperature threshold, below which the fans would need to operate at the next lower speed. This value is not applicable for the 'low' level, as there are no more lower speeds. System stacking temperature table The following table shows temperature information for a module’s temperature sensor in the stacking devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentTemp2Table brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3 None This table lists the temperatures of the modules in each unit. This table is applicable only to modules with temperature sensors. snAgentTemp2UnitNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The unit number of the module that contains the temperature sensor represented by this row. snAgentTemp2SlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer None The slot number of the module that contains the temperature sensor represented by this row. snAgentTemp2SensorId brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer None The temperature sensor ID of the member module that is represented by this row: For Brocade FastIron devices: • sensor# 1 - Intake Side Temperature • sensor# 2 - Exhaust Side Temperature snAgentTemp2SensorDescr brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Description of the temperature sensor. This is the same as snAgentTempSensorId, which is in numeric format. It is used to traverse the temperature sensor table. The description provides the meaning and purpose of this sensor. There can be up to 128 characters in the description. snAgentTemp2Value brcdIp.1.1.2.13.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Temperature of the sensor represented by this row. Each unit is 0.5º Celsius. Valid values: 110º - 250º Celsius. Software licensing The following table contains information about the software licenses configured on the device. 230 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Software licensing 11 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryLicenseTable brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1 None A list of licenses maintained by the license sub-system. fdryLicensePackageName brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None The name of the package, whose license information, this entry displays. fdryLicenseLid brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString None The License ID (LID) of the chassis or the line module for which this entry displays license information. fdryLicenseHash brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString None A unique hash for identifying a license entry in the system. This helps traverse through the entries with the same package name and LID. fdryLicenseType brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The type of the license, which can be either normal or trial. fdryLicensePrecedence brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Defines the priority of a particular trial license among those having the same package name and LID. This is primarily used for determining which license to use when there are many trial and normal licenses with the same package name and LID. fdryLicenseTrialDays brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of trial days for the license, if it is a trial license. Otherwise, the value has no meaning for normal licenses and read as 0 on a Get operation. fdryLicenseTrialTimeElapsed brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The cumulative number of hours used for this trial license. This counts all the usages of the trial license. For a normal license, this is 0. fdryLicenseTrialTimeLeft brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of hours left for the trial license. This is derived from the total number of hours and the cumulative number of hours used. For a normal license, this is 0. fdryLicenseTrialState brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only fdryLicenseVendorInfo brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.10 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This is the Brocade-specific package data which is an octet string. This contains encoded information of license-specific information such as package bit mask, number of ports and so on. fdryLicenseSlot brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only This indicates the slot number of the module to which the license belongs. There is a one-to-one mapping between LID and slot number, as each module has a unique LID and can be present in only one slot. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices This indicates the state of the trial license: Invalid - The license is not valid. Unused - The license is never used. Active - The license has been used at least once. Expired - The license has expired and can no longer be used. • • • • License information The following object indicates the feature (license) installed on the device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 231 11 Software licensing Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryLicensedFeatureInfo brcdIp.1.1.2.15.2 Syntax: Bits Read-only Indicates the feature or package for which the license has been enabled on the device: • ospf(0) • isis(1) • bgp(2) • mpls(3) NOTE: This object is supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. PoD port license information The brcdPortLicenseTable contains the port that requires the port license and port license status. NOTE The following table objects are supported only on the Brocade ICX 6610, Brocade ICX 6450, and Brocade ICX 6650 devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdPortLicenseTable brcdIp.1.1.2.15.3 None A list of ports that require the port license. brcdPortLicenseIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.15.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The port/interface index (ifindex). brcdPortLicenseStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.15.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current license state of the port. validLic(1) - The port requires port license and has a valid license. • noLic(2) - The port requires port license and does not have a valid license. • Package upgrade operation The following objects indicate the package upgrade process on all the Brocade NetIron devices. 232 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Software licensing Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 11 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdSwPackageFname brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Specifies the name of the release package file or the manifest file, which includes the path that is currently associated with the system. When the object is not used, the value is a zero(0) length string. brcdSwPackageLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the action object to upgrade the system using a release package. The value none(1) specifies the system comes up and not used for SET request. The following values download the release package from a TFTP server and upgrade the system: • tftpToPrimary(2)—Installs both MP and LP application images to the primary code. • tftpToSecondary(3)—Installs both MP and LP application images to the secondary code. • tftpToMgmtModulePrimaryIntfModuleSecondary(4)— Installs an MP application image to the primary code and an LP application image to the secondary code. • tftpToMgmtModuleSecondaryIntfModulePrimary(5)— Installs an MP application image to the secondary code and an LP application image to the primary code. 233 11 Software licensing Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdSwPackageLoadStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the progress of the upgrade operation. The operation starts with the “normal(1)” value when there is no outstanding upgrade process. When an upgrade process is initiated, the operation is transitioned to the “started(2)” value and proceeds further. When the upgrade process stops, whether the operation is successful or with errors, it returns to the “normal(1)” value. Finally, the brcdSwPackageLoadResultTable is populated with the summary of the upgrade process. • normal(1) • started(2) • internalError(3) • manifestFileDownloadError(4) • manifestFileValidationError(5) • downloadingManagementModuleBoot(6) • downloadingManagementModuleMonitor(7) • downloadingManagementModuleApplication(8) • downloadingInterfaceModuleBoot(9) • downloadingInterfaceModuleMonitor(10) • downloadingInterfaceModuleApplication(11) • downloadingInterfaceModuleFpga(12) • downloadingFpgaMBridge(13) • downloadingFpgaSBridge(14) • downloadingFpgaHBridge(15) • upgradingManagementModuleBoot(16) • upgradingManagementModuleMonitor(17) • upgradingManagementModuleApplication(18) • upgradingInterfaceModuleBoot(19) • upgradingInterfaceModuleMonitor(20) • upgradingInterfaceModuleApplication(21) • upgradingInterfaceModuleFpga(22) • upgradingFpgaMBridge(23) • upgradingFpgaSBridge(24) • upgradingFpgaHBridge(25) brcdSwPackageUpgradeAllI mages brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.1.4 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write Specifies all images upgrade. true(1) - The upgrade sequence includes MP and LP boot images and MP FPGA images (MBRIDGE/MBRIDGE32 and SBRIDGE/HSBRIDGE). For Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series, the upgrade sequence includes only the boot images. • false(2) - Upgrades only MP and LP monitor images, MP and LP application images, and LP bundled FPGA images. For Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series only the monitor, application, and FPGA images are upgraded. Returns false(2), for a read-only operation. Default: false(2) • Package upgrade result table The following table contains the objects that indicate the summary of the last upgrade operation completed on the Brocade NetIron devices. 234 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Software licensing Name, OID, and syntax Access 11 Description brcdSwPackageLoadResultTa None ble brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5 Contains the summary of the upgrade operation. brcdSwPackageUpgradeResu None ltIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Specifies the sequential index or upgrade step. brcdSwPackageUpgradeResu Read-only ltImageType brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.2 Syntax: BrcdImageType Specifies the associated image type for the step of the upgrade process. brcdSwPackageUpgradeResu Read-only ltStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Indicates the upgrade status for the particular image upgrade. brcdSwPackageUpgradeResu Read-only ltTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.4 Syntax: TimeStamp Specifies the time stamp when the upgrade step is performed. brcdSwPackageUpgradeResu Read-only ltDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Contains the summary description for the particular image upgrade. brcdSwPackageUpgradeSkip VersionCheck brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.5.1.6 Syntax: TruthValue Skips the version comparison of the FPGA images. By default, performs the version comparison between the image version in the manifest file with the file installed in the system. • true - Forces the system to upgrade the images by skipping the version check • false - Default value Read-write NOTE: The result description is empty when brcdSwPackageLoadResultStatus is “ok”. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Also not supported to LP Auto-upgrade modules. Interface module auto-upgrade objects The following objects are for configuring the interface module auto-upgrade process for the Brocade NetIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 235 11 236 Software licensing Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdSwIntfModAutoUpgradeM ode brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.2.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the mode of an LP auto-upgrade. The following values can be written: • unknown(1) • disabled(2) • tftp(3) • slot1(4) • slot2(5) brcdSwIntfModAutoUpgradeTf tpAddrType brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.2.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-write Specifies the IP address type of a TFTP server. The following address types are supported: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) brcdSwIntfModAutoUpgradeTf tpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.2.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-write Specifies the IP address of a TFTP server for auto-upgrade. brcdSwIntfModAutoUpgradeS rcPath brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.2.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Specifies the path to the topmost directory of the release package relative to the source. brcdSwIntfModAutoUpgradeAl lImages brcdIp.1.1.2.16.1.2.5 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write Specifies all images upgrade. The upgrade sequence includes only the LP boot image, if set to true(1). • The default false(2), upgrades only the LP FPGA images. Returns false(2), for a read-only operation. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 12 NTP MIB Definition In this chapter • NTP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 • NTP server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 • NTPv4 server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 NTP general group You can configure Layer 2 and Layer 3 switches to consult SNTP servers for the current system time and date. As Layer 2 and Layer 3 switches do not retain time and date information across power cycles, using the SNTP feature alleviates the need to reconfigure time and date after a system reset. The following objects provide information on the NTP server. These objects apply to all devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNTPGeneral brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1 None Begins the NTP configuration objects. snNTPPollInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how often to poll the NTP server. Each unit is one second. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 1800 seconds NOTE: This MIB object is deprectated on the Brocade NetIron devices. snNTPTimeZone brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.2 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-write Time zone: alaska(0) aleutian(1) arizona(2) central(3) eastIndiana(4) eastern(5) hawaii(6) michigan(7) mountain(8) pacific(9) samoa(10) gmtPlus1200(11) gmtPlus1100(12) gmtPlus1000(13) gmtPlus0900(14) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 237 12 NTP general group Name, OID, and syntax Access • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snNTPTimeZone (continued) snNTPSummerTimeEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.3 Syntax: Integer 238 Description Read-write gmtPlus0800(15) gmtPlus0700(16) gmtPlus0600(17) gmtPlus0500(18) gmtPlus0400(19) gmtPlus0300(20) gmtPlus0200(21) gmtPlus0100(22) gmt(23) - default gmtMinus0100(24) gmtMinus0200(25) gmtMinus0300(26) gmtMinus0400(27) gmtMinus0500(28) gmtMinus0600(29) gmtMinus0700(30) gmtMinus0800(31) gmtMinus0900(32) gmtMinus1000(33) gmtMinus1100(34) gmtMinus1200(35) gmtPlus1130(36) gmtPlus1030(37) gmtPlus0930(38) gmtPlus0630(39) gmtPlus0530(40) gmtPlus0430(41) gmtPlus0330(42) gmtMinus0330(43) gmtMinus0830(44) gmtMinus0930(45) Indicates if daylight saving time is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) – Enables daylight saving time starting at 02:00:00 on the first Sunday in April and ending at 02:00:00 in last Sunday in October. Default: disabled(0) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 NTP server table (IPv4) 12 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNTPSystemClock brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the format of the system clock: octet 0 – Seconds after the minute [0-60] octet 1 – Minutes after the hour [0-59] octet 2 – Hours since midnight [0-23] octet 3 – Day of the month [1-31] octet 4 – Months since January [0-11] octet 5 – Years since 1900 octet 6 – Days since Sunday [0-6] Octets 0 to 5 must have valid values and Octet 6 must be set to 0. To disable the system clock set all octets to zero. snNTPSync brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Initiates the time synchronization to the NTP servers. For set operation, only "synchronize(2)" is accepted. For get operation, always return "other(1)". • • • • • • • NOTE: This MIB object is deprecated on the Brocade NetIron devices. NTP server table (IPv4) The following objects apply to all IPv4 devices of the Brocade FastIron devices. They provide information on the NTP server. NOTE The following table is deprecated on the Brocade NetIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNTPServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2 None The NTP server table. snNTPServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the NTP server. snNTPServerVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the version in the NTP server. Default: 1 snNTPServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes an NTP server table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • NTPv4 server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following table is deprecated on the Brocade FastIron devices and replaced with “NTP server table (IPv4)” table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 239 12 NTPv4 server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) NOTE Only in a specific configuration and with IPv4 NTP servers, SNMP may stop working when the NTP server table is viewed. If this occurs, add rfc4001-inetAddressMIB.mib or rfc4001.mib. 240 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdrySntpServerTable brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1 None The NTPv4 server table. fdrySntpServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the NTPv4 server table. A maximum of three NTPv4 servers are supported. fdrySntpServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create fdrySntpServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The NTPv4 server IP address. fdrySntpServerVersion brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create The NTPv4 server version. fdrySntpServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in the table. When a row in the table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except the object. The NTPv4 server IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: IPv4 • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 13 DNS2 MIB Definition In this chapter • DNS table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 • DNS address table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 NOTE The following DNS tables are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. DNS table The table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS service names for FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDns2DomainNameTable brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1 Syntax: Sequence of FdryDns2DomainNameTable None The DNS name table. fdryDns2DomainNameIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS name table. fdryDns2DomainNameAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) fdryDns2DomainNameName brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The DNS domain name string. fdryDns2DomainNameRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • DNS address table The address table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. These objects apply to FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 241 13 242 DNS address table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDnsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1 Syntax: FdryDnsServerTable None The DNS address list table that lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. fdryDnsServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InetAddressType None The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) fdryDnsServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS address table. Up to four DNS IP addresses are supported for each IPv4 and IPv6 protocol. fdryDnsServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The DNS IP address. fdryDnsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 14 Trace route group In this chapter • Trace route group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • General trace route group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Trace route result table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP AS-Path access list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP community list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP prefix list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP AS-Path access list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP community list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 243 244 245 246 247 248 250 250 Trace route group This group uses the following method to detect routes used to reach a destination address. 1. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a time-to-live (TTL) value of 1. 2. The first Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns a ICMP packet to the originator. 3. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in the “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable”. 4. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a TTL value of 2. 5. The second Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns an ICMP packet to the originator. 6. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable”. This procedure is repeated until the destination is reached or the maximum TTL is reached. General trace route group The following objects define the trace route probe packet. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 243 14 Trace route result table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteTargetAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the target IP address of the trace route. snRtIpTraceRouteMinTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the minimum TTL value carried in the first probe packet. Valid values: 1 – 255 seconds Default: 1 second snRtIpTraceRouteMaxTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum TTL value carried in the last probe packet. Valid values: 1 – 255 seconds. Default: 30 second snRtIpTraceRouteTimeOut brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of seconds the Layer 3 Switch waits for a response from the probe packet (i.e. the ICMP packet) before timing out. Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds. Default: 2 seconds snRtIpTraceRouteControl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the progress of the trace route: start(1) – snRtIpTraceRouteDestAddr must have been initialized before start(1) can be written. • abort(2) – Stops the current trace route operation. • success(3) – The destination address is reached. • failure(4) – Either the destination address is not reach, trace route times out, or the ending TTL is reached before the operation is completed. • inProgress(5) – Trace route operation has started. Only "start" and "abort" are writable values; whereas, "success", "failure" and "inProgress" are read-only (or returned) values. The “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable” on page 244 contains the routes and target addresses. • Trace route result table This table contains the routes and the target addresses used in the trace route operation to reach the destination address. 244 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1 None The trace route results table. snRtIpTraceRouteResultndex brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index for an entry in the trace route results table. snRtIpTraceRouteResultAdr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch or the target IP address of the Layer 3 Switch. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP forwarding cache table 14 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime1 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the first probe packet and the received response of the ICMP packet. snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime2 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the second probe and the received response of the ICMP packet. IP forwarding cache table The IP forwarding cache provides a fast-path mechanism for forwarding IP packets. The cache contains entries for IP destinations. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFwdCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.2.11 None IP forwarding cache table. snRtIpFwdCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only An index in the IP Forwarding Cache Table for this entry. snRtIpFwdCacheIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of a forwarding cache station. snRtIpFwdCacheMac brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the MAC address of a forwarding cache station. This object has six octets. snRtIpFwdCacheNextHopIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch for the next hop. snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingPor Read-only t brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer snRtIpFwdCacheType brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.6 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-only Specifies the outgoing port to which packets will be forwarded. Valid values: 0 – 3900. A value of zero indicates that there is no outgoing port for this entry. Non-zero value has the following meaning: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. For virtual Layer 3 Switch interface, slot number is 15. Port number is the virtual Layer 3 Switch port number, which is a value from 1 – 60. Indicates the type of entry this is: dynamic(1) permanent(2) • • 245 14 IP AS-Path access list table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snRtIpFwdCacheAction brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only snRtIpFwdCacheFragCheck brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Description Indicates the action taken with this entry: other(1) forward(2) forUs(3) waitForArp(4) complexFilter(5) icmpDeny(6) dropPacket(7) • • • • • • • Indicates if fragmentation-needed is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: Devices cannot forward the packet without fragmenting it. snRtIpFwdCacheSnapHdr brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if Ethernet SNAP (also called IEEE 802.3) encapsulation is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpFwdCacheVLanId brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the VLAN ID of an IP Forwarding Cache Table entry. A value of zero indicates that no VLAN is associated with this entry. snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingIf brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the outgoing interface that will be used to forward packets. An value of zero indicates that no outgoing interface is associated with this entry. IP AS-Path access list table The IP forwarding cache provides a fast-path mechanism for forwarding IP packets. The cache contains entries for IP destinations. 246 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.12 None The IP AS-Path access list table. snIpAsPathAccessListIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a filter entry. snIpAsPathAccessListSeque nce brcdIp.1.2.2.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The table sequence index for a filter entry. snIpAsPathAccessListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.12.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The action to take if the BGP address matches with this filter. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP community list table 14 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListRegEx pression brcdIp.1.2.2.12.1.4 Syntax: Octet String Read-write Autonomous system in the filter using a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet. snIpAsPathAccessListRowSt atus brcdIp.1.2.2.12.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to create and delete row in the table and control if they are used. The values that can be written are: • delete (3) - Deletes the row • create (4) - Creates a new row • modify (5) - Modifies an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with value of create (4) returns error ‘badvalue’. Deleted rows go away immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • nosuch (0) - No such row • invalid (1) - Setting it to ‘invalid’ has the effect of rendering it inoperative • valid (2) - The row exists and is valid IP community list table The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.13 None The IP community list table. snIpCommunityListIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index for an entry in the table. snIpCommunityListSequence brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the sequence of this entry in this table. snIpCommunityListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what action to take if the address in the packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpCommunityListCommNum brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the community number. This is a number from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF. There are 20 numbers. Each number is represented by four octets. snIpCommunityListInternet brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the community is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpCommunityListNoAdvertise brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if routes will not be advertised to any internal or external peer: • false(0) • true(1) 247 14 IP prefix list table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListNoExport brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the route will not be advertised to an EBGP peer: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Deletes the row • create(4) – Creates a new row • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpCommunityListLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this route will be sent to peers (advertised) in other sub-autonomous systems within the local confederation: • false(0) – Do not advertise this route to an external system. • true(1) – Advertise this route. IP prefix list table An IP prefix list specifies a list of networks. When you apply an IP prefix list to a neighbor, the Layer 3 Switch sends or receives only a route whose destination is in the IP prefix list. You can configure up to 100 prefix lists. The software interprets the prefix lists in sequential order, beginning with the lowest sequence number. 248 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpPrefixListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.14 None IP prefix list table. snIpPrefixListName brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Specifies the name of the prefix list. This name can be used when applying the prefix list to a neighbor. It is an octet string; each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets for this name. snIpPrefixListSequence brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the sequence of an entry in the table. There can be up to 100 prefix list entries. If a sequence number is not specified, then entries are numbered in increments of 5, beginning with prefix list entry 5. Incoming or outgoing routes are matched against the entries in the IP prefix list in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number. snIpPrefixListDesc brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the description of the prefix. This description is in an octet string; each character in the description is represented by one octet. There can be up to 80 octets in the description. snIpPrefixListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what to do with the route if it matches this entry: deny(0) permit(1) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP prefix list table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpPrefixListAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the prefix. snIpPrefixListMask brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the number of bits in the prefix network mask. snIpPrefixListGeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies that the prefix is greater than the value of the “snIpPrefixListMask” object. Valid values: 0 – 32 snIpPrefixListLeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies that the prefix is less than the value of the “snIpPrefixListMask” object. Valid values: 0 – 32 14 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE: You can specify a range of length for prefixes that are more specific than the values for the “snIpPrefixListAddr” and “snIpPrefixListMask” objects. The ge-value or le-value you specify must meet the following condition: length < ge-value <= le-value <= 32 If a value for “snIpPrefixListGeValue” is specified, then the mask-length range is from the value of “snIpPrefixListGeValue” to 32. If a value for “snIpPrefixListLeValue” is specified, then mask-length range is from length to the value of “snIpPrefixListLeValue”. If no value is specified for either the less than or greater than objects, then routes must exactly match the prefixes on the list. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snIpPrefixListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Deletes the row • create(4) – Creates a new row • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpPrefixListLength brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The length of the IP prefix’s mask. 249 14 IP AS-Path access list string table IP AS-Path access list string table AS-Path is a list of the other ASs through which a route passes. BGP4 routers can use the AS-Path to detect and eliminate routing loops. The IP AS-Path access list string table contains filters that are used to deny or permit updates received from BGP4 neighbors. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListStringT able brcdIp.1.2.2.16 None IP AS-Path access list string table. snIpAsPathAccessListString Name brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only An index for the entry in the table. snIpAsPathAccessListStringS equence brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The sequence index for this entry in this table. snIpAsPathAccessListStringA ction brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what to do with the packet if its address matches this entry: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpAsPathAccessListStringR Read-write egExpression brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.4 Syntax: Integer Specifies the AS-Path information that will be permitted or denied. This object contains a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet. snIpAsPathAccessListStringR Read-write owStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.5 Syntax: Integer Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are • delete(3) – Deletes the row • create(4) – Creates a new row • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IP community list string table This table contains the list of community strings used. 250 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListStringTable brcdIp.1.2.2.17 None IP community list string table. snIpCommunityListStringName brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only An index for an entry in the table. This object can have up to 32 octets. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP community list string table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 14 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListStringSequen ce brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the sequence of this entry in the table. snIpCommunityListStringAction brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the action to take if the community string on the packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpCommunityListStringCommN um brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the community string’s number, represented by four octets. This number can be from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF. There can be up to 20 community string numbers. snIpCommunityListStringInternet brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the community is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpCommunityListStringNoAdver Read-write tise brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.6 Syntax: Integer Indicates the community string will not be advertised to any internal or external peers: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListStringNoExpor Read-write t brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.7 Syntax: Integer Indicates if this route is not advertised as an EBGP peer: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListStringRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpCommunityListStringLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if this route will be sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within the local confederation. Do not advertise this route to an external system. snIpCommunityListStringType brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Displays the type of the community list, whether standard or extended. snIpCommunityListStringRegExpr brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.11 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write This will display the regular expression string for extended community list. This object returns the value NULL for standard community list. 251 Chapter 15 Power Over Ethernet MIB In this chapter • Power Over Ethernet global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Power Over Ethernet port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Power over module table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • POE unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 253 254 255 Power Over Ethernet global objects The following objects apply globally to FastIron X Series Power Over Ethernet (POE) devices. The information in these objects is available in the output of the show inline power CLI command. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the total inline power capacity available in the device. The inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the inline power capacity currently available in the device that is unallocated. The inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeGblPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the number of times the inline power allocations requests were honored. Power Over Ethernet port table The following table presents information about the FastIron X-Series POE ports. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 253 15 Power over module table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentPoePortNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.1 Syntax:InterfaceIndex Read-only The port number in the ifIndex value. snAgentPoePortControl brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-create Powers on or off the inline power on a port. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns other(1). Valid values are: • other(1) • disable(2) • enable(3) • enableLegacyDevice(4) snAgentPoePortWattage brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create Adjusts the inline power wattage. Valid values are from 1000 through 15400(IEEE802_3AF)/30000(IEEE802_3AT). Each unit is in milliwatts. This object can only be set after snAgentPoePortControl has been set to “enable(3)” or “enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value. snAgentPoePortClass brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create Adjusts the inline power class. Valid values are from 0 through 3(IEEE802_3AF)/4(IEEE802_3AT). This object can only be set after snAgentPoePortControl has been set to “enable(3)” or “enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value. snAgentPoePortPriority brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-create snAgentPoePortConsume d brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Amount of inline power consumed by the port. Each unit is in milliwatts. snAgentPoePortType brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Inline power device type: 802.3af, 802.3at, or legacy device. Shows the inline power allocation priority for the power device: invalid(0) - Not a POE port critical(1) high(2) low(3) medium(4) other(5) • • • • • • Power over module table The following table shows the configuration of modules on the FastIron X series devices. The information in this table is available in the output of the show module CLI command. 254 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 POE unit table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentPoeModuleNumb er brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the POE module number. snAgentPoeModuleBudge Read-create t brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeModuleMaxP DTypeSupport brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only NOTE: This object is supported only on the FastIron SuperX devices. 15 This object shows the module power budget in watts. This object shows the POE module type that is capable to support the Power Device (PD) type: • ieee802dot3af(0) = Supports only ieee802dot3af modules. • ieee802dot3at(1) = Also called POE plus type. This module can support ieee802.3at and ieee802.3af. POE unit table The follwing table provides POE information for each unit on a stack. Only the unit that has POE capability is displayed in a table row. The information in these objects is available in the output of the show inline power CLI command for a POE device in a stack. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgentPoeUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1 None POE unit table. snAgentPoeUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The index for the POE unit table. snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap Read-only acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows the total inline power capacity available on a device. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap Read-only acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows the unallocated inline power capacity currently available on a device. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeUnitPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows number of times the inline power allocation requests were honored on the device. Read-only 255 Chapter 16 POS MIB Definition In this chapter • Packet port information table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • POS MIB information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • POS PPP group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • POS cHDLC group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 261 263 264 Packet port information table Packet over SONET (POS) is the serial transmission of data over SONET frames through the use of the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). The POS modules allow direct connection to interfaces within SONET. POS is a transport technology that encapsulates packet data, such as an IP datagram, directly into SONET. The POS modules are available on NetIron Internet Backbone routers and BigIron Layer 3 Switches with redundant management modules. The following table presents information about POS ports. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfoTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1 None POS port information table. snPOSInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPOSIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the instance of the ifIndex object as defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573. snPOSDescr brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Description of the chassis slot and port. snPOSName brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Name of the port. Valid values: Up to 255 characters The chassis slot and port number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (for chassis devices only) • • 257 16 258 Packet port information table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write The bandwidth of the interface, which can be one of the following: • s155000(1) bps • s622000(2) bps • other(3) • s2488000(4) bps snPOSInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write The desired state of the interface, which can be one of the following: • up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets. • down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets. • testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed. snPOSInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current operational state of the link, which can be one of the following: • up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets. • down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets. • testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed. snPOSInfoClock brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write The clock source, which can be one of the following: internal(1) – The interface is using the clock on the POS module. • line(2) – The interface is using the clock source supplied on the network. Default: internal(1) snPOSInfoLoopBack brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write The loopback state of the interface. The loopback state can be one of the following: • line(1) – The loopback path consists of both this POS interface and the POS interface at the remote end of the link. Use this mode to check the POS interface along the link. • internal(2) – The loopback path consists only of the POS circuitry on this interface. Use this mode to check the POS circuitry. • none(3) – The interface is not operating in loopback mode. snPOSInfoScrambleATM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of the ATM scramble mode, which can be one of the following: • disabled(0) – Scrambling is disabled. • enabled(1) – Scrambling of the Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE) is enabled. Data in the SONET packet is scrambled for security. Default: disabled(0) snPOSInfoFraming brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write The frame type used on the interface. The frame type can be one of the following: • sonet(1) – Synchronous Optical Network. • sdh(2) – Synchronous Digital Hierarchy. Default: sonet(1) snPOSInfoCRC brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write The length of the CRC field in packets transmitted on the interface. The length can be one of the following: • crc32bits(1) – The field is 8 bits long. • crc16bits(2) – The field is 16 bits long. Default: crc32bits(1) • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Packet port information table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 16 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfoKeepAlive brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write The time interval when keepalive messages are sent. Default: 10 seconds snPOSInfoFlagC2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the c2 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. The c2 flag identifies the payload type of the packets transmitted on this interface. Default: 0xcf, which means that the payload is SONET or SDH. snPOSInfoFlagJ0 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the j0 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the trace byte, which is used to trace the origin of an STS-1 frame on a SONET network. Default: 0xcc snPOSInfoFlagH1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the h1 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the H1 pointer, which is used to indicate where the Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE)starts within the packet. The SPE contains the packet’s payload: • 0x00 – The pointer for SONET frames. • 0x02 – The pointer for SDH frames. Default: 0x00 snPOSStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only The total number of packets received on the interface. snPOSStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface. snPOSStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets that contained frame alignment errors. snPOSStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets that contained Frame Check Sequence (FCS) errors. snPOSStatsFrameTooLong s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets that were longer than the configured MTU. snPOSStatsFrameTooShort s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets that were shorter than the minimum valid length. snPOSStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of inbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol, even though no errors had been detected. For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space. snPOSStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of outbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being transmitted, even though they contain no errors. For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space. 259 16 260 Packet port information table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.25 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only The total number of packets in octets that were received on the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. snPOSOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.26 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only The total number of packets in octets that were transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. snPOSStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.27 Syntax: Gauge Read-only The number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsOutBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.28 Syntax: Gauge Read-only The number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.29 Syntax: Gauge Read-only The number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsOutPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.30 Syntax: Gauge Read-only The number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-only The network utilization by incoming traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPOSTagType brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPOSStatsB1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.34 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the section layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsB2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.35 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the line layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsB3 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.36 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the path layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsAIS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.37 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of Alarm Indicator Signals (AISs) that were received by the interface. snPOSStatsRDI brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.38 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of Remote Defect Indicator (RDI) signals that were received by the interface. NOTE: This object is not supported. The network utilization by outgoing traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is not supported. Shows whether or not the port has a VLAN tag: tagged(1) – The port has a VLAN tag. This port can have multiple VLANs. • untagged(2) – The port is not tagged. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 POS MIB information table 16 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSStatsLOP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.39 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates a loss of pointer (LOP) that results from an invalid path pointer or if an excessive number of new data flags have been enabled. snPOSStatsLOF brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.40 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows how many times the interface experienced out of frame alignment problems, which is also called a loss of frame (LOF) condition. snPOSStatsLOS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.41 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of times the interface experienced a loss of signal (LOS). With LOS, incoming signals are all zeros during a 100 microsecond period. POS MIB information table The following table presents information about the POS session. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2Table brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2 None This object describes the POS MIB information table. snPOSInfo2Clock brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object describes the clock source for the POS interface: • internal(1) - Internal source. • line(2) - Clocking is derived from the line. Default Value: internal(1) snPOSInfo2ScrambleATM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.2 Syntax: POSStatus Read-write ATM style scrambling for the POS interface: disabled(0) - Scrambling is disabled. enabled(1) - Scrambling is enabled. Default Value: disabled(0) snPOSInfo2CRC brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Length of Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) on the POS interface: • crc32bits(1) - 32 bits • crc16bits(2) - 16 buts Default Value: crc32bits(1) snPOSInfo2KeepAlive brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write This object describes the keepalive timer for the POS interface in seconds. Valid values: 0 - 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds snPOSInfo2FlagC2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The C2 flag. Valid values: 0 - 255 • • 261 16 262 POS MIB information table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2SSM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write The Synchronization Status Message (SSM) is sent over the SONET/SDH line to tell the other end about the quality of the clock being sent over the line: • t1 SonetPrimaryReferenceSource(1) - SONET Primary Reference Source • t1 SonetTraceabilityUnknown(2) - SONET Traceability Unknown • t1 SonetStratum2Traceable(3) - SONET Stratum 2 Traceable • t1 SonetTransitNodeClock(4) - SONET Transit Node Clock • t1 SonetStratum3eTraceable(5) - SONET Stratum 3e Traceable • t1 SonetStratum3Traceable(6) - SONET Stratum 3 Traceable • t1 SonetMinClockTraceable(7) - SONET Minimum Clock Traceable • t1 SonetDus(8) - SONET Do not Use for Synchronization • e1 SdhTraceabilityUnknown(9) - SDH Traceability Unknown • e1 SdhSsmTransitNodeClock-g812(10) - SDH Transit Node Clock G812 • e1 SdhDus(11) - SDH Do not Use for Synchronization • e1 SdhSsmPrimaryReferenceClock-g811(12) - SDH Primary Reference Clock G811 • e1 SdhSsmLocalG812(13) - SDH Local G812 • e1 SdhSsmSyncEquipmentTimingSource(14) - SDH Synchronization Equipment Timing Source Default: t1 SonetTraceabilityUnknown(2) snPOSInfo2Encapsulation brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snPOSInfo2AlarmMonitoring brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Alarm monitoring on the POS interface: off(0) - Alarm monitoring is off. on(1) - Alarm monitoring is on. Default: on(1) snPOSInfo2OverheadJ0Expected Message brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Octet String Read-write Overhead J0 expected message. snPOSInfo2OverheadJ0TransmitM essage brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Octet String Read-write Overhead J0 transmit message. snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1Expected Message brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Octet String Read-write Overhead J1expected message. Layer 2 encapsulation on the POS interface: ppp(1) - Point to Point Protocol (PPP) chdlc(2) - Cisco High-level Data Link Control (cHDLC) • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 POS PPP group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1MessageL ength brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Overhead J1 length of message: • s16(16) - 16 bytes • s64(64) - 64 bytes Default Value: s64(64) snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1TransmitM essage brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Octet String Read-write Overhead J1 transmit message. 16 POS PPP group If the snPOSInfo2Encapsulation object is set to Point to Point Protocol (PPP), the following table provides information on the states of various control protocols. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOSPPPTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3 None The POS PPP table. snPOSPPP-LCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The PPP link control protocol state. snPOSPPP-IPCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The PPP IP control protocol state. snPOSPPP-IPv6CP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The PPP IPv6 control protocol state. snPOSPPP-OSINLCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The PPP OSI network layer control protocol state. snPOSPPP-MPLSCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The PPP MPLS control protocol state. 263 16 POS cHDLC group POS cHDLC group If the snPOSInfo2Encapsulation object is set to Cisco High-level Data Link Control (cHDLC), the following table provides information on various cHDLC parameters. 264 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPOScHDLCTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4 None The POS cHDLC group table. snPOScHDLCLineState brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPOScHDLCInLoopback brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPOScHDLCMySeq brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The cHDLC of the device’s sequence number. snPOScHDLCMySeqSeen brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The cHDLC of the device’s sequence number that is seen. snPOScHDLCPeerSeqSeen brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The cHDLC peer sequence number seen. snPOScHDLCUniqueSent brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The unique cHDLC sent. snPOScHDLCUniqueReceived brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The unique cHDLC received. The state of the POS cHDLC line: down(0) up(1) unknown(2) • • • Indicates if cHDLC in loopback is used: no(0) yes(1) unknown(2) • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 17 Stackable Management Group In this chapter • General stackable management information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 • Stackable management secondary switch information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 General stackable management information The objects in the following table provide information about the general stacking devices. NOTE The objects in the following table are not supported on Brocade FCX, FastIron GS, and FastIron LS stacking devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackPriSwitchMode brcdIp.1.1.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The stackable management primary switch mode is either enabled or disabled. • enabled(1) - Primary switch enabled. • disabled(0) - Primary switch disabled. Default: disabled(0) snStackMaxSecSwitch brcdIp.1.1.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The maximum number of secondary switches are allowed in the stackable management group. snStackTotalSecSwitch brcdIp.1.1.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The total number of secondary switches currently connected to the stackable management group. snStackSyncAllSecSwit ch brcdIp.1.1.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Synchronize all the secondary switches in the stackable management group with the following commands: • device(2) • global(3) • local(4) The return result of the previous commands is either: • normal(0) • invalid(1) 265 17 Stackable management secondary switch information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackSmSlotIndex brcdIp.1.1.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write The slot 0 is the master slot and slots 1-8 are slaves. All the slot-based MIB data can be retrieved with respect to this slot index. snStackFmpSetProcess brcdIp.1.1.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The state of the FMT set process: normal(0) - The set process is either in an idle state or FMP-SET-SUCCESS state. • pending(1) - The pending process is waiting for the result of an FMP-SET. • failure(2) - The failure result of an FMP-SET. • Stackable management secondary switch information The objects in the following table provide stackable management secondary switch information. NOTE The objects in the following table are not supported on Brocade FCX, FastIron GS, and FastIron LS stacking devices. 266 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackSecSwitchTable brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1 None If snSwGroupOperMode is configured as basic mode, which is VLAN by Port, Layer 2 switching, then this table is valid. Each VLAN switch port could have a number of VLAN IDs. snStackSecSwitchIndex brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.1 Read-only The secondary switch index must not be greater than snStackMaxSecSwitch. snStackSecSwitchSlotId brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.2 Read-write The secondary switch slot ID must be set before the configuration command sent from the primary switch to the secondary switch either manually or automatically. Refer to the object snStackSecSwitchCfgCmd. snStackSecSwitchPortC nts brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.3 Read-only The number of ports in this secondary switch. snStackSecSwitchEnabl ed brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.4 Read-write The secondary switch has been selected to the stackable management group. snStackSecSwitchAck brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.5 Read-only The secondary switch has sent a response to the primary switch. snStackSecSwitchMacA ddr brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.6 Read-only The secondary switch physical address. The physical address represents a MAC Station. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Stackable management secondary switch information Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 17 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackSecSwitchSyncC md brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.7 Read-write Synchronize the secondary switches in the stackable management group with the following commands: • device(2) • global(3) • local(4) The return result of the previous commands is either: • normal(0) • invalid(1) snStackSecSwitchIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.8 Read-write The secondary switch IP address is used for the manual command of snStackSecSwitchCfgCmd. snStackSecSwitchSubne tMask brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.9 Read-write The secondary switch IP subnet mask is used for the manual command of snStackSecSwitchCfgCmd. snStackSecSwitchCfgCm d brcdIp.1.1.5.2.1.1.10 Read-write snStackSecSwitchSlotId must be set before the configuration command sent from the primary switch to the secondary switch either manually or automatically: • auto(2) • manual(3) The return result of the previous commands is either: • normal(0) • invalid(1) 267 Chapter 18 Stacking MIB Definition In this chapter • Global objects for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 • Stacking configuration unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 • Stacking operation unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Global objects for stacking NOTE This chapter presents the MIB objects for devices that support the stacking functionality. The following MIB objects apply to the stacking devices, such as the FGS-STK, FLS-STK, Brocade FCX, and Brocade ICX devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access snStackingGlobalConfigSt ate brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snStackingGlobalMacAddr Read-write ess brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.2 Syntax: MAC address snStackingGlobalPersiste ntMacTimerState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.3 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-write Description Shows the state of the stacking feature: none(0) - Neutral enabled(1) - Stacking is enabled and can send and receive packets. • disabled(2) - Stacking is disabled and cannot send or receive packets. • • Management MAC address of the stacking system. This is available so you can change the management MAC address of the stack for administrative purposes; however, it is strongly recommended that this command should be used with extreme caution to prevent duplicate MAC addresses. You must reboot the system before the new MAC address takes effect. This object is mutually exclusive from enabling the persistent MAC timer. Enter zero MAC addresses to remove the configured MAC address. The configured persistent MAC timer state for the stacking feature: enabled(0) - The persistent MAC timer is active and configured. The persistent MAC timer is set as the default timer (60 minutes). • disabled(1) - Deactivate the persistent MAC timer. It will stop the use of persistent MAC addresses and use a new active stack unit's base MAC address. • 269 18 Stacking configuration unit table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingGlobalPersiste ntMacTimer brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Persistent MAC timer in minutes for the stacking system. This timer shows the number of minutes to retain the original active stack unit's base MAC address in case the active unit fails or is removed. This timer is triggered when a new active unit is elected. When the timer expires, the new active unit will change the stacking MAC address to its own base MAC address and advertise its own base MAC address to the management VLAN to update the ARP table of members. If you decide to use the new active unit's MAC address, you must enter this timer again to reactivate the persistent MAC address. Valid values are: • 0 - Keep it forever • 5 to 3600 minutes The default is 60 minutes. snStackingGlobalTopology brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only snStackingGlobalMode brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The stacking mode of the system: • stackingMode - the system is installed with STK EEPROM represents it is in stacking mode. • nonStackingMode - the system is not installed with STK EEPROM represents it is not in stacking mode. snStackingGlobalMixedM ode brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only The mixed stacking mode of the system: • familyStackingMode - The system is in family stacking mode (heterogeneous). • classicStackingMode - The system is not in family stacking mode (homogeneous). The topology of the stacking system: other(1) chain(2) ring(3) standalone(4) • • • • Stacking configuration unit table Use the following table to display and configure stacking information for each unit. 270 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingConfigUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1 None The stacking configuration table. snStackingConfigUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The ID of the unit in a stack. snStackingConfigUnitPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The priority in active or backup election. Value can be from 0 through 255. snStackingConfigUnitConfig StackPort brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The IfIndex for the configured stacking port. If no stacking port is configured, this object displays zero and the first two 10 Gigabit ports as the default stacking ports. Enter zero to remove the configured stacking port. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Stacking operation unit table 18 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingConfigUnitRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to delete a row in the table and control if they are used. The following values can be written for a SET: • delete(3) - Deletes the row. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuchName - No such row • other(1) - Some other cases • valid(2) - The row exists and is valid snStackingConfigUnitType brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only A description of the configured or active system type for each unit. snStackingConfigUnitState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only snStackingConfigUnitStackP ort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only First stack port for each unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingConfigUnitStackP ort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-only Second stack port for each unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingConfigUnitStackC onnectPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-write The first connect port for a peripheral unit in a family stacking system. A peripheral unit can have up to two connect ports that can be connected to any suggested neighbor linking ports. Returns 0 if the connect port does not exist. snStackingConfigUnitStackC onnectPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.10 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-write The second connect port for a peripheral unit in a family stacking system. A peripheral unit can have up to two connect ports that can be connected to any suggested neighbor linking ports. Returns 0 if the connect port does not exist. The state of the unit: local(1) remote(2) reserved(3) empty(4) • • • • Stacking operation unit table Use the following table to display information about the role and status of a unit in a stack. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingOperUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2 None Stacking operation unit table. snStackingOperUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer None ID of the unit in the stack. 271 18 272 Stacking operation unit table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingOperUnitRole brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snStackingOperUnitMac brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.3 Syntax: MAC address Read-only The unit’s MAC address. snStackingOperUnitPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The priority in active or backup election. Values can be from 0 through 255. snStackingOperUnitState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only snStackingOperUnitDescription brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Describes the stacking state of the unit. This object can display up to 128 characters. snStackingOperUnitStackPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-only First stack port for the unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingOperUnitStackPort1St ate brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only The state of the first stack port state of a unit: • other(1) • up(2) • down(3) snStackingOperUnitStackPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-only Second stack port of a unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingOperUnitStackPort2St ate brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snStackingOperUnitNeighbor1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The first stacking neighbor unit (left) number. If there is no neighbor unit, then it returns 0. snStackingOperUnitNeighbor2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The second stacking neighbor unit (right) number. If there is no neighbor unit, then it returns 0. snStackingOperUnitImgVer brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The version of the software image running on the unit. This object can have up to 32 characters. snStackingOperUnitBuildlVer brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.14 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The version of the software build running on the unit. This object can have up to 32 characters. The role of the unit: other(1) active(2) standby(3) member(4) standalone(5) • • • • • The state of the unit local(1) remote(2) reserved(3) empty(4) • • • • The state of the second stack port state of a unit: other(1) up(2) down(3) • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Stacking configuration stack trunk table 18 Stacking configuration stack trunk table The stacking configuration stack trunk table displays and configures stack trunks for each unit. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingConfigStackTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3 None Stacking configuration stack trunk table. snStackingConfigStackTrunkUnit brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None The stacking unit ID. snStackingConfigStackTrunkPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the first (primary) port of the configured stack trunk. There are two ports per stack trunk. In some cases, a physical port may contain more than one port. For example, a 40G (1/2/2) for Brocade ICX 6610 has 4x10G ports. It returns 0 if the port does not exist. snStackingConfigStackTrunkPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the second port of the configured stack trunk. There are two ports per stack trunk. In some cases, a physical port may contain more than one logical port. For example, a 40G (1/2/2) for Brocade ICX 6610 has 4x10G ports. It returns 0 if the port does not exist. snStackingConfigStackTrunkRowS tatus brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to delete a row in the table and control if the rows are used. The following values can be written for a SET: • delete(3) - Deletes the row. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on read-only: • noSuchName - No such row. • other(1) - Some other cases. • valid(2) - The row exists and is valid. snStackingConfigStackTrunkNumP ort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The number of logical ports for the first (primary) port of the configured stack trunk. In some cases, a physical port will contain more than one logical port. For example, a 40G (1/2/2) for Brocade ICX 6610 has 4x10G ports. It returns 0 if the port does not exist. snStackingConfigStackTrunkNumP ort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The number of logical ports for the second port of the configured stack trunk. In some cases, a physical port will contain more than one logical port. For example, a 40G (1/2/2) for Brocade ICX 6610 has 4x10G ports. It returns 0 if the port does not exist. Stacking configuration peripheral port table The stacking configuration peripheral port table displays and configures family stacking peripheral ports for each unit. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 273 18 Stacking configuration peripheral trunk table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingConfigPeriPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.4 None Stacking configuration peripheral port table. snStackingConfigPeriPortUnit brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None The stacking unit ID of the peripheral port. snStackingConfigPeriPortPort brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.4.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the configured family stacking peripheral port. It is up to eight peripheral ports per unit. Each unit can contain up to eight peripheral ports. A unit can be configured for a combination of eight peripheral trunks and peripheral ports. snStackingConfigPeriPortRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to delete a row in the table and control if the rows are used. The following values can be written for a SET: • delete(3) - Deletes the row. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on read-only: • noSuchName - No such row. • other(1) - Some other cases. • valid(2) - The row exists and is valid. Stacking configuration peripheral trunk table The stacking configuration peripheral trunk table displays and configures family stacking peripheral trunks for each unit. 274 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingConfigPeriTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.5 None Stacking configuration peripheral trunk table. snStackingConfigPeriTrunkUnit brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None The stacking unit ID of the peripheral trunk. snStackingConfigPeriTrunkPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.5.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the first port of the configured family stacking peripheral trunk. There are two ports per peripheral trunk. It is up to four peripheral trunks per unit. Each unit can contain up to four peripheral ports. A unit can be configured for a combination of eight peripheral trunks and peripheral ports. snStackingConfigPeriTrunkPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.5.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the second port of the configured family stacking peripheral trunk. There are two ports per peripheral trunk. It is up to four peripheral trunks per unit.Each unit can contain up to four peripheral ports. A unit can be configured for a combination of eight peripheral trunks and peripheral ports. snStackingConfigPeriTrunkRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to delete a row in the table and control if the rows are used. The following values can be written for a SET: • delete(3) - Deletes the row. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on read-only: • noSuchName - No such row. • other(1) - Some other cases. • valid(2) - The row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Stacking neighbor port table 18 Stacking neighbor port table The stacking neighbor port table displays stacking neighbors for each unit. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snStackingNeighborPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.6 None Stacking neighbor port table. snStackingNeighborPortUnit brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None The stacking unit ID. snStackingNeighborPortStackPort brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.6.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero None The IfIndex for the stack port on the unit. Each unit can contain up to 10 stack ports and peripheral ports. snStackingNeighborPortNeighborP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.6.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read-only The IfIndex for the neighbor port of the stack port on the unit. It returns 0 if the neighbor port does not exist for the stack port. 275 Chapter 19 FDP MIB Defintions In this chapter • FDP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • FDP cache table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • FDP global configuration objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • FDP cached address entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 277 279 280 FDP interface table The Foundry Discovery Protocol (FDP) interface table shows whether or not the FDP is enabled on a physical interface. You can use the following table to disable or enable FDP on individual interfaces. NOTE You cannot disable the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on individual interfaces. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdpInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1 None The FDP interface table snFdpInterfaceIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.1 None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpInterfaceEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if FDP is enabled on the interface: false(0) – FDP is disabled. true(1) – FDP is enabled. Default: true(1) snFdpInterfaceCdpEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if CDP is enabled on the interface: false(0) – CDP is disabled. true(1) – CDP is enabled. Default: true(1) • • • • FDP cache table Each entry in the FDP cache table contains information received from FDP or Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on one interface of one device. The table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally. Entries appear when an FDP or CDP advertisement is received from a neighbor device. Entries are deleted when FDP or CDP is disabled on an interface or globally. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 277 19 278 FDP cache table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdpCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1 None The FDP cache table. snFdpCacheIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpCacheDeviceIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only A unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. snFdpCacheDeviceId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows a description for the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. A zero-length string indicates no Device-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheAddressType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the type of address contained in the “snFdpCacheAddress” object for this entry: • ip(1) • ipx(2) • appletalk(3) snFdpCacheAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the network-layer address of the device's SNMP agent, as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. A device may have more than one address. This object shows the first address on the device. The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCacheAddressType object: • ip(1) – 4 octets • ipx(2) – 10 octets: - Octets 1-4 – Network number - Octets 5-10 – Host number • appletalk(3) – 3 octets: - Octets 1-2 – Network number - Octet 3 – Host number snFdpCacheVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the software version running in the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheDevicePort brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the port ID of the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. This will typically be the value of the ifName object. A zero-length string indicates no Port-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCachePlatform brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the device's hardware platform as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheCapabilities brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the device's functional capabilities as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheVendorId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if FDP or CDP received the entry: • fdp(1) • cdp(2) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 FDP global configuration objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdpCacheIsAggregateVlan brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if this entry is from a neighbor device that is in an aggregated VLAN: • false(0) – It is not in an aggregated VLAN. • true(1) – It is in an aggregate VLAN. snFdpCacheDeviceTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the tag type of the neighbor device that sent this entry. snFdpCacheDevicePortVlan Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the port VLAN masks, in a 512-byte octet string, of the neighbor that sent this entry. snFdpCachePortTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only snFdpCacheDefaultTrafficeVl anIdForDualMode brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only 19 Shows the port tag mode on the neighbor device: untagged(1) tagged(2) dual(3) • • • Shows the default traffic a VLAN ID for neighbor devices that have dual-mode ports. FDP global configuration objects The following objects are used to configure FDP globally. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdpGlobalRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the FDP is enabled: • false(0) – FDP is disabled. FDP entries in snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled. • true(1) – FDP is enabled. Enabling FDP automatically enables CDP globally. Default: false(0) snFdpGlobalMessageInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the interval at which FDP messages are to be generated. Valid values: 5 – 900 seconds Default: 60 seconds snFdpGlobalHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how long the receiving device will hold FDP messages. Valid values: 10 – 255 seconds Default: 180 seconds snFdpGlobalCdpRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows if the CDP is enabled: • false(0) – CDP is disabled. CDP entries in snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled. • true(1) – CDP is enabled. Enabling CDP does not automatically enable FDP globally. Default: false (0) 279 19 FDP cached address entry table FDP cached address entry table The FDP cached address entry table shows all the cached addresses from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. The table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally. 280 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdpCachedAddressTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1 None The FDP cached address entry table. snFdpCachedAddrIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpCachedAddrDeviceInd Read-only ex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Shows a unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. snFdpCachedAddrDeviceAd drEntryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows a unique value for each address on the device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. A device may have several addresses. There will be one entry for each address. snFdpCachedAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the type of address contained in the “snFdpCachedAddrValue” object for this entry: • ip(1) • ipx(2) • appletalk(3) snFdpCachedAddrValue brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Indicates the network-layer address of the device’s SNMP agent as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCachedAddrValue object: • ip(1) – 4 octets • ipx(2) – 10 octets: - Octets 1-4 – Network number - Octets 5-10 – Host number • appletalk(3) – 3 octets: - Octets 1-2 – Network number - Octet 3 – Host number Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 20 Network Processor MIB Definition In this chapter • NP statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • NP QoS statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • NP buffer error table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Brocade NP notification support table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • NP debug statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 285 286 287 287 NP statistics table NOTE The MIB objects for various Network Processor (NP) statistics supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. It is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The Network Processor statistics table displays information about the statistics on all the POS and Ethernet cards. Use the show np statistics CLI command to show the Network Processor statistics. Use the clear np statistics CLI command to clear both the CLI and SNMP statistics counters for the Network Processor. The snmp-server preserve-statistics CLI command does not preserve the Network Processor statistics. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1 None The Network Processor table. brcdNPStatsIfIndex brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The interface index for the entry. This is applicable only for the interfaces that are physically present and operationally up. brcdNPStatsRxRawGoodPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of good packets received from the MAC address. brcdNPStatsRxForwardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets forwarded by a packet evaluation engine on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets flagged for discard by a packet evaluation engine. 281 20 282 NP statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPStatsRxMiscPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of miscellaneous packets received. brcdNPStatsRxUnicastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of unicast packets received. brcdNPStatsRxBroadcastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of broadcast packets received. brcdNPStatsRxMulticastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of multicast packets received. brcdNPStatsRxSendtoTMPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets sent to the Traffic Manager. brcdNPStatsRxBadPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of bad packets received. brcdNPStatsRxLookupUnavailable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped due to unavailability of the CAM interface for packet lookups. brcdNPStatsRxACLDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of ACL drops on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxPriority0And1Drop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped based on priority 0 and 1 on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxPriority2And3Drop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped based on priority 2 and 3 on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxPriority4And5Drop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped based on priority 4 and 5 on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxPriority6And7Drop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped based on priority 6 and 7 on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxSuppressRPFDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of suppressed RPF drops on the ingress path due to ACL override. brcdNPStatsRxRPFDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of RPF drops on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxIPv4Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets that have IPv4 EType (0x0800) and IP version (0x4). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 NP statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 20 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPStatsRxIPv6Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets that have IPv6 EType (0x86DD) and IP version (0x6). brcdNPStatsRxRouteOnlyDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped due to the route-only configuration during MAC-DA processing. brcdNPStatsRxIPv6SuppressRPFDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of suppressed IPv6 RFP drops on the ingress path due to ACL override. brcdNPStatsRxIPv6RPFDropCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of IPv6 RPF drops on the ingress path. brcdNPStatsRxIPv4Bytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of raw packet bytes (+FCS) that have IPv4 EType (0x0800) and IP version (0x4). brcdNPStatsRxIPv6Bytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of raw packet bytes (+FCS) that have IPv6 EType (0x86DD) and IP version (0x6). brcdNPStatsRxPOSCtrlProtocolPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.26 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of control protocol packets received in the POS mode. brcdNPStatsRxPOSLinkDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.27 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only brcdNPStatsRxRoutedPktsDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.28 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of IPv4 or IPv6 routed packets that are received and then dropped because the time-to-live (TTL) is “0” or routing is not enabled on the given virtual interface. brcdNPStatsTxSentToMACPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.29 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the total number of packets sent to a MAC address for transmission. brcdNPStatsTxRawGoodPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.30 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the total number of packets sent to egress processing logic that pass the initial length checks. brcdNPStatsTxSrcPortSupressDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.31 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped because of the suppression of the transmit source port. brcdNPStatsTxBadPktCnt brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.32 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the total number of packets dropped in egress logic that fail the initial length checks. brcdNPStatsTxUnicastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.33 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of unicast packets transmitted. NOTE: This object is supported only on the POS interfaces. For other interfaces, this object returns “0”. Shows the number of packets dropped due to the link state in the POS mode. NOTE: This object is supported only on the POS interfaces. For other interfaces, this object returns “0”. 283 20 NP statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPStatsTxBroadcastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.34 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of broadcast packets transmitted. brcdNPStatsTxMulticastPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.35 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of multicast packets transmitted. brcdNPStatsTxReceiveFromTM brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.36 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets received from the Traffic Manager. brcdNPStatsTxACLDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.37 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packets dropped by the outbound ACL logic. brcdNPStatsTxPFCMulticastDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.38 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the total number of multicast FID packets that have been dropped by egress logic that map to the egress queue that is in the paused state. NOTE: This object is supported only on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE module and the NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module. Zero is returned for the other cards. 284 brcdNPStatsTxPFCMTUExceedDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.39 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the total number of packets dropped by egress logic that exceed the MTU of the egress queue. brcdNPStatsTxPFCQMAPErrorDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.40 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only brcdNPStatsTxIPv4Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.41 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of IPv4 packets transmitted from the port. The packets have IPv4 Etype (0x0800) and IP version (0x4). brcdNPStatsTxIPv6Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.42 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of IPv6 packets transmitted from the port. The packets have IPv6 Etype (0x86DD) and IP version (0x6). brcdNPStatsTxIPv4Bytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.43 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packet bytes (+FCS) that have IPv4 EType (0x0800) and IP version (0x4). brcdNPStatsTxIPv6Bytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.44 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of packet bytes (+FCS) that have IPv6 EType (0x86DD) and IP version (0x6). NOTE: This object is supported only on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE module and the NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module. Zero is returned for the other cards. Shows the number of packets dropped by egress logic that do not match with any valid egress queue. NOTE: This object is supported only on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE module and the NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module. Zero is returned for the other cards. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 NP QoS statistics table 20 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPStatsTxCtrlProtocolPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.45 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only Shows the number of control protocol packets sent in the POS mode. brcdNPStatsTxPOSLinkDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.46 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only NOTE: This object is supported only on the POS interfaces. For other interfaces, this object returns “0”. Shows the number of packets dropped due to the link state in the POS mode. NOTE: This object is supported only on the POS interfaces. For other interfaces, this object returns “0”. NP QoS statistics table The brcdNPQosStatTable displays information of Network Processor (NP) QoS-related statistics per port for per priority. By default, the SNMP support is disabled. It is recommended to use enable-qos-statistics command to enable Quality of Service (QoS) accounting and snmp-server enable mib np-qos-stat command to enable the SNMP support. Use clear np qos statistics [ ethernet slot/port | pos slot/port | slot slot no ] and clear np qos stats lag lag_name commands to clear all the CLI and SNMP statistics counters for the NP QoS statistics. NOTE The MIB objects in the following table are read-only and support only SNMP GET, GET-NEXT, WALK, and GET-BULK requests. The following table contains information of Network Processor QoS-related statistics supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade MLX series devices and the table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPQosStatTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2 None The NP QoS statistics table. brcdNPQosStatIfIndex brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifindex of the interface. The table includes all the interfaces of the LP modules that are physically present and operationally up and it also includes all the deployed LAG interfaces. brcdNPQosStatQosPriority brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: PriorityTC None The QoS priority associated with the entry. This is a 1-based index. The priority0 maps to 1, priority1 maps to 2, and so on. The priority value equal to the nonPriority(128) is not applicable. brcdNPQosStatIngressPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The number of packets that has arrived on the specified interface with a DSCP, EXP, or PCP value equal to the value of the brcdNPQosStatQosPriority object. brcdNPQosStatIngressBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The number of bytes that has arrived on the specified interface with a DSCP, EXP, or PCP value in the packet equal to the value of the brcdNPQosStatQosPriority object. 285 20 NP buffer error table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPQosStatEgressPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The number of packets that has left the device on the specified interface with an internal priority value equal to the value of the brcdNPQosStatQosPriority object. The internal priority is dependent on the configuration, but in general it is a function of DSCP, EXP, or PCP. brcdNPQosStatEgressBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The number of bytes that has left the device on the specified interface with an internal priority value equal to the value of the brcdNPQosStatQosPriority object. The internal priority is dependent on the configuration, but in general it is a function of DSCP, EXP, or PCP. NP buffer error table The brcdNPBufferErrorTable contains information of Network Processor (NP) buffer memory-related error events on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPBufferErrorTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3 None A list of brcdNPBufferError entries. The table contains information of various NP error event counters supported by the system. The objects in this table are refreshed every second, based on request. brcdNPBufferErrorSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The slot ID of the module. The module must be physically present and operationally up. This is an 1-based index. brcdNPBufferErrorDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The NP device ID. A number which uniquely identifies the NP within a module in the system. This is an 1-based index. brcdNPBufferErrorDescriptio n brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The range of ports serviced by the NP identified by the brcdNPBufferErrorSlotId and brcdNPBufferDeviceId objects. brcdNPBufferErrorIngressCur rentEvents brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The counter for NP ingress buffer error events recorded within a window. brcdNPBufferErrorIngressCu mulativeEvents brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The counter for NP ingress total buffer error events recorded. brcdNPBufferErrorEgressCurr entEvents brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The counter for NP egress buffer error events recorded within a window. brcdNPBufferErrorEgressCum Read-only ulativeEvents brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 286 The counter for NP egress total buffer error events recorded. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Brocade NP notification support table 20 Brocade NP notification support table The following table is added to support the NP memory error notification objects. NOTE SNMP read-operations like SNMP-WALK, SNMP-GET, SNMP-GETNEXT or SNMP-GETBULK are not supported. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPNotificationSupportTa ble brcdIp.1.14.2.0.5 None The table objects are used by notifications defined in the brcdNPTMMIBNotification group. brcdNPNotificationSupportSl otId brcdIp.1.14.2.0.5.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Slot ID of the LP module, which uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdNPNotificationSupportDe None viceId brcdIp.1.14.2.0.5.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 The NP device ID, a number which uniquely identifies the Network Processor within a line card in the system. brcdNPNotificationSupportDe Accessiblescription for-notify brcdIp.1.14.2.0.5.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString This object is used by the notifications to represent the range of ports serviced by the NP device. brcdNPNotificationSupportErr AccessibleorType for-notify brcdIp.1.14.2.0.5.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString This object is used by the traps to represent type or location of the error in the NP device. NP debug statistics table The following table contains the debug statistics of Network Processors in the line cards that are supported only on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPDebugStatTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6 None The table contains the debug statistics of Network Processors in the line cards. brcdNPDebugStatSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Slot ID of the LP module, which uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdNPDebugStatNPDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The NP device ID, a number which uniquely identifies the Network Processor within a line card in the system. brcdNPDebugStatDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The object gives the range of ports serviced by the brcdNPDebugStatNPDeviceId object. 287 20 288 NP debug statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPDebugStatL2SourceAddrLearnDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all L2 source address learning drop packets. brcdNPDebugStatRateLimitVPLSLocalLearnD Read-only rop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 A count of all rate limit VPLS local learning drop packets. brcdNPDebugStatUnkownMPLSDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all unknown MPLS drop packets. It includes packets with Unknown Label to CPU (or) MPLS Label TTL is less than or equal to 1 (or) L2VPN Packet but the PRAM type is not equal to VLL or VPLS (or) MPLS transit label TTL is less than or equal to 1. brcdNPDebugStatUnkownMPLSDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all destination address VC lookup missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatRateLimitVPLSRemoteLear nDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all rate limit VPLS remote learn drop packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv4DestAddrVCMiss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv4 destination address VC lookup missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv6DestAddrVCMiss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv6 destination address VC lookup missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatVPLSTx brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all VPLS destination address hit Tx processing packets. brcdNPDebugStatVLLTx brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all VLL destination address hit Tx processing packets. brcdNPDebugStatUnknowL3VPNIngressDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all unknown Layer3 VPN ingress drop packets. It includes outer IP checksum fail (or) TTL equals to 0 (or) routing not enabled packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv6VPNTx brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv6 VPN transmit processing packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv4VPNTx brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv4 VPN transmit processing packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREIPv4RxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.16 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all GRE encapsulated IPv4 payload packets proceeded for IP DPA processing. brcdNPDebugStatGREInvalidDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.17 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all packets with invalid protocol type in the GRE header. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 NP debug statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 20 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPDebugStat6to4RxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.18 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid outer IPv4 header and source ingress check hit packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREEnfSourceIngressChk Miss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.19 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all GRE outer IPv4 source ingress check missed packets. brcdNPDebugStat6to4EnfSourceIngressChk Miss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.20 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all outer IPv4 source ingress check missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREMPLSRxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.21 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all GRE encapsulated MPLS payload packets proceeded for MPLS receive processing. brcdNPDebugStatGREIPv6RxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.22 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all GRE encapsulated IPv6 payload packets proceeded for IP DPA processing. brcdNPDebugStatPBBRxDropCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.23 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all PBB Rx drop packets. This counter is valid only for 2x100G, 8x10G and 4x40G line cards. brcdNPDebugStatPBBTxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.24 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all PBB Tx packets.This counter is valid only for 2x100G, 8x10G and 4x40G line cards. brcdNPDebugStatIPv4DestAddrVCDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.25 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv4 destination address VC drop packets. This counter is valid only for 2x100G, 8x10G and 4x40G line cards. brcdNPDebugStatIPv6DestAddrVCDrop brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.26 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all IPv6 destination address VC drop packets. This counter is valid only for 2x100G, 8x10G and 4x40G line cards. brcdNPDebugStatSourceAddrPortVLANMiss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.27 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all source address port VLAN missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatVPLSSourceAddrPortVLAN Miss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.28 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all VPLS source address port VLAN missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatSourceAddrVCMiss brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.29 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all source address VC missed packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv4HWFwdCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.30 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid IPv4 hardware forwarded packets. brcdNPDebugStatIPv6HWFwdCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.31 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid IPv6 hardware forwarded packets. 289 20 290 NP debug statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdNPDebugStatMulticastRPFDropCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.32 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all multicast RPF failed packets. brcdNPDebugStatMPLSLsrTxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.33 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of valid transit LSR cross-connect packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREIPv4TxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.34 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of valid IPv4 payload with GRE encapsulation. brcdNPDebugStat6to4TxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.35 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid 6 to 4 transmit packets. brcdNPDebugStatMPLSRSVPTxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.36 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid MPLS RSVP transmit packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREMPLSTxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.37 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of all valid GRE encapsulated MPLS transmit packets. brcdNPDebugStatGREIPv6TxCount brcdIp.1.14.2.1.1.6.1.38 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only A count of valid IPv6 payload with IPv4 GRE encapsulation. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 21 System Logging Group In this chapter • Global system logging group objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Dynamic system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Static system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • System log server table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 293 294 295 Global system logging group objects The following objects are for global system logging processes for all devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSysLogGblEnable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables system logging. Set this object to one of the following values: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: enable(1) snAgSysLogGblBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the number of dynamic system logging entries. Valid values: Up to 100 entries Default: 50 entries snAgSysLogGblClear brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Clears the dynamic and static system log buffers. Set this object to one of the following values: • normal(0) – System logs will not be cleared. • clearAll(1) – Clears both dynamic and static system log buffers. • clearDynamic(2) – Clears only the dynamic system log. • clearStatic(3) – Clears only the static system log. 291 21 Global system logging group objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSysLogGblCriticalLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Filters and identifies the events that will be logged in the logging buffer. This object consists of 32 bits. The following shows the meaning of each bit: Bit Meaning 8- 31 Reserved 7 Warning (warning conditions) 6 Notification (normal but significant conditions) 5 Informational (informational messages) 4 Error (error conditions) 2 Debugging (debugging messages) 1 Critical (critical conditions). Setting this bit to 1 tells the logging buffer to accept the corresponding event. 0 Alert (immediate action needed). Setting this bit to 0 makes the logging buffer reject the corresponding event. Default: 255 snAgSysLogGblLoggedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number events logged in the system logging buffer. snAgSysLogGblDroppedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of events dropped from the system logging buffer. snAgSysLogGblFlushedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer was cleared. snAgSysLogGblOverrunCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer has wrapped around. snAgSysLogGblServer brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.9 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write IP address of syslog server. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 292 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Dynamic system logging buffer table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSysLogGblFacility brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the facility code: kern(1) user(2) mail(3) daemon(4) auth(5) syslog(6) lpr(7) news(8) uucp(9) sys9(10) sys10(11) sys11(12) sys12(13) sys13(14) sys14(15) cron(16) local0(17) local1(18) local2(19) local3(20) local4(21) local5(22) local6(23) local7(24) Default: user(2) snAgSysLogGblPersistenceEn able brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables system logging persistence. 21 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Dynamic system logging buffer table The following table applies to all devices. It contains the events logged in the dynamic system log. Events that are not logged in the static system log are logged in the dynamic system log. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 293 21 Static system logging buffer table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2 None Dynamic system logging buffer table. snAgSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the index to the dynamic system logging buffer table. snAgSysLogBufferTimeSt amp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.2 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the time stamp for when the event is logged. snAgSysLogBufferCriticalL Read-only evel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer snAgSysLogBufferMessag e brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only snAgSysLogBufferCalTime Read-only Stamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString The critical level of this event: other(1) alert(2) critical(3) debugging(4) emergency(5) error(6) informational(7) notification(8) warning(9) • • • • • • • • • Displays the system logging message. Shows the time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured. Otherwise, the value of this object is 0. This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set. Static system logging buffer table The following table applies to all devices. It contains the events logged in the static system log. The static system log receives power failures, fan failures, temperature warnings, or shutdown messages. 294 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgStaticSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3 None Static system logging buffer table. snAgStaticSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the static system logging buffer table. snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.2 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only A time stamp, in number of time ticks, when the event is logged. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 System log server table 21 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgStaticSysLogBufferCriticalLeve l brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The critical level of this event: • other(1) • alert(2) • critical(3) • debugging(4) • emergency(5) • error(6) • informational(7) • notification(8) • warning(9) snAgStaticSysLogBufferMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The system logging message. snAgStaticSysLogBufferCalTimeSta mp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only A time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured. Otherwise, the value of this object is 0. If an SNTP server is used to maintain time, then this object adds the value of the snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp object to the SNTP base to calculate the absolute time. This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set. System log server table The system log (syslog) server table shows which server receives syslog messages. Every server in the table receives all syslog messages. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgSysLogServerTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4 None System log server table. snAgSysLogServerIP brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write IP address of system log server. snAgSysLogServerUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write UDP port number of the syslog server. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snAgSysLogServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Other. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. 295 Chapter 22 NetFlow and sFlow MIB In this chapter • NetFlow Export. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 • sFlow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 NetFlow Export The following objects provide configuration information on the NetFlow Export feature. NetFlow Export collects information about the traffic that devices receive, then forwards and exports that information to a third-party collector. Third-party applications can then use the information to create reports, bill customers for network usage, and so on. NOTE The following snNetFlowGlb, snNetFlowCollectorTable, snNetFlowAggregationTable, and snNetFlowIfTable are not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron series devices. Global NetFlow objects Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNetFlowGblEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if NetFlow Export is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snNetFlowGblVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the NetFlow Export version. Default: Version 5 snNetFlowGblProtocolDis able brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates if TCP or UDP are disabled: Bit 0 – Disables the export of all protocols except UDP and TCP. Bit 1 – Disables the export of TCP. Bit 2 – Disables the export of UDP. Default: Bit 0 snNetFlowGblActiveTime out brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of minutes that an active flow can be in the NetFlow Export cache. Valid values: 1 – 60 minutes Default: 60 minutes snNetFlowGblInactiveTim eout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of seconds that an inactive flow can be in the NetFlow Export cache. Valid values: 1 – 60 seconds Default: 60 seconds • • • • • 297 22 NetFlow Export NetFlow Export collector table The following table provides information about the NetFlow Export collector. Collectors are where expired UPD packets from devices are sent. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNetFlowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2 None A table of NetFlow Export collector information. snNetFlowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index to the NetFlow Export collector table. Valid values: 1 – 10 snNetFlowCollectorIp brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the collector. snNetFlowCollectorUdpPort brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number of the collector. snNetFlowCollectorSourceInterf ace brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the source port for the NetFlow Export packets. Packets will be exported through this port: • A valid port number – The port configured to be the source port. • 0 – No source port specified. The port connected to the collector is the source port. snNetFlowCollectorRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a NetFlow Export collector table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) NetFlow Export aggregation table The following table provides information on the NetFlow Export aggregation schemes. By default, NetFlow Export exports a separate flow for each unique set of flow information. To streamline data export, you can consolidate flows by creating aggregate caches that contain individual flows based on specific information in the flow. 298 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 NetFlow Export Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 22 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNetFlowAggregationTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3 None The NetFlow Export aggregation table snNetFlowAggregationIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only snNetFlowAggregationIp brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The IP address of the NetFlow Export aggregation collector. snNetFlowAggregationUdpPort brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The UDP port of the NetFlow Export aggregation collector. snNetFlowAggregationSourceInterface brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the source port to export the NetFlow Export aggregation packets: • A valid port number – The port configured to be the source port. • 0 – No source port specified. The port connected to the collector is the source port. snNetFlowAggregationNumberOfCache Entries brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum number of aggregated flows that the aggregation cache can contain. snNetFlowAggregationActiveTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum time in minutes that an active flow can remain in the NetFlow Export aggregation cache. Valid values: 1 – 60 minutes Default: 30 minutes snNetFlowAggregationInactiveTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum time in seconds that an inactive flow can remain in the NetFlow Export aggregation cache. The object can have a value from 10 through 600 seconds. Default: 15 seconds Specifies what information is used to aggregate the flow: as(1) – Autonomous system scheme uses the input and output interfaces and the source and destination BGP4 AS. • protocolPort(2) – IP and application port source and destination IP, and source and destination TCP or UDP port numbers. • destPrefix(3) – Destination prefix scheme uses output interface, destination network mask and prefix, and destination BGP4 AS. • sourcePrefix(4) – Source prefix scheme uses the input interface, source network mask and prefix, and source BGP4 AS. • prefix(5) – Source and destination prefix scheme uses the input and output interfaces, source and destination network masks and prefixes, and source and destination BGP4 AS. • 299 22 sFlow Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNetFlowAggregationEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if NetFlow Export aggregation for this aggregation scheme is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snNetFlowAggregationRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a NetFlow Export aggregation table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) NetFlow Export interface table The following table contains information about the switching type in every NetFlow Export interface. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snNetFlowIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4 None Shows a list of interface entries. The number of entries is given by the value of ifNumber. snNetFlowIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows a unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Valid values: 1 – 65536 It is recommended that values are assigned contiguously starting with 1. The value for each interface sub-layer must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of the entity’s network management system to the next re-initialization. snNetFlowIfFlowSwitching brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if flow switching in a particular interface is enabled: disable(0) enable(1) • • sFlow This section presents the sFlow objects that are proprietary to products. sFlow collector table Currently, RFC 3176 allows only one sFlow destination to be configured. To configure two or more destinations, use the following table. 300 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSflowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2 None Table of sFlow collectors, beginning with the second collector. Configure the first sFlow collector using the sFlowCollectorAddress and sFlowCollectorPort objects in the RFC 3176 sFlowTable. snSflowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index to the sFlow collector table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 sFlow Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 22 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSflowCollectorIP brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The IP address of the sFlow collector. snSflowCollectorUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The number of the UDP port used by the sFlow collector. snSflowCollectorRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.19. 2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • other(1) – Some other case. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. 301 Chapter 23 VLAN Layer 2 Switch MIB Definition In this chapter • VLAN by port information table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN by port membership table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port VLAN configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN by protocol configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN by IP subnet configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN by IPX network configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN extended statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 307 308 312 313 315 317 318 VLAN by port information table The following table applies to a Layer 2 device if the object snSwGroupOperMode is configured with a value of vlanByPort(2), allowing switch ports to be configured with a VLAN ID. Each VLAN switch port could have a number of VLAN IDs. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1 None The VLAN by port information table for Layer 2 Switches. snVLanByPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1 None An entry in the VLAN by port information table. snVLanByPortVLanIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index to this table. The VLAN ID number must not be greater than the value of the object. Each VLAN identifier can be a member of multiple ports. snVLanByPortVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write The VLAN ID index to the table. Each VLAN identifier can be a member of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snVLanByPortPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.3 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the standalone switch VLAN port membership. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices. 303 23 304 VLAN by port information table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the QoS settings for the following devices: Standalone: • low(0) – Low priority • high(1) – High priority BigIron • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snVLanByPortStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not the Spanning Tree mode in the switch group is enabled: • disable(0) - No Spanning Tree • enableStp(1) - Activate Spanning Tree • enableRstp(2) - Activate Rapid Spanning Tree snVLanByPortStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP bridge ID. The STP bridge ID is eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID. The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 snVLanByPortStpGroupMax Age brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets of the STP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. snVLanByPortStpGroupHell oTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime” object. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 6 – 40 Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad Value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 1 – 10 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN by port information table Name, OID, and syntax Access snVLanByPortStpGroupForw Read-write ardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 23 Description Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”object. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 2 –30 snVLanByPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a bad value error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVLanByPortOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Activates the VLAN entry and sets it to running mode: notActivated(0) – The VLAN entry is not activated and not in running mode. • activated(1) – The VLAN entry is activated and in running mode. Default: notActivated(0) snVLanByPortBaseNumPort s brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the number of ports controlled by this bridging entity. snVLanByPortBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging, this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type: • unknown(1) • transparent-only(2) • sourceroute-only(3) • srt(4) snVLanByPortStpProtocolSp ecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only • Shows what version of STP is being run: unknown(1) decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree Protocol. • ieee8021d(3) – Returns "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined. • • 305 23 306 VLAN by port information table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortStpMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is the information learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Timeout Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. This value is in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two configuration bridge PDUs can be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpForwardDe Read-only lay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.18 Syntax: Timeout Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which is the time that controls how long a port stays in the listening and learning states as its spanning state moves towards the forwarding state. This value is also used when a topology change has been detected and is under way. The value is used to age all dynamic entries in the Forwarding Database. This value is the one that this bridge is currently using, in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay in the “snVLanByPortStpGroupForwardDelay” object, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using when this bridge becomes the root. This time value is in hundredths of a second, (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpTimeSince TopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.19 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the time since the last time the bridge detected a topology change. This time is in hundredths of a second. snVLanByPortStpTopChang es brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized. snVLanByPortStpRootCost brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpRootPort brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the number of the port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpDesignate dRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.23 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge ID of the root of the spanning tree as determined by STP as executed by this node. This value is used as the Root Identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN by port membership table 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.24 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Indicates the value of the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress, which is the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this is the smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge; however, it must be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority, a unique Bridge Identifier is formed, which is used in the STP. snVLanByPortVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.25 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByPortRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is optional and applies only to routers. It shows the ID of the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, then this object was not configured. Valid values: 1 – 60 snVLanByPortChassisPortM ask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.27 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write The object is replaced by “snVLanByPortPortList”. It shows the VLAN switch port membership. This object has 32 octets. snVLanByPortPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.28 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Applies to all devices. NOTE: This object was deprecated on FastIron devices. It is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, or Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Use snVLanByPortCfgRo uterIntf instead. VLAN by port membership table The following table is the Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) port membership table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6 None This table is used to create or delete a port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) entry. snVLanByPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1 None An entry in the Port VLAN port membership table. snVLanByPortMemberVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID). Valid values: 1 – 4095 VLAN IDs 307 23 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex that is a member of the port VLAN. snVLanByPortMemberRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a bad value error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • other(1) – Some other case. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVLanByPortMemberTagMod e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write For a tagged or dual-mode port, there can be multiple VLANs per port. For an untagged port, there is only one VLAN ID per port. The values are: • tagged(1) • untagged(2) Port VLAN configuration table 308 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7 None The Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) configuration table. snVLanByPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1 None An entry of the port VLAN configuration table. snVLanByPortCfgVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The VLAN ID index to this table. Each VLAN identifier can be a member of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snVLanByPortCfgQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.2 Syntax: PortQosTC Read-write Shows the Quality of Service (QoS) settings for the devices. For Stackable devices, the values can be one of the following: • low(0) – Low priority • high(1) – High priority For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) • invalid(127) - This value is used by CES or CER products to signify that no Quality of Service was specified for this VLAN. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port VLAN configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) The following values are supported on FastIron SuperX software releases: • disabled(0) • enableStp(1) • enableRstp(2) snVLanByPortCfgStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP or RSTP bridge ID. The STP and RSTP bridge IDs are eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID. The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress” object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup MaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP or RSTP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup HelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpGroupF orwardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snVLanByPortCfgBaseNum Ports brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime” object. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 6 – 40 Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad Value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 1 – 10 Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge” object. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a bad value error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 2 – 30 The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity. 309 23 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging, this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type: • unknown(1) • transparentOnly(2) • sourcerouteOnly(3) • srt(4) snVLanByPortCfgStpProtoc olSpecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpMaxAg e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHelloTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.12 Syntax: Timeout Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. This value is in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHoldTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.13 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two configuration bridge PDUs can be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpForwar dDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.14 Syntax: Timeout Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is under way, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database. Shows what version of STP is being run: unknown(1) decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree Protocol. • ieee8021d(3) – IEEE 802.1d implementations will return this value. If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined. • • NOTE: This value is the one that this bridge is currently using in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using should this bridge become the root. This value is measured in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpTimeSi nceTopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.15 Syntax: Time ticks 310 Read-only Shows the time since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity. This time is in hundredths of a second. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access snVLanByPortCfgStpTopCha Read-only nges brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Description Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized. snVLanByPortCfgStpRootCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpRootPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpDesign atedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.19 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree Protocol as executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgBaseBridg eAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.20 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Shows the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this be the numerically smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge; however, it is only required to be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority, a unique bridge identifier is formed, which is used in the Spanning Tree Protocol. snVLanByPortCfgVLanNam e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.21 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the VLAN community string. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByPortCfgRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is optional. It identifies the virtual interface for the router to the VLAN, and applies only to the router. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, that means this object was not configured. snVLanByPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read-write Deletes a VLAN entry. snVLanByPortCfgStpVersion Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.24 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is supported only on the FastIron SuperX devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 23 Shows the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running: • stpCompatible(0) – STP (IEEE 802.1D) • rstp(2) – RSTP (IEEE 802.1w) snVLanByPortCfgInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.25 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of bytes received on this VLAN. This can be used as the per-VE counter, if there is one-to-one mapping for VLAN-VE. snVLanByPortCfgTranspare ntHwFlooding brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables transparent VLAN flooding on a VLAN: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) • • 311 23 VLAN by protocol configuration table VLAN by protocol configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 312 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByProtocolTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2 None The VLAN by protocol configuration table. snVLanByProtocolEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1 None An entry in the VLAN by protocol configuration table. snVLanByProtocolVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.1 Read-only Shows the VLAN ID index to both the VLAN by port information table and this table. snVLanByProtocolIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the protocol used by this VLAN. The following IP/IPX protocols are used by VLANs in Layer 3 VLAN: • IP(1) • IPX(2) The following protocols are used in Layer 2 bridging: • appleTalk(3) • decNet(4) • netBios(5) • others(6) – Other protocols that are defined here. snVLanByProtocolDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByProtocolStaticMas k brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.4 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in static mode. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices. snVLanByProtocolExcludeMa sk brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in exclusive mode. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices. snVLanByProtocolRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to routers only and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. This object is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByProtocolRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVLanByProtocolDynamicM ask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.8 Syntax: PortMask Read-only Shows the portmask, which is the standalone switch Protocol VLAN active port membership. This object was obsoleted. snVLanByProtocolChassisSta Read-write ticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted and replaced by the “snVLanByProtocolStaticPortList” object. snVLanByProtocolChassisExc Read-write ludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted and replaced by the “snVLanByProtocolExcludePortList” object. snVLanByProtocolChassisDy namicMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted and replaced by the “snVLanByProtocolDynamicPortList” object. snVLanByProtocolVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.12 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByProtocolStaticPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object is an index of ports that are configured to be members of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByProtocolExcludePor Read-write tList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING This object is an index of ports that are excluded from port membership of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByProtocolDynamicP ortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.15 Syntax: OCTET STRING This object is an index of ports that can dynamically join the port membership of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 its are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. Read-only VLAN by IP subnet configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IP routing protocol. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 313 23 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByIpSubnetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3 None The VLAN by IP subnet configuration table. snVLanByIpSubnetEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1 None An entry in the VLAN by IP subnet configuration table. snVLanByIpSubnetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the VLAN ID index to both the VLAN by port information table and this table. Valid values: 1 - 4095 snVLanByIpSubnetIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for the subnet of the protocol-based IP VLAN. snVLanByIpSubnetSubnetMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Subnet mask associated with the subnet IP address. snVLanByIpSubnetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByIpSubnetStaticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the port membership of the standalone switch VLAN by Subnet in static mode. This object was obsoleted. snVLanByIpSubnetExcludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.6 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the port membership of the standalone switch VLAN by Subnet in exclusive mode. This object was obsoleted. snVLanByIpSubnetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. Valid values: 0 - 60. It is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero. snVLanByIpSubnetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) - Deletes the row. • create(4) - Creates a new row. • modify(5) - Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) - No such row. • invalid(1) - Row is inoperative. • valid(2) - Row exists and is valid. snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicMask Read-only brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.9 Syntax: PortMask 314 Shows the standalone switch VLAN by subnet active port membership. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN by IPX network configuration table 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByIpSubnetChassisStatic Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.10 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by the “snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortList” object. It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpSubnetChassisExclu deMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.11 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by the “snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortList” object. It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpSubnetChassisDyna micMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.12 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets .It is replaced by the “snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortList” object. It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpSubnetVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.13 Syntax: Display string Read-write Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.14 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object is an index of ports that are configured to be members of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.15 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object is an index of ports that are excluded from port membership of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.16 Syntax: Octet string Read-only This object is an index of ports that can dynamically join the port membership of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. VLAN by IPX network configuration table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IPX routing protocol. Unless otherwise stated in the object description, all objects in this table apply to all devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByIpxNetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4 None The VLAN by IPX network number table. snVLanByIpxNetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The VLAN ID index to both the VLAN by port information table and this table. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snVLanByIpxNetNetworkNum brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the IPX Network Number. This object has four octets. 315 23 316 VLAN by IPX network configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByIpxNetFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the frame type for the Layer 3 VLAN: notApplicable(0) – If none of the following options is selected ipxEthernet8022(1) ipxEthernet8023(2) ipxEthernetII(3) ipxEthernetSnap(4) Each IPX Network Number must be assigned with one unique Frame type; otherwise, an SNMP-SET error will be returned. snVLanByIpxNetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByIpxNetStaticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpxNetExcludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.6 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpxNetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. Valid values: 0 – 60; however, this object is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero. snVLanByIpxNetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVLanByIpxNetDynamicMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.9 Syntax: PortMask Read-only Shows the VLAN by IPX network active port membership. snVLanByIpxNetChassisStatic Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object has 32 octets and it is replaced by “snVLanByIpxNetStaticPortList”. Shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpxNetChassisExclud eMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object has 32 octets and it is replaced by “snVLanByIpxNetExcludePortList”. Shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpxNetChassisDyna micMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only This object has 32 octets and it is replaced by “snVLanByIpxNetDynamicPortList”. Shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership. • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByIpxNetVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the community string that can access this VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByIpxNetStaticPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Lists the membership of a VLAN by IPX network. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpxNetExcludePortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.15 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Lists the ports that are excluded from the VLAN by IPX network membership. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpxNetDynamicPortLi Read-only st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.16 Syntax: OCTET STRING Lists the ports that can dynamically join the membership of the VLAN by IPX network. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the AppleTalk routing protocol. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByATCableTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5 None A table of VLAN by AppleTalk network number. snVLanByATCableVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The VLAN ID of a port VLAN to which the AppleTalk cable VLAN attaches. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snVLanByATCableIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The AppleTalk cable VLAN index number. snVLanByATCableRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the virtual interface of a router to the AppleTalk Cable VLAN. Valid values: 0 – 60; however, an SNMP-Get will equal zero if this object is not configured. Only router products accept the SNMP-SET operation. 317 23 VLAN extended statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanByATCableRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletesthe row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVLanByATCableChassisSta Read-write ticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING This object is replaced by the “snVLanByATCableStaticPortList” object. Shows a list of ports that are statically configured to become port members of a VLAN. It has 32 octets. snVLanByATCableVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the community string that can access this VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snVLanByATCableStaticPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows a list of port indices that are configured to join membership of the AppleTalk Cable VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. VLAN extended statistics This section describes the MIB objects for the Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) extended statistics supported on G2 products of Brocade MLX series and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Use the extended-counters priority command to configure a module to enable per-VLAN or per-port, or priority accounting (or extended counters) that applies to both ingress and egress counters. Use the extended-counters routed-switched command to configure the system to count switched and routed packets separately. The default value or the no form of the command configures the system to count switched and routed packets combined. All the counters reset to “0” when the state is changed. Also, the current counters that reset to “0” maintain an aggregate count. For more information, refer Brocade MLXe and NetIron Family Configuration Guide. NOTE The Layer 2 VPN counters apply only to switched packets. The following table lists the objects of extended statistics for VLAN. 318 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVlanExtStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8 None Table contains the extended statistics for VLAN ports of G2 and later modules. It is not applicable for G1 cards. These statistics apply to Layer 2 VLANs as well as port VLANs that are associated to IP interfaces (physical or VE). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN extended statistics Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 23 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVlanExtStatsVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.1 Syntax: BrcdVlanIdTC None The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID). brcdVlanExtStatsIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex of the port belonging to this VLAN. brcdVlanExtStatsPriorityId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.3 Syntax: PortPriorityTC None Identifies the port QoS priority. The values 1 through 8 internally map to priorities 0 through 7. The value 128 refers to the aggregate count bucket. brcdVlanExtStatsInSwitchedPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for switched packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsInRoutedPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for routed packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns ”0”. brcdVlanExtStatsInPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for both switched and routed packets. brcdVlanExtStatsOutSwitchedPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for switched packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsOutRoutedPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for routed packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsOutPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of packets transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for both switched and routed packets. brcdVlanExtStatsInSwitchedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for switched packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsInRoutedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for routed packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count received by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for both switched and routed packets. 319 23 VLAN extended statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVlanExtStatsOutSwitchedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for switched packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsOutRoutedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for routed packets. The value is applicable only if the system is configured to separately count the two types of packets. Otherwise, it returns “0”. brcdVlanExtStatsOutOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.8.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count transmitted by this port classified as belonging to this VLAN for both switched and routed packets. VLAN extended statistics for VPLS The following table contains information for the extended VLAN accounting that applies to the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) endpoint attached to the Customer Edge (CE) device. NOTE Use the snmp-server disable mib mib-table-keyword command to disable the SNMP support for the table and use the no form of the command to re-enable the support. The overall SNMP-WALK performance is increased when the SNMP support is disabled for the table. 320 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsTable brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4 None This table contains the VLAN extended statistics for VPLS endpoints. For more information, refer to “VPLS endpoint2 table”. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsPriorityId brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.1 Syntax: PortPriorityTC None Identifies the port QoS priority. The values 1 through 8 internally map to priorities 0 through 7. The value 128 indicates that priority-level accounting is not enabled. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsInPkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid switched and routed frames received by the endpoint from the Customer Edge (CE). brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsOutPkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid switched and routed frames transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsInOctets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The switched and routed bytes count received by the endpoint from the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsOutOctets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The switched and routed bytes count transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsRoutedInPk ts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid routed frames received by the endpoint from the CE. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN extended statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access 23 Description brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsRoutedOutP Read-only kts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 The number of valid routed frames transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsRoutedInOc tets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The routed bytes count received by the endpoint from the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsRoutedOut Octets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The routed bytes count transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsSwitchedIn Pkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid switched frames received by the endpoint from the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsSwitchedOu tPkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid switched frames transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsSwitchedIn Octets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The switched bytes count received by the endpoint from the CE. brcdVplsEndptVlanExtStatsSwitchedOu tOctets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.2.4.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The switched bytes count transmitted by the endpoint to the CE. VLAN extended statistics for VLL and VLL-local endpoints The following table contains information for the extended VLAN accounting that applies to the Virtual Leased Line (VLL) and VLL-local endpoints attached to the Customer Edge (CE) device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsTable brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2 None This table contains the VLAN extended statistics for VLL endpoints. For more infromation, refer to “VLL endpoint table”. brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsPriorityId brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2.1.1 Syntax: PortPriorityTC None Identifies the port QoS priority. The values 1 through 8 internally map to priorities 0 through 7. The value 128 indicates that the priority-level accounting is not enabled. brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsInPkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid frames received by this endpoint from the Customer Edge (CE). brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsOutPkts brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of valid frames transmitted by this endpoint to the Customer Edge (CE). 321 23 322 VLAN extended statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsInOctets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count received by this endpoint from the Customer Edge (CE). brcdVllEndptVlanExtStatsOutOctets brcdlp.1.2.15.2.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The bytes count transmitted by this endpoint to the Customer Edge (CE). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 24 Forwarding Database Group In this chapter • Forwarding database static table information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Forwarding database static table information The following table contains the forwarding database information for each station known to the system. There is one entry per station. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdbTable brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1 None The forwarding database static table. snFdbStationIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the FDB Station index to the FDB Station table. snFdbStationAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the snFdbs physical address. The physical address represents a MAC Station. snFdbStationPort brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the station slot or port number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only). • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snFdbVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-write Indicates the Station VLAN ID. 323 24 Forwarding database static table information Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFdbStationQos brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the Quality of Service (QoS) values for the station: For stackable stations, the values can be: • low(0) – Low priority • high(1) – High priority For chassis stations, the values can be: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snFdbStationType brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 324 Shows the station type: notSupported(0) – A read-only value: this product does not support multilayer switching. • host(1) – Any MAC station. • router(2) – A router-typed station. • snFdbRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snFdbStationIfindex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write Station interface index number. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 25 Port STP Configuration Group In this chapter • Port STP configuration groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Port STP configuration groups The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) eliminates Layer 2 loops in networks by selectively blocking some ports and allowing other ports to forward traffic based on global (bridge) and local (port) parameters you can configure. Port STP table The following table applies to all other FastIron and NetIron devices, except the FastIron X series. These devices use snIfStpTable. The snIfStpTable replaces snPortStpTable. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1 None A specific snPortStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table only exists if “snVLanByPortTable” on page 303 exists and “snVLanByPortStpMode” on page 304 is enabled for each VLAN. snPortStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community. Valid values: 1 – 65535 snPortStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only snPortStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the port number of the switch: Bit 0 to 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only). • • Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first (in network byte order) octet of the Port ID. The second octet of the Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree (instance of STP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root. Valid values: 8 – 255 325 25 Port STP configuration groups Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortStpPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths. IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed. Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress. Each port type has its own default STP path cost: • 10 Mbps – 100 • 100 Mbps – 19 • Gigabit – 4 Valid values: 0 – 65535 NOTE: Over the value of 65535, this MIB stays at the upper value and the user should access which has a bigger upper range value. 326 snPortStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPortStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer None snPortStpPortForwardTransi tions brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 None Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode: • notActivated(0) • activated(1) Default: notActivated(0) Indicates whether or not the port is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Shows the number of times this port has transitioned from the Learning state to the Forwarding state. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port STP configuration groups Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 25 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame: • disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port. • blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port with the forwarding(5) state. When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs. • listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridges in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state. • learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table. • forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames. • broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge. snPortStpPortDesignatedCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. If the designated bridge is the root bridge itself, then the cost is 0. The identity of the designated bridge is shown in the Design Bridge field. This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in the received bridge PDUs. snPortStpPortDesignatedRo ot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.10 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only The root bridge as recognized on this port. The value is the same as the root bridge ID listed in the Root ID field. Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached. snPortStpPortDesignatedBri dge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.11 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge. snPortStpPortDesignatedPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network. This object has two octets. snPortStpPortAdminRstp brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables RSTP of a port which is a member of a VLAN. If the VLAN is not operating in RSTP, this object will return FALSE(2) and this object is not writable. 327 25 Port STP configuration groups Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortStpPortProtocolMigra tion brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write When operating in RSTP (version 2) mode, writing TRUE(1) to this object forces this port to transmit RSTP BPDUs. Any other operation on this object has no effect and it always returns FALSE(2) when read. snPortStpPortAdminEdgePo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The administrative value of the Edge Port parameter. A value of TRUE(1) indicates that this port should be assumed as an edge port and a value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be assumed as a non-edge port. snPortStpPortAdminPointTo Point brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write The administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. A value of TRUE(1) indicates that this port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link. A value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be treated as having a shared media connection. STP table NOTE The snPortStpTable was deprecated. It has been replaced by snIfStpTable. 328 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2 None A specific snIfStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table exists only if snVLanByPortCfgTable exists and snVLanByPortCfgStpMode is enabled for each VLAN. snIfStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community. Valid values: 1 – 65535 snIfStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only Shows the port number of the switch that has the ifIndex value. snIfStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first (in network byte order) octet of the (2 octet long) Port ID. The second octet of the Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree (instance of STP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root. Valid values: 0 – 255 snIfStpCfgPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost of paths towards the spanning tree root which include this port. 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Writing value zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed. Valid values: 0 – 200000000 snIfStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode: notActivated(0) activated(1) Default: notActivated(0) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port STP configuration groups Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 25 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIfStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame: • disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port. • blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port with the forwarding(5) state. When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs. • listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridges in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state. • learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table. • forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames. • broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge. • preforwarding(7) snIfStpPortDesignatedCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in received bridge PDUs. snIfStpPortDesignatedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.10 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached. snIfStpPortDesignatedBridge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.11 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge. snIfStpPortDesignatedPort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network. This object has two octets. snIfStpPortAdminRstp brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.13 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write Enables or disables RSTP of a port which is a member of a VLAN. If the VLAN is not operating in RSTP, this object will return FALSE(2) and this object is not writable. snIfStpPortProtocolMigration brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.14 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write When operating in RSTP (version 2) mode, writing TRUE(1) to this object forces this port to transmit RSTP BPDUs. Any other operation on this object has no effect and it always returns FALSE(2) when read. snIfStpPortAdminEdgePort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.15 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write The administrative value of the edge port parameter. A value of TRUE(1) indicates that this port should be assumed as an edge port and a value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be assumed as a non-edge port. 329 25 Port STP configuration groups Name, OID, and syntax Access snIfStpPortAdminPointToPoint Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.16 Syntax: TruthVal The administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. A value of TRUE(1) indicates that this port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link. A value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be treated as having a shared media connection. snIfStpOperPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost of paths towards the spanning tree root which include this port. 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Reading value zero indicates an unknown path cost value because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense in progress or the port link is down. Valid values: 0 – 200000000. snIfStpPortRole brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only snIfStpBPDUTransmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The STP or RSTP bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. snIfStpBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The STP or RSTP bridge protocol unit received counter. snIfRstpConfigBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit received counter. snIfRstpTCNBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The RSTP topology change notification bridge protocol unit received counter. snIfRstpConfigBPDUTransmitt ed brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. snIfRstpTCNBPDUTransmitted Read-only brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.24 Syntax: Counter32 330 Description The STP or RSTP port role: unknown(0) alternate(1) root(2) designated(3) backupRole(4) disabledRole(5) • • • • • • The RSTP topology change notification bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 26 MRP MIB Definition In this chapter • MRP table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 MRP table The following table contains information about Metro Ring Protocol (MRP) MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMetroRingTable brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1 None The MRP table. snMetroRingVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None Identifies a VLAN that controls the metro ring. snMetroRingId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 None The metro ring identifier. snMetroRingConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of the metro ring. snMetroRingRole brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMetroRingHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The time interval to periodically transmit Ring Health Protocol (RHP) in milliseconds. snMetroRingPreforwardingTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The time interval that a metro ring stays in the preforwarding state before changing to the forwarding state (in milliseconds). snMetroRingPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The ifIndex value of port 1 to configure into the metro ring. snMetroRingPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The ifIndex value of port 2 to configure into the metro ring. snMetroRingName brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The description of the metro ring. Shows the metro ring role: other(1) - None of the cases below. master(2) - Device which originates RHP packets. member(3) - Device which forwards RHP packets. • • • 331 26 332 MRP table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMetroRingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates and deletes rows in the table, and controls whether they are used. Values are: • delete(3) - Deletes a row. • create(4) - Creates a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “bad value” error. Deleted rows disappear immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuchName - No such row • other(1) - Some other cases. • valid(2) - The row exists and is valid. snMetroRingOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the metro ring operational state. Valid values:other(1), enabled(2), disabled(3) snMetroRingTopoGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of the topology group that controls the metro ring. snMetroRingRHPTransmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The Ring Health Protocol (RHP) transmitted counter. snMetroRingRHPReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The Ring Health Protocol (RHP) received counter. snMetroRingStateChanged brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The counter for the number of times the ring state has changed. snMetroRingTCRBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The topology change protocol received counter. snMetroRingPriPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.17 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The ifIndex value of the primary port. snMetroRingSecPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.18 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The ifIndex value of the secondary port. snMetroRingPriPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-only The state of the metro ring primary port: other(1) - None of the cases below. preforwarding(2) - Port transmits RHP packets; port does not transmit data packets. • forwarding(3) - Port transmits RHP and data packets. • blocking(4) - Port receives RHP packets; does not receive data packets. • disabled(5) - Port is disabled from the metro ring. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MRP table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access snMetroRingSecPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-only snMetroRingPriPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-only snMetroRingSecPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only snMetroRingPriPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.23 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The ifIndex value of the active primary port. snMetroRingSecPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.24 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The ifIndex value of the active secondary port. 26 Description The state of the metro ring secondary port: other(1) - None of the cases below. preforwarding(2) - Port transmits RHP packets; port does not transmit data packets. • forwarding(3) - Port transmits RHP and data packets. • blocking(4) - Port receives RHP packets; does not receive data packets. • disabled(5) - Port is disabled from the metro ring. • • The metro ring primary port type: other(1) - None of the cases below. regular(2) - Port is configured to operate on a single ring. tunnel(3) - Port is configured to operate on multiple rings. • • • The metro ring secondary port type: other(1) - None of the cases below. regular(2) - Port is configured to operate on a single ring. tunnel(3) - Port is configured to operate on multiple rings. • • • 333 Chapter 27 Trunk Port Configuration Group In this chapter • Trunk port configuration group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 • Multi-slot trunk port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 • Switch configuration summary group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Trunk port configuration group The trunk group feature allows you to manually configure multiple high-speed, load-sharing links between two switches or routers or between a switch and router and a server. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. NOTE In Ironware release 08.0.00a, “fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable” obsoletes “snTrunkTable”. For more information on LAG MIBs, refer to Chapter 59, “LAG MIB Definition”. The following objects contain configuration of trunk port memberships. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1 None The trunk port table. A specific snTrunkTable consists of a number of trunk port masks. snTrunkIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of the trunk port entries that can be configured. Valid values: 1 – 64 snTrunkPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.2 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the trunk port membership of the switch. snTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the trunk port is connected to a switch or a server: switch(1) server(2) • • 335 27 Multi-slot trunk port table Multi-slot trunk port table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The following table applies to multi-slot trunk ports. The objects show the ports that are members of a trunk group and they apply to all devices unless otherwise specified in their descriptions. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMSTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2 None The multi-slot trunk port configuration table. snMSTrunkPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Identifies the port that is the primary port of a trunk group. For a module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7. For a module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, or 21. snMSTrunkPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first port index must be the index of the primary port. snMSTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server: • switch(1) • server(2) snMSTrunkRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates, deletes, or modifies an entry in this table: • invalid(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) • modify(5) The following table contains the objects for multi-slot trunk port configuration iftable. 336 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMSTrunkIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3 None The multi-slot trunk port configuration iftable. snMSTrunkIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Identifies the port that is the primary port (IfIndex) of a trunk group. For a module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7. For a module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, or 21. snMSTrunkIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first port index must be the index of the primary port (ifindex). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Switch configuration summary group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMSTrunkIfType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server: • switch(1) • server(2) snMSTrunkIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates, deletes, or modifies an entry: • invalid(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) • modify(5) 27 Switch configuration summary group The following object applies to all devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snSwSummaryMode brcdIp.1.1.3.7.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not the switch configuration summary is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 • • 337 Chapter 28 RADIUS Group In this chapter • RADIUS general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 • RADIUS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 • RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 RADIUS general group You can use a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server to secure the following types of access to the switch or router: • • • • Telnet access SSH access Web management access Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG level of the CLI The following objects provide information on RADIUS authentication and apply to all devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRadiusSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the RADIUS group MIB objects can be accessed by an SNMP manager: • disabled(0) – All RADIUS group MIB objects return a “general error”. • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snRadiusEnableTelnetAuth brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Telnet authentication as specified by the “snRadiusLoginMethod” object is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snRadiusRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of authentication query retransmissions that can be sent to the RADIUS server. Valid values: 1 – 5 Default: 3 snRadiusTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds to wait for an authentication reply from the RADIUS server. Each unit is one second. Valid values: 1 – 60 Default: 3 snRadiusDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the RADIUS server dead time. Each unit is one minute. Valid values: 0 – 5 Default: 3 339 28 340 RADIUS general group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRadiusKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the authentication key as encrypted text. This object can have up to 64 characters. A write operation can only be done if the SET request uses SNMPv3 with data encrypted using a privacy key. snRadiusLoginMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user at login. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface. • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server. • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table. • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password. • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS Plus server. • none(6) – Do not authenticate. • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS server. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. snRadiusEnableMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.8 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user after login, as the user enters the privilege mode of the command line interface. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface. • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server. • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table. • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password. • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS Plus server. • none(6) – Do not authenticate. • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS server. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. snRadiusWebServerMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user who is accessing the Web server. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface. • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server. • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table. • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password. • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS Plus server. • none(6) – Do not authenticate. • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS server. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RADIUS server table (IPv4) 28 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRadiusSNMPServerMeth od brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method to authenticate the user who is accessing the SNMP server. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface. • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server. • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table. • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password. • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS Plus server. • none(6) – Do not authenticate. • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting the TACACS server. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. RADIUS server table (IPv4) The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server and they apply to all IPv4 devices. NOTE For FastIron X series IPv6 devices, refer to “RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)”. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2 None RADIUS server table. snRadiusServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the RADIUS server IP address. snRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number for authentication. Default: 1812 snRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number used for accounting. Default: 1813 snRadiusServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write snRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a RADIUS server table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Shows the authentication key, displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 64 characters Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity: default(1) authenticationOnly(2) authorizationOnly(3) accountingOnly(4) • • • • 341 28 RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server. They apply to FastIron X series IPv6 devices. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 342 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1 None RADIUS server table listing the RADIUS authentication servers. fdryRadiusServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the RADIUS server table. A maximum of eight RADIUS servers are supported. fdryRadiusServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The RADIUS server IP address type. Supported types are: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) fdryRadiusServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The RADIUS server IP address. fdryRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The authentication UDP port number. Default: 1645 fdryRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The account UDP port number. Default: 1646 fdryRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters fdryRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: ServerUsage Read-create Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity. fdryRadiusServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in the active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 29 TACACS Group In this chapter • TACACS general MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 • TACACS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 • TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 TACACS general MIBs The Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS) or security protocols can be used to authenticate the following types of access to devices: • • • • • Telnet access SSH access Access to management functions Web management access Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG level of the CLI The TACACS and protocols define how authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) information is sent between a device and an authentication database on a TACACS server. The following objects provide information on TACACS authentication and apply to all devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snTacacsRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of authentication query retransmissions to the TACACS server. Valid values: 1 – 5 Default: 3 snTacacsTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many seconds to wait for an authentication reply from the TACACS server. Valid values: 0 – 15 Default: 3 seconds snTacacsDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TACACS server dead time in minutes. Valid values: 0 – 5 Default: 3 minutes 343 29 TACACS server table (IPv4) Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snTacacsKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 64 characters A write operation can only be done if the SET request uses SNMPv3 with data encrypted using a privacy key. snTacacsSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates whether the TACACS group MIB objects can be accessed by an SNMP manager: • disabled(0) – All TACACS group MIB objects return "general error". • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) TACACS server table (IPv4) The following objects provide information on the TACACS server. They apply to all IPv4 devices. NOTE For FastIron IPv6 devices, refer to “TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 344. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snTacacsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2 None TACACS server table. snTacacsServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the TACACS server IP address. snTacacsServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the UDP port used for authentication. Default: 49 snTacacsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snTacacsServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write snTacacsServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a TACACS server table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 64 characters Allows this server to be dedicated to a particular AAA activity: default(1) authenticationOnly(2) authorizationOnly(3) accountingOnly(4) • • • • TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following objects provide information on the TACACS server. These objects apply to FastIron X series IPv6 devices. 344 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) 29 NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryTacacsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1 None The TACACS server table listing the TACACS authentication servers. fdryTacacsServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the TACACS server table. The maximum of eight TACACS servers are supported. fdryTacacsServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddresstype Read-create The TACACS server IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) fdryTacacsServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Inetaddress Read-create The TACACS server IP address. fdryTacacsServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The UDP port used for authentication. Default: 49 fdryTacacsServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters fdryTacacsServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: ServerUsage Read-create Allows this server to be dedicated to a particular AAA activity: Default: default fdryTacacsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. • • 345 Chapter 30 802.1X Authentication MIB In this chapter • 802.1X authentication scalar group types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 802.1X port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 802.1X port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 802.1x port state table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 802.1X MAC sessions table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 802.1x authentication global administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 349 350 350 351 352 802.1X authentication scalar group types The 802.1X authentication scalar group provides information that is displayed in the outputs of the following CLI commands: • show dot1x • show dot1x configuration all • show dot1x configuration ethernet port NOTE The following sections present the SNMP MIB objects for 802.1X authentication. These MIB objects are supported on the FastIron LS, FastIron GS, Brocade FCX, FastIron SX, and FastIron WS devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigQ uietperiod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write If the Brocade device is unable to authenticate a client, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, the Brocade device waits before it retries to authenticate that client. The allowed range is from 1 through 4294967294. Default: 60 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigT xPeriod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write When a client does not return an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) response or identity frame, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, the Brocade device waits before retransmitting the EAP-request or identity frame to the client. The allowed range is from 1 through 4294967294. Default: 30 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigS uppTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write When a supplicant (client) does not respond to an EAP-request frame, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, before the Brocade device retransmits the frame. The allowed range is from 1 through 4294967294. Default: 30 seconds 347 30 348 802.1X authentication scalar group types Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigA uthServerTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write When the authentication server (RADIUS) does not respond to a message sent from the client, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, before the Brocade device retransmits the message. The allowed range is from 1 through 4294967294. Default: 30 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigM Read-write axReq brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 The number of times the Brocade device retransmits an EAP-request or identity request frame if it does not receive an EAP-response or identity response frame from a client. Default: 2 times brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigR eAuthMax brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The number of reauthentication attempts that are permitted before the port becomes unauthorized. Default: 2 times brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigR eAuthPeriod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write How often (number of seconds) the device automatically reauthenticates clients when periodic reauthentication is enabled. The allowed range is from 1 through 4294967294. Default: 3600 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigP rotocolVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The EAP protocol version. brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigT otalPortsEnabled brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The total number of ports that have 802.1x enabled. brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigR eauthStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.10 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables reauthentication globally. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigM Read-write acSessionMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 The maximum age of the 802.1x MAC session. A value from 0 through 65535. brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigN oAgingDeniedSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.12 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables mac-session-no aging for denied sessions. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigN oAgingPermittedSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.13 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables mac-session-no aging for permitted sessions. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConfigA uthFailAction brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Configures the action to take when the authentication fails: blockTraffic(1) restrictedVlan(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 802.1X port statistics table 30 802.1X port statistics table The following table contains Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) information specific to interfaces. EAP is an authentication framework that provides common functions and negotiation of authentication methods called EAP methods (for example, EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, and EAP-GTC). The statistics provided in this table are equivalent to those provided in the output of the following commands: • show dot1x statistics ethernet port • show dot1x statistics all Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of EAP over LAN (EAPOL) frames received on the port. The frames received include EAP frames. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx EAPFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of EAPOL frames transmitted on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPStartFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of EAPOL-Start frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPLogOffFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of EAPOL-Logoff frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPRespIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of EAP frames other than response or identity frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx EAPReqIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of EAP-request or -identity frames transmitted on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPInvalidFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of invalid EAPOL frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatEA PLastFrameVersionRx brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The version of the last EAP frame received. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPRespOrIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of received EAP response or identity frames on the port. 349 30 802.1X port configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx LengthErrorFrame brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The length of the EAP error frame received. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx RequestFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of transmitted EAP request frames on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatLa stEAPFrameSource brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.12 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only The MAC address of the source from which the last EAP frame was received. 802.1X port configuration table The following table contains configuration parameters specific to interfaces. The information in this table is equivalent to the output of the following CLI commands: • • • • show dot1x port-control auto show dot1x port-control force-authorized show dot1x port-control force-unauthorized show dot1x configuration ethernet port Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig PortControl brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The control type configured for the interface: • forceUnauthorized(1) - The controlled port is placed. unconditionally in the unauthorized state. • controlauto(2) - The controlled port is unauthorized until authentication takes place between the client and the RADIUS server. • forceAuthorized(3) - The controlled port is placed unconditionally in the authorized state. brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig FilterStrictSec brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.2 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables filter strict security on the interface: • enabled(1) • disabled(2) brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig Dot1xOnPort brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.3 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables 802.1x on an interface. 802.1x port state table The following table contains the port-specific parameters indicating the dynamic state that the interface is in. The information in this table is equivalent to the information in the output of the show dot1x configuration port command. 350 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 802.1X MAC sessions table 30 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortState MacSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Number of 802.1x MAC sessions per port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateA uthMacSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Number of authorized MAC sessions per port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateO riginalPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The PVID (port's default VLAN ID) that was originally configured on the port (not dynamically assigned). brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VIDMacTotal brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of devices transmitting untagged traffic on the port's PVID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VIDMacAuthorized brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of devices transmitting untagged traffic on the port's PVID as a result of dynamic VLAN assignment. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP ortVlanState brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The 802.1X authentication default port VLAN ID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateR estrictPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The restricted PVID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateR adiusAssignPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The RADIUS- assigned PVID. The current VLAN state the port is in: radius(1) - The port PVID was dynamically assigned by a RADIUS server. • restricted(2) - The port PVID is the restricted VLAN. • normal(3) - The port PVID is not set by a RADIUS server, nor is it the restricted VLAN. • 802.1X MAC sessions table The following table contains information about the 802.1X MAC sessions. The information in this table is equivalent to the information in the output of the following CLI commands: • show dot1x mac-sessions • show dot1x mac-sessions ip-address Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 351 30 802.1x authentication global administration Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAuthMac brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.1 Syntax: MacAddress NA MAC address of the client, which represents the user name used for RADIUS authentication. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio Read-only nUserName brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.2 Syntax: SnmpAdminString User name of the 802.1x MAC session. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nIncomingVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.3 Syntax: VlanId Read-only Incoming VLAN ID. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nCurrentVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.4 Syntax: VlanId Read-only The VLAN to which the port is currently assigned. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAccessStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Maximum age of the MAC session in which the MAC address is authenticated. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.7 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only IP address type of the client (supplicant): • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.8 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only The IP address of the client. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAging brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Authentication state of the 802.1X MAC session: permit(1) blocked(2) restrict(3) init(4) • • • • The type of aging being performed: software(1) hardware(2) ena(3) - Aging has not started. notapplicable(4) - Fake 802.1x MAC session. • • • • 802.1x authentication global administration The following scalar object enables or disables 802.1X authentication globally. 352 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 802.1x authentication global administration Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthGlobalAdm inConfigStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.6.1 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables 802.1x authentication globally. Default: disabled 30 353 Chapter 31 DHCP Gateway List In this chapter • DHCP gateway list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 • DNS group (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 DHCP gateway list table The following objects provide information on Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) gateways. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDhcpGatewayListTable brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1 None A table of DHCP gateway addresses. snDhcpGatewayListId brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ID for a DHCP gateway. Valid values: 1 – 32 snDhcpGatewayListAddrList Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING snDhcpGatewayListRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Lists the DHCP gateway addresses in each DHCP gateway list. This list contains 1 to 8 IP addresses represented by octet strings. This object can have 4 to 32 octets. Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. DNS group (IPv4) The Domain Name System (DNS) resolver feature allows you to use a host name to perform Telnet, ping, and traceroute. You can also define a DNS domain on a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch and thereby recognize all hosts within that domain. The following objects provide information on DNS. They apply to all IPv4 devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 355 31 DNS group (IPv4) Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDnsDomainName brcdIp.1.1.3.9.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the DNS domain name. This object can have up to 80 characters. snDnsGatewayIpAddrList brcdIp.1.1.3.9.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the DNS gateway IP addresses. This list contains up to four IP addresses, represented by octet strings. This object has 16 octets. IPv4 and IPv6 MIB table for DNS servers The DNS address table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. These objects apply to FastIron devices. NOTE The snDnsDomainName and snDnsGatewayIpAddrList tables have been deprecated and replaced by fdryDnsDomainNameTable and fdryDnsServerAddressTable respectively. The fdryDnsDomainNameTable and fdryDnsServerAddressTable combine IPv4 and IPv6 DNS Servers. 356 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDnsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1 None The DNS address list table that lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. fdryDnsServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InetAddressType None The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) fdryDnsServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS address table. Up to four DNS IP addresses are supported for each protocol (IPv4 and IPv6 ). fdryDnsServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The DNS IP address. fdryDnsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 32 MAC Filters In this chapter • MAC filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 • MAC filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 • MAC filter port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 MAC filters MAC layer filtering enables you to build access lists based on MAC layer headers in the Ethernet or IEEE 802.3 frame. You can filter on the source and destination MAC addresses as well as other information, such as the EtherType, LLC1 DSAP or SSAP numbers, and a SNAP EtherType. The filters apply to incoming traffic only. NOTE MAC filter MIB objects are not supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade MLX series devices. MAC filter table The objects in the following table provide information on MAC filters. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacFilterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1 None The MAC filter table. snMacFilterIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a filter entry. snMacFilterAction brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action is to be taken if the MAC packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snMacFilterSourceMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.3 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the source MAC address. snMacFilterSourceMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.4 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the source MAC subnet mask. 357 32 MAC filter port access table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacFilterDestMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.5 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the destination MAC address. snMacFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.6 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the destination MAC subnet mask. snMacFilterOperator brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMacFilterFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMacFilterFrameTypeNum brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the frame type number. Valid values: 0 – 65535 0 means that this object is not applicable. snMacFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Indicates the type of comparison to perform: equal(0) notEqual(1) less(2) greater(3) • • • • Indicates the frame type: notUsed(0) ethernet(1) LLC(2) snap(3) • • • • MAC filter port access table The following table shows information about the MAC filter port access. NOTE The snMacFilterPortAccessTable is deprecated and it has been replaced by “MAC filter ifaccess table”. 358 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MAC filter port access table 32 . Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacFilterPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2 None MAC filter port access table. snMacFilterPortAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The port index. For FastIron and NetIron products, the port index value is from 1 through 42. For virtual router interfaces: • 15 – Slot number • 1 through 60 – Virtual router port, which is the port number. snMacFilterPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the filter numbers of the ports. The first octet corresponds to the first filter number, the second octet to the second filter number, and so on. snMacFilterPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. MAC filter ifaccess table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacFilterIfAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.3 None MAC filter port access table. snMacFilterIfAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The port or interface index. 359 32 360 MAC filter port access table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacFilterIfAccessFilters brcdIp.1.1.3.10.3.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the filter numbers of the ports. The first octet corresponds to the first filter number, the second octet to the second filter number, and so on. snMacFilterIfAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 33 Port MAC Security In this chapter • Port MAC security table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security module statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security interface MAC table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security autosave MAC table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port MAC security global MIB group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port monitor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 361 362 363 364 364 365 365 Port MAC security MIBs are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Port MAC security table The following table shows the same information as the show port security mac CLI command. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1 None The port MAC security table. snPortMacSecurityIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The ifIndex value (ID) of the Ethernet interface on which Port MAC security is enabled. snPortMacSecurityResource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snPortMacSecurityQueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only An index for a MAC address entry that was secured for this interface. snPortMacSecurityMAC brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The secured MAC address. Indicates how the MAC addresses on an interface are secured: local(1) – Local resource was used. The interface secures at least one secure MAC address entry. Each interface can store up to 64 local resources. • shared(2) – Shared resource was used. When an interface has secured enough MAC addresses to reach its limit for local resources, it can secure additional MAC addresses by using global or shared resources. • 361 33 Port MAC security module statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAgeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of minutes the MAC address will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect. snPortMacSecurityShutdownS tatus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the interface has been shut down due to a security violation: • up(1) – The port is up. • down(2) – The port has been shut down. snPortMacSecurityShutdownT imeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only If the value of snPortMacSecurityShutdownStatus is down(2), this object shows the number of seconds before it is enabled again. If the value is up(1), this object shows 0. snPortMacSecurityVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the VLAN membership of this interface. This object shows a value from 1 through 65535. Port MAC security module statistics table The following table shows the same information as the show port security statistics module CLI command. 362 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2 None The port MAC security module statistics table that shows the port MAC security statistics for each module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatSlot Num brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The slot number of the port MAC security module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal SecurityPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The total number of Ethernet interfaces on which MAC security is configured in this module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal MACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The total number of secure MAC addresses learned or configured in this module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatViola tionCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of security violations that occurred in this module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal ShutdownPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of Ethernet interfaces in this module that were shut down due to security violations. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port MAC security interface table 33 Port MAC security interface table The following table shows the same information as the show port security ethernet slot/port CLI command. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3 None The port MAC security interface table that shows the port MAC security statistics for an Ethernet interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentIfInde x brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentSecur Read- write ity brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Indicates whether MAC port security is enabled or disabled on this interface: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolat ionType brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShut downTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write If snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0 (shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds the interface shuts down when the violation occurs. If snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1 (restrict), this value will always be 0. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShut downTimeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only If snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0 (shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds before this interface will be re-enabled. If snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1 (restrict), this value will always be 0. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentAgeO utTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this interface will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMaxL ockedMacAllowed brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that can be locked to this interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTotal MACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The total number of secure MAC addresses that are locked to this interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolat ionCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The total number of security violations that occurred on this interface. The port security violation type for this interface: shutdown(0) restricted(1) 363 33 Port MAC security interface MAC table Port MAC security interface MAC table The following table shows the same information as the show port security mac ethernet slot/port CLI command. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityIntfMacTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4 None The port MAC security interface MAC table that shows the port MAC security status for each Ethernet interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacAddres s brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: MAC Address Read-only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is configured and learned. The maximum number of the secure MAC addresses is restricted by the object snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMaxLockedMacAllowed. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The VLAN membership of this interface. A value of zero indicates it is not applicable. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Port MAC security autosave MAC table The following table shows the same information as the show port security autosave CLI command. 364 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Table brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5 None The port MAC security autosave MAC table that shows the secure MAC addresses that were saved automatically. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Resource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the resource used to autosave secure MAC addresses: 1 - Local 2 - Shared • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port MAC security global MIB group 33 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac QueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The index entry within the given resource of the local interface on which MAC port security is autosaved. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Address brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.4 Syntax: MAC Address Read-only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is autosaved. Port MAC security global MIB group The following table shows the global MIBs for MAC port security. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMacGlobalSecurityFeat ure brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether port security for this device is disabled or enabled: • 0 - Disabled • 1 - Enabled snPortMacGlobalSecurityAgeO utTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this device will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect. snPortMacGlobalSecurityAuto save brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The port security autosave value for this device. Port monitor table The following table shows the status of port monitoring on an interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMonitorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1 None The port monitor table. 365 33 366 Port monitor table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortMonitorIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.1 None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMonitorMirrorList brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Lists the monitoring status of each port. The values in this object are space delimited. They consist of a sequence of a port’s ifIndex followed by the port’s monitoring mode. Port monitoring mode can be one of the following: • 0 – Monitoring is off. • 1 – The port will monitor input traffic. • 2 – The port will monitor output traffic. • 3 – The port will monitor both input and output traffic. For example, you may see the following values: 65 2 66 1 “65” may represent port 2/1 and “66” port 2/2. The entry means that port 2/1 is monitoring output traffic. Port 2/2 is monitoring input traffic. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 34 MAC Authentication MIB Definition In this chapter • Multi-device port authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MAC clear interface multi-device port authentication objects . . . . . . . . . . • Multi-device port authentication objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Multi-device port authentication clear sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 367 368 368 Multi-device port authentication Multi-device port authentication is also known as MAC authentication. The following tables describe the multi-device port authentication MIB objects. The following global objects are available for multi-device port authentication. Name, OID, and syntax Access snMacAuthClearGlobalCmd brcdIp.1.1.3.28.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMacAuthGlobalConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.28.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Clears MAC authentication on a global level: valid(0) - An SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. • clear(1) - Represents a clear MAC authentication table for all ports. • Enables or disables MAC authentication on a global level. MAC clear interface multi-device port authentication objects The following clear interface objects are available for multi-device port authentication. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearIFCmdTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2 None The status of clearing a MAC authentication entry for an interface. snMacAuthClearIfCmdIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex value of the local interface on which a clear command is issued and monitored. snMacAuthClearIfCmdAction brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The action value of the local interface: valid(0) - An SNMP-GET of this command shows that it is valid. • clear(1) - Represents clearing a MAC authentication entry for an interface. • 367 34 Multi-device port authentication objects Multi-device port authentication objects The following objects are available for multi-device port authentication. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacAuthTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3 None Displays the MAC authentication table. snMacAuthIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None In order to identify a particular interface, this object identifies the instance of the ifIndex object, defined in RFC 2863. snMacAuthVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer None The ID of a VLAN of which the port is a member. The port must be untagged. For a tagged port that belongs to multiple VLANs, this object returns 0, which is an invalid VLAN ID value. snMacAuthMac brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.3 Syntax: MacAddress None MAC address to be authenticated. snMacAuthState brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The state of MAC authentication. snMacAuthTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.5 Syntax:Object-Type Read-only Time stamp at which the MAC address was authenticated or failed to be authenticated. snMacAuthAge brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Age of the MAC session in which the MAC address is authenticated. snMacAuthDot1x brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates whether dot1x is enabled or not. Multi-device port authentication clear sessions The following clear sessions objects are available for multi-device port authentication. 368 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearMacSessionTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4 None The status of clearing a MAC session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1 None An entry of clearing a MAC session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex value of the local interface on which a clear command is issued and monitored. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Multi-device port authentication clear sessions Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 34 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearMacSessionMac brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress None A MAC session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionAction brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The action value of the clear MAC session: • valid(0) - An SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. • clear(1) - Represents clearing a MAC session entry indexed by a MAC address. 369 Chapter 35 MAC VLAN MIB Definition In this chapter • MAC-based VLAN global scalar objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MAC-based VLAN port table objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MAC-based VLAN interface table objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MAC-based VLAN table objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 371 372 372 MAC-based VLAN global scalar objects The following global scalar objects are available for MAC-based VLAN. Name, OID, and syntax Access fdryMacVlanGlobalClearOper brcdIp.1.1.3.32.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write fdryMacVlanGlobalDynConfigSt ate brcdIp.1.1.3.32.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description The action value of the clear MAC session: valid(0) - This value is always returned when the variable is read. • clear(1) - Setting the variable to this value clears the operational MAC-based VLAN information for all ports. • Enables or disables MAC-based VLAN dynamic activation on the global level. MAC-based VLAN port table objects The following objects are available for MAC-based VLAN port. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryMacVlanPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.1 None MAC-based VLAN port membership table. fdryMacVlanPortMemberVLanI d brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The VLAN identifier. 371 35 MAC-based VLAN interface table objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryMacVlanPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer None The ifIndex of the port which is a member of the MAC-based VLAN. fdryMacVlanPortMemberRowSt Read-write atus brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus This object is used to create and delete rows in the table. MAC-based VLAN interface table objects The following objects are available for MAC-based VLAN interface. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryMacVlanIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2 None MAC-based VLAN interface table. fdryMacVlanIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex of the interface which is a member of the MAC-based VLAN. fdryMacVlanIfEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write The administrative status requested by management for MAC-based VLANs on this interface. The enabled(1) value indicates that MAC-based VLANs should be enabled on this interface. The disabled(2) value indicates that MAC-based VLANs are disabled on this interface. fdryMacVlanIfMaxEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The maximum number of allowed and denied MAC addresses (static and dynamic) that can be learned on this interface. The value can be from 2 through 32. The default value is 2. fdryMacVlanIfClearOper brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write • fdryMacVlanIfClearConfig brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • • valid(0) - This value is always returned when the variable is read. clear(1) - Setting the variable to this value clears the operational MAC-based VLAN information for a port. valid(0) - This value is always returned when the variable is read. clear(1) - Setting the variable to this value clears the configured MAC-based VLAN information for a port. MAC-based VLAN table objects The following objects are available for MAC-based VLAN. 372 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MAC-based VLAN table objects Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryMacBasedVlanTable brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.3 None MAC-based VLAN table. fdryMacBasedVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The VLAN ID for this entry. fdryMacBasedVlanMac brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.3.1.2 Syntax: MAC address None A host source MAC address to be authenticated. fdryMacBasedVlanPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The priority of the source MAC address. fdryMacBasedVlanRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.32.2.3.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-write This object is used to create and delete rows in the table. 35 373 Chapter 36 DHCP Snooping MIB Definition In this chapter • DHCP Snooping global scalar object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DHCP Snooping interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DHCP Snooping binding database table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 375 375 376 DHCP Snooping global scalar object One scalar object can clear all entries in the DHCP binding database. Name, OID, and syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopGlobalClea rOper brcdIp.1.1.3.36.1.1. Syntax: ClearAction Read-write Description Determines if all entries in the DHCP database are cleared: valid(0) - This value is always returned when the variable is read. clear(1) - Clears all entries in the DHCP binding database. • • DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table The following table controls DHCP snooping per-VLAN configuration. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfig Table brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1 None A table controls DHCP Snooping per VLAN. When a VLAN is created in a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table is added. fdryDhcpSnoopVlanVLanId None brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.1 Syntax: VlanIndex This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP Snooping is configured. fdryDhcpSnoopVlanDhcpS noopEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.2 Syntax: TruthValue This object indicates whether DHCP Snooping is enabled in this VLAN. If set to "true", DHCP snooping is enabled. If set to "false" it is disabled. Read-write DHCP Snooping interface configuration table The following objects is used to configure interface level DHCP Snooping. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 375 36 DHCP Snooping binding database table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigTab le brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1 None This table allows you to configure the trust state for DHCP Snooping at each physical interface. fdryDhcpSnoopIfTrustValu e brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write DHCP packets received on this interface will be subjected to DHCP checks. This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for DHCP Snooping. If this object is set to “true”, the interface is trusted. DHCP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without checking. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted. DHCP Snooping binding database table The following table displays DHCP Snooping entries. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1 None This table provides the information about the DHCP Snooping binding database learned by the device. fdryDhcpSnoopBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress None The device IP address. fdryDhcpSnoopBindMacA ddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only The device MAC address. fdryDhcpSnoopBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.3 Syntax: ArpType Read-only fdryDhcpSnoopBindState brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.4 Syntax: ArpState Read-only fdryDhcpSnoopBindPort brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The port of the ARP entry. fdryDhcpSnoopBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.6 Syntax: VlanIndex Read-only This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP Snooping is configured. fdryDhcpSnoopBindClearO Read-write per brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.7 Syntax: ClearAction 376 The type of the ARP entry: other(1) static(2) dynamic(3) inspect(4) dhcp(5) dynamicDhcp(6) staticDhcp(7) host(8) • • • • • • • • The state of the ARP entry: other(1) valid(2) pending(3) • • • This object allows you to clear the entry from the DHCP binding database: • valid(0) - Always returned when the variable is read. • clear(1) - Clears this entry in the DHCP binding database. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 DHCP Snooping binding database table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 36 377 Chapter 37 IP Source Guard MIB Definition In this chapter • IP source guard interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 • IP source guard per port per VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 • IP source guard binding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 IP source guard interface configuration table The following objects are used to configure IP source guard on each interface. Name, OID, and syntax Access fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigTabl None e brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1 fdryIpSrcGuardIfEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write Description This table enables or disables IP source guard on each physical interface. This object indicates whether IP source guard is enabled on this interface. If this object is set to "true”, IP source guard is enabled. Traffic coming to this interface will be forwarding the traffic from the list of IP addresses obtained from DHCP Snooping. Otherwise, it is denied. If this object is set to “false”, IP source guard is disabled. IP source guard per port per VLAN configuration table The following objects are used to configure IP source guard on per port per VLAN. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanCo nfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1 None This table enables or disables IP source guard per port per VLAN. fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanPo rtId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex of the port for IP source guard per port per VLAN. 379 37 IP source guard binding table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanVla nId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.2 Syntax: VlanIndex None The number of VLANs for IP source guard per port per VLAN. fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.3 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether IP source guard is enabled at this interface and this VLAN number. If this object is set to “true”, IP source guard per port per VLAN is enabled. If this object is set to “false”, IP source guard per port per VLAN is disabled. IP source guard binding table The following table is used to configure IP source entries. 380 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1 None This table provides the IP addresses used for IP source guard on each physical interface with or without specific VLAN memberships. fdryIpSrcGuardBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress None The IP address of the device. fdryIpSrcGuardBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.2 Syntax: VlanIndex Read-create This object indicates the specific VLAN memberships on this interface. The VLAN number is optional. If you configure a VLAN number, the binding applies only to that VLAN. If you do not configure a VLAN number, the static applies to all VLANs associated with the port. In this case, the VLAN number will be displayed as “0”. fdryIpSrcGuardBindRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. fdryIpSrcGuardBindMode brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.4 Syntax: BindMode Read-only The mode of the IP source guard entry: • other(1) • active(2) • inactive(3) fdryIpSrcGuardBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.5 Syntax: BindType Read-only The type of the IP source guard entry: other(1) ip(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 38 DAI MIB Definition In this chapter • DAI VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 • DAI interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 • DAI entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 DAI VLAN configuration table The following objects are used to configure Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) VLAN. f Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDaiVlanConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1 None This table provides the mechanism to control DAI per VLAN. fdryDaiVlanVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.1 Syntax: VlanIndex None This object indicates the VLAN number on which DAI is configured. fdryDaiVlanDynArpInspEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.2 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether DAI is enabled in this VLAN. If this object is set to “true”, DAI is enabled. If this object is set to “false”, DAI is disabled. DAI interface configuration table The following objects are used to configure DAI on each interface. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDaiIfConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1 None This table allows you to configure the trust state for DAI purposes on each physical interface. fdryDaiIfTrustValue brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for DAI. If this object is set to “true”, the interface is trusted. ARP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without being checked. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted. ARP packets received on this interface will be subjected to ARP inspection. DAI entry table The following table is used to display the DAI entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 381 38 DAI entry table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryDaiArpInspectTable brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1 None This table controls DAI entries. When an IP address to MAC address mapping entry is created on a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added. fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress None The IP address of the device. fdryDaiArpInspectMacAddr Read-create brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress 382 The MAC address of the device. fdryDaiArpInspectRowStat us brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. fdryDaiArpInspectType brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.4 Syntax: ArpType Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectState brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.5 Syntax: ArpState Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectAge brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The timer of the ARP entry. fdryDaiArpInspectPort brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The port of the ARP entry. The type of the ARP entry: other(1) static(2) dynamic(3) inspect(4) dhcp(5) dynamicDhcp(6) staticDhcp(7) host(8) • • • • • • • • The state of the ARP entry: other(1) valid(2) pending(3) • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 39 Traffic Manager MIB Definition In this chapter • Traffic Manager statistics information group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 384 385 387 389 391 393 394 Traffic Manager statistics information group NOTE This chapter describes the objects for the Traffic Manager statistics supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Use the clear tm statistics CLI command to clear both the CLI and SNMP statistics counters for the Traffic Manager. Use the clear tm-voq-stats command to clear the VOQ statistics. The snmp-server preserve-statistics CLI command does not preserve the Traffic Manager statistics. This table contains information about the Traffic Manager statistics information group on the NI-MLX-1Gx48-T, NI-MLX-1Gx24, NI-MLX-10Gx8, BR-MLX-100Gx2, and all the POS modules. The show tm port-mapping CLI command displays information about the Traffic Manager statistics information group. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMPortMappingMaxPorts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of ports that are supported by the Traffic Manager on the system. brcdTMPortMappingUsedPorts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the currently used ports for this system brcdTMPortMappingAvailablePorts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the available ports on the system. 383 39 Traffic Manager statistics table Traffic Manager statistics table The following table contains the Traffic Manager-related statistics. Use the show tm statistics CLI command to display information about the Traffic Manager-related statistics. This table contains information for the Traffic Manager statistics on all the POS and the Ethernet 10/100/1000M/10G/100G cards. 384 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2 None The Traffic Manager statistics table. brcdTMStatsSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the slot ID of the LP module that uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdTMStatsTMDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the Traffic Manager device ID that uniquely identifies the Network Processor Traffic Manager within a line card in the system. brcdTMStatsDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the range of ports serviced by brcdTMStatsTMDeviceId. brcdTMStatsTotalIngressPktsCnt brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering into the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsIngressEnqueuePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsEgressEnqueuePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering egress queues and forwarded out of the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsIngressEnqueueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsEgressEnqueueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only brcdTMStatsIngressDequeuePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only NOTE: This object is not supported on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE (D) module, NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module, and BR-MLX-100Gx2 cards. Zero is returned for these cards. Shows the count of all bytes entering egress queues and forwarded out of the Traffic Manager. NOTE: This object is not supported on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE (D) module, NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module, and BR-MLX-100Gx2 cards. Zero is returned for these cards. Shows the count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager VOQ statistics table 39 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMStatsIngressDequeueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsIngressTotalQDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMStatsIngressTotalQDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMStatsIngressOldestDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMStatsIngressOldestDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMStatsEgressDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets failing to enter egress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMStatsEgressDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.2.1.16 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes failing to enter egress queues on the Traffic Manager. NOTE: This object is not supported on the NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE (D) module, NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) module, and BR-MLX-100Gx2 cards. Zero is returned for these cards. Traffic Manager VOQ statistics table The brcdTMDestUcastQStatTable contains information of the unicast queue counters aggregated across all the Traffic Managers (TMs) per destination interface. The following MIB objects are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade MLX Series devices and the table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. By default, the SNMP support for brcdTMDestUcastQStatTable is disabled. Use tm-voq-collection [interval seconds] command to enable Traffic Manager Virtual Output Queue (VOQ) statistics and snmp-server enable mib tm-dest-qstat command to enable the SNMP support. Use clear tm-voq-stats dst_port [ ethernet | all ] slot/port command to clear all the CLI and SNMP statistics counters for the Traffic Manager VOQ statistics. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 385 39 Traffic Manager VOQ statistics table NOTE Expect a delay or latency of 25 seconds in the reported statistics values because of internal cacheing of the statistics. The Brocade NetIron devices can support the Traffic Manager statistics aggregation only for traffic coming from the following card types: • • • • • • • • • • • • BR-MLX-10Gx8-X 8-port 10GbE Module NI-MLX-10Gx8-D 8-port 10GbE Module NI-MLX-10Gx8-M 8-port 10GbE (M) Module BR-MLX-100Gx2-X 2-port 100GbE Module NI-X-OC192x1 1-port OC192 STM64 Module NI-X-OC192x2 2-port OC192 STM64 Module NI-X-OC48x2 2-port OC48/12 STM16/STM4 Module NI-X-OC48x4 4-port OC48/12 STM16/STM4 Module NI-X-OC48x8 8-port OC48/12 STM16/STM4 Module NI-MLX-1Gx48-T 48-port 10/100/1000Base-T MRJ21 Module BR-MLX-1GCx24-X 24-port 10/100/1000Base-T Copper Module BR-MLX-1GFx24-X 24-port 1GbE SFP Module NOTE The MIB objects in the following table are read-only and support only SNMP GET, GET-NEXT, WALK, and GET-BULK requests. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMDestUcastQStatTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8 NA The Traffic Manager unicast queue counters aggregated across all the TMs per destination interface per priority table. brcdTMDestUcastQStatDestIfIn dex brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex NA The ifindex of the destination interface. The table includes all the interfaces of the LP modules that are physically present and operationally up and it also includes all the deployed LAG interfaces. brcdTMDestUcastQStatPriority brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.2 Syntax: PriorityTC NA The priority of the packets that are stored in the queue. This is a 1-based value. The priority0 maps to 1, priority1 maps to 2, and so on. The priority value equal to nonPriority(128) indicates the aggregated counters for the given destination port. When tm-max-queues is set to 4, the two consecutive priorities are stored in one unicast queue. Valid values: 1, 3, 5, 7, and 128 brcdTMDestUcastQStatEnqueP kts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The total aggregated count of the packets entering an ingress queue across the TMs. brcdTMDestUcastQStatEnqueBy Read-only tes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 386 The total aggregated count of the bytes entering an ingress queue across the TMs. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table 39 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMDestUcastQStatDequeP kts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The total aggregated count of the packets that are dequeued or transmitted from an ingress queue across the TMs. brcdTMDestUcastQStatDequeB ytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The total aggregated count of the bytes that are dequeued or transmitted from an ingress queue across the TMs. brcdTMDestUcastQStatTotalQDi scardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only For a VOQ, the total aggregated count across all the packets of TMs is discarded due to one of the following reasons: • Before enqueuing, caused by WRED • When the maximum queue depth is reached • After enqueuing but before dequeuing, caused by aging brcdTMDestUcastQStatTotalQDi scardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.8.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only For a VOQ, the total aggregated count across all the bytes of TMs is discarded due to one of the following reasons: • Before enqueuing, caused by WRED • When the maximum queue depth is reached • After enqueuing but before dequeuing, caused by aging Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table The Traffic Manager unicast Virtual Output Queue (VOQ) statistics table contains information about the Traffic Manager unicast VOQ-related statistics. Use the show tm-voq-stat src_port [ethernet | pos] slot/port dst_port [ethernet | pos] slot/port [priority | all] command for information about the Traffic Manager unicast queue-related statistics. NOTE The following table contains information about the Traffic Manager unicast queue-related statistics on the NI-MLX-1Gx48-T, NI-MLX-1Gx24, NI-MLX-10Gx8, BR-MLX-100Gx2, and all the POS modules. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMUcastQStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3 None The Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table. brcdTMUcastQStatsSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the slot ID of the LP module that uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdTMUcastQStatsTMDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the Traffic Manager device ID that uniquely identifies the Network Processor Traffic Manager within a line card in the system. brcdTMUcastQStatsDstIfIndex brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None Shows the destination interface index. This is applicable only for the interface on the LP module that is physically present and operationally up. 387 39 388 Traffic Manager unicast VOQ statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMUcastQStatsPriority brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.4 Syntax: PriorityTC None Shows the priority of the packets that will be stored in this queue. This is a 1-based index. When the tm-max-queues is set to 4, two consecutive priorities are stored in one unicast queue. In this case, the valid values for this index are 1, 3, 5, and 7. brcdTMUcastQStatsDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object gives the range of ports serviced by brcdTMUcastQStatsTMDeviceId and priorities serviced by this queue. brcdTMUcastQStatsEnquePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMUcastQStatsEnqueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMUcastQStatsDequePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMUcastQStatsDequeBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMUcastQStatsDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMUcastQStatsTotalQDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMUcastQStatsTotalQOldestDiscard Read-only Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMUcastQStatsOldestDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMUcastQStatsWREDDroppedPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but dropped due to WRED. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table 39 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMUcastQStatsWREDDroppedByte s brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMUcastQStatsMaxQDepthSinceLa stRead brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.16 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the maximum queue depth since last access to read. brcdTMUcastQStatsQSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.17 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the current size of the queue. brcdTMUcastQStatsCreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.3.1.18 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the current credit count of the queue. Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table The Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table contains information about the queue-related statistics. Use the show tm-voq-stat src_port [ethernet | pos] slot/port multicast [priority | all] CLI command for information about the Traffic Manager multicast queue-related statistics. NOTE The following table contains information about the Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics on the NI-MLX-1Gx48-T, NI-MLX-1Gx24, NI-MLX-10Gx8, BR-MLX-100Gx2, and all the POS modules. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMMcastQStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4 None The Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table. brcdTMMcastQStatsSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the slot ID of the LP module that uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdTMMcastQStatsTMDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the Traffic Manager device ID that uniquely identifies the Network Processor Traffic Manager within a line card in the system. brcdTMMcastQStatsPriority brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer None Shows the priority of the packets that will be stored in the queue. Two consecutive priorities are stored in one multicast queue. There are 4 multicast queues per Traffic Manager for 8 priorities: • Priority1And2 (1) • Priority3And4 (3) • Priority5And6 (5) • Priority7And8 (7) brcdTMMcastQStatsDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object gives the range of ports serviced by brcdTMMcastQStatsTMDeviceId and priorities serviced by the queue. 389 39 390 Traffic Manager multicast VOQ statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMMcastQStatsEnquePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMMcastQStatsEnqueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMMcastQStatsDequePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMMcastQStatsDequeBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMMcastQStatsDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMMcastQStatsTotalQDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMMcastQStatsTotalQOldestDiscardP kts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMMcastQStatsOldestDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMMcastQStatsWREDDroppedPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMMcastQStatsWREDDroppedBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMMcastQStatsMaxQDepthSinceLast Read brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the maximum queue depth since last access to read. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMMcastQStatsQSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.16 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the current size of the queue. brcdTMMcastQStatsCreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.4.1.17 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the current credit count of the queue. 39 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table The Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table contains the CPU queue-related statistics. Use the show tm-voq-stat src_port [ethernet | pos] slot/port cpu-queue | cpu-copy-q [priority | all] CLI command for information about the Traffic Manager CPU queue-related statistics. NOTE The following table contains information about the Traffic Manager CPU queue-related statistics on the NI-MLX-1Gx48-T, NI-MLX-1Gx24, NI-MLX-10Gx8, BR-MLX-100Gx2, and all the POS modules. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuQStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6 None The Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table. brcdTMCpuQStatsSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the slot ID of the LP module that uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdTMCpuQStatsTMDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the Traffic Manager device ID that uniquely identifies the Network Processor Traffic Manager within a line card in the system. brcdTMCpuQStatsType brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer None brcdTMCpuQStatsPriority brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.4 Syntax: PriorityTC None Shows the priority of the packets that is stored in the queue. This is a 1-based index. The priority0 maps to 1, priority1 maps to 2, and so on. brcdTMCpuQStatsDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the range of ports serviced by brcdTMCpuQStatsTMDeviceId. brcdTMCpuQStatsEnquePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. Shows the type of the CPU queue: CpuQ(1) - This queue contains the packets that do not fall under any of the following categories. • CpuCopyQ(2) - This queue contains the packets related to SA learning, sFlow, RPF Log, ACL Log, and so on. • CpuManagementQ(3) - This queue contains the CPU management packets. • CpuProtocolQ(4) - This queue contains the CPU protocol packets. • 391 39 392 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuQStatsEnqueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuQStatsDequePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuQStatsDequeBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded to the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuQStatsDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMCpuQStatsTotalQDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. This may be due to the following reasons: • The queue reaches its maximum depth, WRED, or other reasons. • The Network Processor drops the packets due to an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMCpuQStatsTotalQOldestDiscard Pkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMCpuQStatsOldestDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but deleted later due to the buffer being full. brcdTMCpuQStatsWREDDroppedPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMCpuQStatsWREDDroppedBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager, but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMCpuQStatsMaxQDepthSinceLas tRead brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.16 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the maximum queue depth since last access to read. brcdTMCpuQStatsQSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.17 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the current size of the queue. brcdTMCpuQStatsCreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.6.1.18 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the current credit count of the queue. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table 39 Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table The Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table is used for profiling the CPU queue size and credit count at regular intervals. It is advised for the SNMP manager to request the complete row in a single GET or GET-NEXT request for profiling. NOTE The following table displays information about the Traffic Manager CPU queue on the NI-MLX-1Gx48-T, NI-MLX-1Gx24, NI-MLX-10Gx8, BR-MLX-100Gx2, and all the POS modules. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuQInfoTable brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7 None The Traffic Manager CPU VOQ information table. brcdTMCpuQInfoSlotId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the slot ID of the LP module that uniquely identifies a line card. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdTMCpuQInfoTMDeviceId brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Shows the Traffic Manager device ID that uniquely identifies the Network Processor Traffic Manager within a line card in the system. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority0QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority 0. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority0CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority 0. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority1QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority1. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority1CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority1. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority2QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority2. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority2CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority2. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority3QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority3. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority3CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority3. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority4QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority4. 393 39 Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority4CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.12 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority4. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority5QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority5. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority5CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.14 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority5. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority6QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.15 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority6. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority6CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.16 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority6. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority7QSize brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.17 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the size of the CPU queue for the priority7. brcdTMCpuQInfoPriority7CreditCount brcdIp.1.14.2.2.7.1.18 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Shows the credit count of the CPU queue for the priority7. Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table The control packets are transmitted to the LP-CPU through Traffic Manager using four different queues based on the type of the packets. The queues are cpu-copy-queue, cpu-mgmt-queue, cpu-proto-queue, and cpu-queue. From the respective queue the packets are transmitted to the Management CPU. The Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table is used to track the aggregated CPU statistics. 394 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsTable brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9 None This table contains information about aggregation of Traffic Manager CPU queue counters supported by the system. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsDescription brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The range of ports serviced by the brcdTMCpuQStatsTMDeviceId. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsEnquePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsEnqueBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Traffic Manager CPU aggregation queue statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 39 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsDequePkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsDequeBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded on the Traffic Manager. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsTotalQDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager due to the following reasons: • When the queue reaches its maximum depth or WRED. • When the Network Processor decides to drop packets for including: an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsTotalQDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on the Traffic Manager due to the following reasons: • When the queue reaches its maximum depth or WRED. • When the Network Processor decides to drop packets for including: an unknown Layer 3 route, RPF, or segment filtering. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsOldestDiscardPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but deleted due to buffer full. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsOldestDiscardBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but deleted due to buffer full. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsWREDDroppedPkts brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An aggregate count of all packets entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but dropped due to WRED. brcdTMCpuAggrQStatsWREDDroppedBytes brcdIp.1.14.2.1.2.9.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only An agggregate count of all bytes entering ingress queues on the Traffic Manager but dropped due to WRED. 395 Chapter 40 IPv4 ACL MIB Definition In this chapter • ACL global MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPv4 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ACL bind to port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ACL accounting table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Textual conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 2 ACL next clause table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 2 ACL configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • PBR ACL Accounting Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 398 405 406 408 409 410 412 413 ACL global MIB objects The following table lists the global MIB objects of the ACL table. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclGblAcctEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the administration status of the ACL accounting. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Read-write Clears the IPv4 ACL accounting information of a particular interface. The value “0” clears IPv4 ACL accounting information on all the interfaces. Returns the value 0 for SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snAgAclGblIfIPv4AcctClear brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndexOrZero NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 397 40 IPv4 ACL table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclGblIfIPv6AcctClear brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.4 Syntax: InterfaceIndexOrZero Read-write Clears the IPv6 ACL accounting information of a particular interface. The value “0” clears IPv6 ACL accounting information on all the interfaces. Returns the value 0 for SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests. snAgAclGblRebindAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.5 Syntax: AclNumber Read-write Specifies the valid ACL number for a rebind. Returns the value 0 for SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests. snAgAclGblRebindAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Specifies the ACL name for a rebind. Returns a null string for SNMP GET and GET-NEXT requests. Maximum 255 characters are allowed. brcdPbrAclAccntFilterAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Used to control the content of brcdPbrAclAccntTable. Any ACL filter that has a full or partial match with ACL name will not be returned in the brcdPbrAclAccntTable. The default value is null and all ACL filters will be returned by the table, if not specified. brcdPbrAclAccntCounterType brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to control the counter value of the brcdPbrAclAccntAclInfo object in brcdPbrAclAccntTable. It specifies the statistics to query. • cumulative(1) - default • last5min(2) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. IPv4 ACL table The IPv4 ACL table contains the access control lists (ACLs) defined for the device. The snAgAclGblCurRowIndex object determines the number of ACLs that can be added to this table. Use the following table to create IPv6 ACLs on FastIron IPv6 devices. Apply the ACLs to interfaces using snAgAclBindToPortTable. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 398 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2 None Access control list table. snAgAclIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the index for an ACL entry that is associated with this ACL. This number must be unique among all the entries, even though the value of other objects for an entry may be the same as those of another entry. snAgAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.2 Syntax: AclNumber Read-write The access control list number for an entry: 1 to 99 – Standard access list 100 to 199 – Extended access list • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPv4 ACL table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the ACL name. snAgAclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if IP packets that matched this access control list are permitted or denied: • deny(0) • permit(1) The default action when no ACLs are configured on a device is to permit all traffic. However, once you configure an ACL and apply it to a port, the default action for that port is to deny all traffic that is not explicitly permitted on the port. • If you want to tightly control access, configure ACLs consisting of permit entries for the access you want to permit. The ACLs implicitly deny all other access. • If you want to secure access in environments with many users, you might want to configure ACLs that consist of explicit deny entries, then add an entry to permit all access to the end of each ACL. The software permits packets that are not denied by the deny entries. snAgAclProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.5 Syntax: IPProtocol Read-write Indicates the protocol denied or permitted by the extended ACL. The protocol can be one of the following well-known names or any protocol number from 0 through 255: • Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) • Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) • Internet Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) • Internet Protocol (IP) • Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) • User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Entering “0” indicates any protocol. snAgAclSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the source IP address of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. snAgAclSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.7 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the source IP subnet mask of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. 399 40 400 IPv4 ACL table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclSourceOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.8 Syntax: Operator Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the “snAgAclSourceOperand1” and “snAgAclSourceOperand2” objects: • eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port number matches the port number specified in the objects. • neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are not included in the specified range. • lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are less than those in the specified range. • gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are greater than those in the specified range. • range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose source port numbers fall within the specified range. • undefined(7) snAgAclSourceOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Shows the source port number to be matched. If used with the “snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, it defines the start of the range of source port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclSourceOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Used with the “snAgAclSourceOperand1” object, it defines the end of the range of source port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclDestinationIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the destination IP address of the packet that can either be permitted or denied. snAgAclDestinationMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.12 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the destination subnet mask of the packet that can either be permitted or denied. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPv4 ACL table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclDestinationOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.13 Syntax: Operator Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the “snAgAclDestinationOperand1” and “snAgAclDestinationOperand2” objects: • eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port number matches the port number specified in the objects. • neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are not included in the specified range. • lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are less than those in the specified range. • gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are greater than those in the specified range. • range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose destination port numbers fall within the specified range. • undefined(7) snAgAclDestinationOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Shows the destination port number to be matched. If used with the “snAgAclDestinationOperand2” object, it defines the start of the range of destination port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclDestinationOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Used with the “snAgAclDestinationOperand1” object, it defines the end of the range of destination port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclPrecedence brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.16 Syntax: PrecedenceValue Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Indicates the IP precedence value that a packet must have to be permitted or denied: • routine(0) • priority(1) • immediate(2) • flash(3) • flash-override(4) • critical(5) • internet(6) • network(7) The following priorities specify a hardware-forwarding queue: routine(0), priority(1), immediate(2), and flash(3). 401 40 IPv4 ACL table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclTos brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.17 Syntax: TosValue Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Indicates the type of service a packet must have to be denied or permitted: • normal(0) – The ACL matches packets that have the normal TOS. If TOS is not defined, packets are matched to this value. • minMonetaryCost(1) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum monetary cost TOS. • maxReliability(2) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum reliability TOS. • maxThroughput(4) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum throughput TOS. • minDelay(8) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum delay TOS. snAgAclEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Enables or disables the filtering of established TCP packets that have the ACK or RESET flag turned on. This additional filter only applies to TCP transport protocol: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snAgAclLogOption brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.19 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write snAgAclStandardFlag brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.20 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write snAgAclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.21 Syntax: SnRowStatus Read-write snAgAclFlowCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.22 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows an approximate count of flows that match the individual ACL entry. snAgAclPacketCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.23 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Shows the number of packets that matched the ACL entry. snAgAclComments brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.24 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the description of an individual ACL entry. snAgAclIpPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the QoS priority option for this ACL. This priority assigns traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware-forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an 802.1Q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent 802.1p (CoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority. Determines if ACL matches are logged: false(0) – Do not log ACL matches. true(1) – Log ACL matches. • • Indicates if this is a standard ACL: false(0) – The ACL is an extended ACL. true(1) – The ACL is a standard ACL. • • Creates or deletes an ACL entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • NOTE: This option applies only to 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. 402 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPv4 ACL table 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the priority that is being forced on the outgoing packet. This parameter allows you assign packets of outgoing traffic that match the ACL to a specific hardware-forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue. Valid values: • qosp0(0) • qosp1(1) • qosp2(2) • qosp3(3) • Not defined(4) Default: Not defined(4) NOTE: This option applies only to 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. snAgAclPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the priority of the incoming packet to be matched. This option maps the packet’s 802.1p value. It does not change the packet’s forwarding priority through the device nor does it mark the packet. Valid values: 0 – 8 Default: Not defined(8) Read-write Indicates the DSCP marking of a packet that will be matched. Valid values: 0 – 64 Default: Not defined(64) NOTE: This is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. It is also not supported on the FastIron devices. snAgAclDscpMarking brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.28 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This option applies only to 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. snAgAclDscpMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.29 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the DCSP value of the incoming packet value to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 64 Default: Not defined(64) NOTE: This option applies only to 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 403 40 404 IPv4 ACL table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclIcmpCode brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read write If you entered a value for ICMP message type number in the “snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, enter the code number in this object. Valid value for type code 1, Echo reply 1 = Echo reply Valid values for type code 4, Destination unreachable • 1 = Network unreachable • 2 = Host unreachable • 3 = Protocol unreachable • 4 = Port unreachable • 5 = Fragmentation needed but do not fragment bit set • 6 = Source route failed • 7 = Destination network unknown • 8 = Destination host unknown • 9 = Source host isolated • 10 = Destination network administratively prohibited • 11 = Destination host administratively prohibited • 12 = Network unreachable for TOS • 13 = Host unreachable for TOS • 14 = Communication administratively prohibited by filter • 15 = Host precedence violation • 16 = Precedence cutoff in effect Valid values for type code 5, Source quench 1 = Source quench Valid values for type code 6, Redirect • 1 = Redirect for network • 2 = Redirect for host • 3 = Redirect for TOS and network • 4 = Redirect for TOS and host Valid value for type code 9, Echo request 1 = Echo request Valid value for type code 10, Router advertisement 1 = Router advertisement Valid value for type code 11, Router solicitation 1 = Router solicitation Valid values for type code 12, Time exceeded • 1 = Time to live equals 0 during transmit • 2 = Time to live equals 0 during reassembly Valid values for type code 13, Parameter problem • 1 = IP header bad (catchall error) • 2 = Required option missing Valid value for type code 14, Timestamp request 1 = Timestamp request Valid value for type code 15, Timestamp reply 1 = Timestamp reply Valid value for type code 16, Information request 1 = Information request Valid value for type code 17, Information reply 1 = Information reply Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ACL bind to port table Name, OID, and syntax Access snAgAclIcmpCode (continued) 40 Description Valid value for type code 18, Address mask request 1 = Address mask request Valid value for type code 19, Address mask reply 1 = Address mask reply snAgAclParameters brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.31 Syntax: BITS Read-write The mask represents multiple parameters are configured for the ACL. Bit 0 specifies the first octet. • Bit 0 = Matches fragmented IP packets. • Bit 1 = Matches non-fragmented IP packets. • Bit 2 = Matches only the TCP packets with SYN Bit set. Valid only if the snAgAclSourceOperator or snAgAclDestinationOperator object is set to TCP. • Bit 3 = Permits the packets that fail in RPF check. • Bit 4 = Mirrors the packets matching ACL permit clause. • Bit 5 = Sends the packets matching ACL permit clause to sFlow collector. • Bit 6 = Sets the dscp-mapping. The value is given by snAgAclDscpMarking. • Bit 7 = Sets the dscp-marking. The value is given by snAgAclDscpMapping. snAgAclVlanId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.32 Syntax: FdryVlanIdOrNoneTC Read-creat e An optional VLAN ID to match against the incoming packets. By default, the VLAN ID field is ignored during the match and the value 0 is returned. ACL bind to port table The ACL bind to port table contains ACL port bindings for a Layer 3 Switch. Port numbers and bind direction are used to index entries. NOTE The ACL port MIBs are supported on the Brocade MLXe and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4 None The ACL bind to port table. snAgAclIfBindIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The number of the virtual or physical interface to which this ACL is bound. snAgAclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.2 Syntax: Direction Read-only Shows the traffic direction to which the ACL will be applied: • inbound(0) • outbound(1) snAgAclIfBindNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-create Shows the defined IPv4 ACL number that will be bound to the port. 405 40 ACL accounting table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAgAclIfBindName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The name of the IPv4 ACL name bound to the Interface. Maximum 255 characters are allowed. snAgAclIfBindVifPortList brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.5 Syntax: Octet string Read-create Contains a list of ports for binding a virtual interface. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then they will be encoded. THe Encoding and decoding scheme is range-based. Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) where 0000 is not a valid ifIndex. The next 2 octets indicates the lower range ifIndex, followed by 2 octets of higher range ifIndex. The individual (non- range) ones will be displayed as is. For example: Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f snAgAclIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.6 Syntax: SnRowStatus Read-create Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snAgAclIfBindDenyLogging brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-create Enables or disables deny logging. snAgAclIfIpv6BindName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The name of the IPv6 ACL name bound to the interface. A maximum 200 characters is allowed. ACL accounting table The following table contains the ACLs configured on the NetIron devices. NOTE The ACL accounting table is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. SNMP-WALK on the agAclAccntEntry object may not return the full output in certain configurations of Brocade NetIron devices. 406 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 ACL accounting table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description agAclAccntTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5 None Table of ACL accounting statistics for router. agAclAccntKind brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The following kinds of ACL accounting statistics are supported: • ipv4(0) • l2(1) • ipv4PolicyBasedRouting(2) • rateLimit(3) • receiveAcl(4) • ipv6(5) • ipv6PolicyBasedRouting(6) • ipv6ReceiveAcl(7) - This value is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. agAclAccntIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None Physical or virtual interface on which ACL accounting is desired. For Receive-ACL, use the lowest port of the management module as the value for this object. agAclAccntDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.3 Syntax: Direction None ACL port direction, inbound or outbound. For Receive-ACL kind, direction cannot be outbound. agAclAccntAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.4 Syntax: AclNumber None The access list number for this entry. agAclAccntFilterId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned None Filter ID within a given ACL. This is a zero-based value. agAclAccntAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.6 Syntax: AclNameString Read-only ACL name for an entry, if applicable. Otherwise, a null string is returned. agAclAccntOneSecond brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Accounting data for last one second. agAclAccntOneMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Accounting data for last one minute. agAclAccntFiveMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Accounting data for last five minute. agAclAccntCumulative brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Cumulative accounting data since the ACL was installed. agAclAccntRaclDropCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL drop counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and Layer 2 ACL-enabled interfaces. 407 40 Textual conventions Name, OID, and syntax Access Description agAclAccntRaclFwdCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL forward counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and Layer 2 ACL-enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclRemarkCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL remark counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and Layer 2 ACL-enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclTotalCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL total counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and Layer 2 ACL-enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclTotalSWHitCountCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL cumulative software hit counter. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. Textual conventions The Layer 2 ACL tables use the following textual conventions. 408 Name and syntax Description fdryVlanIdOrNoneTC Syntax: Integer32 The VLAN ID that uniquely identifies a specific VLAN, or no VLAN. The special value of zero is used to indicate that no VLAN ID is present or used. This can be used in any situation where an object or a table entry must refer either to a specific VLAN, or to no VLAN. Valid values: 0 or 1 - 4094 PortQosTC Syntax: Integer The port QoS priority-hardware queue. The value 0 is the lowest priority and 7 is the highest. Valid values: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) • invalid(127) fdryEnetTypeOrZeroTC Syntax: Integer Ethernet Type field within the Ethernet-II frame: • invalid(0) • ipv4(1) • arp(2) • ipv6(3) fdryClauseIndexTC Syntax: Unsigned 32 One-based clause index value within a given ACL number. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Layer 2 ACL next clause table 40 Layer 2 ACL next clause table The Layer 2 ACL next clause table (fdryL2AclNextClauseTable) contains the list of the next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a Layer 2 ACL in the fdryL2AclTable configuration table. (Refer to “Layer 2 ACL configuration table” on page 410.) Every Layer 2 ACL in fdryL2AclTable has a clause index that consists of a list of ACL clause entries. A Layer 2 ACL cannot be created without any clause entries. There must be at least one clause entry in a Layer 2 ACL. Thus, when all the clause entries are deleted from a Layer 2 ACL, the ACL itself will also be deleted. By default, there will be 64 clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL. This number can be changed by issuing the system-max l2-acl-table-entries command on the device CLI. You can specify up to 256 clause entires per Layer 2 ACL. The initial value of fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex in each table row is 1. When a clause entry is created for a Layer 2 ACL, this value is incremented by one. When the number of clause entries created for an ACL reaches the maximum limit, a Get operation on fdryL2AclClauseIndex will return a noSuchInstance error. The error indicates that no more clauses can be added to fdryL2AclTable for this ACL. When a clause entry for an ACL is removed (in the beginning or middle or end), the clause index is available for adding a new clause entry for this ACL. The fdryL2AclClauseIndex always returns the lowest available clause index where a new clause must be added. The CLI displays the ACL clause in chronological order. However, SNMP is bounded by clause index, and thus it may not display the rows in chronological order. The clause index does not map to the sequence in which the ACL clause is checked at run time. The clause index is an internal value used to identify unique ACL clauses within a given ACL ID. For example, if only three clause entries can be created for a Layer 2 ACL, the following steps describe how the ACL clause is assigned. 1. Before adding any clause to a Layer 2 ACL, a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns “1”. 2. When you add the first clause entry, a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns “2”. 3. When you add the second clause entry, a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns “3”. 4. When you add the third clause entry, a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns “4”. 5. If you remove the second clause entry (#2), a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex, returns “2” because it is the lowest available index. The fdryL2AclNextClauseTable is a read-only table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 409 40 Layer 2 ACL configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclNextClauseTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6 None This read-only table contains the list of the next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a new entry in fdryL2AclTable. The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload. However, the relative order of persistent entries would remain the same. fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6.1.1 Syntax: “fdryClauseIndexTC” Read-only The next lowest available clause index for a given Layer 2 ACL number. The maximum value of this object is the configured maximum number of clauses for a Layer 2 ACL. Even though the syntax of fdryL2AclClauseIndex is “fdryClauseIndexTC”, its value will be from 1 to the configured maximum clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL. Layer 2 ACL configuration table The following objects are available for Layer 2 ACL configuration. NOTE The following fdryL2AclTable has support only for the numbered Layer2 ACL and does not have support for the named Layer2 ACL. 410 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7 None The table of Layer 2 ACLs. A Layer 2 ACL number can have 64 (default) to 256 clauses. The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload. However, the relative order of persistent entries remains the same. fdryL2AclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.1 Syntax: AclNumber None The access list number for this entry. For Layer 2 ACLs, valid values are from 400 through 599. fdryL2AclClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.2 Syntax:“fdryClauseIndexTC” None The index of the clause within a given ACL number. During row creation, the clause index value should match the next available clause index for a given ACL number. It is advisable to first perform a Get operation on fdryL2AclNextClauseTable for a given ACL number, and use the value of fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returned by the agent. fdryL2AclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.3 Syntax: Action Read-write Action to take if the Layer 2 packet on the port matches this ACL. fdryL2AclSourceMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.4 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Optional source MAC address. By default, it matches with any source MAC address within a packet. Default: ‘000000000000'H Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Layer 2 ACL configuration table 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclSourceMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.5 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Optional source MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclSourceMac. By default, this matches any source MAC address within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all source MAC addresses that contain “aabb” as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclDestinationMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.6 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Optional destination MAC address. By default, it matches any destination MAC address within a packet. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclDestinationMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.7 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Optional destination MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclDestinationMac. By default, it matches any destination MAC address within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all destination MAC addresses that contain “aabb” as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclVlanId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.8 Syntax: “fdryVlanIdOrNoneTC” Read-write The optional VLAN ID to match against the incoming packet. By default, the VLAN ID field is ignored during the match and the value 0 is returned. Default: 0 fdryL2AclEthernetType brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.9 Syntax: “fdryEnetTypeOrZeroTC” Read-write The optional Ethernet type to match against the etype field of the incoming packet. By default, the etype field is ignored during the match. Default: invalid fdryL2AclDot1pPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.10 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-write This object is optional. It assigns the traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware-forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an 802.1q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent 802.1p (QoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority. This option is applicable only for the inbound Layer 2 ACLs. NOTE: The fdryL2AclDot1pPriority object following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry. Default: level0(0) fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.11 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-write This object is optional. It assigns the packets of outgoing traffic that match the Layer 2 ACL to a specific hardware-forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue. This option is applicable only for the inbound ACLs. NOTE: The fdryL2AclDot1pPriority object following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry. Default: level0(0) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 411 40 Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.12 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-write This object is optional. It matches the packet's 802.1p value. This option does not change the packet's forwarding priority through the device or mark the packet. It is applicable for both inbound and outbound Layer 2 ACLs. Default: level0(0) fdryL2AclMirrorPackets brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.13 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write This object is optional. It is applicable only for the ACLs with a permit clause. When you bind a Layer 2 ACL to a port, you can configure the port to mirror the packets to another port using the acl-mirror-port CLI command. Then the packets permitted on this port (as a result of the bound ACL) will be mirrored on the other port. Default: “false” fdryL2AclLogEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.14 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write The optional parameter to enable logging only when a deny clause is specified. Note that the traffic denied by the implicit deny mechanism is not subject to logging. The implicit deny occurs when traffic does not match any of the clauses and there is no permit any any clause specified at the end of the Layer 2 ACL. Default: “false” fdryL2AclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.15 Syntax: RowStatus Read-write The row status variable is used according to installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows. Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) results in the addition of a Layer 2 ACL filter in the router. Duplicate entries will be rejected during row creation. As part of the row creation, entries are appended to this table. Row insertion may not be supported. Setting this object to destroy(6) removes the associated filter from the router. Other values in the enumeration are not used. Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table The Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table lists the Layer 2 ACLs that have been bound to a port. 412 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8 None The table of Layer 2 ACL binding to a port. Layer 2 ACLs and Layer 3 ACLs cannot be bound to the same port. However, you can configure a port to use Layer 2 ACLs, and another port on the same device to use Layer 3 ACLs. In general: • Layer 2 ACLs cannot be bound to virtual interfaces, unlike Layer 3 ACLs. • You cannot modify an existing Layer 2 ACL clause. You must first unbind the Layer 2 ACL, delete it, and then create a new clause. fdryL2AclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.1 Syntax: Direction None Indicates if Layer 2 ACLs are bound to incoming or outgoing ports: inbound(0) outbound(1)) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 PBR ACL Accounting Table 40 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryL2AclIfBindAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The Layer 2 ACL number that is to be bound to a physical interface. Valid values: 400 - 599 fdryL2AclIfBindRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-write The row status variable is used according to the installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows. Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) binds the Layer 2 ACL to the specified physical port. Setting this object to destroy(6) unbinds the Layer 2 ACL from the port. Other values in the enumeration are not used. PBR ACL Accounting Table NOTE The following table is supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdPbrAclAccntTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.9 None The table of PBR ACL Accounting Statistics for router. brcdPbrAclAccntKind brcdIp.1.2.2.15.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The kind of PBR ACL Accounting statistics that is required. • ipv4PolicyBasedRouting(1) • ipv6PolicyBasedRouting(2) brcdPbrAclAccntIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.9.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The physical or virtual interface on which ACL accounting is desired. brcdPbrSerialNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.9.1.3 Syntax: Integer None A running serial number that may change if an ACL or routemap is modified. Valid values: 0 - 2147483647 brcdPbrAclAccntAclInfo brcdIp.1.2.2.15.9.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This contains ACL Number, ACL Name, ACL Filter ID, and last five minutes and cumulative accounting data since the ACL was installed. Each field is separated by a pipe character. For example, 5MIN|CUMULATIVE|ACL Number|ACL Filter Id|ACL Name. Depending on the value of the brcdPbrAclAccntCounterType object the corresponding counter will have the value while the other is zero. 413 Chapter 41 IPv6 ACL MIB Definition In this chapter • IPv6 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 • IPv6 access list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 IPv6 ACL table The following table contains the IPv6 ACLs for Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron IPv6 devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpv6AclTable brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1 None The IPv6 access control list filters. fdryIpv6AclIndex brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index number for an ACL entry. This is a unique number even though the name is not unique for a given ACL with the same or different source address, prefix length, destination address, destination prefix length, protocol type, action (permit or deny) type, and operator (neq, eq, gt, and lt). fdryIpv6AclName brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The ACL name for an entry. fdryIpv6AclAction brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Action Read-create The action to take if the IP packet matches this ACL. fdryIpv6AclProtocol brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: IpProtocol Read-create The transport protocols. 0 means any protocol. fdryIpv6AclSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Ipv6Address Read-create The source IPv6 address. fdryIpv6AclSourcePrefixLen brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The source IPv6 address prefix length. fdryIpv6AclSourceOperator brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Operator Read-create The type of comparison to perform. This applies only to TCP or UDP. fdryIpv6AclSourceOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create This object refers to the source transport protocol port number of the operand 1. NOTE: The object access is read-only in the Brocade NetIron devices. 415 41 IPv6 access list table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpv6AclSourceOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create This object refers to the source transport protocol port number of the operand 2. fdryIpv6AclDestinationIp brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Ipv6Address Read-create The destination IPv6 address. fdryIpv6AclDestinationPrefixLen brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The destination IPv6 address prefix length. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperator brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Operator Read-create The type of comparison to perform. This applies only to TCP or UDP. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create This object refers to the destination transport protocol port number of the operand 1. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create This object refers to the destination transport protocol port number of the operand 2. fdryIpv6AclEstablished brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.15 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-create Enables or disables the filtering of established TCP packets for which the ACK or RESET flag is on. This filter applies only to the TCP transport protocol. fdryIpv6AclLogOption brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.16 Syntax: TruthValue Read-create The log flag. This should be set to one, which enables logging. fdryIpv6AclComments brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.17 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create A description of the individual ACL entry. fdryIpv6AclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.18 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create Creates or deletes an ACL entry. fdryIpv6AclVlanId brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.19 Syntax: FdryVlanIdOrNoneTC Read-create An optional VLAN ID to match against the incoming packets. By default, the VLAN ID field is ignored during the match and the value 0 is returned. NOTE: This object is supported only on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. IPv6 access list table The following table contains the IPv6 access list entries supported on the Brocade NetIron devices. 416 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPv6 access list table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 41 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdIpv6AccessListTable brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.2 None IPv6 Access Control List (ACL) configuration table. The table supports only IPv6 ACLs with names not more than 110 characters. SNMP WALK operation will skip the entries if the IPv6 ACL name is greater than 110 characters. brcdIpv6AccessListName brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None The name of an IPv6 ACL. The IPv6 ACL name length is restricted to 110 characters from SNMP and it can be 200 characters from CLI. This is due to SNMP restriction on sub-OID length to be 128 for index objects. SNMP GET/GETNEXT operations skip the IPv6 ACLs with more than 110 characters in it. SNMP SET operation is rejected if the IPv6 ACL name length is more than 110 characters. brcdIpv6AccessListNextIndex brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the next index entry. A combination of the IPv6 ACL ID and the next available filter ID is used as an index while creating an access list filter entry in the fdryIpv6AclTable. brcdIpv6AccessListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The following options are supported: active(1)—To return SNMP GET or GET-NEXT requests. • createAndGo(4)—To add a new row. • destroy(6)—To remove a row. • 417 Chapter 42 IP VRRP MIB Definition In this chapter • VRRP and VRRP-Extended MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VRRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VRRP and VRRP-E interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VRRP virtual router table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 420 421 421 426 VRRP and VRRP-Extended MIBs The following table contains the global objects that apply to Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E), and Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP). Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if VRRP is enabled for this system: disabled(0) – Disable VRRP. enabled(1) – Activate VRRP. Default: disabled(0) Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate VRRP interface state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer • • NOTE: The standard MIB “vrrpNotificationCntl” will work exactly the same as the Multi-Service IronWare Proprietary MIB "snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap”. snVrrpIfMaxNumVridPerIntf brcdIp.1.2.12.1.3 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-only Indicates the maximum number of VRID per interface. 419 42 VRRP interface table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpIfMaxNumVridPerSystem brcdIp.1.2.12.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the maximum number of VRID per system. snVrrpClearVrrpStat brcdIp.1.2.12.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Clear VRRP statistics command. VRRP interface table The objects in the following table apply to VRRP, VRRP-E, and VSRP, depending on which protocol is enabled in the device. This table has been replaced by the “snVrrpIf2Table” table, which is presented in “VRRP and VRRP-E interface table”. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1 None The VRRP interface table. snVrrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IP port of this VRRP interface. snVrrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the simple text password for this interface. You can use a simple text password if the “snVrrpIfAuthType” object is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). snVrrpIfRxHeaderErrCnt s brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had a header error. snVrrpIfRxAuthTypeErrC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had an authentication error. snVrrpIfRxAuthPwdMism Read-only atchErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication. snVrrpIfRxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface. Indicates the authentication type of this interface: noAuth(0) simpleTextPasswd(1) ipAuthHeader(2) • • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. 420 Read-only Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VRRP and VRRP-E interface table 42 VRRP and VRRP-E interface table The following table replaces the “snVrrpIfTable” (presented in the “VRRP interface table” section), which uses the slot or port number to index an entry. This table uses the ifindex to present the configuration and statistics of VRRP and VRRP-E interfaces. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRP-E interface. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1 None The VRRP and VRRP-E table for interfaces, using the ifindex. snVrrpIf2AuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpIf2AuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Password for the interface if the snVrrpIf2AuthType type is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). snVrrpIf2RxHeaderErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets received by the interface that had a header error. snVrrpIf2RxAuthTypeErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets received by the interface that had an authentication error. snVrrpIf2RxAuthPwdMismatc hErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication. snVrrpIf2RxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of packets received by the interface that contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface. The authentication type of the interface: noAuth(0) simpleTextPasswd(1) ipAuthHeader(2) • • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. VRRP virtual router table The following table has been replaced by the “snVrrpVirRtr2Table”. The new table is presented in the section “VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table”. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 421 42 422 VRRP virtual router table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1 None The VRRP virtual router table. snVrrpVirRtrPort brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the port number of this VRRP interface. snVrrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the VRID that has been configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured, there is an entry for each VRID. snVrrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this VRRP router interface. • owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the VRRP router interface. • backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the “snVrrpVirRtrOwnership” object is set to backup(2). It indicates the backup router’s preferability to becoming the active router for the interface. The higher the number, the higher the priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. Valid values: 3 – 254 Default: 100 snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports. It indicates the priority of the track ports. A higher number indicates a higher priority. Track port priority is always lower than the “snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority. This object is adjusted dynamically with the “snVrrpVirRtrCurrPriority” object when the track port state first changes from up to down. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVrrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current VRRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not yet become a master or backup. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically with the “snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority” object. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVrrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello messages that are sent between the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds Default: 1 second Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VRRP virtual router table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 42 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to VRRP backups. It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a hello message from the VRID master before determining that the master is no longer active. If the master does not send a hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the VRID. Valid values: 0 – 84 seconds. A value of 0 means that this object has not been configured. Default: 0 seconds snVrrpVirRtrPreemptMode brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled. The backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the VRID: • disabled(0) – Prohibit preemption. • enabled(1) – Allow preemption. Default: enabled(1) snVrrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVrrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write The number of IP addresses of this virtual router of this interface. snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object was obsoleted and replaced by “snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortList”. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device. There can be up to 64 octets in this object: • Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets. • Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets. Default: 0 octets If this object is configured on an interface, then the preference level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port: • When the track port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the Preference Level parameter. • The next time the track port state changes from down to up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. Specifies the state of the VRRP router’s interface: init(0) – Initialization state. master(1) – Master state. backup(2) – Backup state. • • • Indicates if the VRRP router feature is enabled. disabled(0) – The VRRP Router is deactivated. enabled(1) – The VRRP Router has been activated. • • 423 42 424 VRRP virtual router table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object was obsoleted and replaced by “snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortList”. It specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device. Valid values: • Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets. • Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets. Default: 0 octets If this object is configured on an interface, then the preference level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port: • When the track port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter. • The next time the track port state changes from down to up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snVrrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVrrpVirRtrRxArpPktDropCn Read-only ts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of ARP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. snVrrpVirRtrRxIpPktDropCnt s brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. Read-only snVrrpVirRtrRxPortMismatch Read-only Cnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface. snVrrpVirRtrRxNumOfIpMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses. snVrrpVirRtrRxIpMismatchC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of receive VRRP IP addresses that did not match the configured VRRP addresses. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VRRP virtual router table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 42 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrRxHelloIntMism atchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured hello interval. snVrrpVirRtrRxPriorityZeroFr omMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the counts of the virtual router interface with priority zero from the master. snVrrpVirRtrRxHigherPriority Cnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of VRRP packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than what this interface’s backup priority is. snVrrpVirRtrTransToMasterS tateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the backup state to the master state for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtrTransToBackupS Read-only tateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of seconds a backup waits for a hello message from the master before determining that the master is no longer active. If the master does not send a hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master. snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.27 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the next 8 bits are the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string. If this object is configured on an interface, then the preference level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port: • When the track port state first changes from up to down, the interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter. • The next time the track port state changes from down to up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortList brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.28 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the next 8 bits are the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string. If this object is configured on an interface, then the preference level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port: 425 42 VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortList (Continued) Description • • When the track port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter. The next time the track port state changes from down to up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table The following table replaces the “snVrrpVirRtrTable”, which uses a slot or port number to index entries. This new table uses the ifindex method to present the configuration and statistics for VRRP and VRRP-E. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRP-E router. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 426 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1 None The VRRP virtual router 2 table. snVrrpVirRtr2Id brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows one of the VRIDs configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured on the interface, there is an entry for each VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2Ownership brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the VRRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this VRRP or VRRP-E interface. • owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the VRRP router interface. This applies only to VRRP. • backup(2) – The backup router (VRRP or VRRP-E) is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VRRP-E router interface. snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. Valid values: 0 – 255, where: • 0 – The master no longer participates in the VRRP and a backup router should transition to be the new master. • 255 – The router is the owner. Default: 100. snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPriori ty brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports. It indicates the priority of the track ports. The higher the number, the higher the priority. Track port priority is always lower than the “snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority. This object dynamically adjusts the value of the “snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority” object when the track port state first changes from up to down. Valid values: 1 – 254 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 42 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2CurrPriorit y brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current VRRP or VRRP-E priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a master or backup yet. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from up to down. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVrrpVirRtr2HelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements from the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84 Default: 1 second. snVrrpVirRtr2DeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to VRRP or VRRP-E backups. It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a hello message from the VRID master before determining that the master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the VRID. Valid values: 1 – 84 Default: 0, which means that this object has not been configured. snVrrpVirRtr2PreemptM ode brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled: disabled(0) – Prohibit preemption. enabled(1) – Allow preemption. Default: enabled(1) The backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2State brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrMas k brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2Activate brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2BackupInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • Specifies the VRRP or VRRP-E router’s interface state: init(0) – Initialization state master(1) – Master state backup(2) – Backup state • • • The number of IP addresses of this virtual router of this interface. Indicates if VRRP or VRRP-E router is enabled: disabled(0) – The router is deactivated. enabled(1) – The router has been activated. • • Time interval between backup routers hello message advertisements in seconds. The default is 60 seconds. 427 42 428 VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVrrpVirRtr2RxArpPktD ropCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The received VRRP and VRRP-E ARP packet drop counts. snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpPktDr opCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. snVrrpVirRtr2RxPortMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface. snVrrpVirRtr2RxNumOfI pMismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses. snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpMism atchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of VRRP IP addresses received that did not match the VRRP or VRRP-E addresses. snVrrpVirRtr2RxHelloInt MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured hello interval. snVrrpVirRtr2RxPriorityZ eroFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the count of the virtual router interfaces that received priority zero from the master. snVrrpVirRtr2RxHigherP riorityCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than this interface’s backup priority for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2TransToMa sterStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VRRP and VRRP-E virtual router configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 42 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2TransToBa ckupStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state. snVrrpVirRtr2CurrDeadI nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the current dead interval in increments of 100 milliseconds for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a hello message from the master before determining that the master is no longer active. If the master does not send a hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPortL ist brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.25 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical ports and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then the encoding and decoding scheme is range-based, as follows: • Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex. • The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range. • IfIndexes that are not in a range are displayed as they are. For example, you may see the following lists: • Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas, 0015 is one ifindex • Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f The list contains ifindexes not in a range. If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the track port. The interface's preference level is reduced by the value of preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from up to down. When the track port returns to the up state, the interface's preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snVrrpVirRtr2AdvertiseB ackup brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability for this backup to advertise itself to the current master is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0} snVrrpVirRtr2MasterIpA ddr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.27 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the master’s real or virtual (primary) IP address. This IP address is listed as the source in VRRP and VRRP-E advertisement that was last received by this virtual router. snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrCou nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of IP addresses that are associated with this virtual router. This number is equal to the number of rows in the vrrpAssoIpAddrTable of the standard MIB that corresponds to a given ifindex and VRID pair. snVrrpVirRtr2VirtualMac Addr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.29 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Shows the virtual MAC address of the virtual router. 429 Chapter 43 MCT MIB Definition In this chapter • MCT global MIB object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MCT cluster table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MCT cluster ICL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MCT cluster peer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MCT cluster client table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 431 434 435 437 The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices are provided with Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support for the Multi-Chassis Trunking (MCT) Management Information Base (MIB). MCT MIB objects provide the support for configuring and retrieving the cluster information on the Brocade NetIron devices. NOTE SNMP SET, GET, and GET-NEXT requests are supported. MCT global MIB object The following table lists the global MIB object of the MCT table. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctL2Forward brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.1 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write The global cluster Layer 2 forward state of the system. The STP packets coming from the MCT VLANs is dropped when the object is set to the disabled(2) state. MCT cluster table The following table lists the objects that apply globally to the Brocade NetIron devices. Currently, the Brocade NetIron devices support only one cluster. Use the deploy command or SNMP-SET request for brcdMctClusterDeploy with the deploy(2) value to verify whether the user has provided all the configuration information. The notReady(3) value for brcdMctClusterRowStatus indicates the user has not configured all the required cluster objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 431 43 432 MCT cluster table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterTable brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2 None The MCT cluster table. brcdMctClusterId brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The ID of the MCT cluster. brcdMctClusterName brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The name of the MCT cluster. The object cannot be modified after creation. Valid values: 1 – 64 brcdMctClusterRbridgeId brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The remote bridge ID of the MCT cluster. The remote bridge ID is used by the peer to communicate with the cluster node. Valid values: 1 – 35535 brcdMctClusterSessionVlan brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: BrcdVlanIdTC Read-create The session VLAN of the MCT cluster. The cluster session VLAN ranges from 1 through 4090, but it cannot be a default VLAN. The brcdMctClusterSessionVlan and brcdMctClusterKeepAliveVlan objects cannot be the same value. brcdMctClusterKeepAliveVla n brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: BrcdVlanIdOrNoneTC Read-create The keepalive VLAN of the MCT cluster. The keepalive VLAN ranges from 0 through 4090, but it cannot be a default VLAN. The brcdMctClusterSessionVlan and brcdMctClusterKeepAliveVlan objects cannot be the same value. The value 0 indicates the keepalive VLAN is not set for the particular cluster. If the brcdMctClusterClientIsolationMode object is set to strict(2), then the brcdMctClusterKeepAliveVlan object cannot be set to any value other than 0. Default: 0 brcdMctClusterClientIsolatio nMode brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-create The client isolation mode of the MCT cluster. loose(1)—Indicates the Cluster Communication Protocol (CCP) is down and the client performs the master/slave negotiation. After negotiation, the slave shuts down the client ports, whereas the master client ports continue to forward the traffic. • strict(2)—Indicates the CCP goes down and the client interface on both the cluster nodes is administratively shut down. In this mode, the client is isolated from the network if CCP is not operational. If the brcdMctClusterKeepAliveVlan object is set to any value other than 0, then the brcdMctClusterClientIsolationMode object cannot be set to strict(2). Default: loose(1) brcdMctClusterClientShutdo wn brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: TruthVal Read-create The client shutdown state of the MCT cluster. Shuts down the entire local client interface in the cluster when the value is set to true. This results in the failover of the traffic to the cluster peer. Default: false brcdMctClusterMemberVlan s brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The list of the member VLAN IDs on which the MCT cluster is operating. This is the range of VLANs that has MAC synchronization. • The VLANs that are not sequential are represented as separated by a space; for example, 2 5 100. • The VLANs that are continuous and sequential are represented as a range; for example, 10 to 40. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MCT cluster table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 43 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterActiveMemb erVlans brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only brcdMctClusterDeploy brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: BrcdDeployStatus Read-create The administrator status of the MCT cluster. The consistency check of the entire cluster configuration is done when the object is set to the deploy(1) value. After the cluster is deployed, the configuration cannot be modified except for the brcdMctClusterMemberVlans, brcdMctClusterClientIsolationMode, and brcdMctClusterDeploy objects. Default: undeploy(2) brcdMctClusterDeployFailur eReason brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only The last failure reasons for the cluster deploy operation through SNMP. The following failure reason codes are supported: • none(1)—Indicates the last deploy is successful. • unknown(2)—Indicates the last deploy is failed for an unknown reason. • rBridgeIdNotConfigured(3)—Indicates the remote bridge ID is not configured. • sessionVlanNotConfigured(4)—Indicates the session VLAN is not configured. • iclNotConfigured(5)—Indicates the Inter-Chassis Link (ICL) is not configured. • peerNotConfigured(6)—Indicates the peer is not configured. • iclIsMrpSecondaryInterface(7)—On the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the ICL should not be a Metro Ring Protocol (MRP) secondary interface. • iclIsErpRplInterface(8)—On the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the ICL should not be a Ethernet Ring Protection (ERP) Ring Protection Link (RPL) interface. • iclIsErpMsInterface(9)—On the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the ICL should not be a ERP MS interface. • iclIsErpFsInterface(10)—On the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, the ICL should not be a ERP FS interface. • iclNotInSessionVlan(11)—Indicates the ICL is not in the session VLAN. • iclNotInMemberVlans(12)—Indicates the ICL is not in the member VLANs. • nonIclInterfacesInSessionVlan(13)—Indicates none of the ICL interfaces are present under the session VLAN. • mgmtVeNotConfiguredInSessionVlan(14)—Indicates the management VE is not configured in the session VLAN. • mgmtIpNotConfiguredInSessionVlan(15)—Indicates the management IP is not configured in the session VLAN. • mgmtIpIsUsedInPeerOrClientConfig(16)—Indicates the management IP is used in peer or client configurations. • mgmtIpNotInSubnetOfPeerIp(17)—Indicates the management IP is not in the subnet of a peer IP. The list of the active member VLANs of the MCT cluster. The VLANs that are not sequential are represented as separated by a space; for example, 2 5 100. • The VLANs that are continuous and sequential are represented as a range; for example, 10 to 40. • 433 43 MCT cluster ICL table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • brcdMctClusterDeployFailur eReason (continued) • • brcdMctClusterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create rBridgeIdUsedInPeerOrClientConfig(18)—Indicates the remote bridge ID is used in peer or client configurations. clientInterfaceIsNotInMemberVlan(19)—Indicates the client interface is not in the member VLAN. defaultVlanConfigAsSessOrMemberVlan(20)—Indicates the default VLAN is configured as the session or member VLAN. The row status of the MCT clusters. All the row status values are supported. The notInService(2) value indicates the cluster is not yet activated. The following objects must be present in the same SNMP SET request to create a row with the brcdMctClusterRowStatus object set to the createAndGo(4) value: • brcdMctClusterName • brcdMctClusterRbridgeId • brcdMctClusterSessionVlan • brcdMctClusterMemberVlans The brcdMctClusterName object must be present in the same SNMP SET request to create a row in the brcdMctClusterTable with the brcdMctClusterRowStatus object set to the createAndWait(5) value. If the cluster is deployed, then the brcdMctClusterRowStatus object cannot be set to destroy(6). MCT cluster ICL table The following table lists the Inter-Chassis Link (ICL) MCT cluster MIB objects. 434 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterIclTable brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.3 None The MCT cluster ICL table. brcdMctClusterIclName brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None The name of the ICL. Valid values: 1 - 64 brcdMctClusterIclIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-create The interface index of the ICL. The ICL interface can be a single Ethernet interface or trunk interface index. brcdMctClusterIclRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The row status of the MCT cluster ICL entry. It supports only the active(1), createAndGo(4), and destroy (6) values of the row status. If the cluster is deployed, then the brcdMctClusterIclRowStatus object cannot be set to destroy(6). If the brcdMctClusterIclName object is used in the peer configuration for the brcdMctClusterPeerIclName object, then the peer configuration must be removed before setting the brcdMctClusterIclRowStatus object to destroy(6). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MCT cluster peer table 43 MCT cluster peer table The following table lists the MIB objects supported in the MCT cluster peer table. Currently, the Brocade NetIron devices support only one cluster peer. The Layer 2 VPN peer is not supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterPeerTable brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4 None brcdMctClusterPeerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: InetAddressType None The address type of the MCT cluster peer. The supported address types are ipv4(1) and ipv6(2). brcdMctClusterPeerAddr brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: InetAddress None The IPv4 or IPv6 address of the MCT cluster peer. brcdMctClusterPeerRbridgeId brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The remote bridge ID of the MCT cluster peer. Valid values: 1 - 35535 brcdMctClusterPeerIclName brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create The ICL name of the MCT cluster peer. The ICL name must be similar to the brcdMctClusterIclName object. brcdMctClusterPeerFastFailover brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.5 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-create brcdMctClusterPeerKeepAliveTi me brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The keepalive time in seconds of the MCT cluster peer. The keepalive time ranges from 0 through 21845 seconds. Default: 30 seconds brcdMctClusterPeerHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The hold time in seconds of the MCT cluster peer. The hold time must be at least three times of the keepalive time. The hold time ranges from 3 through 65535 seconds. Default: 90 seconds brcdMctClusterPeerActiveVlans brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only brcdMctClusterPeerOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only The MCT cluster peer table. NOTE: The objects in the table cannot be modified after the cluster is deployed. The fast failover status of the MCT cluster peer. When the object is set to enable(1), the remote MACs are flushed as soon as the ICL interface and the CCP are down. • When the object is set to disable(2), the remote MACs are flushed only when the CCP is down. Even if the ICL interface is down, CCP waits for the hold time before making the CCP down. • The list of the active member VLANs of the MCT cluster peer. The VLANs that are not sequential are represented as separated by a space; for example, 2 5 100. • The VLANs that are continuous and sequential are represented as a range; for example, 10 to 40. • The operational status of the MCT cluster peer. The following values are supported for the operational status: • unknown(1)—Unknown state. • noState(2)—The peer state machine is not started. • init(3)—The peer state machine is initializing. • ccpUp(4)—The CCP is up. • ccpDown(5)—The CCP is down. • reachable(6)—The CCP is down, but the peer is reachable through the keepalive VLAN. 435 43 436 MCT cluster peer table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterPeerDownReaso n brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only The reason for the brcdMctClusterPeerOperStatus object to be in the ccpDown(3) state. The following values are supported as the down reason: • none(1)—Indicates the peer is not in the down state. • loopbackInterfaceDown(2)—Indicates the loopback interface is down. • iclInterfaceDown(3)—Indicates the ICL interface is down. • upgradeInProgress(4)—Indicates graceful upgrade is in progress. • routeNotAvailable(5)—Indicates the route to the cluster peer is not available. • iclVeDown(6)—Indicates the ICL VE interface is down. • rBridgeIdMismatch(7)—Indicates the remote bridge ID does not match with the peer. • clusterIdMismatch(8)—Indicates the cluster ID does not match with the peer. • keepAliveTimeMismatch(9)—Indicates the keepalive time does not match with the peer. • holdTimeMismatch(10)—Indicates the hold time does not match with the peer. • fastFailoverMismatch(11)—Indicates the fast failover parameter does not match with the peer. • shutdownMesgFromPeer(12)—Indicates a shutdown message is received from the peer. • tcpKeepAliveTimeout(13)—Indicates a TCP keepalive timeout message is received. • tclConnCloseMesg(14)—Indicates a TCP connection close message is received. • holdTimeoutExpired(15)—Indicates the hold timeout is expired. • sendStateTimeoutExpired(16)—Indicates the transmission state timeout is expired. • recvStateTimeoutExpired(17)—Indicates the received state timeout is expired. • initMesgSendFail(18)—Indicates failure to send the initializing message. • keepAliveMesgSendFail(19)—Indicates failure to send the keepalive message. • invalidAppMesgRecv(20)—Indicates an invalid application packet message is received from the peer. • badProtocolVersionPktRecv(21)—Indicates a bad protocol version packet received message from the peer. • badPduLengthPktRecv(22)—Indicates a bad PDU length packet received message from the peer. • unknownCcpPktRecv(23)—Indicates an unknown CCP message type packet received message from the peer. • invalidCcpPktRecv(24)—Indicates an invalid CCP message length packet received message from the peer. • internalCcpErrorRecv(25)—Indicates an internal CCP error message from the peer. • ccpTcpCommFail(26)—Indicates a cluster CCP TCP communication is failed. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MCT cluster client table 43 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterPeerUpTime brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.11 Syntax: TimeInterval Read-only The time since the MCT cluster peer is up and running. If the brcdMctClusterPeerOperStatus object is not in the ccpUp(2) state, then the value 0 is returned. brcdMctClusterPeerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.4.1.12 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The row status of the MCT cluster peer. Only the active(1), notInService(2), createAndGo(4), and destroy(6) values of the RowStatus are supported. The notInService(2) value indicates the cluster is not yet activated. The SNMP SET request to create a row with the brcdMctClusterPeerRowStatus object set to the createAndGo(4) value must contain the brcdMctClusterPeerRbridgeId and brcdMctClusterPeerIclName objects in the same SNMP SET request. If the cluster is deployed, then the brcdMctClusterPeerRowStatus object cannot be set to destroy(6). MCT cluster client table The following table lists the MCT cluster client MIB objects. The deploy command or SNMP SET request for the brcdMctClusterClientDeploy object with the deploy(2) value verifies if the configuration is set properly or not. The notReady(3) enum value for the brcdMctClusterClientRowStatus object indicates not all the required cluster client configuration objects are configured. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterClientTable brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5 None The MCT cluster client table. brcdMctClusterClientName brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None The name of the MCT cluster client. brcdMctClusterClientRbridg eId brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The remote bridge ID of the MCT cluster client. The remote bridge ID is used by the client to communicate with the cluster node. Valid values: 1 - 35535 brcdMctClusterClientIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-create The interface index that is connected to the MCT cluster client. The interface must be an Ethernet interface or trunk interface. 437 43 MCT cluster client table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMctClusterClientOperSt atus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-create The operational status of the MCT cluster client. The following values are supported by the operational status: • unknown(1)—Indicates the unknown state. • noState(2)—Indicates the peer state machine is not started. • init(3)—Indicates the peer state machine is initializing. • localDeploy(4)—Indicates the client is up, but is not configured at the remote side. • adminUp(5)—Indicates the client is up, but both the client interfaces are operationally down. • remoteUp(6)—Indicates the client is remotely up and locally down. • localUp(7)—Indicates the client is locally up and remotely down. • up(8)—Indicates the client is up both locally and remotely. • slave(9)—Indicates the client is down and it has taken the slave role. • master(10)—Indicates the client is down and it has taken the master role. • masterPeerUp(11)—Indicates the client is down, it has taken the master role, and the master peer is up. brcdMctClusterClientDeploy brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.5 Syntax: BrcdDeployStatus Read-create The administration status of the MCT cluster client. When the object is set to deploy and the cluster is not deployed, the configuration happens but the client state machine will not get started. NOTE: The objects in the table cannot be modified except the brcdMctClusterClientDeploy object, after the client is deployed. 438 brcdMctClusterClientDeploy FailureReason brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The failure reasons for the last cluster client deploy operation through SNMP. The following failure reasons are supported: • none(1)—Indicates the last deploy is successful. • unknown(2)—Indicates the last deploy is failed for an unknown reason. • rBridgeIdNotConfigured(3)—Indicates the remote bridge ID is not configured. • clientInterfaceNotConfigured(4)—Indicates the client interface is not configured. • rBridgeIdUsedInClusterOrPeer(5)—Indicates the remote bridge ID is used in cluster or peer configurations. • clientInterfaceNotPresent(6)—Indicates the client interface is physically not present. • clientInterfaceIsMrpRingInterface(7)—Indicates the client interface is configured as an MRP ring interface. • clientInterfaceIsErpInterface(8)—Indicates the client interface is configured as an ERP interface. • iclIsNotInMemberVlan(9)—Indicates the ICL is not in the member VLAN. brcdMctClusterClientRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.12.1.1.5.1.7 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The row status of the MCT cluster client. All the values of the row status are supported. The notInService(2) value indicates the cluster client is not deployed. The brcdMctClusterClientRbridgeId and brcdMctClusterClientIfIndex objects must be present in the same SNMP SET request to create a new row with the brcdMctClusterClientRowStatus object set to the createAndGo(4) value. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 44 VSRP MIB Definition In this chapter • Global VSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 • VSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 • VSRP virtual router table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 The Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP) is a proprietary protocol that provides redundancy and sub-second failover in Layer 2 and Layer 3 mesh topologies. Based on the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E), VSRP provides one or more backups for a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch. If the active Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch becomes unavailable, one of the backups takes over as the active device and continues forwarding traffic for the network. The MIB objects of the following sections are available for VSRP to provide SNMP support for VSRP and these MIB objects are supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and FastIron devices. Global VSRP objects The following table contains the global VSRP objects. Use the router vsrp and snmp-server enable traps vsrp CLI commands for information on global VSRP objects. NOTE Only one of the virtual router protocols can be enabled at any one time. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if VSRP is enabled or disabled on this system: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snVsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate VSRP interface state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the maximum number of VRIDs that an interface can have. • • 439 44 VSRP interface table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the maximum number of VRIDs that a system can have. snVsrpClearVrrpStat brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Clears the VSRP statistics: • normal(0) • clear(1) VSRP interface table The following table contains objects used to configure VSRP interfaces. The following objects are equivalent to the vsrp auth-type CLI command. NOTE Make sure that “snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp” is set to enable(1). Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1 None The VSRP interface table. snVsrpIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only VLAN ID used to index the entries in this table. snVsrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the authorization type used to verify access to the interface: • noAuth(0) • simpleTextPasswd(1) • ipAuthHeader(2) snVsrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write The simple text password is allowed only if the “snVsrpIfAuthType” is simpleTextPasswd(1) and the size should be greater than zero. This object can contain 0 to 8 octets and if the value is noAuth then zero length string is returned. VSRP virtual router table The VSRP virtual router table describes the configuration of the VSRP virtual router. The following objects are equivalent to the vsrp vrid and show vsrp CLI commands. 440 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1 None The VSRP virtual router table. snVsrpVirRtrVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only VLAN index of the VSRP router. snVsrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows a virtual router ID for the interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VSRP virtual router table 44 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the VSRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this interface. • owner(1) – This does not apply to VSRP. • backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VSRP router interface. snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. This object can be set only if “snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority” is set to backup(2). Valid values: 8 – 255 Default: 100 snVsrpVirRtrTrackPriority Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Indicates the amount by which the default track priority is reduced when a tracked interface goes down. The higher the number, the higher the priority. After this object is configured, the “snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority” object of this interface will be adjusted dynamically with this track priority the first time the track port states changes from up to down. NOTE: Valid values: 1 – 254 snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current VSRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a master or backup. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from up to down. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements sent from the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84 Default: 1 second NOTE: This object cannot be combined with either the snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt or snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownInt objects in one SNMP set request. snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds a Backup waits for a hello message from the master for the VRID before determining that the master is no longer active. If the master does not send a hello messages before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master . Valid values: 1 – 84 Default: 3 seconds NOTE: This object cannot be combined with the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 441 44 442 VSRP virtual router table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrPreemptMo de brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables preemption. When preemption is enabled, a higher priority backup router preempts a lower priority master. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snVsrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVsrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write snVsrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the virtual router’s interface state: init(0) – Initialization state master(1) – Master state backup(2) – Backup state • • • The numbers of IP addresses for this virtual router of this interface. This object is for Layer 3 VSRP. Valid values: Up to 64 octets Indicates if a VRRP or VRRP-E router has been activated. disabled(0) – The router has not been activated. enabled(1) – The router has been activated. • • snVsrpVirRtrTrackPortLis Read-write t brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port s and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then the encoding and decoding scheme is range-based, as follows: • Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex. • The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range. • Ifindexes that are not in a range are displayed as individual indexes. For example, you may see the following lists: • Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas, 0015 is one ifindex • Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f The list contains ifindexes not in a range. If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the track port. The interface's preference level is reduced by the value of preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from up to down. When the track port returns to the up state, the interface's preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snVsrpVirRtrAdvertiseBa ckup brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Indicates if the ability for this backup to advertise itself to the current master is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) Read-write Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VSRP virtual router table 44 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownIn t brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The amount of time a bbackup that has sent a hello packet announcing its intent to become master waits before beginning to forward traffic for the VRID. The hold-down interval prevents Layer 2 loops from occurring during rapid failover of VSRP. The interval can be from 1 through 84 seconds. Default: 2 seconds NOTE: This object cannot be combined with the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snVsrpVirRtrInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time-to-live (TTL) value in the hello packets. TTL is the maximum number of hops a VSRP hello packet can traverse before being dropped. TTL in a packet helps regulate the distance that a hello packet can travel. It prevents the flooding of VSRP hello packets in the network. Valid values: 1 – 255 seconds Default: 1 second on most devices; 2 seconds in the NetIron devices snVsrpVirRtrIncPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.17 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Groups all free ports of a VLAN into their control ports. snVsrpVirRtrSave brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Sets VSRP to save current parameters value: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snVrrpVirRtrBackupInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time interval when backup routers send hello message advertisements. Valid values: 60 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds snVsrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snVsrpVirRtrRxArpPktDr opCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The received VSRP ARP packet drop counts. snVsrpVirRtrRxIpPktDro pCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The received VSRP IP packet drop counts. snVsrpVirRtrRxPortMism atchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The received VSRP port mismatching counts. 443 44 444 VSRP virtual router table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrRxNumOfIp MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the received number of mismatched IP addresses for VSRP. snVsrpVirRtrRxIpMismat chCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of received VSRP IP addresses that are mismatched. snVsrpVirRtrRxHelloIntM ismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.26 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of the virtual router interfaces with hello intervals that are mismatched. snVsrpVirRtrRxPriorityZe roFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.27 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of advertisements with priority of zero received from the master. snVsrpVirRtrRxHigherPri orityCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.28 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The counts of the virtual router interfaces with higher priority. snVsrpVirRtrTransToMas terStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.29 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVsrpVirRtrTransToBac kupStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.30 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state. snVsrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt Read-only brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.31 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the current dead intervals in increments of 100 milliseconds for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a hello message from the master before determining that the master is no longer active. If the master does not send a hello message before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master. snVsrpVirRtrCurHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current backup router hello interval. snVsrpVirRtrCurHoldDo wnInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current value of the hold-down interval. Valid values: 1 - 84 snVsrpVirRtrCurInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current TTL value. Valid values: 1 - 255 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VSRP virtual router table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 44 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrHelloMacAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.35 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Shows the hello MAC address. snVsrpVirRtrMasterIpAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.36 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the master router's real or virtual (primary) IP address. This is the IP address listed as the source in VSRP advertisement, which is last received by this virtual router. 445 Chapter 45 ARP MIB Definition In this chapter • Global ARP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Global ARP statistics The following MIB objects display statistics for Address Resolution Protocol (ARP). NOTE The objects in the following table are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snArpStatsTotalReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of ARP packets received from the interfaces, including those received in error. snArpStatsRequestReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of input ARP request packets received from the interfaces. snArpStatsRequestSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of output ARP request packets sent from the interfaces. snArpStatsRepliesSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of output ARP reply packets sent from the interfaces. snArpStatsPendingDrop brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of ARP pending packets discarded. snArpStatsInvalidSource brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of ARP packets received with invalid sender protocol address. snArpStatsInvalidDestination brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of ARP packets received with invalid destination protocol address. 447 Chapter 46 IP MIB Definition In this chapter • Global router MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP general group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP static route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • RARP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Static ARP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP interface port address table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP interface port access table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port configuration tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP interface counter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 450 452 453 455 456 457 458 459 462 Global router MIB The following table contains a global MIB object covering the switching properties of the Layer 3 Switch, regardless of routing protocol. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access snGblRtRouteOnly brcdIp.1.2.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Determines if the Layer 3 Switch will route or switch packets: disabled(0) – Router will first route the packets. If it cannot route them, it will switch the packets. • enabled(1) – Router will only route the packets; it will not switch them. • 449 46 IP general group IP general group The following table contains the general objects for the IP group. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtClearArpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Clears learned Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries but does not remove any static ARP entries: • normal(0) – Do not clear learned entries. • clear(1) – Clear learned entries. NOTE: This object is supported only on the ServerIron devices. snRtClearIpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Clears the entries in the IP forwarding cache table: normal(0) – Do not clear entries. clear(1) – Clear entries. snRtClearIpRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write snRtBootpServer brcdIp.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the bootp server to which bootp packets must be relayed. Read-write Specifies the maximum number of hops the bootp packet should travel. Valid values: Up to 15 hops Read-write Specifies the number of minutes that an ARP entry can be valid without having it to be relearned. Valid values: Up to 240 minutes. A value of zero (0) means that the entry will not age out. • • Clears the IP route tables: normal(0) – Do not clear entries. clear(1) – Clear entries. • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snRtBootpRelayMax brcdIp.1.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snRtArpAge brcdIp.1.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer 450 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP general group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpIrdpEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if router advertisement is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpLoadShare brcdIp.1.2.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpProxyArp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpRarp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time-to-live (TTL) value that will be used in the IP header of an IP packet that was generated by this device. Valid values: 1 – 255 snRtIpSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the index number of a row in “snRtIpPortConfigTable” on page 459, such as “snRtIpPortConfigPortIndex” on page 459. All the writeable data from that row will be copied to all appropriate rows in all IPinterface port configuration table. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 46 Indicates if more than one route is enabled to share the loads: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates if the proxy ARP function is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates if the RARP server is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: Prior to setting this object, make sure that the row identified in this object contains a value for all its objects; otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire IP interface configuration table. snRtIpFwdCacheMaxEn tries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of entries in the IP forwarding cache table. snRtIpFwdCacheCurEnt ries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the current number of entries in the IP forwarding cache table. snRtIpMaxStaticRouteE ntries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the maximum number of entries in the IP static route table. snRtIpDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpLoadShareNumO fPaths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Specifies the number of routes to be used to share the load. 451 46 IP static route table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpLoadShareMaxP aths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the maximum number of routes that can be configured to share the load. snRtIpLoadShareMinPa ths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the minimum number of routes that can be configured to share the load. snRtIpProtocolRouterId brcdIp.1.2.2.1.20 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the router ID for all Internet Protocols. snRtIpSourceRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if strict source routing is enabled to drop source routed packets: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) IP static route table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The IP static route table contains a list of static routes. These routes can be one of the following types: • Standard – The static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the IP address of the next-hop gateway. • Interface-based – The static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the Layer 3 Switch interface through which you want the Layer 3 Switch to send traffic for the route. Typically, this type of static route is directly attached to the destination networks. • Null – The static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the “null0” parameter. Typically, the null route is configured as a backup route for discarding traffic if the primary route is unavailable. The IP static route table also serves as the default route table. 452 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpStaticRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.2.2 None IP static route table. snRtIpStaticRouteIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a static route entry. snRtIpStaticRouteDest brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address of the default route. The address 0.0.0.0 is the IP address of the default router. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP filter table 46 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpStaticRouteMask brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the subnet mask of the default router destination IP address. The subnet mask of the default router is 0.0.0.0. snRtIpStaticRouteNextHop brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the next-hop router (gateway) for the route. snRtIpStaticRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the metrics to next-hop router. Default: 1 snRtIpStaticRouteRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • other(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snRtIpStaticRouteDistance brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing equal routes to a destination, the Layer 3 Switch prefers lower administrative distances over higher ones. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 1 IP filter table An IP filter is an access policy that determines whether the device forwards or drops IP packets. A filter consists of source and destination IP information and the action to take when a packet matches the values in the filter. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. The following objects define IP filters. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.2.3 None The IP filter table. snRtIpFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the index for an entry in the IP filter table. 453 46 454 IP filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the action to be taken if the IP packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) • qosEnabled(2) When you configure an IP access policy, the device denies all IP packets by default unless you explicitly permit them. Thus, if you want the device to permit all IP packets except the ones that you filter out, you must configure the last IP access policy to permit all IP packets. snRtIpFilterProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the transport protocol that you can filter. Only the traffic for the transport protocol selected will be allowed: • all(0) – All traffic of the following transport protocols listed is permitted. • ICMP(1) • IGMP(2) • IGRP(88) • OSPF(89) • TCP(6) • UDP(17) In addition, if you filter TCP or UDP, you can also specify a particular application port (such as “HTTP” or “80”) or a logical expression consisting of an operator and port names or numbers. snRtIpFilterSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP address. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this IP address. snRtIpFilterSourceMas k brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP subnet mask. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this subnet mask. snRtIpFilterDestIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this IP address. snRtIpFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.7 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP subnet mask. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this subnet mask. snRtIpFilterOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the value of the “snRtIpFilterProtocol” object is TCP or UDP. It specifies the type of comparison to be performed to TCP and UDP packets: • greater(1) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are greater than the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • equal(2) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are equal to the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • less(3) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are less than the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • notEqual(4) – The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers except to those that are equal to the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. snRtIpFilterOperand brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the value of the “snRtIpFilterProtocol” object is TCP or UDP. Specifies the TCP or UDP port number that will be used in this filter. Valid values: 0 – 65535. 0 means that this object is not applicable. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 RARP table 46 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snRtIpFilterEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP packets. Indicates if the filtering of established TCP packets is enabled for packets that have the ACK or RESET flag on: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpFilterQosPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write The router Layer 4 QoS Priority values are: • low(0) – lower priority • high(1) – higher priority The Priority values are: • level0(0) – Lower priority • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3), • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) – Higher priority RARP table The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) provides a simple mechanism for directly-attached IP hosts to boot over the network. RARP allows an IP host that does not have a means of storing its IP address across power cycles or software reloads to query a directly-attached router for an IP address. RARP is enabled by default. However, there must be a static RARP entry for each host that will use the Layer 3 Switch for booting. The following table contains the objects that define each RARP entry. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 455 46 Static ARP table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRarpTable brcdIp.1.2.2.4 None IP RARP table. snRtIpRarpIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index for an entry in the RARP table. There can be up to 16 entries. snRtIpRarpMac brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the MAC address of the RARP client. snRtIpRarpIp brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address for a RARP client. snRtIpRarpRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Static ARP table The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a standard IP protocol that enables an IP Layer 3 Switch to obtain the MAC address of another device’s interface when the Layer 3 Switch knows the IP address of the interface. ARP is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. The static ARP table in a Layer 3 Switch contains entries that are useful in cases where you want to preconfigure an entry for a device that is not connected to the Layer 3 Switch, or you want to prevent a particular entry from aging out. The software removes a dynamic entry from the ARP cache if the ARP aging interval expires before the entry is refreshed. Static entries do not age out, regardless of whether or not the device receives an ARP request from the device that has the entry’s address. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 456 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtStaticArpTable brcdIp.1.2.2.5 None IP static ARP table. snRtStaticArpIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index for a static ARP entry. There can be up to 16 entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP interface port address table 46 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtStaticArpIp brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of a static ARP entry. snRtStatkicArpMac brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the MAC address of a static ARP entry. snRtStaticArpPort brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.4 Syntax: PortIndex Read-write Specifies the port number attached to the device that has the MAC address of the entry. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 through 42. snRtStaticArpRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. IP interface port address table The IP interface port address table shows the port IP address and its port type. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.2.6 None IP port address table. snRtIpPortAddrPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The index of the port address entry. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 through 42. snRtIpPortAddress brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the port IP address. snRtIpPortSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the port IP address subnet mask. 457 46 IP interface port access table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAddrType brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the port type of the entry: primary(1) secondary(2) Default: primary(1) snRtIpPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a set with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. • • IP interface port access table The following table determines if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic and the filter used on the interface. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 458 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.2.7 None IP port access table. snRtIpPortAccessPortIn dex brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The index for an entry in the IP port access table. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 through 42. snRtIpPortAccessDirecti on brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic: in(1) out(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port configuration tables 46 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Each octet represents a filter number. snRtIpPortAccessRowSt atus brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Port configuration tables The following table define the size, encapsulation format, and cost of the packet that will be transmitted through a port. IP interface port configuration table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.2.8 None The IP port configuration table. snRtIpPortConfigPortInd ex brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only An index for an entry in the IP port configuration table. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 through 42. snRtIpPortMtu brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum size of IP packets that will be transmitted on the port. snRtIpPortEncap brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the encapsulation format that will be used on the IP frame transmitted on the port: • ethernet(1) – Ethernet • snap(2) – ATM and Ethernet • hdlc(3) – POS • ppp(4) – POS 459 46 Port configuration tables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the metric or cost the router adds to the route. Valid values: 1 – 15 Default: 1 snRtIpPortDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled. A directed broadcast is a packet containing all ones (or in some cases, all zeros) in the host portion of the destination IP address. When a router forwards such a broadcast, it sends a copy of the packet out each of its enabled IP interfaces: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) IP interface address table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortIfAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.2.18 None IP port interface address table. snRtIpPortIfAddrInterfac eIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.18.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The interface index for port address entry. snRtIpPortIfAddress brcdIp.1.2.2.18.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The port IP address. snRtIpPortIfSubnetMas k brcdIp.1.2.2.18.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The port IP address subnet mask. snRtIpPortIfAddrType brcdIp.1.2.2.18.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write The port IP address type. snRtIpPortIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.18.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-write To create or delete a port address entry. IP interface port access table The following table determines if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic and the filter used on the interface. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 460 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Port configuration tables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortIfAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.2.19 None IP port if access table. snRtIpPortIfAccessInterf aceIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.19.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The interface index for port access entry. snRtIpPortIfAccessDirec tion brcdIp.1.2.2.19.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The incoming or outgoing check. snRtIpPortIfAccessFilter s brcdIp.1.2.2.19.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write The first octet correspond to the first filter number and so on. snRtIpPortIfAccessRowS Read-write tatus brcdIp.1.2.2.19.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus 46 To create or delete a port access entry. IP interface configuration table The following MIB objects are supported on the Brocade NetIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpPortIfConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.2.20 None IP port if configuration table. snRtIpPortIfConfigInterf aceIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only The if index for port configuration entry. snRtIpPortIfMtu brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-Write The maximun transfer unit: Ethernet MTU range: 46 to 1500 POS MTU range: 60 to 4470 ATM MTU range: 1500 to 9180 ATM SubIf MTU range: 1500 to 9180 For jumbo support, the MTU range could be higher. snRtIpPortIfEncap brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-Write Data link encapsulation to be used on the IP frame transmitted on the port. snRtIpPortIfMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-Write The metric for port configuration entry. • • • • 461 46 IP interface counter table Name, OID, and syntax Access snRtIpPortIfDirBcastFwd Read-Write brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.5 Syntax: RtrStatus snRtIpPortConfigIfDonor Interface brcdIp.1.2.2.20.1.6 Syntax: InterfaceIndexOrZero Read-only Description Enables or disables directed broadcast forwarding on the port. Returns the ifIndex of the donor interface, if the interface is configured as an unnumbered interface. Returns its own ifIndex value, if the interface is configured as a donor interface. Otherwise, returns 0. IP interface counter table The following MIB objects are supported on the Brocade NetIron devices. 462 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description agIpPortCounterTable brcdIp.1.2.2.21 None IP port counter table to display IP traffic statistics. At present, the system supports only IP statistics for Ethernet ports. agIpPortCounterIpVersion brcdIp.1.2.2.21.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress None The version of IP for which this counter entry is returned. This table supports ipv4(1) and ipv6(2) enumerations. agIpPortCounterRxPacket brcdIp.1.2.2.21.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Total IP packets received on a given interface. agIpPortCounterRxOctet brcdIp.1.2.2.21.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Total IP octets received on a given interface. agIpPortCounterTxPacket brcdIp.1.2.2.21.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Total IP packets transmitted from a given interface. agIpPortCounterTxOctet brcdIp.1.2.2.21.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Total IP octets transmitted from a given interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 47 IPv6 MIB Definition In this chapter • ECMP MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 NOTE The MIB objects presented in this chapter are supported on the FastIron devices that support IPv6. ECMP MIB objects The SNMP Equal-Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) MIB object is used to configure ECMP for IPv6 using SNMP. ECMP enables the router to balance traffic to a specific destination across multiple equal-cost paths. To use these objects, perform the following steps. 1. Enable ECMP for RIP using the snRtIpRipEcmpEnable MIB object. IP load sharing is enabled by default. However, ECMP must be enabled for RIP IP load sharing. 2. Enable IPv6 load sharing using the fdryIpv6LoadShare MIB object. IPv6 load sharing is enabled by default. If it needs to be enabled, set fdryIpv6LoadShare to 1. 3. Configure the maximum number of load sharing paths for IPv6 using the fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOfPaths MIB object. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryIpv6LoadShare brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.1 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write This object directs the IPv6 traffic to distribute the traffic load to IPv6 routes if more than one IPv6 route is available: • 0 — Disables IPv6 load sharing. • 1 — Enables IPv6 load sharing. fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOf Paths brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write Enter the number of IPv6 routes to be used to share a load. Enter a value from 2 through 6. 463 Chapter 48 IPX MIB Definition In this chapter • IPX general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX forward filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX RIP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX SAP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX IF forward access table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX IF RIP access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX IF SAP access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX port address table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IPX port counters table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 467 468 469 469 470 471 472 472 473 473 474 IPX general objects NOTE The Internet Packet Exchange (IPX) MIBs are supported only on the Brocade FCX series devices. The following table presents the general objects used to define IPX. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxRoutingMode brcdIp.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IPX routing mode status: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpxNetBiosFilterMode brcdIp.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the NetBios filter mode status: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpxClearCache brcdIp.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write snIpxClearRoute brcdIp.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if the cache table will be cleared: normal(0)l clear(1) • • Indicates if the IPX table will be cleared: • normal(0)l • clear(1) 465 48 466 IPX general objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxClearTrafficCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all IPX traffic counters are cleared: normal(0) – Do not clear counters. clear(1) – Clear counters. The following IPX traffic counters are affected by this object: • snIpxRcvPktsCnt • snIpxFwdPktsCnt • snIpxRcvDropPktsCnt • snIpxTxDropPktsCnt • snIpxRcvFiltPktsCnt • snIpxTxFiltPktsCnt snIpxRcvPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPX packets received on the Layer 3 Switch. snIpxTxPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPX packets that originated on the Layer 3 Switch and sent on its port. snIpxFwdPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPX packets received by the Layer 3 Switch from another device and then sent out on its port. snIpxRcvDropPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets received by the Layer 3 Switch that the switch dropped. snIpxRcvFiltPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets received by a port that matched an inbound IPX filter configured on the port. snIpxRipGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write An IPX RIP global filter list. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxRipFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies the IPX RIP global filter list in the “snIpxRipGblFiltList” object to all interfaces. This object adds all RIP filter lists and deletes all RIP filter lists from all ports. Before sending the command, the “snIpxRipGblFiltList” object must be defined. The following values can be written: • deleteAllInBound(2) – Deletes all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – Deletes all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – Adds all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – Adds all out-bound filter lists to all ports. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – Set operation has not be performed. • valid(1) – Set operation is done and is valid. snIpxSapGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write An IPX SAP global filter list. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPX cache table 48 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxSapFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies the IPX RIP global filter list in the “snIpxSapGblFiltList” object to all interfaces. This object adds all filter lists and deletes all SAP filter lists from all ports. Before sending this command, the “snIpxSapGblFiltList” object must be defined. The following values can be written: • deleteAllInBound(2) – Deletes all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – Deletes all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – Adds all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – Adds all out-bound filter lists to all ports. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – Set operation has not be performed. • valid(1) – Set operation is done and is valid. snIpxTxDropPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets that were queued to be sent on a port by the Layer 3 Switch, but then dropped. snIpxTxFiltPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of packets that were queued to be sent on a port that matched an outbound IPX filter that was configured on the port. IPX cache table The IPX cache table contains information about the IPX forwarding cache for the router. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1 None The IPX cache table. snIpxCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index for an IPX cache table entry. snIpxCacheNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: NetNumber Read-only Shows the network number containing the destination node. snIpxCacheNode brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Physical address Read-only Shows the number of the destination node. snIpxCacheOutFilter brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows if an outbound cache filter has been enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 467 48 IPX route table Name, OID, and syntax Access snIpxCacheEncap brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only snIpxCachePort brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only Description Shows the IPX frame encapsulation type: EthernetII(1) Ethernet8022(2) Ethernet8023(3) EthernetSnap(4) • • • • Shows the number of the port through which the Layer 3 Switch sends IPX traffic to the destination network and node. IPX route table The IPX route table contains objects for IPX routes. 468 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1 None The IPX route table. snIpxRouteIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index for an IPX route entry. snIpxDestNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the destination network number. A value of all zeros indicates that any destination network number is accepted. snIpxFwdRouterNode Read-only brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Physical address Shows the MAC address of the next hop IPX route. snIpxDestHopCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of hops to reach the destination. snIpxRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the metric for the next-hop router. snIpxDestPort brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the destination port. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPX server table 48 IPX server table The IPX server table presents information about the IPX servers. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxServerTable brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1 None The IPX server table. snIpxServerIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index for an IPX server entry. snIpxServerType brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IPX server type. snIpxServerNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read-only Shows the IPX server network number. snIpxServerNode brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Physical address Read-only Shows the IPX server node number. snIpxServerSocket brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IPX server socket number. snIpxServerHopCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IPX number of intervening networks to reach the IPX server. snIpxServerName brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the IPX server name. There can be up to 47 octets in this object. IPX forward filter table The following table defines forward filters, which control the access of remote IPX clients to a server with restricted access. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxFwdFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1 None The IPX forward filter table. snIpxFwdFilterIdx brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The filter ID for a filter entry. snIpxFwdFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIpxFwdFilterSocket brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: deny(0) permit(1) • • Indicates the IPX forward filter socket number. 469 48 IPX RIP filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxFwdFilterSrcNet brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.4 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the source network number. snIpxFwdFilterSrcNode brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Indicates the source node number. snIpxFwdFilterDestNet brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.6 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the destination network number. snIpxFwdFilterDestNode brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Indicates the destination node number. snIpxFwdFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. IPX RIP filter table The following table allows you to define filters that a router uses to block RIP routes being advertised to other parts of the network. 470 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxRipFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1 None The IPX RIP filter table. snIpxRipFilterId brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID for an entry. snIpxRipFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpxRipFilterNet brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the IPX RIP filter network number. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPX SAP filter table 48 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxRipFilterMask brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.4 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the IPX RIP filter network or subnet mask. snIpxRipFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. IPX SAP filter table The following table is used to define filters that a router uses to block SAP routes being advertised to other parts of the network. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxSapFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1 None The IPX SAP filter table. snIpxSapFilterId brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The filter ID for a filter entry. snIpxSapFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIpxSapFilterType brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Identifies the IPX SAP filter type to be matched. snIpxSapFilterName brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the IPX SAP filter name. Valid values: Up to 47 octets. snIpxSapFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Determines what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: deny(0) permit(1) • • 471 48 IPX IF forward access table IPX IF forward access table The following table explains the MIB objects of the IPX interface forward access. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxIfFwdAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1 None The IPX Interface (IF) forward access table. snIpxIfFwdAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The IPX interface to which the forward filter applies. snIpxIfFwdAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snIpxIfFwdAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write An IPX IF forward filter list. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxIfFwdAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Shows the direction of packets: in(1) out(2) • • IPX IF RIP access table The following table explains the MIB objects of the IPX IF RIP access. 472 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxIfRipAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1 None The IPX IF RIP access table. snIpxIfRipAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.1 Read-only The IPX interface to which the RIP filter applies. snIpxIfRipAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.2 Read-only Shows the direction of the packets: in(1) out(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPX IF SAP access table 48 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxIfRipAccessFilterLis t brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.3 Read-write An IPX IF RIP access filter list. snIpxIfRipAccessRowSta tus brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. IPX IF SAP access table The following table explains the MIB objects of the IPX IF SAP access. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxIfSapAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1 None The IPX IF SAP access table snIpxIfSapAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The IPX interface to which the SAP filter applies. snIpxIfSapAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snIpxIfSapAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write An IPX IF SAP access filter list. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxIfSapAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Shows the direction of the packets: in(1) out(2) • • IPX port address table The following table explains the MIB objects of the IPX port address. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 473 48 IPX port counters table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxPortAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1 None The IPX port address table. snIpxPortAddrPort brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The port index for port address entry. snIpxPortAddrEncap brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IPX frame encapsulation type: Ethernet8022(1) Ethernet8023(2) EthernetII(3) EthernetSnap(4) Each network number must be assigned a unique frame type; otherwise, an SNMP-SET error is returned. snIpxPortAddrNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write A unique network number for the IPX interface port. snIpxPortAddrRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Delete the row. • create(4) – Create a new row. • modify(5) – Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snIpxPortAddrNetBiosFilte rMode brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • • • Shows the status of the NetBios filter mode for each port address: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • IPX port counters table The following table explains the MIB objects of the IPX port counters. 474 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxPortCountersTable brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1 None The IPX port counters table. snIpxPortCountersPort brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The port index for an entry in the table. snIpxPortCountersRcvPkt sCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX incoming packets counter for the interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IPX port counters table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIpxPortCountersTxPkts Cnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX outgoing packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersFwdPk tsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX forwarding packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersRcvDro pPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX receiving drop packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersTxDrop PktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX transmitting drop packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersRcvFilt PktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX receiving filter packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersTxFiltP ktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only The IPX transmitting filter packets counter for the interface. 48 475 Chapter 49 BGP4 MIB Definition In this chapter • BGP4 general variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 address filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 aggregate address table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 AS-Path filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 community filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor general configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor distribute group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor filter group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor route map table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 network table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 route map filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 route map match table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 route map set table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 router operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor summary table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 attribute entries table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 clear neighbor command table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BGP4 neighbor prefix group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 482 483 484 485 486 489 491 492 492 493 494 495 497 499 501 503 504 505 505 NOTE The following tables in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. BGP4 general variables The BGP4 implementation complies with RFC 4273. The BGP4 implementation also supports the following RFCs: • RFC 1745 (OSPF Interactions) • RFC 1965 (BGP4 Confederations) • RFC 1997 (BGP Communities Attributes) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 477 49 BGP4 general variables • • • • RFC 2385 (TCP MD5 Signature Option) RFC 2439 (Route Flap Dampening) RFC 2796 (Route Reflection) RFC 2842 (Capability Advertisement) The BGP4 objects apply globally to a device’s BGP4 process. 478 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4GenAlwaysCompareMed brcdIp.1.2.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the comparison of the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenAutoSummary brcdIp.1.2.11.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4GenDefaultLocalPreference brcdIp.1.2.11.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the default local preference attribute. When the router uses the BGP4 algorithm to select a route to send to the IP route table, one of the parameters the algorithm uses is the local preference. Local preference is an attribute that indicates a degree of preference for a route relative to other routes. BGP4 neighbors can send the local preference value as an attribute of a route in an Update message. Local preference applies only to routes within the local autonomous system (AS). BGP4 routers can exchange local preference information with neighbors who are also in the local AS; however, BGP4 routers do not exchange local preference information with neighbors in remote autonomous systems. Valid values: 0 – 4294967295 Default: 100 snBgp4GenDefaultInfoOriginate brcdIp.1.2.11.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the default Information Originate is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) By default, the router does not originate and advertise a default route using BGP4. A BGP4 default route is the IP address 0.0.0.0 and the route prefix 0 or network mask 0.0.0.0. For example, 0.0.0.0/0 is a default route. Layer 3 Switches check for the existence of an IGP route with 0.0.0.0/0 in the IP route table before creating a local BGP route for 0.0.0.0/0. snBgp4GenFastExternalFallover brcdIp.1.2.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not automatic resetting of BGP sessions of any directly adjacent sessions is enabled, if the links used to reach them go down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenNextBootNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The next boot-configured number of neighbors in a BGP peer group. The minimum value of this object is the value of the “snBgp4GenMinNeighbors” object. Its maximum value is the value of the “snBgp4GenMaxNeighbors” object. Indicates if subnet routes are automatically summarized: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 general variables Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4GenNextBootRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The next boot-configured number of routes. The minimum value of this MIB is “snBgp4GenMinRoutes”. The maximum value of this MIB is “snBgp4GenMaxRoutes”. snBgp4GenSynchronization brcdIp.1.2.11.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the synchronization between BGP and your IGP: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenKeepAliveTime brcdIp.1.2.11.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device sends keepalive messages. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 60 seconds snBgp4GenHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines how many seconds the device will wait for a keepalive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 180 seconds snBgp4GenRouterId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the BGP router IP address. snBgp4GenTableMap brcdIp.1.2.11.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Defines the route map name. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets. snBgp4GenAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.11.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if BGP4 routing is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenDefaultMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.1.14 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the default metric values for the BGP4. The Layer 3 Switches can redistribute directly connected routes, static IP routes, RIP routes, and OSPF routes into BGP4. The MED (metric) is a global parameter that specifies the cost that will be applied to all routes by default when they are redistributed into BGP4. Valid values: 0 – 4294967295 snBgp4GenMaxNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.15 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of neighbors that can be configured in a BGP peer group. snBgp4GenMinNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.16 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the minimum number of neighbors that can be configured in a BGP peer group. snBgp4GenMaxRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured routes. snBgp4GenMinRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the minimum number of configured routes. snBgp4GenMaxAddrFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 address filters. 479 49 480 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4GenMaxAggregateAddresses brcdIp.1.2.11.1.20 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 aggregate addresses. snBgp4GenMaxAsPathFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 AS-Path filters. snBgp4GenMaxCommunityFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 community filters. snBgp4GenMaxNetworks brcdIp.1.2.11.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 networks. snBgp4GenMaxRouteMapFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 route map filters. snBgp4GenNeighPrefixMinValue brcdIp.1.2.11.1.25 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the minimum configured value of the BGP4 neighbor prefix. snBgp4GenOperNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.26 Read-only Shows the current operational maximum number of neighbors configured for a BGP group. snBgp4GenOperRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.27 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the current operational number of routes. snBgp4GenLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.11.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the BGP4 local AS number. Valid values: 1 - 65536 snBgp4GenRoutesInstalled brcdIp.1.2.11.1.29 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the BGP4 installed routes. snBgp4GenAsPathInstalled brcdIp.1.2.11.1.30 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the BGP4 installed AS-Path. snBgp4ExternalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP external routes. Default: 200 snBgp4InternalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP internal routes. Default: 200 snBgp4LocalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP local routes. Default: 200 snBgp4OperNumOfAttributes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.34 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the operational number of attribute entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 general variables Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NextBootMaxAttributes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.35 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the next boot maximum attribute entries. Default: 10000 (which means to reset to the default) snBgp4ClusterId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.36 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Defines a cluster ID which is represented by 4-unsigned-byte integers (0..0xFFFFFFFF). 0 means to reset to the default. snBgp4ClientToClientReflection brcdIp.1.2.11.1.37 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the client-to-client reflection in BGP4 is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenTotalNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.38 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the current total number of neighbors running in a BGP group. snBgp4GenMaxPaths brcdIp.1.2.11.1.39 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum number of configured paths. snBgp4GenConfedId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the BGP4 confederation ID. This ID identifies the confederation to BGP routers outside the confederation. A confederation is a BGP4 AS that has been subdivided into multiple, smaller autonomous systems. Subdividing an AS into smaller autonomous systems simplifies administration and reduces BGP-related traffic, thus reducing the complexity of the Interior Border Gateway Protocol (IBGP) mesh among the BGP routers in the AS. The confederation ID is the AS ID. snBgp4GenConfedPeers brcdIp.1.2.11.1.41 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the sub-AS numbers that are members of the confederation. There is a maximum of 50 peers. This is a number from 1 to 0xFFFF. It is represented by two octets. snBgp4GenDampening brcdIp.1.2.11.1.42 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4GenDampenHalfLife brcdIp.1.2.11.1.43 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of minutes after which the route’s penalty becomes half its value. snBgp4GenDampenReuse brcdIp.1.2.11.1.44 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how low a route’s penalty must be before the route becomes eligible for use again after being suppressed. snBgp4GenDampenSuppress brcdIp.1.2.11.1.45 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how high a route’s penalty can be before the Layer 3 Switch suppresses the route. snBgp4GenDampenMaxSuppress brcdIp.1.2.11.1.46 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the maximum number of minutes that a route can be suppressed regardless of how unstable it is. Specifies the dampening of BGP4 in the device: none(0) – BGP4 dampening is off. parameters(1) – Parameters are configurable. routemap(2) – The route map is configurable. • • • 481 49 BGP4 address filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4GenDampenMap brcdIp.1.2.11.1.47 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the name of the route map that will be used to redirect traffic. The name is an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets. snBgp4GenLocalAs4 brcdIp.1.2.11.1.48 Syntax: InetAutonomousSystemNumber Read-write The BGP4 local AS number to support 4-byte AS format. snBgp4GenDefaultMetric1 brcdIp.1.2.11.1.49 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write Specifies to set the default metric values for the BGP4 protocol. snBgp4GenDefaultLocalPreference1 brcdIp.1.2.11.1.50 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write Specifies to set the default local preference attribute. BGP4 address filter table You can configure the router to explicitly permit or deny specific IP addresses received in updates from BGP4 neighbors by defining IP address filters. The router permits all IP addresses by default. You can define up to 100 IP address filters for BGP4: • If you want permit to remain the default behavior, define individual filters to deny specific IP addresses. • If you want to change the default behavior to deny, define individual filters to permit specific IP addresses. NOTE Once you define a filter, the default action for addresses that do not match a filter is deny. To change the default action to permit, configure the last filter as permitanyany. Address filters can be referred to by a BGP neighbor's distribute list number as well as by match statements in a route map. 482 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AddrFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1 None The BGP4 address filter table. snBgp4AddrFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a filter entry. snBgp4AddrFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4AddrFilterSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source IP address. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 aggregate address table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AddrFilterSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source IP subnet mask. snBgp4AddrFilterDestIp brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the destination IP address. snBgp4AddrFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the destination IP subnet mask. snBgp4AddrFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 aggregate address table By default, the Layer 3 Switch advertises individual routes for all the networks. The aggregation feature allows you to configure the Layer 3 Switch to aggregate routes in a range of networks into a single Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) number. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AggregateAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1 None The BGP4 aggregate address table. snBgp4AggregateAddrIp brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the aggregate address IP address. Specify 0 for the host portion and for the network portion that differs among the networks in the aggregate. For example, to aggregate 10.0.1.0, 10.0.2.0, and 10.0.3.0, enter the IP address 10.0.0.0 and the network mask 255.255.0.0 in the next object. snBgp4AggregateAddrMask brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the aggregate address IP subnet mask. 483 49 BGP4 AS-Path filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AggregateAddrOption brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the type of aggregate address option that is being used: • address(1) – Adds an address. This is the default option. • asSet(2) – Causes the router to aggregate AS-Path information for all the routes in the aggregate address into a single AS-Path. • summaryOnly(3) – Prevents the router from advertising more specific routes contained within the aggregate route. • suppressMap(4) – Prevents the more specific routes contained in the specified route map from being advertised. • advertiseMap(5) – Configures the router to advertise the more specific routes in the specified route map. • attributeMap(6) – Configures the router to set attributes for the aggregate routes based on the specified route map. snBgp4AggregateAddrMap brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the name of the route map to be used if the “snBgp4AggregateAddrOption” object is set to suppressMap(4), advertiseMap(5), or attributeMap(6). The value of this object is an octet string. Each character in the address map name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4AggregateAddrRowStatu s brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 AS-Path filter table A list of the other autonomous systems through which a route passes. BGP4 routers can use the AS-Path to detect and eliminate routing loops. 484 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AsPathFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1 None The BGP4 AS-Path filter table. snBgp4AsPathFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a filter entry. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 community filter table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AsPathFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4AsPathFilterRegExpression brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the AS in the filter that is using a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 256 octets snBgp4AsPathFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 community filter table You can filter routes received from BGP4 neighbors based on community names. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4CommunityFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1 None The BGP4 community filter table. snBgp4CommunityFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table index for a filter entry. snBgp4CommunityFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4CommunityFilterCommNum brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the filter’s number. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF. There can be up to 20 filters. Each integer is represented by four octets. snBgp4CommunityFilterInternet brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4CommunityFilterNoAdvertise brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Internet Community is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “NO_ADVERTISE”. If the route has the keyword, it will not be advertised to EBGP peers: • false(0) • true(1) 485 49 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4CommunityFilterNoExport brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “NO_EXPORT”. If the route has the keyword, it will not be advertised to EBGP peers outside the local AS: • false(0) • true(1) snBgp4CommunityFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snBgp4CommunityFilterLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “LOCAL_AS”. If the route has the keyword, the community applies only to confederations. The device will advertises the route only within the sub-AS: • false(0) • true(1) BGP4 neighbor general configuration table BGP4 does not contain a peer discovery process. You must indicate the neighbor’s IP address for each of the router’s BGP4 neighbors (peers), as well as the AS each neighbor is in. Neighbors that are in different autonomous systems communicate using EBGP. Neighbors within the same AS communicate using IBGP. 486 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgTable brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1 None The BGP4 neighborhood general configuration table. snBgp4NeighGenCfgNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighGenCfgAdvertlevel brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the minimum delay (in seconds) between messages to the specified neighbor. Valid values: 0 – 600 Defaults: • 30 for EBGP neighbors (neighbors in other autonomous systems) • 5 for IBGP neighbors (neighbors in the same AS). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgDefOriginate brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the default originate for this neighbor is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) If enabled, the device sends the default route 0.0.0.0 to the neighbor. snBgp4NeighGenCfgEbgpMultihop brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the EBGP multihop for this neighbor is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the neighbor is more than one hop away and that the session type with the neighbor is thus EBGP multihop. Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgMaxPrefix brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be learned from the specified neighbor or peer group. You can specify a value from 0 through 4294967295. Default: 0 (unlimited) The minimum value of the maximum prefix is defined by the “snBgp4GenNeighPrefixMinValue” object. The maximum value of the maximum prefix is defined by the “snBgp4GenOperRoutes” object. snBgp4NeighGenCfgNextHopSelf brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option that allows the router to list itself as the next hop in the updates sent to the specified neighbor is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgRemoteAs brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the AS that the remote neighbor is in. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: No default snBgp4NeighGenCfgSendComm brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option to send community attributes in updates to specified neighbors is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Assigns a weight to a neighbor connection. BGP4 prefers larger weights over smaller weights. Valid values: 0 – 65535 Default: 0 snBgp4NeighGenCfgWeightFilterLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies a weight that the device applies to routes received from the neighbor that match the AS-Path filter or ACL. Valid values: 1 – 0xFFFF. Each integer is represented by two octets. • • 487 49 488 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snBgp4NeighGenCfgUpdateSrcLpb Intf brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the loopback interface number for TCP connections. Valid values: 0 – 8 Generally, loopback interfaces are used for links to IBGP neighbors, which often are multiple hops away, rather than to EBGP neighbors. Zero interface means to restore the interface assignment to the closest interface, which is called the best local address. snBgp4NeighGenCfgRouteRefClien t brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option to allow this neighbor to be a router reflector client is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4NeighGenCfgRemovePrivat eAs brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the option to remove private AS numbers from update messages that routers sent to this neighbor is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the router will remove AS numbers 64512 – 65535 (the well-known BGP4 private AS numbers) from the AS-Path attribute in UPDATE messages the device sends to the neighbor. Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgEbgpMultihop Ttl brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the time-to-live (TTL) for the neighbor. Valid values: 0 – 255. Default: 0. If you leave the EBGP TTL value set to 0, the software uses the IP TTL value. snBgp4NeighGenCfgShutdown brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if BGP4 neighbor shutdown is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the device shuts down the session with this neighbor. Shutting down the session allows you to completely configure the neighbor and save the configuration without actually establishing a session with the neighbor. Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgKeepAliveTim e brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device sends keep alive messages. This object overrides the global settings for the Keepalive Time. Valid values: 0 – 65535 seconds Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines how many seconds the device will wait for a keepalive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. This object overrides the global settings for Hold Time. Valid values: 0 or 3 – 65535 seconds (1 and 2 seconds are not allowed). If you set the Hold Time to 0, the router waits indefinitely for messages from a neighbor. snBgp4NeighGenCfgDefOrigMap brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.19 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the name of the default route map. This is an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets snBgp4NeighGenCfgDesc brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.20 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the name for the neighbor. Valid values: Up to 80 octets snBgp4NeighGenCfgPass brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.21 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies an MD5 password for securing sessions between the device and its neighbor. Valid values: Up to 80 octets BGP4 neighbor distribute group table The following table lists the BGP4 neighbor distribute group table MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighDistGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1 None The BGP4 neighbor distribute group table. snBgp4NeighDistGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for this entry. snBgp4NeighDistGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the access list is applied to incoming or outgoing advertisements: • out(0) • in(1) snBgp4NeighDistGroupAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the access list that will be applied to advertisements. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. Each integer is represented by two octets. 489 49 490 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighDistGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snBgp4NeighDistGroupInFilterList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the group filter list that will be applied to incoming advertisements. This is number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutFilterLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.6 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the group filter list that will be applied to outgoing advertisements. This is number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupInIpAccessL Read-write ist brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Indicates the access list that will be applied to incoming advertisements. This is number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutIpAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.8 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the access list that will be applied to outgoing advertisements. This is number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupInPrefixList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the prefix name list of incoming advertisements. Valid values: Up to 32 octets snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutPrefixLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the prefix name list of outgoing advertisements. Valid values: Up to 32 octets Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 neighbor filter group table 49 BGP4 neighbor filter group table The BGP4 neighbor filter group table controls the routes that the device learns or advertises. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighFilterGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1 None The BGP4 neighbor filter group table. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the direction of advertisements to which the access list is applied: • out(0) – Outgoing • in(1) – Incoming snBgp4NeighFilterGroupAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the access list that is being used to filter a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupInFilterList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the filter list that is being used to filter incoming routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupOutFilterList Read-write brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.6 Syntax: OCTET STRING Identifies the filter list that is being used to filter outgoing routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupInAsPathAc cessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the AS-Path list that is being used to filter incoming routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupOutAsPathA ccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.8 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the AS-Path list that is being used to filter outgoing routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. 491 49 BGP4 neighbor route map table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighFilterGroupWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Assigns a weight to a neighbor filter. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snBgp4NeighFilterGroupWeightAcce ssList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a mximum of 16 entries each. This integer is represented by two octets. BGP4 neighbor route map table A route map can be one of the parameters to be advertised by the BGP4 network. The Layer 3 Switch can use the route map to set or change BGP4 attributes when creating a local BGP4 route. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighRouteMapTable brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1 None The BGP4 neighbor route map table. snBgp4NeighRouteMapNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighRouteMapDir brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the direction of the advertisement to which the access list is applied: • out(0) • in(1) snBgp4NeighRouteMapMapNam e brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the name of the route map you want to use. The value of this object is an octet string. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighRouteMapRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 network table The BGP4 network table shows the weight used for the network. 492 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 redistribution of routes table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NetworkTable brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1 None The BGP4 network table. snBgp4NetworkIp brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for a network entry. snBgp4NetworkSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the subnet mask for a network entry. snBgp4NetworkWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the weight of the neighbor connection. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snBgp4NetworkBackdoor brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backdoor option is enabled for this network: disabled(0) enabled(1) The backdoor option changes the administrative distance of the route to this network from the EBGP administrative distance (20 by default) to the Local BGP weight (200 by default). The route is tagged as a backdoor route. Use this option when you want the router to prefer IGP routes such as RIP or OSPF routes over the EBGP route for the network. snBgp4NetworkRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer • • Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 redistribution of routes table The BGP4 redistribution of routes table contains configurations that could be imported into the BGP4 domain. Each entry specifies a particular RIP, OSPF, or static route that will be imported into the BGP4 domain. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 493 49 BGP4 route map filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RedisTable brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1 None The BGP4 redistribution of routes table. snBgp4RedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the type of route that was imported into the BGP4 domain: • rip(1) – RIP • ospf(2) – OSPF • static(3) – Static • connected(4) – Connected • isis(5) – IS-IS snBgp4RedisMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the metric used. snBgp4RedisRouteMap brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the name of the route map used. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets snBgp4RedisWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the weight assigned to this entry. snBgp4RedisMatchInternal brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisMatchExternal1 brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisMatchExternal2 brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to the OSPF protocol: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Applies only to the OSPF protocol: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Applies only to the OSPF protocol: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 route map filter table A route map is a named set of match conditions and parameter settings that a Layer 3 Switch can use to modify route attributes and to control redistribution of routes. BGP4 allows you to include the redistribution filters as part of a route map. A route map examines and modifies route information exchanged between BGP4 and RIP or OSPF. 494 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 route map match table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1 None The BGP4 route map filter table. snBgp4RouteMapFilterMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the route map’s name. The value of this object contains an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapFilterSequenceNum brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the sequence number for this particular route map. snBgp4RouteMapFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Informs the device what to do if the BGP address matches this entry: • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4RouteMapFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. BGP4 route map match table The following table lists the BGP4 route map match table MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapMatchTable brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1 None The BGP4 route map match table. snBgp4RouteMapMatchMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the name of the route map to be matched. The value of this object is an octet string. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchSequenceNum Read-only brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the sequence number for this particular route map. Routes are matched to the route map in ascending numerical order. Matching stops once a match is found. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAsPathFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Identifies the AS-Path list number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a maximum of 10 entries each. Each number consists of two octets. Read-write 495 49 496 BGP4 route map match table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapMatchCommunityFilt er brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the community filter number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a maximum of 10 entries each. Each number consists of two octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.5 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the address filter number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a maximum of 10 entries each. Each number consists of two octets. There can be a total of 20 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Compares the route’s MED (metric) to this value. There can be up to 20 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.7 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Compares the IP address of the route’s next hop to the IP address filters in this route. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF, represented by two octets. The incoming and outgoing list can have a maximum of 16 entries each. There can be a total of 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchRouteType brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF route type to match: none(0) external(1) externalType1(2) externalType2(3) internal(4) local(5) Currently only externalType1(2), externalType2(3), and internal(4) are supported for SNMP-SET. snBgp4RouteMapMatchTagList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Identifies the community tag access list that this route must match. This is a number represented by an octet strings. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchRowMask brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is used together with the MIB objects above in the same VARBIND to set and reset any MIBs in the table. The bit number is referred to the snBgp4RouteMapMatchEntry number of each row in the table: • The bit is ON - Means set • The bit is OFF - Means reset snBgp4RouteMapMatchAsPathAccess List brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates which BGP AS-Path access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of four octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchCommunityLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates which BGP community access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of four octets. • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 route map set table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates which BGP address access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of two octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressPrefixL Read-write ist brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING Indicates the prefix list that must match a BGP address access list. Valid values: Up to 170 octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.15 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the ID of the next-hop router that this route must match. This is an integer from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five integers. Each integer has two octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopPrefix List brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.16 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the prefix list of the next-hop router that this route must match. Valid values: Up to 170 octets. BGP4 route map set table The BGP4 route map set table describes the route map set MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetTable brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1 None The BGP4 route map set table. snBgp4RouteMapSetMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only An octet string of the route map name; each character of the name is represented by one octet. snBgp4RouteMapSetSequenceNu m brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only A sequence number for this particular route map. snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathType brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes: • tag(0) - Converts the tag of a route into an autonomous system path. • prepend(1) - Appends the string from snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathString to the AS-Path of the route that is matched by the route map. snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathString brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This AS-Path string is used only if snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathCmd was sent together with the value set to prepend(1). snBgp4RouteMapSetAutoTag brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the automatic tag for BGP routes. 497 49 498 BGP4 route map set table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityTy pe brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityNu m brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write This number is used only if snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityCmd was sent together with the value set to number(0). snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityAd ditive brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Adds the community to the existing communities. snBgp4RouteMapSetLocalPreferen ce brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Modifies a local preference for BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Modifies a metric for BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Modifies the IP address of the next hop for BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Sets the BGP origin code. snBgp4RouteMapSetTag brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the tag for BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table. snBgp4RouteMapSetRowMask brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used together with the MIBs in the same VARBIND to set and reset any MIBs in the table. snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityNu ms brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.16 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write The community number is from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF. The incoming and outgoing list can have a maximum of 6 entries each. This integer number is represented by four octets. Sets the BGP communities attribute: None - No other community attributes are allowed. Nums - Allows community attributes. • • snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenHalfLi Read-write fe brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer The BGP4 route map dampening half life. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenReus e brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer The BGP4 route map dampening reuse. Read-write Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 neighbor operational status table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenSupp ress brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write The BGP4 route map dampening suppress. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenMaxS uppress brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write The BGP4 route map dampening maximum suppress time. BGP4 neighbor operational status table The BGP4 neighbor operational status table shows the state of a neighbor and statistics about the messages sent and received. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighOperStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1 None The BGP4 neighbor operational status table. snBgp4NeighOperStatusIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index for the entry. Each entry represents a neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusIp brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusRemoteAs brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the AS that the neighbor is in. snBgp4NeighOperStatusBgpType brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the type of BGP used by this entry: ebgp(0) – The neighbor is in another AS. ibgp(1) – The neighbor is in the same AS. • • 499 49 BGP4 neighbor operational status table Name, OID, and syntax Access snBgp4NeighOperStatusState brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Description Shows the state of this neighbor: noState(0) idle(1) – BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process. A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing or removing routes. • connect(2) – BGP4 is waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor session to be completed. • active(3) – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor. • openSent(4) – BGP4 is waiting for an OPEN message from the neighbor. • openConfirm(5) – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes to established(6). If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to idle(1). • established(6) – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the neighbor. • • NOTE: If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also displayed. 500 snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive Time brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies how often this router sends keepalive messages to the neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies how many seconds the router will wait for a keepalive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. snBgp4NeighOperStatusAdvertleve l brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the minimum interval between the sending of BGP routing updates. snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive TxCounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of keepalive message sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive RxCounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of keepalive message received. snBgp4NeighOperStatusUpdateTxC ounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of updated messages sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusUpdateRx Counts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of updated messages received. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 router operational status table Name, OID, and syntax Access snBgp4NeighOperStatusNotifTxCou Read-only nts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 49 Description Shows the number of notification messages sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusNotifRxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of notification messages received. snBgp4NeighOperStatusOpenTxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of open messages sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusOpenRxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of open messages received. BGP4 router operational status table The following table lists the BGP4 router operational status table MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteOperStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1 None The BGP4 router operational status table. snBgp4RouteOperStatusIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index for a route entry. snBgp4RouteOperStatusIp brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusSubnetM ask brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP subnet mask of the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the next hop in the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of the route’s MED attribute. snBgp4RouteOperStatusLocalPref erence brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the degree of preference for this route relative to other routes in the local AS. When the BGP4 algorithm compares routes on the basis of local preferences, the route with the higher local preference is chosen. The preference can have a value from 0 through 4294967295. 501 49 502 BGP4 router operational status table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteOperStatusWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The value that this router associates with routes from a specific neighbor. For example, if the router receives routes to the same destination from two BGP4 neighbors, the router prefers the route from the neighbor with the larger weight. snBgp4RouteOperStatusOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only snBgp4RouteOperStatusStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the route’s status. The value of this object is a bit array, a packed bit string. The following shows the meaning of each bit. A bit position may be set to 0 – FALSE or 1 – TRUE: Bit position Meaning 6 – 31reserved 5 aggregate route for multiple networks 4 best route to destination 3 internal, learned through BGP4 2 local, originated on this device 1 suppressed, suppressed during aggregation and thus is not advertised to neighbors 0 valid snBgp4RouteOperStatusRouteTag brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Sets the route’s tag. This can be a value from 0 through 4294967295. This object applies only to routes redistributed into OSPF snBgp4RouteOperStatusCommuni tyList brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the communities the route is in. A community is represented by 4 octets. The community list, could have some well-known numbers such as: • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_EXPORT0xFFFFFF01 • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_ADVERTISE0xFFFFFF0 2 If the community list is a NULL string (empty list), then the community is INTERNET, which is represented by a number from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF. snBgp4RouteOperStatusAsPathLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the AS-Path list of this route. Valid values: 1 – 0xFFFF. This integer is represented by two octets. Shows the route’s origin: igp(0) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP. • egp(1) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP. • incomplete(2) – Routes came from an origin other than IGP or EGP. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 neighbor summary table 49 BGP4 neighbor summary table The BGP4 neighbor summary table shows statistics for the router’s BGP4 neighbors. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighborSummaryTable brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1 None The BGP4 neighbor summary table. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index for a route entry. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIp brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the neighbor. snBgp4NeighborSummaryState brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of the BGP4 process during the current session with the neighbor: • noState(0) • idle(1) – The BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process. A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing or removing routes. • connect(2) – Waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor session to be completed. • active(3) – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor. • openSent(4) – BGP4 is waiting for an OPEN message from the neighbor. • openConfirm(5) – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes to established(6). If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to idle(1). • established(6) – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the neighbor. NOTE: If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also displayed. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snBgp4NeighborSummaryStateCh gTime brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of times the state of this neighbor has changed. If the state frequently changes between CONNECT and ACTIVE, there may be a problem with the TCP connection. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRouteRe ceived brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of routes received from the neighbor during the current BGP4 session. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRouteIn stalled brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates how many of the received routes were accepted and installed in the BGP4 route table. 503 49 BGP4 attribute entries table BGP4 attribute entries table The BGP4 attribute entries table contains the sets of BGP4 attributes stored in the router’s memory. Each set of attributes is unique and can be associated with one or more routes. 504 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AttributeTable brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1 None The BGP4 attribute entries table. snBgp4AttributeIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the index for a route entry. snBgp4AttributeNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the IP address of the next-hop router for routes that have this set of attributes. snBgp4AttributeMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the cost of the route entry. snBgp4AttributeOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only snBgp4AttributeAggregatorAs brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the aggregator AS number for an attribute entry. The AS in which the network information in the attribute set was aggregated. This value applies only to aggregated routes and is otherwise 0. snBgp4AttributeRouterId brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ID of the device that originated this aggregator. snBgp4AttributeAtomicAggrega tePresent brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the origin of this route: igp(0) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP. • egp(1) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP. • incomplete(2) – Routes came from an origin other than IGP or EGP. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP. • Shows if this aggregation has resulted in information loss: false(0) – No information loss. true(1) – Information has been lost. • • snBgp4AttributeLocalPreferenc Read-only e brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the degree of preference for routes that use this set of attributes, relative to other routes in the local AS. snBgp4AttributeCommunityList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING Shows the community list of this attribute entry. A community is represented by four octets. The community list, could have some well-known numbers such as: • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_EXPORT0xFFFFFF01 • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_ADVERTISE0xFFFFFF02 If the community list is a NULL string (empty list), then the community is INTERNET, which is represented by a number from 1 through 0xFFFFFFFF. Read-only Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BGP4 clear neighbor command table 49 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4AttributeAsPathList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the ASs through which routes with this set of attributes have passed. The local AS is shown in parentheses. This is a number from 1 through 0xFFFF. This integer number is represented by two octets. snBgp4AttributeOriginator brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the originator of the route in a route reflector environment. snBgp4AttributeClusterList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the route reflector clusters through which this set of attributes has passed. The list is a group of cluster IDs. Each ID is an IP address represented by four octets. BGP4 clear neighbor command table The following table lists the BGP4 clear neighbor command table MIB objects. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdTable brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1 None The BGP4 clear neighbor command table. snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdIp brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of a neighbor entry. If the IP address is 255.255.255.255, then the entry applies to all neighbors. snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdElemen t brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what will be cleared: valid(0) – Received in SNMP-GET. lastPacketWithError(1) – Clears the buffer containing the first 400 bytes of the last BGP4 packet that contained an error. • notificationErrors(2) – Clears the buffer containing the last NOTIFICATION message sent or received. • softOutbound(3) – Updates all outbound routes by applying the new or changed filters, but sends only the existing routes affected by the new or changed filters to the neighbor. • traffic(4) – Clears the BGP4 message counters for all neighbors (the default) or a neighbor. • neighbor(5) – Clears the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors within a peer group. • • BGP4 neighbor prefix group table The following table lists the BGP4 neighbor prefix group table MIB objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 505 49 506 BGP4 neighbor prefix group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1 None The BGP4 neighbor prefix group table. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the neighbor’s IP address. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the direction of the advertisement to which this filter will be applied: • outgoing(0) – Applied to routes that will be transmitted to the neighbor. • incoming(1) – Applied to routes received from the neighbor. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupInAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write If the “snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir” object is set to incoming(1), this object shows the name of the prefix list for incoming routes. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupOutAccessLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write If the “snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir” object is set outgoing(0), this object shows the name of the prefix list for outgoing routes. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 50 OSPF MIB Definition In this chapter • OSPF general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF area table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Area range table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF interface configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF interface 2 configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF virtual neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF link-state database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF link-state database (external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF area status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF virtual interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • OSPF routing information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Trap support objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 509 510 511 514 517 520 521 523 525 526 527 528 531 533 533 NOTE The following tables in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. The “snOspfIfAdminStat” general object alone is supported on the Brocade NetIron devices. OSPF general objects The Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) general objects provide information about the OSPF process. and they apply globally to the routers. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 507 50 OSPF general objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.1.1 Syntax: RouterID Read-write Shows the IP address of the Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR). Conventionally, this ID defaults to the IP address of one of the routers to ensure uniqueness in the network. This object contains a 32-bit integer. snOspfAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the state of the OSPF in the router: disabled(0) – OSPF is disabled on all interfaces. enabled(1) – OSPF is active on at least one interface. • • NOTE: This object is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 508 snOspfASBdrRtrStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.1.3 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write Indicates if this router is an Autonomous System Boundary Router: • false(0) • true(1) snOspfRedisMode brcdIp.1.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfDefaultOspfMetric Value brcdIp.1.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the cost of using a default OSPF metric value on this route. Valid values: 1 – 65535 snOspfExternLSACount brcdIp.1.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only The number of external link-state advertisements in the link-state database. snOspfExternLSACksumS um brcdIp.1.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the 32-bit unsigned sum of the link-state (LS) checksums of the external link-state advertisements (LSA) contained in the link-state database. This sum can be used to determine if there has been a change in a router’s link-state database and to compare the link-state database of two routers. snOspfOriginateNewLSAs brcdIp.1.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of new link-state advertisements that have been originated by the router. This number increments each time the router originates a new LSA. snOspfRxNewLSAs brcdIp.1.2.4.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of link-state advertisements received by the router. This number does not include newer instantiations of self-originated link-state advertisements. snOspfOspfRedisMetricTy pe brcdIp.1.2.4.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if OSPF redistribution has been enabled on this router: disabled(0) – OSPF redistribution is disabled. enabled(1) – OSPF redistribution is active. • • Indicates the type of route: type1(1) – External Type 1 (comparable value) intra-area and inter-area routes. It is an OSPF metric plus the external metric. • type2(2) – External Type 2 (non-comparable value) routes. It is the external metric. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF area table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbLimit brcdIp.1.2.4.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Provides compliance with RFC 1765 in the handling of OSPF external link-state database (LSDB) overflow. Specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSAs entries that can be stored in the link-state database. When the number of non-default AS-external-LSAs in a router’s link-state database reaches ospfExtLsdbLimit, the router enters overflow state.The router never holds more than ospfExtLsdbLimit non-default AS-external-LSAs in its database. OspfExtLsdbLimit must be set identically in all routers attached to the OSPF backbone and any regular OSPF area. OSPF stub areas and NSSAs are excluded. Valid values: 1 – 2000. NOTE: There is not limit, if the value is -1. snOspfExitOverflowInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that a router will attempt to leave the overflow state. This value allows the router to again originate non-default AS-external-LSAs. If this object is set to 0, the router will not leave the overflow state until it is restarted. Valid values: 0 – 86400 seconds snOspfRfc1583Compatibi lity brcdIp.1.2.4.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRouterIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the format of how the router ID will be entered in the “snOspfRouterId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address snOspfDistance brcdIp.1.2.4.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance area. The value is zero is the distance is not set. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 110 snOspfDistanceIntra brcdIp.1.2.4.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for intra-area routes. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 110 snOspfDistanceInter brcdIp.1.2.4.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for inter-area routes. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 110 snOspfDistanceExternal brcdIp.1.2.4.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for external routes. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 110 Specifies if the OSPF route is compatible with RFC 1583 or RFC 2178: disabled(0) – Compatible with RFC 2178. enabled(1) – Compatible with RFC 1583. • • OSPF area table The OSPF area data structure contains information that describes the various OSPF areas. The interfaces and virtual links are configured as parts of these areas. Area 0.0.0.0, by definition, is the Backbone Area. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 509 50 Area range table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfAreaTable brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1 None The OSPF area table. snOspfAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Specifies the address of the area. This address identifies the router, independent of its IP address. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. The format used for this ID is specified by the “snOspfAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfImportASExtern brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snOspfStubMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.3 Syntax: BigMetric Read-write The metric value applied at the default type of service (ospfMetric). By default, this equals the least metric at the type of service among the interfaces to other areas. This object exists only if the value of snOspfAreaSummary is snOspfAreaSummary(2); Otherwise, an SNMP_GET or GET_NEXT attempt of this object will return NO_SUCH_NAME. snOspfAreaRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snOspfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the format of the area ID entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address Indicates the type of OSPF area that this router supports: 0 – Stub area. OSPF routers within a stub area cannot send or receive external LSAs. In addition, OSPF routers in a stub area must use a default route to the area’s Area Border Router (ABR) or Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to send traffic out of the area. • 1 – Normal area. OSPF routers within a normal area can send and receive external link-state advertisements. • 2 – NSSA area. ASBR of an NSSA can import external route information into the area. • Area range table The area range allows you to assign an aggregate value to a range of IP addresses. This aggregate value becomes the address that is advertised instead of all the individual addresses it represents being advertised. The area range table contains the aggregate value of the ranges of IP addresses that are configured to be propagated from an OSPF area. 510 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF interface configuration tables 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfAreaRangeTable brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1 None The area range table. snOspfAreaRangeAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Specifies the ID of the area where the address range can be found. The “snOspfAreaRangeAreaIdFormat” object determines the format of this object. snOspfAreaRangeNet brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the IP address of the net or subnet indicated by the range. snOspfAreaRangeMask brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the subnet mask that pertains to the net or subnet. snOspfAreaRangeRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snOspfAreaRangeAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how area ID will be entered in the “snOspfAreaRangeAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP Address OSPF interface configuration tables The OSPF interface table augments the ifTable with OSPF-specific information. The following table is deprecated by “OSPF interface 2 configuration table” (snOspfIf2Table). OSPF interface configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfTable brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1 None The OSPF interface configuration table. snOspfIfPort brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-write Specifies the address of the area in a 32-bit integer. This address uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Default:’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 . 511 50 512 OSPF interface configuration tables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF. • enabled(1) – Neighbor relationships may be formed on the interface, which will be advertised as an internal route to an area. Default: enabled(1) snOspfIfRtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.4 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read-write Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIfTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfIfRetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.6 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Values values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfIfHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.7 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds the router waits before it sends the next hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds (up to ‘FFFF’h) Default: 10 seconds snOspfIfRtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.8 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 2147483647 seconds Default: 40 seconds snOspfIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis, up to 255. Default: none(0) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF interface configuration tables Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the authentication key: If the authentication type selected is a simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters long. Default:’0000000000000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. snOspfIfMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using this type of service (TOS) on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is equal to 10^8 divided by the ifSpeed. snOspfIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snOspfIfMd5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, this object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface (or equivalently, per subnet). The value of this object must be a number from 1 through 255. snOspfIfMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, the value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. The agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. • 513 50 OSPF interface configuration tables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfMd5ActivationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 through 14400 seconds. Default: 300 seconds snOspfIfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP Address snOspfIfPassiveMode brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfIfDatabaseFilterAllOut brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the filtering of an outgoing OSPF LSA on this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – Filtering is disabled. • enabled(1) – Filtering is enabled. snOspfIfMtuIgnore brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the MTU detection mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – MTU detection mode is disabled. • enabled(1) – MTU detection mode is enabled. snOspfIfNetworkP2mp brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if passive mode is enabled on this interface: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled. enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled. • • OSPF interface 2 configuration table The following table replaces snOspfIfTable and snOspfIf2Port is an ifIndex of the table. 514 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2 None The OSPF interface table describes the interfaces from the viewpoint of OSPF. Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled. • enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled. snOspfIf2Port brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIf2AreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-write Specifies the address of the area in a 32-bit integer. This address uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Default: ’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF interface configuration tables Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIf2AdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF. • enabled(1) – Neighbor relationships may be formed on the interface, which will be advertised as an internal route to an area. Default: enabled(1) snOspfIf2RtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.4 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read-write Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIf2TransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfIf2RetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.6 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfIf2HelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.7 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds (up to ‘FFFF’h) Default: 10 seconds snOspfIf2RtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.8 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 2147483647 seconds Default: 40 seconds snOspfIf2AuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per-interface basis. The value of this object can be up to 255. Default: none(0) 515 50 516 OSPF interface configuration tables Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIf2AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.10 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates the authentication key: If the authentication type selected is a simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters long. Valid values: Up to eight octets Default: ’0000000000000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 When read, “snOspfIf2AuthKey” always returns a blank. snOspfIf2MetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using this type of service (TOS) on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is equal to 10^8 divided by the ifSpeed. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snOspfIf2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snOspfIf2Md5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, this object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface (or equivalently, per subnet). The value of this object must be a number from 1 through 255. snOspfIf2Md5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.14 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, the value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. The agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, “snOspfIf2Md5AuthKey” always returns a blank. Valid values: Up to 16 octets. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF virtual interface table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIf2Md5ActivationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 through 14400 seconds. Default: 300 seconds snOspfIf2AreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP Address snOspfIf2PassiveMode brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfIf2DatabaseFilterAllOut brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the filtering of an outgoing OSPF LSA on this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – Filtering is disabled. • enabled(1) – Filtering is enabled. snOspfIf2MtuIgnore brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the MTU detection mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – MTU detection mode is disabled. • enabled(1) – MTU detection mode is enabled. snOspfIf2NetworkP2mp brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfIf2NetworkP2pt brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object enables and disables OSPF point-to-point mode on an interface: • disabled(0) – Disables the feature. • enabled(1) – Enables the feature. snOspfIf2NetworkNonBroadcast brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object enables or disables non-broadcast mode of this interface. Indicates if passive mode is enabled on this interface: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled. enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled. • • OSPF virtual interface table The OSPF virtual interface table describes the virtual links that the OSPF process is configured to carry. References: • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.4 Virtual link parameters • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9 The Interface Data Structure Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 517 50 518 OSPF virtual interface table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfTable brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1 None The OSPF virtual interface table. snOspfVirtIfAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Specifies the ID of the transit area that the virtual link traverses. A value of 0.0.0.0 is not valid. snOspfVirtIfNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.2 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Shows the IP address of the ID of the router that is serving as the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.3 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfVirtIfRetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.4 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. This value should be greater than the expected roundtrip time. snOspfVirtIfHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.5 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfRtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.6 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the hello interval. This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor. Default: 60 seconds snOspfVirtIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per-interface basis. Default: none(0) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF virtual interface table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.8 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the authentication key: • If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Default: 0000000000000000’h, which is 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 snOspfVirtIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snOspfVirtIfMd5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 through 255. snOspfVirtIfMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. snOspfVirtIfMd5ActivationW aitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. Valid values: 0 – 14400 seconds Default: 300 seconds snOspfVirtIfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how area ID is entered in the “snOspfVirtIfAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address. 519 50 OSPF redistribution of routes table OSPF redistribution of routes table The OSPF redistribution of routes table contains a list of routes that will be used to decide whether a particular RIP or static route is to be imported into an OSPF domain. Routes will be imported if the parameter “Import Route into OSPF” is enabled. They will be imported as external type 2 routes. 520 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfRedisTable brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1 None The OSPF redistribution of routes table contains a list of routes that could be imported into the OSPF domain. snOspfRedisIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An ID identifying this destination route. There can be up to 64 entries for this object. snOspfRedisIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address that is associated with this particular route. snOspfRedisMask brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the subnet mask of this route. snOspfRedisAction brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how routes are imported into the OSPF domain: • rip(1) – The RIP route. • all(2) – All protocol route. • static(3) – The static route. • bgp(4) – The BGP route. • connected(5) – The connected route. • isis(6) – The IS-IS route. snOspfRedisSetOspfMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value indicates whether the route metric matches the OSPF metric field: • disabled(0) – The route metric does not match the OSPF metric field. • enabled(1) – The route metric matches the OSPF metric field. snOspfRedisOspfMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using this Type of Service (TOS) on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 65535. snOspfRedisMatchRipMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value indicates whether the route metric matches the RIP metric field: • disabled(0) – The route metric does not match the RIP metric field. • enabled(1) – The route metric matches the RIP metric field. Specifies what action to be taken if the route matches this entry: noImport(0) – Do not import the route into the OSPF domain. import(1) – Import the route into the OSPF domain as an external type 2 route. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF neighbor table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfRedisRipMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using RIP on this interface. Valid values: 1 – 15 hops snOspfRedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. OSPF neighbor table The OSPF neighbor table describes non-virtual neighbors in the locality of the router. References: • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 10 The Neighbor Data Structure • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.2 Options Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfNbrTable brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1 None A table of non-virtual neighbor information. snOspfNbrEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index of this neighbor. snOspfNbrPort brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the physical port ID of this neighbor. snOspfNbrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of this neighbor. snOspfNbrIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Contains an index of each neighbor’s port and IP address. snOspfNbrRtrId brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.5 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Specifies the IP address of the neighboring router in the autonomous system. The value of this object is a 32-bit integer. Default: ’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 521 50 522 OSPF neighbor table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfNbrOptions brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The bit mask that is set corresponding to the neighbor’s options field: Bit 0 – The system will operate on Type of Service metrics other than TOS 0. The neighbor will ignore all metrics except for the TOS 0 metric. • Bit 1 – The associated area accepts and operates on external information; it is a stub area. • Bit 2 – The system is capable of routing IP Multicast datagrams. It implements the multicast extensions to OSPF. • Bit 3 – The associated area is an NSSA. These areas are capable of carrying type 7 external advertisements, which are translated into type 5 external advertisements at NSSA borders. Default: Bit 0 snOspfNbrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.7 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPri ority32 Read-only Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 1. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfNbrState brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of the communication between the Layer 3 Switch and the neighbor: • down(1) – There has been no recent information received from the neighbor. • attempt(2) – This state is only valid for neighbors attached to non-broadcast networks. It indicates that no recent information has been received from the neighbor. • init(3) – A hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional communication has not yet been established with the neighbor. (The router itself did not appear in the neighbor's hello packet.) All neighbors in this state (or higher) are listed in the hello packets sent from the associated interface. • twoWay(4) – Communication between the two routers is bidirectional. This is the most advanced state before beginning adjacency establishment. The Designated Router and Backup Designated Router are selected from the set of neighbors in the two-way state or greater. • exchangeStart(5) – The first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers. The goal of this step is to decide which router is the master, and to decide upon the initial Database Description (DD) sequence number. Neighbor communications in this state or greater are called adjacencies. • exchange(6) – The router is describing its entire link-state database by sending DD packets to the neighbor. Each DD packet has a DD sequence number, and is explicitly acknowledged. Only one DD packet can be outstanding at any time. In this state, link-state request packets can also be sent asking for the neighbor's more recent advertisements. All adjacencies that are in the exchange state or greater are used by the flooding procedure. In fact, these adjacencies are fully capable of transmitting and receiving all types of OSPF routing protocol packets. • loading(7) – Link-state request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent advertisements that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the exchange state. • full(8) – The neighboring routers are fully adjacent. These adjacencies will now appear in router links and network link advertisements. Default: down(1) • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF virtual neighbor table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfNbrEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of times this neighbor’s state has changed state, or the number of times an error occurred. snOspfNbrLsRetrans QLen brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.10 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. The range is from 0 through 3600 seconds. Default: 5 seconds OSPF virtual neighbor table The OSPF virtual neighbor table describes all virtual neighbors. Because virtual links are configured in the virtual interface table, this table is read-only. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 15 Virtual Links. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtNbrTable brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1 None The OSPF virtual neighbor table. snOspfVirtNbrEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of an entry in the OSPF virtual neighbor table. snOspfVirtNbrArea brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Shows the ID of the transit area. The format is defined in the “snOspfVirtNbrAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfVirtNbrRtrId brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.3 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Identifies the IP address of the neighboring router in the autonomous system (AS). This is a 32-bit integer. snOspfVirtNbrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of this virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtNbrOptions brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows a bit map that corresponds to the neighbor’s options field. Thus, Bit 1, if set, indicates that the neighbor supports Type of Service routing; if zero, no metrics other than TOS 0 are in use by the neighbor. 523 50 524 OSPF virtual neighbor table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtNbrState brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of the communication between the Layer 3 Switch and the virtual neighbor: • down(1) – There has been no recent information received from the neighbor. • attempt(2) – This state is only valid for neighbors attached to non-broadcast networks. It indicates that no recent information has been received from the neighbor. • init(3) – A hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional communication has not yet been established with the neighbor. (The router itself did not appear in the neighbor's hello packet.) All neighbors in this state (or higher) are listed in the hello packets sent from the associated interface. • twoWay(4) – Communication between the two routers is bidirectional. This is the most advanced state before beginning adjacency establishment. The Designated Router and Backup Designated Router are selected from the set of neighbors in the two-way state or greater. • exchangeStart(5) – The first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers. The goal of this step is to decide which router is the master, and to decide upon the initial DD sequence number. Neighbor communications in this state or greater are called adjacencies. • exchange(6) – The router is describing its entire link-state database by sending DD packets to the neighbor. Each DD packet has a DD sequence number, and is explicitly acknowledged. Only one DD packet can be outstanding at any time. In this state, link-state request packets can also be sent asking for the neighbor's more recent advertisements. All adjacencies in the exchange state or greater are used by the flooding procedure. In fact, these adjacencies are fully capable of transmitting and receiving all types of OSPF routing protocol packets. • loading(7) – Link-state request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent advertisements that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the exchange state. • full(8) – The neighboring routers are fully adjacent. These adjacencies will now appear in router links and network link advertisements. snOspfVirtNbrEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times the state of this virtual link has changed or an error has occurred. snOspfVirtNbrLSRetransQL en brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.8 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the current length of the retransmission queue. snOspfVirtNbrAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfVirtNbrRtrId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF link-state database 50 OSPF link-state database The OSPF link-state database contains the link-state advertisement from all the areas to which the device is attached. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12 Link State Advertisements. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfLsdbTable brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1 None The OSPF process’s link-state database. snOspfLsdbEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of the entry in the link-state database. snOspfLsdbAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Shows the area from which the LSA was received. The value is in a 32-bit format. snOspfLsdbType brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the type of the link-state advertisement. Each link-state type has a separate advertisement format: • routerLink(1) • networkLink(2) • summaryLink(3) • asSummaryLink(4) snOspfLsdbLsId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the link-state ID. This ID is an LS type-specific field containing either a router ID or an IP address. It identifies the piece of the routing domain that is being described by the advertisement. snOspfLsdbRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.5 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Identifies the originating router in the autonomous system. This information is in a 32-bit number. The format is determined by the “snOspfLsdbAreaIdFormat” object. NOTE: OSPF sequence number is a 32-bit signed integer. It starts with the value ’80000001’h or -’7FFFFFFF’h, and increments until ’7FFFFFFF’h. Thus, a typical sequence number will be more negative than a negative number. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snOspfLsdbSequence brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the sequence number of this entry. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps the LSA with a sequence number to enable the Layer 3 Switch and other OSPF routers to determine which LSA for a given route is the most recent. This object can be used to detect old and duplicate link-state advertisements. The higher the sequence number, the more recent the advertisement. snOspfLsdbAge brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the age of the link-state advertisement in seconds. snOspfLsdbChecksum brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet except the age field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not corrupted. 525 50 OSPF link-state database (external) Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfLsdbAdvertisemen t brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.9 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the data in the link-state advertisement, including its header in octets. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section Section 12 Link State Advertisements snOspfLsdbAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how RouterId will be entered in the “snOspfLsdbRouterId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF link-state database (external) The following table is identical to the OSPF LSDB table in format, but contains only external link-state advertisements. The purpose is to allow external LSAs to be displayed once for the router rather than once in each non-stub area. 526 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbTable brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1 None The link-state external database table. snOspfExtLsdbEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index of this link-state database. snOspfExtLsdbType brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the type of the link-state advertisement. Each link-state type has a separate advertisement format. snOspfExtLsdbLsId brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the external link-state ID. This ID is an LS type-specific field containing either a router ID or an IP address. It identifies the piece of the routing domain that is being described by the advertisement. snOspfExtLsdbRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the originating router in the autonomous system. This information is in a 32-bit number. snOspfExtLsdbSequence brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the sequence number of this entry. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps it with a sequence number to enable the Layer 3 Switch and other OSPF routers to determine which LSA for a given route is the most recent. This object can be used to detect old and duplicate link-state advertisements. The higher the sequence number, the more recent the advertisement. snOspfExtLsdbAge brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the age of the link-state advertisement in seconds. NOTE: OSPF Sequence Number is a 32-bit signed integer. It starts with the value ’80000001’h, or -’7FFFFFFF’h. It increments until ’7FFFFFFF’h Thus, a typical sequence number will be more negative. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF area status table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbChecksum brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet except the age field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not corrupted. snOspfExtLsdbAdvertisem ent brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.8 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the data in the link-state advertisement, including its header in octets. There can be up to 36 octets in this object. OSPF area status table The OSPF area status data structure contains information regarding the configured parameters and cumulative statistics of the router’s attached areas. The interfaces and virtual links are configured as part of these areas. Area 0.0.0.0 is the Backbone Area. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 6 The Area Data Structure. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfAreaStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1 None The OSPF area status table. snOspfAreaStatusEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of an entry in the OSPF area status table. snOspfAreaStatusAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Specifies the ID of an area. The format of this 32-bit integer is determined by the value of the “snOspfAreaStatusAreaIdFormat” object. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. snOspfAreaStatusImportASExtern brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The area’s support for importing AS external link-state advertisements. Default: 1 snOspfAreaStatusStubMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.4 Syntax: BigMetric Read-only The metric value applied at the default type of service (ospfMetric). By default, this equals the least metric at the type of service among the interfaces to other areas. This object exists only if the value of snOspfAreaSummary is snOspfAreaSummary(2); otherwise, an SNMP_GET or GET_NEXT attempt of this object will return NO_SUCH_NAME. snOspfAreaStatusSpfRuns brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of times that the intra-area route table has been recalculated using this area’s link-state database. snOspfAreaStatusAreaBdrRtrCou nt brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the number of area border routers that are reachable within this area. This is initially zero, the default, and is calculated in each shortest path first (SPF) pass. snOspfAreaStatusASBdrRtrCount brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.7 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the total number of Autonomous System border routers that are reachable within this area. This is initially zero, the default, and is calculated in each SPF pass. 527 50 OSPF interface status table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfAreaStatusLSACount brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.8 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the total number of link-state advertisements in this area’s link-state database, excluding AS external LSAs. Default: 0 snOspfAreaStatusLSACksumSum brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the total link-state advertisements of area’s link-state database. This number is a 32-bit unsigned sum of the LS checksums, excluding external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements. The value can be used to determine if there has been a change in a router’s link-state database, and to compare the link-state database of two routers. Default: 0 snOspfAreaStatusAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfAreaStatusAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address. OSPF interface status table The OSPF interface status table describes the interfaces from the viewpoint of OSPF. It augments the ifStatusTable with OSPF-specific information. 528 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1 None The OSPF interface status table. snOspfIfStatusEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of an entry in the OSPF interface status table. snOspfIfStatusPort brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the ID of the physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfStatusIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfStatusAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.4 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Identifies the area to which the interface connects. This ID is a 32-bit integer. Area ID 0.0.0.0 (in the ’00000000’h format) is used for the OSPF backbone. The format of this ID is determined by the value of the “snOspfIfStatusAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfIfStatusType brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the OSPF interface type. (By way of a default, this field may be derived from the corresponding value of ifType.) • broadcast(1) – For broadcast LANs such as Ethernet and IEEE 802.5. • nbma(2) – For X.25, Frame Relay, and similar technologies. • pointToPoint(3) – For point-to-point interfaces. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF interface status table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows if OSPF has been enabled to form neighbor relationships on the interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF. • enabled(1) – OSPF has been enabled to form neighbor relationships and the interface will be advertised as an internal route to some area. snOspfIfStatusRtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.7 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read-only Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 1. A value of 0 means that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIfStatusTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.8 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-only Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfIfStatusRetransInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.9 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-only Shows the number of seconds between retransmissions of link-state advertisements, to adjacencies that belong to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfIfStatusHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.10 Syntax: HelloRange Read-only Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds snOspfIfStatusRtrDeadInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.11 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-only Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the hello interval and must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Default: 40 seconds snOspfIfStatusState brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the OSPF interface state: down(1) loopback(2) waiting(3) pointToPoint(4) designatedRouter(5) backupDesignatedRouter(6) otherDesignatedRouter(7) Default: down(1) snOspfIfStatusDesignatedRo uter brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.13 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the designated router. Default: ’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 • • • • • • • 529 50 530 OSPF interface status table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusBackupDesign atedRouter brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.14 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the backup router. Default: ’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 snOspfIfStatusEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only snOspfIfStatusAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per-interface basis. Default: none(0) snOspfIfStatusAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.17 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Indicates the area’s authentication key: • If the authentication type selected is a simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Default: ’0000000000000000’h, which is 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 snOspfIfStatusMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the cost of using this TOS on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is 10^8 or ifSpeed. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snOspfIfStatusMd5AuthKeyI d brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 through 255. snOspfIfStatusMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.20 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. Shows the following: The number of times that the state of this OSPF interface has changed • The number of times an error has occurred • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF virtual interface status table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusMd5Activation WaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-only Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 through 14400 seconds. snOspfIfStatusAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfStatusAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF virtual interface status table The OSPF virtual interface status table contains information about this router’s virtual interfaces. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.4 Virtual link parameters. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1 None The OSPF virtual interface status table. snOspfVirtIfStatusEntryInde x brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of the entry in this table. snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-only Shows the ID of the transit area that the virtual link traverses. The value of this object cannot be 0.0.0.0. The format of this object is determined by the value of the “snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.3 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Shows the ID or IP address of the router that is serving as the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfStatusTransitDel ay brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.4 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-only Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfVirtIfStatusRetransIn terval brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-only Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfVirtIfStatusHelloInter val brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.6 Syntax: HelloRange Read-only Specifies the number of seconds that the router waits before it sends the next hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds 531 50 OSPF virtual interface status table Name, OID, and syntax 532 Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusRtrDeadIn Read-only terval brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.7 Syntax: PositiveInteger Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Default: 60 seconds snOspfVirtIfStatusState brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of the OSPF virtual interface: down(1) pointToPoint(4) Default: down(1) snOspfVirtIfStatusEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only snOspfVirtIfStatusAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 1) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per-interface basis. Default: none(0) snOspfVirtIfStatusAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Specifies the authentication key: • If the authentication type selected is a simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Default: ’0000000000000000’h, which is 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Auth KeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” object is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 through 255. snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Auth Key brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.13 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. • • Shows the following: The number of times that the state of this OSPF interface has changed • The number of times an error has occurred • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 OSPF routing information table 50 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Activ ationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 through 14400 seconds. snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaIdFor mat brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF routing information table The OSPF routing information table contains information on the OSPF Area Border Router (ABR) or Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) routing. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfRoutingInfoTable brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1 None The OSPF routing information table. snOspfRoutingInfoIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The ID of an entry in this table. snOspfRoutingInfoRouterID brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.2 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Shows the ID or IP address of the destination router. snOspfRoutingInfoRouterType brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only snOspfRoutingInfoNextHopRouterI D brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.4 Syntax: RouterID Read-only Shows the ID or IP address of the next-hop destination router. snOspfRoutingInfoOutgoingInterfac e brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the outgoing interface of the destination router. Shows what router type the destination router is: abr(1) – Area Border Router asbr(2) – Autonomous System Border Router abrANDasbr(3) – Area Border and Autonomous System Border Router • • • Trap support objects The following table contains the support objects for the OSPF traps. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 533 50 534 Trap support objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snOspfSetTrap brcdIp.1.2.4.15.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Indicates if specific OSPF traps are enabled. The four octets serves as a bit map for the trap events defined by the OSPF traps. A value of 1 in the bit field indicates that the trap is enabled. The right-most bit (least significant) represents Trap 0. snOspfConfigErrorType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the potential types of configuration conflicts used by the ospfConfigError and ospfConfigVirtError traps: • badVersion(1) • areaMismatch(2) • unknownNbmaNbr(3) – Router is eligible. • unknownVirtualNbr(4) • authTypeMismatch(5) • authFailure(6) • netMaskMismatch(7) • helloIntervalMismatch(8) • deadIntervalMismatch(9) • optionMismatch(10)} snOspfPacketType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the OSPF packet type in the trap: • hello(1) • dbDescript(2) • lsReq(3) • lsUpdate(4) • lsAck(5)} snOspfPacketSrc brcdIp.1.2.4.15.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of an inbound packet that cannot be identified by a neighbor instance. snOspfTrapsGenerationMode brcdIp.1.2.4.15.5 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Indicates if this router has been enabled to generate OSPF traps: • disabled(0) – OSPF traps cannot be generated by this router, even if the “snOspfSetTrap” object is set to generate traps. • enabled(1) – OSPF traps can be generated by the router. This object provides global control on the generation of traps. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 51 Broadcast Forwarding Group In this chapter • General UDP broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 • UDP broadcast forwarding port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 • UDP helper table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 General UDP broadcast forwarding group NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.9 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Indicates if the UDP broadcast forwarding feature is enabled: disabled(0) – When this object is set to disabled, entries in the UDP broadcast forwarding port table are deleted. • enabled(1) – When UDP broadcast forwarding is enabled, default entries are added to the UDP broadcast forwarding port table. Default: enabled(1) • UDP broadcast forwarding port table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. The following table contains a list of UDP port numbers for which forwarding UDP broadcast is enabled. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdPortTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1 None The UDP broadcast forwarding port table. snRtUdpBcastFwdPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index of an entry in the UDP broadcast forwarding port table. There can be up to 20 entries. 535 51 UDP helper table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the port number for which the UDP broadcast forwarding feature has been enabled. Possible port numbers are: • port(68) – bootpc • port(67) – bootps • port(9) – discard • port(53) – dns • port(90) – dnsix • port(7) – echo • port(434) – mobile-ip • port(138) – netbios-dgm • port(137) – netbios-ns • port(123) – ntp • port(65) – tacacs • port(517) – talk • port(37) – time • port(69) – tftp Other application port numbers can also be specified. snRtUdpBcastFwdPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the rows • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. UDP helper table NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. A UDP helper table contains addresses that are used to forward a client’s broadcast request for a UDP application when the client and server are on different networks. There can be up to four helper addresses on each interface. Helper addresses can be configured on an Ethernet port or a virtual interface. 536 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtUdpHelperTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1 None The UDP helper table. snRtUdpHelperPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only Indicates the port index for a UDP helper address. For Brocade FastIron or Brocade NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 through 42. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 UDP helper table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 51 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtUdpHelperIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index in the UDP helper table for this entry. Valid values: 1– 4 snRtUdpHelperAddrType brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates if the address is unicast or subnet broadcast address. Valid values: • unicast(1) • broadcast(2) snRtUdpHelperAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the UDP helper. UDP packets will be forwarded to this address. It can be a helper address or a subnet broadcast address, but it cannot be 255.255.255.255 or 0.0.0.0. snRtUdpHelperRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. 537 Chapter 52 Router IP MIB Definition In this chapter • IP RIP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP RIP port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP RIP redistribution table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP RIP route filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP RIP neighbor filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • IP RIP port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Global RIP statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 541 541 543 544 545 545 IP RIP general group The Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an IP route exchange protocol that uses a distance vector (a number representing distance) to measure the cost of a given route. The cost is a distance vector because the cost often is equivalent to the number of hops between the Layer 3 Switch and the destination network. A Layer 3 Switch can receive multiple paths to a destination. A RIP route can have a maximum cost of 15. The following objects are general objects for RIP. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if IP RIP routing is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snRtIpRipUpdateTime brcdIp.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the RIP update interval in seconds. Valid values: 1 – 21845 seconds snRtIpRipRedisEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if redistribution of static routes from the IP route table into RIP is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) Read-write Shows the default metric to be used when static routes are redistributed to RIP. Valid values: 1 – 15 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipRedisDefMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 539 52 IP RIP general group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The value of this object is a number corresponding to a row in the “snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex” object of “snRtIpRipPortConfigTable”. The values of the “snRtIpRipPortVersion” and “snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse” objects will be written to that row. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended data of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire “IP RIP port configuration table”. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. Read-write An IP RIP global filter list. Each octet contains a filter ID number that forms a group of filters. A valid entry in “snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” with the corresponding filter ID number in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object must be created before a filter list is initialized. Valid values: 1 – 64 octets Read-write Applies the IP RIP global filter object “snRtIpRipGblFiltList” to all interfaces. This object is used to add and delete all RIP filter lists to and from all interfaces. Prior to sending this command, “snRtIpRipGblFiltList” must contain the correct filter list. The following values can be written: • deleteAllInBound(2) – Delete all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – Delete all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – Add all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – Add all out-bound filter lists to all ports. If a set operation failed, then a SET with value of (2) or (3) returns the error code "GenError". If the operation succeeded, then entries in this filter list are deleted immediately. The following value is returned on reads: • valid(1) – Set operation is done and is valid. snRtIpRipDistance brcdIp.1.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the administrative distance of this filter. Valid values: 1 – 255 snRtIpRipEcmpEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.9 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Enables or disables ECMP for IP RIP: • 0 – Disables ECMP • 1 – Enables ECMP snRtIpRipGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: OCTET STRING NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. 540 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP RIP port configuration table 52 IP RIP port configuration table The IP RIP port configuration table contains the configuration of RIP on a particular interface. Before you can use this table, RIP must be enabled in the device and must be configured with permit and deny commands. NOTE The IP RIP MIBs are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.3.2 None The IP RIP port configuration table. snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The port index for an entry in the IP RIP port configuration table. snRtIpRipPortVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if poison reverse is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Poison reverse prevents routing loops and slow convergence within the network. snRtIpRipPortLearnDefault brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability to learn advertised routes is enabled on the interface: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Specifies the IP RIP version on this port: disabled(0) – RIP is disabled on this port. v1Only(1) – RIP version 1 only. v2Only(2) – RIP version 2 only. v1CompatibleV2(3) – RIP version 2 is compatible with version 1. • • • • IP RIP redistribution table The IP RIP redistribution table contains routes where RIP routes are redistributed. RIP can redistribute routes from other routing protocols such as OSPF and BGP4 into RIP. A redistributed route means that a Layer 3 Switch learns through another protocol, and then distributes into RIP. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisTable brcdIp.1.2.3.3 None The IP RIP redistribution table. snRtIpRipRedisIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index for a IP RIP redistribution entry. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. 541 52 IP RIP redistribution table Name, OID, and syntax Access snRtIpRipRedisAction brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Indicates what to do if routes match this IP RIP redistribution entry. deny(0) permit(1) • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipRedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates which protocol is to be distributed: other(1) – Cannot be used for SNMP-SET. all(2) static(3) ospf(4) bgp(5) isis(6) snRtIpRipRedisIp brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the IP route to be distributed. The address 0.0.0.0 means that all routes will be distributed. Read-write Shows the IP subnet mask of the IP route to be distributed. Read-write Specifies the metric of the route to be matched to determine the redistribution. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that any metric value will be matched. Read-write Specifies the new metric of the route to be advertised. Valid values: 0 – 15. A value of 0 indicates that the default metric will be used. • • • • • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipRedisMask brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipRedisMatchMetri c brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snRtIpRipRedisSetMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer 542 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP RIP route filter table 52 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snRtIpRipRedisRouteMap Name brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the name of the route map used for this redistribution entry. IP RIP route filter table The IP RIP route filter table defines the IP network numbers the router will learn from RIP. The numbers are stored in the router’s IP routing table. Once RIP filters are defined, you can assign them to individual interfaces. NOTE The IP RIP route filter MIBs are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.4 None The IP RIP route filter table. snRtIpRipRouteFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the filter ID to identify a filter entry. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. snRtIpRipRouteFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action to take if the IP RIP packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the route IP address that needs to be matched by any IP address in a RIP packet. A value of 0.0.0.0 means that any IP address in any RIP packets will be matched. 543 52 IP RIP neighbor filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRouteFilterSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write If “snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” is 0, this value is ignored, and all IP RIP packets will be matched. Otherwise, this mask is applied to the IP RIP packet and then compared to “snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” to determine a match. snRtIpRipRouteFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. IP RIP neighbor filter table The IP RIP neighbor filter table specifies the routers from which a router will receive RIP routes. By default, RIP routes will be learned from all neighbors. 544 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipNbrFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.5 None The IP RIP neighbor filter table. snRtIpRipNbrFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the ID of this entry in the table. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. snRtIpRipNbrFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action to take if the source IP address in a packet matches the source IP address in this filter. The IP address to be matched is defined by the “snRtIpRipNbrFilterSourceIp” object: • deny(0) • permit(1) snRtIpRipNbrFilterSourc eIp brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP address that needs to be matched by the RIP packet. An IP address of 0.0.0.0 always matches any source IP addresses in any IP RIP packets. snRtIpRipNbrFilterRowSt atus brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IP RIP port access table 52 IP RIP port access table The IP RIP port access table allows a group of RIP filters to be applied to an IP interface. The filters can be applied to either incoming or outgoing traffic. NOTE The IP RIP port access MIBs are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.3.6 None The IP interface RIP access table. snRtIpRipPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The port number to which the IP RIP filter applies. snRtIpRipPortAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snRtIpRipPortAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Contains an IP RIP filter list. Valid values: Up to 64 octets. Each octet contains a filter ID number that consists of a group of filters. Before a filter list can be created, there must be valid entries in the IP RIP route filter table (“snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” object) with the corresponding filter ID number entered in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object. snRtIpRipPortAccessRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Specifies if the filter is for incoming or outgoing packets: in(1) – Incoming packet out(2) – Outgoing packet • • Global RIP statistics The following objects provide global RIP statistics. NOTE The global RIP statistics MIBs are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 545 52 546 Global RIP statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtIpRipStats brcdIp.1.2.3.9 None The RIP statistics group table. snRtIpRipStatsOutRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of outgoing RIP requests. snRtIpRipStatsOutResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of outgoing RIP responses. snRtIpRipStatsInRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of incoming RIP requests. snRtIpRipStatsInResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of incoming RIP responses. snRtIpRipStatsUnrecognized brcdIp.1.2.3.9.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of unrecognized RIP packets. snRtIpRipStatsBadVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.9.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of RIP packets with bad version numbers. snRtIpRipStatsBadAddrFamily Read-only brcdIp.1.2.3.9.7 Syntax: Integer The number of RIP packets with bad address family values. snRtIpRipStatsBadRequestFo rmat brcdIp.1.2.3.9.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of RIP packets with bad request format. snRtIpRipStatsBadMetrics brcdIp.1.2.3.9.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of RIP packets with bad metric values. snRtIpRipStatsBadRespForm at brcdIp.1.2.3.9.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of RIP packets with bad response format. snRtIpRipStatsRespFromNon RipPort brcdIp.1.2.3.9.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of RIP packet responses coming from non-RIP-configured ports. snRtIpRipStatsResponseFrom Read-only Loopback brcdIp.1.2.3.9.12 Syntax: Integer The number of RIP packet responses coming from loopback ports. snRtIpRipStatsPacketRejecte d brcdIp.1.2.3.9.13 Syntax: Integer The number of RIP packets rejected. Read-only Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Global RIP statistics Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 52 547 Chapter 53 DVMRP MIB Definition In this chapter • Global DVMRP objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DVMRP virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DVMRP neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DVMRP route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DVMRP routing next hop table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DVMRP virtual interface statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 551 552 553 554 555 Global DVMRP objects The following table displays the MIB objects of global Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP). Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the DVMRP version in the Layer 3 Switch. There can be up to 255 characters in this object. Read-write Indicates if DVMRP is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. snDvmrpEnable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 • • 549 53 Global DVMRP objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the generation identifier for the routing process. This is used by neighboring Layer 3 Switches to determine if pruning information should be resent. snDvmrpProbeInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often neighbor probe messages are sent to the ALL-DVMRP-ROUTERS IP multicast group address. A Layer 3 Switch’s probe message lists those neighbor DVMRP routers from which it has received probes. Valid values: 5 – 30 seconds Default: 10 seconds snDvmrpReportInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often Layer 3 Switches propagate their complete routing tables to other DVMRP neighbor routers. Valid values: 10 –2000 seconds Default: 60 seconds snDvmrpTriggerInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often trigger updates, which reflect changes in the network topology, are sent. For example, changes in a network topology, including router up or down, or changes in the metric, would cause trigger updates to be sent. Valid values: 5 –30 seconds Default: 5 seconds snDvmrpNeighborRouterTi meout brcdIp.1.2.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how long a router waits before it determines that an attached DVMRP neighbor router is down. Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds Default: 180 seconds snDvmrpRouteExpireTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a route is considered valid in the absence of the next route update. Valid values: 20 – 4000 seconds Default: 200 seconds snDvmrpRouteDiscardTim e brcdIp.1.2.5.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a router waits before it deletes a route. Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds Default: 340 seconds snDvmrpPruneAge brcdIp.1.2.5.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a prune state will remain in effect for a source-routed multicast tree. After the prune age period expires, flooding will resume. Valid values: 20 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 550 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 DVMRP virtual interface table 53 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpGraftRetransmitTi me brcdIp.1.2.5.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a router that is sending a graft message will wait for the first graft acknowledgement from an upstream router before retransmitting that message. Subsequent retransmissions are sent at an interval twice that of the preceding interval. For NetIron platforms: • Valid values: 5 – 3600 seconds • Default: 10 seconds For FastIron platforms: • Valid values: 2 – 10 seconds • Default: 3 seconds snDvmrpDefaultRoute brcdIp.1.2.5.1.12 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write This is the IP address of a router that is connected to one of the directly attached subnets. If a multicast route is not present on the local router, this default route will be used for multicast forwarding. The “snDvmrpEnable” object must be set to “enabled” before this object can be written. DVMRP virtual interface table The DVMRP virtual interface table contains the router’s DVMRP virtual interfaces. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13 None The DVMRP virtual interface table. snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the type of this DVMRP virtual interface: • tunnel(1) – Tunnel interface, for which the interface is a querier. • queries(2) – Tunnel interface, for which the interface is not a querier. • subnet(3) – Physical interface, for which the interface is not a querier. snDvmrpVInterfaceOperState brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only snDvmrpVInterfaceLocalAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the local end of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this DVMRP virtual interface. For a tunnel, enter the IP address of the neighboring router. For a subnet, enter the subnet address. Shows the current state of this DVMRP virtual interface: up(1) down(2) • • 551 53 DVMRP neighbor table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteSubnet Mask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the subnet mask for a directly connected subnet. For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0. snDvmrpVInterfaceMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the distance metric for this DVMRP virtual interface. The router uses the metric when establishing reverse paths to some networks on directly attached interfaces. Valid values: 1 – 31 hops Default: 1 snDvmrpVInterfaceTtlThreshold brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the minimum value required in a packet in order for the packet to be forwarded out of the interface. For example, if the TTL for an interface is set at 10, then only those packets with a TTL value of 10 or more are forwarded. Likewise, if an interface is configured with a TTL threshold value of 1, all packets received on that interface are forwarded. Valid values: 1 – 64 Default: 1 snDvmrpVInterfaceAdvertiseLocal brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if advertising of this local route is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snDvmrpVInterfaceEncapsulation brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the encapsulation of the DVMRP control packets when using IPINIP encapsulation is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snDvmrpVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. • • DVMRP neighbor table The DVMRP neighbor table lists the router DVMRP neighbors, as discovered by the receiving neighbor probe messages. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 552 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 DVMRP route table 53 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14 None The DVMRP neighbor table. snDvmrpNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index. snDvmrpNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this DVMRP neighbor. snDvmrpNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the DVMRP neighbor for which this entry contains information. snDvmrpNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the time since this DVMRP neighbor became a neighbor of the local router. snDvmrpNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.5 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the number of seconds remaining before this DVMRP neighbor will be aged out. snDvmrpNeighborGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the neighboring router generation identifier. snDvmrpNeighborMajorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the neighboring router major DVMRP version number. Valid values: 0 – 255 snDvmrpNeighborMinorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the neighboring router minor DVMRP version number. Valid values: 0 – 255 snDvmrpNeighborCapabilities brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Describes the neighboring router capabilities. The following list shows the position of each bit: • 3 – Trace bit. If on, neighbor can handle mtrace requests. • 2 – GenerationID bit. If on, the neighbor sends its generationID in probe messages. • 1 – Prune bit. If on, the neighbor supports pruning. • 0 – Leaf bit. If on, the neighbor has only one interface with other neighbors. DVMRP route table DVMRP uses a routing table instead of the unicast routing table. The DVMRP route table contains information on the DVMRP source and destination routes. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 553 53 DVMRP routing next hop table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15 None The DVMRP route table. snDvmrpRouteEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index. snDvmrpRouteSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the network address of the source. This object plus the value of the “snDvmrpRouteSourceMask” object identifies the sources of this entry. snDvmrpRouteSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the value of the “snDvmrpRouteSource” object identifies the sources of this entry. snDvmrpRouteUpstreamNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the address of the upstream neighbor (for example, RPF neighbor) from which IP datagrams were received. snDvmrpRouteVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The value of snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex for the virtual interface on which IP datagrams sent by these sources are received. snDvmrpRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of hops to the source subnet. snDvmrpRouteExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.7 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Shows the amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out. DVMRP routing next hop table The DVMRP routing next hop table contains information on the next hop for routing IP multicast datagrams. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 554 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteNextHopTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16 None The DVMRP routing next hop table. snDvmrpRouteNextHopSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the network mask address of the source. This object plus the “snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask” object identify the sources of the next hop. snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the “snDvmrpRouteNextHopSource” object identify the sources of the next hop. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 DVMRP virtual interface statistics table 53 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteNextHopVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex value of the virtual interface for the outgoing interface for this next hop. snDvmrpRouteNextHopType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the type of router for the next hop: • leaf(1) – There are no neighbors at the next hop. • branch(2) – Neighbors are attached to the next hop. DVMRP virtual interface statistics table The DVMRP virtual interface statistics table provides information about the DVMRP routes. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17 None The DVMRP virtual interface statistics table. snDvmrpVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of octets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of octets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInProbePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of probe packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutProbePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of probe packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardProbe Read-only Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Shows the number of probe packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. 555 53 556 DVMRP virtual interface statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDvmrpVIfStatInRtUpdateP kts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of route update packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutRtUpdate Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of route update packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardRtUp datePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of route update packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftAckPk ts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftAck Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft AckPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutPrunePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardPrun ePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 54 FSRP MIB Definition In this chapter • FSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557 • FSRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557 • FSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558 FSRP objects The Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) allows alternate paths to be provided to a host. To provide path redundancy between given hosts, a virtual router is created. To create a virtual router, unique IP addresses are assigned to ports on existing routers in the network routers that could provide a path between the given hosts. This chapter presents the objects for FSRP. You must determine if your device supports FSRP before using the MIB objects for FSRP traps. NOTE The FSRP MIBs are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. FSRP global variables The following MIB objects apply to all FSRP interfaces. Name, OID, and syntax Access snFsrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Indicates if FSRP is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: Do not enable both FSRP and VRRP. It is recommended that you use only one of these router redundancy protocols on a Layer 3 Switch. Default: disabled(0) snFsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate FSRP interface state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) 557 54 FSRP interface table FSRP interface table The FSRP interface table describes the configuration of FSRP interfaces. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1 None The FSRP interface table. snFsrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the physical router port number of this FSRP interface. snFsrpIfIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Identifies the IP address of the physical router port of this interface. snFsrpIfVirRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Identifies the IP address of the virtual router for the interface. The virtual router IP address must be configured on the interface before the redundant router function can operate on the interface. This address must be the same on all the routers that are going to participate in the redundant router function on a given subnet. snFsrpIfOtherRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Identifies the IP address of the other router on this IP subnet. The other router is the router that operates FSRP and to which the keepalive message must be sent by this router. This object must be configured in order for FSRP to work correctly. snFsrpIfPreferLevel brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Decides which router should become the active router for the interface. The active router is the one with the higher priority. A higher number indicates a higher priority. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 100 snFsrpIfTrackPortMask brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.6 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit is a port of the system. If the object is configured then the preference level of the interface ise adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the track port. The preference level of the interface is reduced by value of preference level parameter when the track port state first changes from Up to Down. When the track port comes up, the interface's preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. Default value: 0 Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. NOTE: This object is not supported on all the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron devices. snFsrpIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer 558 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 FSRP interface table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 54 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snFsrpIfState brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the state of the FSRP router interface: • init(0) – Initialization state • negotiating(1) – Negotiating state • standby(2) – Standby state • active(3) – Active state snFsrpIfKeepAliveTime brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the heartbeat of the interface. Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds Default: 3 seconds snFsrpIfRouterDeadTim e brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the hold time of the FSRP router. Valid values: 3 – 255 seconds Default: 9 seconds snFsrpIfChassisTrackPor tMask brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.11 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This object is replaced by the “snFsrpIfTrackPortList” object. This object shows the chassis router FSRP track port membership. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit is a port of the system. Valid values: Up to 32 octets Default: 0 If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel” object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from up to down. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snFsrpIfTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.12 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the router FSRP physical track port membership. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number, the other eight bits is the port number. Default: 0 length octet string If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel” object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from up to down. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. 559 Chapter 55 PIM MIB Definition In this chapter • Common PIM objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • PIM virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • PIM neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • PIM virtual interface statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • PIM-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561 562 564 564 566 Common PIM objects NOTE The following section describes the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) MIB objects that are supported on the Unified IP MIB. The following objects are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series and Brocade FastIron devices. The following table presents objects that are common to all PIM interfaces. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimEnable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.1 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Determines if PIM is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) The remaining objects apply only if this object is set to enabled(1). snPimNeighborRouterTimeout brcdIp.1.2.9.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds the PIM Layer 3 Switch waits before it considers a neighbor to be absent. Absence of PIM hello messages from a neighboring Layer 3 Switch indicates that a neighbor is not present. Valid values: 60 – 8000 seconds Default: 180 seconds • • 561 55 PIM virtual interface table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimPruneTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that a PIM Layer 3 Switch will maintain a prune state for a forwarding entry. The first multicast that the Layer 3 Switch receives from an interface is forwarded to all other PIM interfaces on the Layer 3 Switch. If there is no presence of groups on that interface, the leaf node sends a prune message upstream and stores a prune state. This prune state travels up the tree and installs a prune state. A prune state is maintained until the prune timer expires or a graft message is received for the forwarding entry. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds snPimGraftRetransmitTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds between the transmission of graft messages. A graft message is sent by a Layer 3 Switch to cancel a prune state. When a Layer 3 Switch receives a graft message, the Layer 3 Switch responds with a Graft ACK (acknowledge) message. If this Graft ACK message is lost, the Layer 3 Switch that sent the graft message will resend it. For NetIron platforms: • Valid values: 2 – 3600 seconds • Default: 180 seconds For FastIron platforms: • Valid values: 2 – 10 seconds • Default: 3 seconds snPimInactivityTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a forwarding entry can remain unused before the Layer 3 Switch deletes it. The Layer 3 Switch deletes a forwarding entry if the entry is not used to send multicast packets. This object is used only to keep the forwarding entries for the active sessions. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds PIM virtual interface table The PIM virtual interface table lists the PIM virtual interfaces on a Layer 3 Switch. NOTE The PIM virtual interface table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. 562 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 PIM virtual interface table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 55 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7 None The PIM virtual interface table. snPimVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be up to 48 entries. Valid values: 1 - 48 snPimVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the type of PIM virtual interface the row represents: • tunnel(1) • subnet(2) or a physical interface snPimVInterfaceLocalAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the IP address of the local end of the interface being configured. IP tunneling must also be enabled and defined on the destination Layer 3 Switch interface. snPimVInterfaceLocalSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only snPimVInterfaceRemoteAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this PIM virtual interface. snPimVInterfaceDR brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only snPimVInterfaceTtlThreshold brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the minimum time-to-live (TTL) value to forward the packets out of this interface. Valid values: 1 – 31 Default: 1 snPimVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following valuescan be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “bad value” error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snPimVInterfaceMode brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the configured mode of this PIM interface: • dense(1) – Traffic is initially flooded to all PIM interface neighbors. Branches that do not want the data are pruned. • sparse(2) – PIM interface neighbors must join the multicast group if they want to receive the traffic. Default: dense(1) Shows the network mask for the IP address of the PIM virtual interface. For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0. Defines the designated Layer 3 Switch on this PIM virtual interface. For point-to-point interfaces, this object has the value 0.0.0.0. 563 55 PIM neighbor table PIM neighbor table The PIM neighbor table is a conceptual table that lists the PIM neighbors of the Layer 3 Switch. NOTE The following PIM neighbor table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8 None The PIM neighbor table. snPimNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index. snPimNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this PIM neighbor. snPimNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of this PIM neighbor. snPimNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Indicates the last time this PIM neighbor became a neighbor of the local Layer 3 Switch. snPimNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.5 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only Displays the time remaining before this PIM neighbor will be aged out. PIM virtual interface statistics table The PIM virtual interface statistics table lists the PIM virtual interface statistical counters of the Layer 3 Switch. NOTE This PIM virtual interface statistics table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. 564 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9 None The PIM virtual interface statistics table. snPimVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be 32 entries. Valid values: 1 - 32 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 PIM virtual interface statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 55 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatInJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of join and prune messages sent or received on the interface. snPimVIfStatOutJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Indicates the number of join packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of join packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of assert packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of assert packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of assert packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of hello packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of hello packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of hello packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. NOTE: Unlike PIM Dense, PIM Sparse uses the same messages for joins and prunes. 565 55 PIM-SM Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatInGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. PIM-SM The following tables are available for the PIM Sparse feature. NOTE The following tables in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimJoinPruneInterval brcdIp.1.2.9.2.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The default interval in seconds at which periodic PIM Sparse join and prune messages are to be sent. These messages inform other PIM Sparse Layer 3 Switches about clients who want to become receivers (join) or stop being receivers (prune) for PIM Sparse groups. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds PIM Sparse: candidate BSR table The candidate Bootstrap Router (BSR) table contains information about BSRs that are candidates to become the active BSR for the domain. The BSR distributes Rendezvous Point (RP) information to the other PIM Sparse routers within the domain. Each PIM Sparse domain has one active BSR. For redundancy, you can configure ports on multiple routers as candidate BSRs. The PIM Sparse protocol uses an election process to select one of the candidate BSRs as the active BSR for the domain. The BSR with the highest BSR priority is elected. If the priorities result in a tie, the candidate BSR interface with the highest IP address is elected. 566 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimCandidateBSRTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2 None The candidate bootstrap router (BSR) table. snPimCandidateBSRPortID brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snPimCandidateBSRIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Identifies the IP address of the PIM interface: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number • • Shows the unicast IP address of the candidate BSR. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 PIM-SM 55 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimCandidateBSRHashMaskLen brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the hash mask value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router. Valid values: 1 – 32 snPimCandidateBSRPreference brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preference value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 100 PIM RP set table The PIM RP set table contains information about candidate Rendezvous Points (RPs) for IP multicast groups. When the local Layer 3 Switch is the BSR, this information is obtained from the advertisements received from the candidate-RP. When the local Layer 3 Switch is not the BSR, this information is obtained from the received RP-Set messages. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimRPSetTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3 None The PIM RP set table. snPimRPSetGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object plus snPimRPSetMask forms the group prefix for the Ccandidate-RP. snPimRPSetMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP multicast group address mask. This object plus snPimRPSetGroupAddress forms the group prefix for the candidate-RP. snPimRPSetIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the candidate-RP. snPimRPSetHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the holdtime, in seconds, of a candidate-RP. If the local router is not the BSR, this value is 0. Valid values: 0 - 255 PIM RP candidate table The PIM RP candidate table lists the IP multicast groups for which the local router is to advertise itself as a candidate-RP. If this table is empty, the local router will advertise itself as a candidate-RP for all groups. The snPimEnable object must be "enabled" before this table is read or written. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimCandidateRPTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4 None The PIM RP candidate table. snPimCandidateRPGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP multicast group address mask. This object combined with snPimCandidateRPMask forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a candidate-RP. 567 55 568 PIM-SM Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPimCandidateRPMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the multicast group address mask. This object combined with snPimCandidateRPGroupAddress forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a candidate-RP. snPimCandidateRPIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the unicast IP address of the interface that will be advertised as a candidate-RP. snPimCandidateRPRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 56 IGMP MIB Definition In this chapter • General IGMP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569 • IGMP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 • IGMP static group table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 General IGMP objects NOTE This section describes the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) MIB objects that are supported in the Unified IP MIB. The objects in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and Brocade FastIron devices. The following general IGMP objects are available in all devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIgmpQueryInterval brcdIp.1.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how often the Layer 3 Switch sends out IGMP host query packets to query an interface for group membership. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds NOTE: For FastIron platforms, the configuration ranges from 10 through 3600 seconds. Default: 60 seconds For a Layer 3 Switch, the “snDvmrpEnable” object must be set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. For a Layer 2 Switch, the “snSwGroupIpMcastMode” object must be set to “enabled(1)” and the “snSwIpMcastQuerierMode” object must be set to “querier(1)” before this object can be written. snIgmpGroupMembershipTime brcdIp.1.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many seconds an IP multicast group can remain on a Layer 3 Switch interface in the absence of a group report. Valid values: 0 – 7200 seconds NOTE: For FastIron platforms, the configuration ranges from 20 through 7200 seconds. Default: 140 seconds For a Layer 3 Switch, the “snDvmrpEnable” object must be set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. For a Layer 2 Switch, the “snSwGroupIpMcastMode” object must be set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 569 56 IGMP interface table IGMP interface table The IGMP interface table contains the group membership information of a port. NOTE The following table objects are not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIgmpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3 None The IGMP interface table. snIgmpIfEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The table entry index. snIgmpIfPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the port number (interface) on which the group was learned. snIgmpIfGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the group’s IP address learned from the interface. snIgmpIfGroupAge brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Specifies how many seconds the Layer 3 Switch will wait for an IGMP response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down. The switch will then begin to remove the interface from the group. Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds Default: 5 seconds IGMP static group table The IGMP static group table contains a list of IGMP static group entries. This table is available when IP Multicast Traffic Reduction is enabled on a Layer 2 Switch. The snSwGroupIpMcastMode MIB object enables or disables IP multicast using SNMP. By default, Layer 2 Switches forward all IP multicast traffic out of all ports except the port on which the traffic was received. To reduce multicast traffic through the Layer 2 Switch, you can enable IP Multicast Traffic Reduction. This feature configures the Layer 2 Switch to forward multicast traffic only on the ports attached to multicast group members. The Layer 2 Switch determines the ports that are attached to multicast group members based on entries in the IGMP table. Each entry in the table consists of an IP multicast group address and the Layer 2 Switch ports from which the Layer 2 Switch has received Group Membership reports for that group. After you enable IP Multicast Traffic Reduction, when the Layer 2 Switch receives traffic for an IP multicast group, the Layer 2 Switch looks in the IGMP table for an entry for that group. If the Layer 2 Switch finds an entry, the Layer 2 Switch forwards the group traffic out of the ports listed in the group entry. If the table does not contain an entry for the group, the Layer 2 Switch broadcasts the traffic. The IGMP table is populated by receipt of Group Membership messages from IP multicast group members. Each Group Membership message contains the member’s IP address and the group address. 570 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 IGMP static group table 56 NOTE The following table objects are not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snIgmpStaticGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4 None The IGMP static group table. snIgmpStaticGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the interface for which the group was configured. snIgmpStaticGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address for the group. snIgmpStaticGroupPortList brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Contains a list of ports that are members of the static group. Each port contains a 16-bit integer ifIndex. snIgmpStaticGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. 571 Chapter 57 QoS Profile Group In this chapter • QoS profile table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • QoS bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DOS attack statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • DOS attack port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Authorization and accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • HQoS statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 573 574 574 575 577 QoS profile table The following table contains the configuration of QoS profile groups. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snQosProfileTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1 None The QoS profile table. snQosProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index of the QoS Profile. There can be up to four profiles in this table. snQosProfileName brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the QoS profile. Valid values: Up to 32 characters snQosProfileRequestedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the requested bandwidth for the QoS profile. snQosProfileCalculatedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the calculated bandwidth of the QoS profile. QoS bind table The following table binds 802.1p tags to the entries in the QoS profile table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 573 57 DOS attack statistics Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snQosBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2 None The QoS bind table. snQosBindIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The table index of the QoS Bind. snQosBindPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the QoS bind priority. snQosBindProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write An index that serves as a pointer to the index of the “snQosProfileTable”. DOS attack statistics The following objects provide denial of service (DOS) attack statistics through SNMP. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDosAttackICMPDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Provides the contents of the ICMP drop counter. snDosAttackICMPBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Provides the contents of the ICMP block counter. snDosAttackSYNDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Provides the contents of the SYN drop counter. snDosAttackSYNBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Provides the contents of the SYN block counter. DOS attack port table The following objects have been created to filter traffic for DOS-attacks through SNMP. NOTE The DOS attack port MIBs are supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. 574 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Authorization and accounting Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snDosAttackPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2 Syntax: Sequence of snDosAttackPortEntry None The denial of service attack port table. snDosAttackPort brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The index value of a port. snDosAttackPortICMPDropCou nt brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The value of the ICMP drop counter. snDosAttackPortICMPBlockCo unt brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The value of the ICMP block counter. snDosAttackPortSYNDropCoun Read-only t brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 The value of the SYN drop counter. snDosAttackPortSYNBlockCou nt brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 The value of the SYN block counter. Read-only 57 Authorization and accounting The following objects are for authorization and accounting functions. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAuthorizationCommand Methods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Specifies the sequence of authorization methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to authorize the user command. Each octet has the following value: • radius(2) – Authorize by the requesting RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – Authorize by the requesting TACACS+ server • none(6) – Skip authorization Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authorization methods. snAuthorizationCommandLev el brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the commands that must be authorized. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be authorized: • level(0) – Privilege level 0 • level(4) – Privilege level 4 • level(5) – Privilege level 5 575 57 576 Authorization and accounting Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snAuthorizationExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of authorization methods for EXEC programs. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login authorization. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send EXEC authorization request to the RADIUS server . • tacplus(5) – Send EXEC authorization request to the TACACS+ server . • none(6) – No EXEC authorization method. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccountingCommandMeth ods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.1 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows a sequence of accounting methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents an accounting method. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send accounting information to the RADIUS server. • tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to the TACACS+ server. • none(6) – No accounting method. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccountingCommandLevel brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the commands that need to be accounted for. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be accounted for: • level(0) – Privilege level 0 • level(4) – Privilege level 4 • level(5) – Privilege level 5 snAccountingExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the sequence of accounting methods for EXEC programs. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login accounting. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send accounting information to the RADIUS server. • tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to the TACACS+ server. • none(6) – No accounting method. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccountingSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write A sequence of accounting methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to account for the system-related events. Each octet has the following values: • radius(2) – Send accounting information to the RADIUS server. • tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to the TACACS+ server. • none(6) – No accounting method. Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous accounting methods. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 HQoS statistics table 57 HQoS statistics table The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade NetIron XMR, and Brocade MLXe devices are provided with Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support for the Hierarchical Quality of Service (HQoS) Statistics Management Information Base (MIB). The clear hqos statistics command clears the HQoS statistics for CLI and SNMP. The HQoS statistics is supported for all the HQoS features except the HQoS support for VPLS. The cumulative HQoS statistics for LAG is not supported but the HQoS statistics for member ports of a LAG can be collected. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdHqosStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1 None A list of brcHqosPStats entries. The table contains information of various HQoS counters. The HQoS is supported on NI-MLX-10Gx8-M/D Line Processor (LP) modules. brcdHqosIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The interface index where the HQoS is configured. The LP module must be physically present and operationally up. brcdHqosEndpointType brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer None brcdHqosEndpointTag brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 None brcdHqosEndpointInnerTag brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 None brcdHqosStatsPriority brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: PortPriorityTC Read-only The priority of the packets that is stored in the queue. This is an 1-based index. The HQoS queue with brcdHqosEndpointType value as other(1) has eight priorities. All the other HQoS queues has four priorities, two consecutive priorities are stored in one queue. In this case, the valid values for the object are 1, 3, 5, and 7. The queue with priority 1 has the packets with priority 1 and 2 and the same applies for priorities 3, 5, and 7 as well. brcdHqosStatsDescription brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString None The object gives the HQoS scheduler node in full-path format with each node separated by dot(.). The object specifies the endpoint type for HQoS scheduler. other(1) singleTaggedVlan(2) dougleTaggedVlan(3) bVlanIsid(4)) • • • • The object specifies the HQoS endpoint tag. If the index brcdHqosEndpointType is other(1), then the object has zero value. • If the index brcdHqosEndpointType is singleTaggedVlan(2), dougleTaggedVlan(3) or bVlanIsid(4), then the object has VLAN ID as value. The valid VLAN ID values ranges from 1 through 4094. • The object specifies the HQoS endpoint inner tag. If the index brcdHqosEndpointType is other(1) or singleTaggedVlan(2), then the object has zero value. • If the index brcdHqosEndpointType is dougleTaggedVlan(3), then the object has VLAN ID as value. The valid VLAN ID values ranges from 1 through 4094. • If the index brcdHqosEndpointType is bVlanIsid(4), then the object has ISID as value. The valid ISID values ranges from 256 through 16777214. • 577 57 578 HQoS statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdHqosStatsEnquePkts brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all packets entering ingress queues on this queue. brcdHqosStatsEnqueBytes brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all bytes entering ingress queues on this queue. brcdHqosStatsDequePkts brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all packets dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded on this queue. brcdHqosStatsDequeBytes brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all bytes dequeued from ingress queues and forwarded on this queue. brcdHqosStatsTotalDiscard Pkts brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all packets failing to enter ingress queues on this queue. brcdHqosStatsTotalDiscard Bytes brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all bytes failing to enter ingress queues on this queue. brcdHqosStatsOldestDiscar dPkts brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all packets entering ingress queues, but deleted due to buffer full. brcdHqosStatsOldestDiscar dBytes brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all bytes entering ingress queues, but deleted due to buffer full. brcdHqosStats WREDDroppedPkts brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all packets entering ingress queue, but dropped due to Weighted random early detection (WRED). brcdHqosStats WREDDroppedBytes brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only A count of all bytes entering ingress queue, but dropped due to WRED. brcdHqosStatsCurrentQDep th brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The current queue depth. brcdHqosStatsMaxQDepthS inceLastRead brcdIp.1.1.14.1.1.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter 64 Read-only The maximum queue depth since last access to read. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 58 CAR MIB Definition In this chapter • CAR port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 • Rate limit counter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 • VLAN CAR objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 NOTE The objects in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. CAR port table The Common Access Rate (CAR) port table shows the definitions of CAR objects. This table is indexed by the “snPortCARifIndex”, “snPortCARDirection”, and “snPortCARRowIndex” objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1 None The CAR port table. snPortCARifIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ifIndex value for this rate limit entry. snPortCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the transmission direction of the rate-limit object: • input(0) – For inbound traffic. • output(1) – For outbound traffic. snPortCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the table index for rate limit objects. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped. snPortCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.4 Syntax: RateLimitType Read-only snPortCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the index to the access list if the rate limit type is one of the following: • standardAcc(1) – Traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – Traffic matches the rate-limit access list. snPortCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the committed access rate for the long-term average transmission rate in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate. Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied: standardAcc(1) – Traffic matches standard access list. quickAcc(2) – Traffic matches the rate-limit access list. all(3) – All traffic. • • • 579 58 Rate limit counter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snPortCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval. snPortCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit. snPortCARConformAction brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the rate limit: • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and allow it after evaluated by subsequent rate limits. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snPortCARExceedAction brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the rate limit: • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and allow it after evaluated by subsequent rate limits. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snPortCARStatSwitchedPkt s brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit. snPortCARStatSwitchedByt es brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface. snPortCARStatFilteredPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the number of packets that exceeded this rate limit. snPortCARStatFilteredBytes brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the number of bytes that exceeded this rate limit. snPortCARStatCurBurst brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only Shows the current burst size of received packets. Rate limit counter table The following table shows rate limit counter entries. 580 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VLAN CAR objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description agRateLimitCounterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2 None The rate limit counter table. agRateLimitCounterFwdedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The forwarded octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterDroppedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The dropped octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterReMarkedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The remarked octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterTotalOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The total octet count for this rate limit entry. 58 VLAN CAR objects The objects in the following table contain the rate limit configuration for VLANs. This table is indexed by the “snVLanCARVLanId”, “snVLanCARDirection”, and “snVLanCARRowIndex” objects. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1 None The VLAN rate limit table. snVLanCARVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the VLAN ID. VLAN ID is one of the indices of this table. Each VLAN ID can have a membership of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snVLanCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVLanCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the table index for rate limit objects for the VLAN. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped. snVLanCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied: • standardAcc(1) – Traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – Traffic matches the rate limit access list. • all(3) – All traffic. snVLanCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the index to the access list if the rate limit type is one of the following: • standardAcc(1) – Traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – Traffic matches the rate limit access list. snVLanCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the committed access rate for long-term average transmission for this VLAN in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate. Specifies the transmission direction of the rate-limit object: input(0) – For inbound traffic. output(1) – For outbound traffic. • • 581 58 582 VLAN CAR objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snVLanCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval. snVLanCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit. snVLanCARConformActi on brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the rate limit: • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and allow it after evaluated by subsequent rate limits. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snVLanCARExceedActio Read-only n brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the rate limit: • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and allow it after evaluated by subsequent rate limits. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snVLanCARStatSwitche Read-only dPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit. snVLanCARStatSwitche Read-only dBytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface. snVLanCARStatFiltered Read-only Pkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of packets that exceeded this rate limit. snVLanCARStatFiltered Read-only Bytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of bytes that exceeded this rate limit. snVLanCARStatCurBurs Read-only t brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Gauge32 Shows the current burst size of received packets. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 59 LAG MIB Definition In this chapter • LAG group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 • LAG group port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 • LAG LACP port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586 The LAG MIB objects in this chapter are supported on the Brocade NetIron and Brocade FastIron series devices. LAG group table The fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable object replaces the snLinkAggregationGroupTable objects. NOTE SNMPSET request for the table always return hashBased and ignores the trunktype parameter. NOTE In Ironware release 08.0.00a, “fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable” obsoletes “snTrunkTable”. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1 None The Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table. fdryLinkAggregationGroupName brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None Displays the name of a LAG. fdryLinkAggregationGroupType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LAG type. 583 59 LAG group table Name, OID, and syntax Access fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-create Description Displays the desired deployed state of this LAG entry. NOTE: This is not the operational status. Refer to ifTable for the operational status. • deploy(1)—Deploy the LAG and set to LACP active if a dynamic LAG. • deployPassive(2)—Deploy the LAG and set to LACP passive if a dynamic LAG. • undeploy(3)—Undeploy the LAG if no more than two ports are enabled. • undeployForced(4)—Undeploy the LAG regardless of the number of ports enabled. NOTE: undeployForced(4) status is a write-only value. In particular, a row cannot be deployed until the corresponding instances of fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList have been set. fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.4 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-create Displays a list of interface indices which are the port memberships of a trunk group. Each interface index is a 32-bit integer in big-endian order. NOTE: This object accepts a 32-bit integer only. 584 fdryLinkAggregationGroupPrimaryPort brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.5 Syntax: InterfaceIndexOrZero Read-create Displays the primary port for the Link Aggregation Group. This must be set before deploying the Link Aggregation Group unless this is a keepalive Link Aggregation Group. fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the trunk connection type, which specifies the scheme of load-sharing among the trunk ports. fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkThresh old brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create DIsplays the number of up ports needed to keep the trunk up. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LACP timeout value this LACP LAG will use. Applicable for dynamic and keepalive LAGs only. fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only After a LAG is deployed, this object dIsplays information for the LAG entry in the ifTable. Use the variabe to access the entry in the ifTable and ifXTable. Zero(0) is returned for LAGs that have not been deployed. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortCount brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Displays the number of member ports that belong to this LAG. fdryLinkAggregationGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.11 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create Displays the status of this conceptual row. createAndWait(5) is not supported. To create a row in this table, a manager must set this object to createAndGo(4) together with the setting of fdryLinkAggregationGroupType. After that, the row status becomes active(1) regardless of whether or not the LAG entry is deployed. To deploy the LAG entry, set the corresponding instance of fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus to deployActive or deployPassive. NOTE: This object is not applicable to keepalive LAGs. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 LAG group port table 59 LAG group port table The following table list the MIB objects of LAG group port table. NOTE The following table is not supported on the Brocade FastIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1 None This table contains the Link Aggregation Control Configuration information about every aggregation port associated with this device. A row is listed in this table for each physical port. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortLacpPrio rity brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The LACP priority value assigned to this link aggregation port. valid values: 0 - 65535 Default: 1. 585 59 LAG LACP port table LAG LACP port table The following table list the MIB objects of the Link Aggregation Group (LAG) LACP port table. NOTE The following table is supported on the Brocade FastIron SX, Brocade ICX, and Brocade FCX devices. 586 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1 None Table contains Link Aggregation control information about every LACP port associated with the device. A row is created in the table for each physical port. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortAd minStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current admin state of the interface. The testing(3) state indicates that no operational packets can be passed. Valid values: • up(1) -- Ready to pass packets • down(2) • testing(3) -- In some test mode fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLink Read-only Status brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer The current operational state of the interface. The testing(3) state indicates that no operational packets can be passed. Valid values: • up(1) -- Ready to pass packets • down(2) • testing(3) -- In some test mode fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLac pStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current LACP state of the interface. Valid values: • operation(1) • down(2) • blocked(3) • inactive(4) • pexforceup(5) fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLac pSysID brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Physical address Read-only The LACP system ID of the LAG. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLac pKey brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only The LACP key ID of the interface. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLac pRemoteSysID brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Physical address Read-only The LACP remote system ID of the LAG. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpPortLac pRemoteKey brcdIp.1.1.3.33.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only The LACP remote key ID of the interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 60 MPLS MIB Definition In this chapter • Pseudo wire MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • General MPLS objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MPLS LSP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MPLS administrative group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • MPLS interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 594 600 600 604 605 Pseudo wire MIB Pseudo wire describe the SNMP MIB objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) feature that is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. . pwTable The following table contains the pseudo wire MIB objects for configuring and monitoring VLL, VLL-local, and VPLS services. NOTE Use the snmp-server disable mib mib-table-keyword command to disable the SNMP support for the table and use the no form of the command to re-enable the support. The overall SNMP-WALK performance is increased when the SNMP support is disabled for the table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 587 60 Pseudo wire MIB TABLE 6 588 Support for the pwTable Object Object identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-local Support for VPLS pwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.1 VPLS-specific coding VPLS-specific coding VPLS-specific coding pwType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 Tagged: ethernetTagged(4) Untagged: ethernet(5) ethernet(5) for raw transport as PW acts as a switch System supports raw mode only, no VLAN tagging. Returns ipLayer2Transport(11) if global command vpls-vc-type-ethernet-vpls is configured, otherwise Ethernet(5) [BID 84147] ethernetTagged(4) for tagged VPLS pwOwner brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 pwIdFecSignaling(2) other(5) Always pwIdFecSignaling(2) pwPsnType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 mpls(1) other(6) Always mpls(1) pwSetUpPriority brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.5 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwHoldingPriority brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.6 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwPeerAddrType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.8 ipv4(1) only unknown(0) Always ipv4(1) pwPeerAddr brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.9 Supported Always 0 Supported For example, Peer IP 3.3.3.3 translates to string 0x03x03x03x03 (without commas) pwAttachedPwInd ex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.10 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwIfIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.11 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.12 VC ID VC ID (internal) VC ID pwLocalGroupID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.13 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwGroupAttachme ntID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.14 Always null Always null Always null pwLocalAttachme ntID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.15 Always null Always null Always null pwPeerAttachment brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.16 ID Always null Always null Always null pwCwPreference brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.17 false(2) false(2) false(2) pwLocalIfMtu brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.18 Supported Not supported Supported pwLocalIfString brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.19 false(2) false(2) false(2) pwLocalCapabAdv ert brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.20 Always null Always null Always null pwRemoteGroupID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.21 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwCwStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.22 cwNotPresent(6) cwNotPresent( 6) cwNotPresent(6) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Pseudo wire MIB TABLE 6 Support for the pwTable Object Object identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-local Support for VPLS pwRemoteIfMtu brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.23 Supported Always 0 Supported pwRemoteIfString brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.24 Always null Always null Always null pwRemoteCapabili ties brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.25 Always null Always null Always null pwFragmentCfgSiz e brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.26 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwRmtFragCapabil brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.27 ity Always null Always null Always null pwFcsRetentionCf g brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.28 fcsRetentionDisable(1) fcsRetentionDi sable(1) fcsRetentionDisable(1) pwFcsRetentionSt atus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.29 return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDisabled( 3)) return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDi sabled(3)) return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDisabled(3)) pwOutboundLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.30 Supported Always 0 Supported pwInboundLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.31 Supported Always 0 Supported pwName brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.32 Supported (VLL name) Supported (VLL-local name) Supported (VPLS name) pwDescr brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.33 Always null Always null Always null pwCreateTime brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.34 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwUpTime brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.35 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwLastChange brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.36 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwAdminStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.37 Supported: up(1) down(2) Supported: • up(1) • down(2) Supported: up(1) down(2) pwOperStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.38 NOTE: The object is an extension added by the device and it is not part of the draft MIB. • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 60 up(1) - Running down(2) -Tunnel down dormant(4) Waiting For LDP to establish notPrsent(5) Incomplete configuration lowerLayerDown(6)Tunnel Down • • • up(1) • • notPrsent(5)• Incomplet e configurat ion • • • up(1) -Running down(2) - Tunnel down dormant(4) Waiting for LDP to establish notPrsent(5) Incomplete Configuration lowerLayerDown(6) Tunnel down 589 60 Pseudo wire MIB TABLE 6 Support for the pwTable Object Object identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-local Support for VPLS pwLocalStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.39 If tunnel is down, returns 0x80, otherwise returns 0x00 Supported If tunnel is down, returns 0x80, otherwise returns 0x00 pwRemoteStatusC apable brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.40 notApplicable(1) notApplicable( 1) notApplicable(1) pwRemoteStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.41 Always null Always null Always null pwTimeElapsed brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.42 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwValidIntervals brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.43 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwRowStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.44 active(1) active(1) active(1) pwStorageType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.45 permanent(4) permanent(4) permanent(4) pwOamEnable brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.46 false(2) false(2) false(2) Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt The following pseudo Wire (PW) MIB objects, as defined in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt, are supported on the Brocade MLXe and Brocade NetIron series devices. Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt obsoletes draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt; however, some objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt are still supported on the NetIron series devices. (Refer to “Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt” on page 592 Support for draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt has been extended to VLL, VLL-local, and VPLS on the Brocade MLXe and Brocade NetIron series devices. For additional objects, refer to “VLL endpoint table” on page 607, and “VPLS instance table” on page 609. NOTE Support for the following objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt provides read-only access. Object Object identifier pwindex Support for VLL Support for VLL-local Support for VPLS brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1. VLL-specific 1 encoding. One row per VLL instance. VLL-local-specific encoding. Two rows per VLL-local instance, one for each E. Ethernet endpoint for each instance. VPLS-specific encoding. One row per VPLS instance and peer combination. pwEnetPwInstance brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Always 1 1 1 for first endpoint, 2 for second Always 1 pwEnetPwVlan brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. 2 Always 4096 for raw mode VPLS works in raw mode. Always 4096 in raw mode. There is no VLAN tagging in outgoing packets. • • • 590 VLAN ID 4097 for pseudo wire in raw mode Default VLAN ID for PW untagged frames Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Pseudo wire MIB 60 Object Object identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-local Support for VPLS pwEnetVlanMode brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. 3 • • • • • • • portBased(1) No VLAN tag noChange(2) Retain same VLAN ID changeVlan(3)Change id addVlan(4) removeVlan(5) • • • • portBased(1) - no VLAN tag; both instances use default VLAN ID noChange(2) retain same VLAN ID changeVlan(3) change non-default VLAN IDs between two instances addVlan(4) instance ID 1 has default VLAN, Instance ID 2 has non-default VLAN removeVlan(5) instance ID 1 has default VLAN, Instance ID 2 has non-default VLAN portBased(1) no vlan tag pwEnetPortVlan Endpoint VLAN ID brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Endpoint VLAN ID, 4 which can be 4096 or an actual VLAN ID. Always 0. For end-point, use fdryVplsEndPointTa ble. pwEnetPortIfIndex brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Endpoint ifIndex 5 Endpoint ifIndex Always 0. For endpoint, use fdryVplsEndPointTa ble. pwEnetPwIfIndex brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Tunnel ifIndex 6 Because no tunnel, value 0 Tunnel ifIndex pwEnetRowStatus brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Always active(1) 7 Always active(1) Always active(1) pwEnetStorageType brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. 8 Always permanent(4) Always permanent(4) Always permanent(4) Values that affect some VLL services The following table shows how the value of pwType for VLL services is determined. Pseudo Wire tag mode is End Point tag mode is Value of pwType is raw (untagged) untagged ethernet(5) raw (untagged) tagged ethernet(5) tagged untagged ethernetTagged(4) tagged tagged ethernetTagged(4) The following table shows how the value of pwEnetPwVlan for VLL services is determined. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 591 60 Pseudo wire MIB Pseudo Wire tag mode is End Point tag mode is Value of pwEnetPwVlan is raw (untagged) untagged 4097 raw (untagged) tagged 4097 tagged untagged Default VLAN ID tagged tagged VLAN ID of endpoint The following table shows how the value of pwEnetVlanMode for VLL services is determined. Pseudo Wire tag mode is End Point tag mode is Value of pwEnetVlanMode is raw (untagged) untagged portBased(1) - No VLAN tag raw (untagged) tagged removeVlan(5) tagged untagged addVlan(4) tagged tagged noChange(2) The following table shows how the value of pwEnetPortVlan for VLL services is determined. Pseudo Wire tag mode is End Point tag mode is Value of pwEnetPortVlan is raw (untagged) untagged 4096 raw (untagged) tagged VLAN ID of endpoint VLAN tagged untagged 4096 tagged tagged VLAN ID of endpoint VLAN Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt The following pseudo Wire (PW) MIB objects are the only objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt that are supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. They are used to support draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt. Read-only access is available for draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-o6.txt. 592 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Pseudo wire MIB TABLE 7 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 60 Comparision of objects within drafts v.6 and v.11 Object Object identifier Differences pwPsnType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 The pwPsnType object is now of IANAPwPsnTypeTC type. The changes are highlighted below. pwPsnType: • mpls(1) • l2tp(2) • ip(3) • mplsOverIp(4) • gre(5) • other(6) IANAPwPsnTypeTC: • mpls(1) • l2tp(2) • udpOverIp(3) • mplsOverIp(4) • mplsOverGre(5) • other(6) pwAttachedPwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.1 0 Type changed from PwIndexType to PwIndexOrZeroType. pwFragmentCfgSize brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 6 Added UNIT "bytes". pwFcsRetentioncfg brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 8 Name changed to pwFcsRetentionCfg. pwOutboundVcLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 0 Renamed to pwOutboundLabel. pwInboundVcLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 1 Renamed to pwInboundLabel. pwStorageType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 5 Added DEFVAL nonvolatile pwOamEnable brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 6 Supported pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.1 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwType Type has changed from PwTypeTC to IANAPwTypeTC. pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.2 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwID. pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.5 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwIndex. pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.3 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwType Type changed from PwTypeTC to IANAPwTypeTC. pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.4 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwID. pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.5 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwIndex. 593 60 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB Proprietary extension The following table lists the proprietary extension MIB objects. Name Access fdryPwServiceType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.20 Syntax: Integer None Supported? A L2VPN service type, used only for notification: vll(1) vlllocal(2) vpls(3) • • • MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB The MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB (draft-ietf-lwvpn-mpls-vpn-mib-07.txt) is supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR and the Brocade MLX series devices. NOTE: • • • • The following objects are implemented as read-only: mplsL3VpnIfConfTable mplsL3VpnVrfTable mplsL3VpnVrfRTTable mplsL3VpnVrfRteTable Object Object identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnConfiguredVrfs brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.1 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnActiveVrfs brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.2 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnConnectedInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.3 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnNotificationEnable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.4 Yes, Read-write. mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxPossRts brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.5 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.6 No mplsL3VpnIllLblRcvThrsh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.7 No VPN interface configuration table 594 Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnConf brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnIfConfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfVpnClassification brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.2 Yes Only enterprise(2) is supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB Object Object Identifier mplsL3VpnIfVpnRouteDistProtocol brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.3 mplsL3VpnIfConfStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.4 60 Supported? Yes • • isis(4) - Not supported static(5) - Always true Yes VRF configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfName brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Yes Supported in simple VRF textual name format. Not supported in format specified in RFC 2685. mplsL3VpnVrfVpnId brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.2 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfDescription brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.3 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRD brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.4 Read-only mplsL3VpnVrfCreationTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.5 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.6 No Always returns up(1) mplsL3VpnVrfActiveInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.7 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfAssociatedInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.8 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.9 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfHightRteThresh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.10 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.11 Read-only mplsL3VpnVrfConfLastChanged brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.12 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfRowStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.13 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfConfAdminStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.14 Only Up(1) is supported. mplsL3VpnVrfConfStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.15 Yes, but read-only. This object always returns permanent(4). 595 60 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB VRF route target table Object Object identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfRTTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRTEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRTIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.2 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRTType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.3 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRT brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.4 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRTDescr brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.5 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRTRowStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.6 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRTStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1.7 Yes, but read-only. This object always returns permanent(4). Object Object identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfSecTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfSecEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1.1 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfSecDiscontinuityTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1.2 No Returns 0 Object Object identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnPerf brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesAdded brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1.1 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesDeleted brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1.2 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1.3 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesDropped brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1.4 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfDiscTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1.5 No VRF security table VRF performance table 596 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB 60 VRF routing table Object Object identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnRoute brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrDestType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.1 IPv4 value mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrDest brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.2 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrPfxLen brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.3 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrPolicy brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.4 Default The value {0 0} is returned. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNHopType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.5 IPv4 value mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNextHop brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.6 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrIfIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.7 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.8 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrProto brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.9 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrAge brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.10 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNextHopAS brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.11 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric1 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.12 Yes, but read-only. mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric2 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.13 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric3 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.14 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric4 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.15 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric5 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.16 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteXCPointer brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.17 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1.18 Yes, but read-only. Supported objects in VPLS-generic-draft-01-mib The following tables present the objects supported in the VPLS-generic-draft-01-mib module of draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-mib-01. Tables and scalars in the draft that are not listed in the following tables are not supported. Scalars The following scalars are supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 597 60 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Description vplsConfigIndexNext brcdIp.3.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Unique index for the conceptual row identifying a VPLS service. However, in the current implementation, this index is always 0. vplsStatusNotifEnable brcdIp.3.4.1.1.5 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write If this object is set to true(1), then it enables vplsStatusChanged notification to be generated. Change notification is determined by the use of the snmp-server enable trap mpls vpls and no snmp-server enable trap mpls vpls commands. vplsNotificationMaxRate brcdIp.3.4.1.1.6 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-write Always 0. vplsConfigTable The following table below presents the objects supported in the vplsConfigTable. Refer to “VPLS instance table” on page 609 for objects that are not supported in this table. NOTE The following table is supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 598 Name, OID, and syntax Access Supported? vplsConfigIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Yes vplsConfigName brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Yes vplsConfigDescr brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Always null string vplsConfigAdminStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes Always up(1) vplsConfigMacLearning brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Yes Always true(1) vplsConfigDiscardUnknownDest brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only No Always false(2) vplsConfigMacAging brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Ye Always true(1) vplsConfigFwdFullHighWatermark brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Always 0 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS or BGP Layer 3 VPN MIB Name, OID, and syntax Access Supported? vplsConfigFwdFullLowWatermark brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Always 0 vplsConfigRowStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only Yes Always active (1) vplsConfigMtu brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Yes vplsConfigVpnId brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Always null vplsConfigServiceType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-only 60 Yes: • • • vlan(1) ethernet(2) ethernetTagged(4) NOTE: vlan(1) if part of VLAN, otherwise ehternet(2) for tagged VPLS vplsConfigStorageType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.16 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Yes Always permanent(4) vplsStatusTable The following table lists the objects that are supported for the vplsStatusTable. Name Access Supported? vplsStatusOperStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes vplsStatusPeerCount brcdIp.3.4.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter 32 Read-only Yes vplsPwBindTable This vplsPwBindTable binds a given VPLS instance to various pseudo wires. It provides transport service for a VPLS. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 599 60 General MPLS objects Name Access Supported? vplsPwBindIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: PWIndexType Read-only Yes PwIndex of corresponding PWTable. One VPLS may have multiple PWTable entries. vplsPwBindConfigType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes Always manual(1) vplsPwBindType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes Always mesh(1) vplsPwBindRowStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only vplsPwBindStorageType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.5 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Yes. • • active(1) - If PW state is operational not-in-service(2) - If PW is not operational Yes Only permanent(4) is supported General MPLS objects The following table contains the general MPLS MIB objects. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsVersion brcdIp.1.2.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The MPLS version number. mplsConfiguredLsps brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of configured LSPs. This is calculated by adding the number of RSVPs and statically configured label switched paths (LSPs). mplsActiveLsps brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of active LSPs. This is calculated by adding the number of RSVPs, LDPs, and statically configured LSPs. MPLS LSP table The following table contains objects for the MPLS LSPs table. 600 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsLspTable brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3 None The MPLS LSP table. mplsLspSignalingProto brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer None MPLS signaling protocol used by this LSP: ldp(1) rsvp(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS LSP table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 60 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsLspIndex brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The unique index of the LSP in the system for a given signaling protocol. The ifIndex value of the LSP’s tunnel interface index holds true. mplsLspName brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The name of the label switched path (LSP). mplsLspState brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only mplsLspPackets brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only The number of egress Layer 3 VPN and IP MPLS packets that has been sent to outbound, meeting the in-label and tunnel criteria. This object is equivalent to show mpls statistics tunnel or show mpls ldp traffic command. mplsLspAge brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The age in 10-millisecond periods since the creation of the LSP. mplsLspTimeUp brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.7 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The total time in 10-millisecond units that this LSP has been operational. Calculate the percentage up-time using the following equation: mplsLspTimeUp or mplsLspAge x 100% mplsLspPrimaryTimeUp brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.8 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The total time in 10-millisecond units that the primary path of the LSP has been operational. The percentage contribution of the primary path to the operational time is calculated using the following equation: mplsLspPrimaryTimeUp or mplsLspTimeUp x 100% mplsLspTransitions brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of times the state of the LSP transitioned from up to down and down to up. mplsLspLastTransition brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.10 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The time in 10-millisecond units since the last transition occurred on this LSP. mplsLspFrom brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Source IP address of this LSP. mplsLspTo brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.12 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Destination IP address of this LSP. mplsPathName brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The name of the active path for this LSP. If there is no name, this field should be empty and all the fields in this table do not apply. The operational state of the LSP: unknown(1) up(2) down(3) • • • 601 60 602 MPLS LSP table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsPathType brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only The type of path that is active. This field is meaningless unless mplsPathName contains no value. Paths can be the following types: • other(1) • primary(2) • standby(3) • secondary(4) mplsLspAdaptive brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.15 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates if this LSP supports the Adaptive mechanism. mplsLspBfdSessionId brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.16 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only mplsLspReoptimizeTimer brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.17 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of seconds from the beginning of one reoptimization attempt to the beginning of the next attempt. mplsLspCoS brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.18 Syntax: ClassOfService Read-only The Class of Service. mplsLspHopLimit brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.19 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of hops this LSP can traverse. mplsLspCspf brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates if the CSPF path calculation is enabled on this LSP. mplsLspCspfTieBreaker brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-only The tie-breaker to use for selecting the CSPF equal-cost paths. This field is not applicable if mplsLspCspf is disabled. mplsLspFrrMode brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates which protection method is to be used for MPLS Fast Reroute: • “detour” for one-to-one backup • “facility” for facility backup mplsLspFrrSetupPriority brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.23 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The setup priority for the MPLS Fast Reroute. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspFrrHoldingPriority brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.24 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The hold priority for the MPLS Fast Reroute. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspFrrHopLimit brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.25 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The hop limit for the MPLS Fast Reroute. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspFrrBandwidth brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.26 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The bandwidth constraint for the MPLS Fast Reroute. The value zero indicates that the detour route uses a besteffort value for bandwidth. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. The BFD session associated to this LSP: Zero indicates that no BFD session exists for this LSP. Non-zero is an index to an entry in bfdSessTable. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS LSP table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 60 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsLspFrrAdmGrpIncludeAny brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.27 Syntax: MplsTunnelAffinity Read-only The administrative group setting that the device includes any of the interfaces that are members of the group when calculating detour routes for this LSP. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspFrrAdmGrpIncludeAll brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.28 Syntax: MplsTunnelAffinity Read-only The administrative group setting that an interface must be a member of all of the groups to be considered in a detour route for the LSP. Any interface that is not a member of all the groups is eliminated from consideration. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspFrrAdmGrpExcludeAny brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.29 Syntax: MplsTunnelAffinity Read-only The administrative group setting that the device excludes any of the interfaces that are members of the group when calculating detour routes for this LSP. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspFrrMode is “none”. mplsLspPathSelectMode brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read-only mplsLspPathSelectPathname brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.31 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The user-selected secondary path for path-select mode "manual" and "unconditional". mplsLspPathSelectRevertTimer brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.32 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of seconds to wait after the primary or selected path comes up before traffic reverts to that path. A value of zero indicates that it will switch immediately after the current working path goes down. mplsLspShortcutOspfAllowed brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.33 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates that this LSP allows a shortcut between nodes in an autonomous system (AS). The OSPF route includes the LSP in its SPF calculation. mplsLspShortcutIsisAllowed brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.34 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates that this LSP allows a shortcut through the network to a destination based on the path's cost (metric). The traffic is forwarded through this LSP to destinations within the IS-IS routing domain. The IS-IS route includes the LSP in its SPF calculation. mplsLspShortcutIsisLevel brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.35 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the level of the IS-IS routing enabled on the device. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspShortcutIsisAllowed is “False”. Indicates the path selection mode to use: Auto-select is the default mode. In this mode, the primary path is always selected to carry traffic when the primary path has stayed operating in the working state for at least the amount of time specified in mplsLspPathSelectRevertTimer. • For manual-select, the traffic is switched to a user-selected path specified in mplsLspPathSelectPathname after the selected path has stayed operating in the working state for at least the amount of time specified in mplsLspPathSelectRevertTimer. • For unconditional-select, the traffic is switched to and stays on the selected path regardless of the path's condition, even if it is in a failure state. • 603 60 MPLS administrative group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description mplsLspShortcutIsisAnnounce brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.36 Syntax: TruthVal Read-only Indicates that this IS-IS shortcut will be announced or advertised. The metric to announce is specified by mplsLspShortcutIsisAnnounceMetric. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspShortcutIsisAllowed is “False”. mplsLspShortcutIsisAnnounceMetric brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.37 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Indicates the metric value to announce for this shortcut. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspShortcutIsisAnnounce is “False”. mplsLspShortcutIsisRelativeMetric brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.38 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Indicates the relative metric used to compute the LSP cost when announce is not enabled. The value of this variable is not applicable if mplsLspShortcutIsisAllowed is “False”. MPLS administrative group table The administrative groups, also known as resource classes or link colors, allow MPLS-enabled interfaces to be assigned to various classes. A group name can be associated to up to 32 administrative groups on the device. The following table contains the MPLS AdminGroup MIB objects that lists the Administrative Group ID that has a configured group name. This is indexed by the Group ID, and with only one columnar object, which is the group name in the DisplayString type. Use the show mpls policy command to display the configured information of the Admin Group name to IPD mapping. NOTE This MPLS administrative group table is a read-only table and supports the GET, GETBULK, and GETNEXT operations. 604 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMplsAdminGroupTable brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.2 None The list of administrative groups (by ID) that have a configured group name. brcdMplsAdminGroupId brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Identifies the administrative group ID in a 1-based index. The end user of this object must convert this to a 0-based because the index maps to the bit position in the constraint-based link selection. brcdMplsAdminGroupName brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The group name with which this administrative group is associated. brcdMplsAdminGroupRowStatus brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only The row status of an entry. NOTE: A set request to this table is not supported. Always returns “active” for the existing entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 MPLS interface table 60 MPLS interface table The MPLS interface table contains all configured MPLS interfaces. It will be indexed by the ifIndex of the MPLS-enabled port or the VE interface. Use the show mpls interface command to display the configured information of interfaces and Admin Group settings. NOTE The MPLS interface table is a read-only table and supports the GET, GETBULK, and GETNEXT operations. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdMplsInterfaceTable brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.3 None The list of MPLS-enabled interfaces. brcdMplsInterfaceIndex brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The ifIndex of the MPLS-enabled port or VE interface. brcdMplsInterfaceAdminGroup brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: MplsTunnelAffinity Read-write Specifies to which administrative groups this MPLS-enabled interface belongs to. It is represented in bitmapped format where each bit from 0 through 31 maps to the (internal) group ID. If a bit is set, it indicates that the corresponding group ID is configured for a particular MPLS interface. brcdMplsInterfaceRowStatus brcdlp.1.2.15.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only The row status of an entry. NOTE: A set request to this table is not supported. Always returns “active” for the existing entries. 605 Chapter 61 MPLS Layer2 VPN MIB Definition In this chapter • VLL endpoint table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPLS endpoint2 table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPLS instance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPLS MAC age timer configuration scalar objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 608 609 610 This chapter describes the MIB objects for the Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) extended statistics supported on G2 products of Brocade MLX series and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Use the extended-counters priority command to configure a module to enable per VLAN port, or priority accounting (or extended counters) that applies to both ingress and egress counters. Use the extended-counters routed-switched command to configure the system to count switched and routed packets separately. All the counters reset to “0” when the state is changed. For more information, refer to the Brocade MLXe and NetIron Family Configuration Guide. NOTE The Layer 2 VPN counters apply only to switched packets. VLL endpoint table The following table (fdryVllEndPointTable) contains objects for VLL and VLL-local endpoints that are not available in the pseudo Wire MIB. NOTE Use the snmp-server disable mib mib-table-keyword command to disable the SNMP support for the table and use the no form of the command to re-enable the support. The overall SNMP-WALK performance is increased when the SNMP support is disabled for the table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description pwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.1 Syntax: pwIndexType None pwIndex of pwTable and pwEnetTable (foreign index) pwEnetPwInstance brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The second index of pwEnetTable (foreign index) to support VLL-local: • VLL - 1 • vlllocal - 1 and 2 fdryVllEndPointServiceType brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer None Indicates the service type for the endpoint: vll(1) vlllocal(2) • • 607 61 VPLS endpoint2 table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryVllEndPointVlanTagMode brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the VLAN mode of this endpoint. Ports can have only the following modes: • tagged(1) • untagged(2) fdryVllEndPointClassOfService brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only For VLL, this value is used to select the appropriate tunnel whose CoS value is the same as, or almost approaching this value. For VLL-local, this value is applied to the inbound traffic of an endpoint. Valid values: 0 - 7 fdryVllEndPointInHCPkts brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This object indicates the number of packets ingressing into this endpoint. This is available in the output for show mpls statistics vll. fdryVllEndPointOutHCPkts brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This object indicates the number of ingress packets from this endpoint as shown in the show mpls statistics vll-local output. For VLL-local, this value is the fdryVllEndPointInHCPkts of the other endpoint. fdryVllEndPointAdminStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only fdryVllEndPointOperStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.7 Syntax: PwOperStatusTC Read-only fdryVllEndPointRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only The desired administrative status of the endpoint. up(1) down(2) • • Indicates the operational status of the endpoint: up(1) down(2) • • Status will be active(1) if the endpoint is up; otherwise it will be not in service. VPLS endpoint2 table The following table supports VPLS ISID mapping that is configured in the inner VLAN at the endpoint level. It contains objects for the VPLS endpoints that are not available in the pseudo Wire or draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt MIB. The VPLS endpoint table replaces fdryVplsEndPointTable. 608 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryVplsEndPoint2Table brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3 None This table specifies information about the VPLS endpoints that are not available in the PW MIB or the VPLS draft MIB. This table replaces fdryVplsEndPointTable, as inner VLAN or ISID has been added as an index of this table. fdryVplsEndPoint2VlanId brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.1 Syntax: PwVlanCfg None This value specifies the VLAN ID value of this endpoint. fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTagType brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer None This value indicates the inner ID for the endpoint: invalid(1) innerVlan(2) isid(3) If no inner tag is specified, the value invalid(1) is returned. • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VPLS instance table 61 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTag brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 None This value indicates the inner ID for this endpoint. If the index fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTagType has the value isid(3), then this object will have the ISID value for that endpoint. The valid ISID value is between 256 (0x100) and 16777214 (0xFFFFFE). If no inner tag is specified, the value 0 is returned. fdryVplsEndPoint2IfIndex brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.4 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None This value specifies the ifIndex value of this endpoint. fdryVplsEndPoint2VlanTagMode brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.5 Syntax: VlanTagMode Read-create This value indicates the VLAN mode for this endpoint. The values dual(3) and other(4) are not used in this table. fdryVplsEndPoint2InHCOctets brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This counter indicates the number of octets ingressing into this endpoint from the Customer Edge device. This object is supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. fdryVplsEndPoint2Layer2State brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Layer2StateTC Read-only The Layer 2 state of this VPLS endpoint. fdryVplsEndPoint2OperStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.8 Syntax: PwOperStatusTC Read-only This object indicates the operational status of this endpoint: up(1) down(2) No other values are used in this table. fdryVplsEndPoint2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.9 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, and delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object and the fdryVplsEndPointAdminStatus object. • • VPLS instance table The following table can be used to configure additional virtual circuit properties that are not supported in vplsConfigTable. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description vplsConfigIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None This object is the index for this table. fdryVplsClassOfService brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-write Indicates the Class of Service for this VPLS instance. This value is used to select the appropriate tunnel that has a CoS value is less than or equal to this value. fdryVplsMaxMacLearned brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only This value indicates the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by this VPLS instance. No default value is specified as the system default can change. 609 61 VPLS MAC age timer configuration scalar objects Name, OID, and syntax Access Description fdryVplsClearMac brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only The Set value of TRUE tells the system to clear all the MAC addresses learned by this VPLS instance. Setting a value of FALSE(2) returns an error. During read operations, FALSE(2) is returned at all times. fdryVplsVcId brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only The VPLS Instance ID of a given VPLS session. VPLS MAC age timer configuration scalar objects The scalar objects in the following table helps to configure a global timer that controls MAC aging in the system for local/remote entries. A new branch (brcdVplsScalarObjects) is created that contains these scalar objects. NOTE The following scalar objects are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 610 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdVplsMacAgeTimeLocal brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.5.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The age timer for local entries of VPLS MAC addresses in the system. Default value: 300 Configurable range: From 60 through 65535 brcdVplsMacAgeTimeRemote brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.5.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The age timer for remote entries of VPLS MAC addresses in the system. Default value: 600 Configurable range: From 60 through 65535 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 62 SNMP Telemetry MIB Definition In this chapter • Route map configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Route map match configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Route map set configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Route map bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Route map rule display table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 612 614 617 618 The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices are provided with Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support for the Telemetry Management Information Base (MIB). The following MIBs describe the level of support provided for the Telemetry on the Brocade NetIron devices. Route map configuration table The following table contains MIB objects of the route map entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRouteMapTable brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1 None The route map entries configuration table. brcdRouteMapName brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None Identifies the route map on the Brocade NetIron devices. A maximum of 80 characters is allowed. brcdRouteMapSequence brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None Identifies the sequence to insert or delete from the existing route map entry. brcdRouteMapAction brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Action Read-create brcdRouteMapRuleName brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create Identifies the path name for the route map. A maximum of 127 characters is allowed. brcdRouteMapRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The following options are supported: active(1)—To return GET and GET-NEXT requests. createAndGo(4)—To add a new row. destroy(6)—To remove a row. The other values in the enumeration are not supported. Identifies the action to be taken for the route map entry: deny(0) permit(1) • • • • • 611 62 Route map match configuration table Route map match configuration table The following table contains MIB objects of the route map match configuration table. 612 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRouteMapMatchTable brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2 None The route map match clause configuration table. brcdRouteMapMatchSeque nce brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None brcdRouteMapMatchType brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer None A pair of brcdRouteMapMatchType and brcdRouteMapMatchValue objects specifies a particular match clause. brcdRouteMapMatchValue brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create Specifies the value corresponding to the brcdRouteMapMatchType object. A maximum of 255 characters is allowed. The following values are supported: • matchAsPath(1)—Identifies one or more BGP AS-Paths to be matched. The list of AS-Path names is separated by one or more spaces. • matchBgpCommunityName(2)—Identifies one or more BGP community ACL names to be matched. The list of BGP community ACL names is separated by one or more spaces. • matchBgpCommunityNameExact(3)—Identifies one or more BGP community ACL names to be matched (exact matches only). The list of BGP community ACL names are separated by one or more spaces. • matchBgpExtCommunityNumber(4)—Identifies one or more BGP community list numbers to be matched. The list of BGP community list numbers is separated by one or more spaces. • matchInterfaces(5)—Identifies the list of IfIndices to be matched in the route map. The value 0 matches to the null0 interface. The interfaces Ethernet, POS, VE, loopback, and tunnel are supported on the Brocade NetIron devices. Each IfIndex is a 32-bit integer in big-endian order. One or more interface IfIndices are specified by separating each IfIndex with one or more spaces. • matchIpv4AddressAclNames(6)—Matches the IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 standard or extended ACL names to be matched. The value is the list of ACL names separated by one or more spaces. • matchIpv4AddressAclNumbers(7)—Matches the IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 ACL numbers to be matched. The value is the list of ACL numbers separated by one or more spaces. • matchIpv4AddressPrefixList(8)—Matches the IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv4 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. Identifies the position in the table where the match rule is added. If the brcdRouteMapMatchRowStatus is set to createAndGo(4), then a row is inserted if there is no match rule present at the brcdRouteMapMatchIndex position. • If any rule is present, then it must be of same kind. If not, then the SET request fails. The application obtains the value for the object in the last row and uses the next value to insert a new row in the table. • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Route map match configuration table Name, OID, and syntax brcdRouteMapMatchValue (continued) Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 62 matchIpv4NextHopAclNames(9)—Matches the next hop IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 standard or extended ACL names to be matched. The value is the list of ACL names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv4NextHopAclNumbers(10)—Matches the next hop IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 ACL numbers to be matched. The value is the list of ACL numbers separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv4NextHopPrefixList(11)—Matches the next hop IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv4 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv4RouteSourceAclNames(12)—Matches the advertising source IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 standard or extended ACL names to be matched. The value is the list of ACL names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv4RouteSourceAclNumbers(13)—Matches the advertising source IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 ACL numbers to be matched. The value is the list of ACL numbers separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv4RouteSourcePrefixList(14)—Matches the advertising source IPv4 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv4 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv4 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv6AddressAclNames(15)—Matches the IPv6 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv6 ACL names to be matched. The value is the list of ACL names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv6AddressPrefixList(16)—Matches the IPv6 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv6 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv6 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv6NextHopPrefixList(17)—Matches the next hop IPv6 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv6 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv6 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. matchIpv6RouteSourcePrefixList(18)—Matches the advertising source IPv6 address of the route. Identifies the list of IPv6 prefix-lists to be matched. The value is the list of IPv6 prefix-list names separated by one or more spaces. matchMetric(19)—Specifies the route metric used to match. The value is a string representation of the decimal metric. The SNMP agent does ASCII to integer conversion before using the value. matchRoutingProtocol(20)—Specifies the routing protocol used to match. The value is a string representation of one of the following decimal values: static-BGP(1), iBGP(2), eBGP(3), non-staticBGP(4), isisLevel1(5), isisLevel2(6), isis(7), rip(8), and static(9). The other values are not supported. The SNMP agent does ASCII to integer conversion before using the value. 613 62 Route map set configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • brcdRouteMapMatchValue (continued) • matchRouteType(21)—Specifies the route type used to match. The value is a string representation of one of the following decimal values: ospfExternalType1(2), ospfExternalType2(3), ospfInternal(4), isisLevel1(5), or isisLevel2(6). The other values are not supported. The SNMP agent does ASCII to integer conversion before using the value. matchTags(22)—Specifies a list of tag values matched (string representation of decimal values). Each tag value is separated by one or more spaces. There cannot be more than 16 values. brcdRouteMapMatchCliStrin g brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Represents an equivalent CLI route map match command for a pair of brcdRouteMapMatchType and brcdRouteMapMatchValue objects. brcdRouteMapMatchRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The following options are supported: active(1)—To return GET and GET-NEXT requests. createAndGo(4)—To add a new row. destroy(6)—To remove a row. The other values in the enumeration are not supported. • • • Route map set configuration table The following table contains MIB objects of the route map set configuration table. 614 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRouteMapSetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3 None The route map set clause configuration table for a given route map. brcdRouteMapSetSequence brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None brcdRouteMapSetType brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer None Identifies the position in the table where the match rule is added. If the brcdRouteMapSetRowStatus object is set to the createAndGo(4) value, and if there is no match rule present at the brcdRouteMapSetIndex position, then a row is inserted. • If a match rule is present, it must be of same kind. If not, then the SET request fails. The application obtains the value for the object in the last row and uses the next value to insert a new row in the table. • A pair of brcdRouteMapSetType and brcdRouteMapSetValue objects specify a particular set clause. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Route map set configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 62 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRouteMapSetValue brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create Specifies the value corresponding to the brcdRouteMapSetType object. The following values are supported: • setAsPath(1)—Identifies the prefix string for the BGP AS-Path attribute. The value is a string representation of the BGP Autonomous System (AS) number to be appended with the AS-Path. If the value specified is a string instead of the AS-Path number, then the value is set as an AS-Path attribute. • setAutomaticTag(2)—Specifies that the route map tag is computed automatically. The value is a string representation of a truth value 0 or 1. The value 0 is used to mark its deletion. • setDeleteCommunityList(3)—Specifies the name of the BGP community list set for deletion. • setCommunityNumber(4)—Specifies the BGP community number that is added. The format is either “AA:NN” or community number. • setCommunityFlag(5)—Specifies that the BGP community number in the setCommunityNumber value has behaviors similar to noExport(1), noAdvertise(2), localAs(3), and additive(4). For additive(4), the number is followed by the community number in either “AA:NN” or community number format. The value is a string representation of one of the decimal values. • setDampening(6)—Consists of 4 values separated by a space. - The first value specifies the string representation of the decimal value for the BGP route flap dampening. It must be enabled with half-time in minutes for the penalty. Valid values range from 1 through 45 minutes. Default value is 15 minutes. - The second value relates to the first value and specifies the string representation of the decimal value to start reusing a BGP route. Valid values range from 1 through 20000. Default value is 750, with each flap penalty at 1000. - The third value relates to the first value and specifies the string representation of the decimal value to start suppressing a BGP route. Valid values range from 1 through 20000. Default value is 2000, with each flap penalty at 1000. - The fourth value relates to the first value and specifies the string representation of maximum duration in minutes to suppress a stable route. Valid values range from 1 through 255. The default value is 40 minutes. The default value is used if a value is not provided. • setDistance(7)—Specifies the string representation of admin distance set for matching OSPF routes. • setExtCommunityRT(8)—Specifies one or moreVPN extended community attributes (separated by a space). Each VPN community is formatted as “ASN:nn”. • setExtCommunityRTAdditive(9)—This value relates to the setExtCommunityRT value and specifies that the VPN communities earlier must be added to the existing extended community. 615 62 Route map set configuration table Name, OID, and syntax brcdRouteMapSetValue (continued) Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 616 setExtCommunitySOO(10)—Specifies the site-of-origin VPN extended community attributes. The VPN community is formatted as “ASN:nn”. setOutputInterfaces(11)—Identifies the list of output IfIndices. The value 0 matches to the null0 interface. Each IfIndex is a 32-bit integer in big-endian order. One or more interface IfIndices can be specified by separating each IfIndex by one or more spaces. If the ifIndex is not null0, then the preserve VLAN flag is mandatory and that is always implicitly set. setNextHopIpv4Addr(12)—Identifies the string representation of the next hop IPv4 address without the preserve VLAN flag. setNextHopIpv4AddrWithPreserveVlan(13)—Identifies the string representation of the next hop IPv4 address with the preserve VLAN flag. setNextHopIpv6Addr(14)—Identifies the string representation of the next hop IPv6 address without the preserve VLAN flag. setNextHopIpv6AddrWithPreserveVlan(15)—Identifies the string representation of the next hop IPv6 address with the preserve VLAN flag. setNextHopIpPeerAddr(16)—Specifies the string representation of a truth value. The object gets deleted when the value is set to 0 (zero). Identifies the next hop of a BGP IPv4 peer address. setIsisLevel(17)—Identifies the level to which to import the IS-IS route. The value is a string representation of one of the following decimal values: level1(1), level2(2), or level1or2(3). setLocalPreference(18)—Identifies the BGP local preference path attribute value to be set. The value is a string representation of the decimal preference value. setMetricType(19)—Specifies the route metric type for the destination routing protocol. The value is a string representation of one of the following values: internal(1), external(2), type1(3), or type2(4). setMetric(20)—Specifies the metric value set for the destination routing protocol. The value is a string representation of the following values: - n: Metric value - +n : Add n to metric - -n : Subtract n to metric - None : remove metric value setNextHopFloodVlan(21)—Specifies the next hop VLAN without the preserve VLAN to be set. The value is a string representation of the VLAN ID (1 through 4090). setNextHopFloodVlanPreserveVlan(22)—Specifies the next hop VLAN with the preserve VLAN to be set. The value is a string representation of the VLAN ID (1 through 4090). setNextHopFloodVlanOutgoingDa(23)—Specifies the next hop VLAN with the outgoing destination address flag set. The value is a string representation of the VLAN ID (1 through 4090) followed with a MAC address. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Route map bind table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description • brcdRouteMapSetValue (continued) 62 • • • • setNextHopIpTunnel(24)—Specifies the next hop IP tunnel that is configured for configured GRE tunnels. The value is a string representation of the decimal tunnel ID. setNextHopLsp(25)—Specifies the next hop LSP name. setBgpOrigin(26)—Specifies the BGP origin code. The value is a string representation of the igp(1) and incomplete(2) decimal values. setTag(27)—Specifies the string representation of the decimal tag value for the destination routing protocol. setWeight(28)—Specifies the string representation of the decimal value for BGP weight for the routing table. brcdRouteMapSetCliString brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Represents an equivalent CLI route map set command for a pair of brcdRouteMapSetType and brcdRouteMapSetValue objects. brcdRouteMapSetRowStatu s brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The following options are supported: active(1)—To return GET and GET-NEXT requests. createAndGo(4)—To add a new row. destroy(6)—To remove a row. The other values in the enumeration are not supported. • • • Route map bind table The following table contains MIB objects of the route map bind entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRouteMapBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.4 None The table contains the bindings for the route map entries to the interfaces. Only one route map can be bound to a given interface. Attempting to bind a second route map to the same interface returns an error. brcdRouteMapBindIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None Identifies an interface to bind a route map. The interface can only be a physical or virtual type. brcdRouteMapBindIpType brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType None Identifies an IP type for the bind. The route map can be bound only to an IPv4 or IPv6 policy. brcdRouteMapBindMapNa me brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-create Identifies the route map name. A maximum of 80 characters is allowed on the Brocade NetIron devices. brcdRouteMapBindRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The following options are supported: active(1)—To return GET and GET-NEXT requests. createAndGo(4)—To add a new row. destroy(6)—To remove a row. The other values in the enumeration are not supported. • • • 617 62 Route map rule display table Route map rule display table The following table contains MIB objects of the route map rule display entries. Use the show telemetry rule-name command to display entries. NOTE This is a read-only table. The rouote map rule display table is not supported on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 618 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRMapRuleDisplayTable brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1 None The table contains various route map rule entries. A route map rule instance (map and sequence number) contains only one rule name and the same rule name is applied to multiple route maps. brcdRMapRuleDisplayRuleN ame brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString None Identifies the rule name. brcdRMapRuleDisplayRoute MapName brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString None Identifies the route map containing the rule. brcdRMapRuleDisplaySeque None nce brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Identifies the instance sequence number. brcdRMapRuleDisplayIpType None brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: InetAddressType Identifies the IP type for the rule display: 1 - IPv4, or 2 - IPv6 A row is present if the corresponding IPv4 or IPv6 match ACL filter is present. brcdRMapRuleDisplayInputI nterfaceList brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only A list of space-separated interface indices is the port membership of the rule. An asterisk (*) indicates that the path is configured but disabled. brcdRMapRuleDisplayAclMa tchFilter brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only A list of space-separated ACL match filter names or numbers used in the rule. brcdRMapRuleDisplayOutpu tVlan brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only • • NOTE: Any instances of route maps that are not bound, and have no IPv4 or IPv6 match ACL filter (brcdRMapRuleDisplayAclMatchFilter), are not displayed in the brcdRMapRuleDisplay table. Identifies the next hop flood VLAN selected by the interface card. Returns an empty string if there is no value. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Route map rule display table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 62 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description brcdRMapRuleDisplayOutpu tPort brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Identifies the selected (by the interface card) egress interface. Returns an empty value if there is no value. brcdRMapRuleDisplayOutpu tIPAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.39.1.2.1.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Identifies the selected IPv4 or IPv6 next hop address. Returns an empty value if there is no value. 619 Chapter 63 BFD MIB Definition In this chapter • BFD session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BFD session performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BFD session mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BFD scalar objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 623 624 625 BFD session table The following table specifies information about the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdSessTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2 None Describes the BFD sessions. bfdSessIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: BfdSessIndexTC None Contains an index used to represent a unique BFD session on this device. bfdSessApplicationId brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Contains an index used to indicate a local application which owns or maintains this BFD session. For instance, the MPLS VPN process may maintain a subset of the total number of BFD sessions. This application ID provides a convenient way to segregate sessions by the applications which maintain them. bfdSessDiscriminator brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the local discriminator for this BFD session, used to uniquely identify it. bfdSessRemoteDiscr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the session discriminator chosen by the remote system for this BFD session. bfdSessUdpPort brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: InetPortNumber Read-only The UDP port for BFD. Default: The well-known value for this port. bfdSessState brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The perceived state of the BFD session: adminDown(1) down(2) - BFD session is down. init(3) - BFD session is initializing. up(4) - BFD session is up. • • • • 621 63 622 BFD session table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdSessRemoteHeardFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Status of BFD packet reception from the remote system: • true(1) - The local device is actively receiving BFD packets from the remote device. • false(0) - Either the local device has not received BFD packets recently (within the detection time) or the local device is attempting to tear down the BFD session. bfdSessDiag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Accessible-f or-notify A diagnostic code specifying the local system's reason for the last transition of the session from up(1) to some other state. The following values are applicable in the implementation of this MIB object: • No Diagnostic(1) • Control Detection Time Expired(2) • Echo Failed(3) • Neighbor Signaled Session Down(4) • Forwarding Plan Reset(5) • Path Down(6) • Concatenated Path Down(7) • Admin Down(8) • Reverse Concatenated Path Down(9) Each notification uses one of the following varbinds: • bfdSessUp - High range value • bfdSessDown - Low range value bfdSessOperMode brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the current operating mode of the BFD session: asyncModeWEchoFun(1) asynchModeWOEchoFun(2) demandModeWEchoFunction(3) demandModeWOEchoFunction(4) • • • • bfdSessDemandModeDesired Read-only Flag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: TruthValue • • Indicates if the device uses the demand mode: true(1) - The device will use demand mode. false(0) - The device will use demand mode. bfdSessEchoFuncModeDesire dFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only • • bfdSessControPlanIndepFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Indicates if the device can continue to function when there is a disruption of the control plane: • true(1) - The local system BFD implementation is independent of the control plane. • false(0) - The local system BFD implementation is dependent on the control plane. bfdSessAddrType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only The IP address type of the interface associated with this BFD session: • unknown(0) - Allowed only when the outgoing interface is of the type point-to-point, or when the BFD session is not associated with a specific interface. • ipv4(1) - IP address is IPv4. • ipv6(2) - IP address is IPv6. Indicates if the device uses Echo mode: true(1) - The device will use Echo mode. false(0) - The device will use Echo mode. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BFD session performance table 63 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdSessAddr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only The IP address of the interface associated with this BFD session. Also used to enable BFD on a specific interface. The value is set to zero when the BFD session is not associated with a specific interface. bfdSessDesiredMinTxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, that the local system would like to use when transmitting BFD Control packets. bfdSessReqMinRxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.16 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Control packets the local system is capable of supporting. bfdSessReqMinEchoRxInterv al brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.17 Syntax: BfdInterval Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Echo packets that this system is capable of supporting. bfdSessDetectMult brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.18 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the Detect time multiplier. bfdSessStorType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.19 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Indicates the storage type for this object. Conceptual rows having the value "permanent" need not allow write-access to any columnar objects in the row. bfdSessRowStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.20 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only Creates, modifies, or deletes a row in this table. When a row in this table has a row in the active(1) state, no objects in this row can be modified except bfdSessRowStatus and bfdSessStorageType. bfdSessAuthPressFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.21 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Indicates if the device wants the BFD sessions to be authenticated: • true(1) - BFD sessions will be authenticated. • false(0) - BFD sessions will not be authenticated. bfdSessAuthenticationType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the authentication type used for this BFD session, if BFD sessions are authenticated: • simplePassword(1) • keyedMD5(2) • meticulousKeyedMD5(3) • keyedSHA1(4) • meticulousKeyedSHA1(5) BFD session performance table This table specifies the performance counters for BFD sessions. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdSessPerfTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3 None The BFD session performance table. bfdSessPerfPktIn brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session. 623 63 BFD session mapping table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdSessPerfPktOut brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of BFD messages sent for this BFD session. bfdSessPerfUpTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the session came up. If no such up event exists, this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfLastSessDownTi me brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exists, this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfLastCommLostDi ag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: BfdDiag Read-only The BFD diag code for the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exists, this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfSessUpCount brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of times this session has gone into the up state since the router last rebooted. bfdSessPerfDiscTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which any one or more of the session counters suffered a discontinuity. The relevant counters are the specific instances associated with this BFD session of any Counter32 object contained in BfdSessPerfTable. If no such discontinuities have occurred since the last re-initialization of the local management subsystem, then this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfPktInHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value represents the total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session. It must be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktInHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC 2863. bfdSessPerfPktOutHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value represents the total number of BFD messages transmitted for this BFD session. It must be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktOutHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC 2863. BFD session mapping table The BFD session mapping table maps the complex indexing of the BFD sessions to the flat BFDIndex used in the BfdSessionTable. 624 Name, OID, and syntax Access BfdSessMapTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4 None bfdSessMapBfdIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Description The BFD session mapping table. NOTE: If the value of the bfdSessAddr (an OID) has more that 111 sub-identifiers, then OIDs of column instances in this table will have more than 128 sub-identifiers and cannot be accessed using SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, or SNMPv3. Specifies the BFD index referred to by the indexes of this row. In essence, a mapping is provided between these indexes and the BFD session table. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 BFD scalar objects 63 BFD scalar objects The following table presents the BHFD scalar objects that are supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description bfdAdminStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The global administrative status of BFD in this router: • enabled(1) - BFD process is active on at least one interface. • disabled(2) - BFD is disabled on all interfaces. Default: enabled(1) bfdSessNotificationsEnable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.4 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write Indicates if notification messages are sent when BFD sessions are up and when they are down: • true(1) - Notification messages are sent. • false(2) - Notifications messages are not sent. Default: false(2) 625 Chapter 64 AppleTalk MIB Definition In this chapter • AppleTalk general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk socket priority table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk port zone filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk forwarding cache table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk zone table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • AppleTalk additional zone filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 629 630 631 632 633 633 The AppleTalk MIB objects in this chapter are supported only on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. AppleTalk general group The following table contains general objects of AppleTalk routing funtionalities. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATRoutingEnable brcdIp.1.2.10.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtATClearArpCache brcdIp.1.2.10.1.2 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write snRtATClearFwdCache brcdIp.1.2.10.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all learned data from non-local networks that is currently in the AppleTalk forward cache table will be cleared: • normal(0) – Data will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Data will be cleared. snRtATClearRoute brcdIp.1.2.10.1.4 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all learned routes and zones (non-local routes and zones) that currently resident in the AppleTalk route table will be cleared: • normal(0) – Data will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Data will be cleared. snRtATClearTrafficCount ers brcdIp.1.2.10.1.5 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if AppleTalk RTMP, ZIP, AEP, DDP, and AARP statistics counters will be cleared: • normal(0) – Counters will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Counters will be cleared. Indicates if AppleTalk routing functions are enabled on this device: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates if the cache will be cleared: normal(0) – Data in AppleTalk ARP cache table will not be cleared. clear(1) – Data in AppleTalk ARP cache table will be cleared. • • 627 64 AppleTalk general group Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATArpRetransmitCo unt brcdIp.1.2.10.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum number of times that a packet will be sent out for ARP cache informational updates. The packet is sent out until the information is received or the maximum amount defined has been reached. Valid values: 1 – 10 Default: 2 snRtATArpRetransmitInt erval brcdIp.1.2.10.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The number of seconds the device waits for an AppleTalk ARP response before sending out the next ARP packet. Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds Default: 1 second snRtATGleanPacketsEna Read-write ble brcdIp.1.2.10.1.8 Syntax: Integer 628 Indicates if the AppleTalk glean packets function is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the device tries to learn the MAC address from the packet instead of sending out an ARP request. Default: disabled(0) snRtATRtmpUpdateInter val brcdIp.1.2.10.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device sends RTMP updates on AppleTalk interfaces. Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds. Default: 10 seconds. snRtATZipQueryInterval brcdIp.1.2.10.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device transmits a ZIP query. Valid values: 1 – 1000 seconds Default: 10 seconds snRtATInRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of RTMP packets received by this device. snRtATOutRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of RTMP packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATFilteredRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of RTMP packets that were filtered by this device. snRtATInZipPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP packets that were received by this device. snRtATOutZipPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInZipGZLPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP get zone list packets that where received by this device. snRtATOutZipGZLPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP get zone list packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInZipNetInfoPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP network information packets that were received by this device. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 AppleTalk socket priority table 64 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATOutZipNetInfoPkt s brcdIp.1.2.10.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of ZIP network information packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams that were received by this device. snRtATOutDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams that were transmitted by this device. snRtATForwardedDdpPk ts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of input DDP datagrams whose DDP final destination was not this device. The device attempted to forward the datagrams to that final destination. snRtATInDeliveredDdpP kts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of input DDP datagrams whose final DDP destination is this device. snRtATDroppedNoRoute DdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams dropped because this device could not find a route to their final destination. snRtATDroppedBadHop CountsDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of input DDP datagrams that were dropped because this device was not their final destination and their hop count exceeded 15. snRtATDroppedOtherRe asonsDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams dropped for various reasons. For example, the device ran out of resources so the datagrams were dropped. snRtATInAarpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of AppleTalk ARP packets received by this device. snRtATOutAarpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.28 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of AppleTalk ARP packets that were transmitted by this device. AppleTalk socket priority table The following table shows the priority-level assigned to each QoS socket. By default, all AppleTalk sockets are in the best effort queue (chassis devices) or the normal queue (stackable devices). Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 629 64 AppleTalk port zone filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATSocketPriorityTable brcdIp.1.2.10.2 None AppleTalk socket priority table. snRtATSocketPrioritySocket brcdIp.1.2.10.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The socket number for an entry. There can be up to 254 entries. snRtATSocketPriorityPriority brcdIp.1.2.10.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the QoS priority for the socket. The priority level for a socket that applies to stackable devices: • low(0) – Low priority • high(1) – High priority The priority level for a socket that applies to Chassis devicecs: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3), • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) AppleTalk port zone filter table The AppleTalk Zone Filter Table shows if access to network zones is permitted or denied. 630 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATPortZoneFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.10.3 None AppleTalk port zone filter table. snRtATPortZoneFilterPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only Shows the port index for a zone filter entry. snRtATPortZoneFilterZone brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only snRtATPortZoneFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the zone name granted for this filter: 0 to 32 octets of AppleTalk ASCII if outside of AppleTalk • • Indicates what the device will do with the AppleTalk packet if it matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 AppleTalk port table 64 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATPortZoneFilterRtmpEnabl e brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) filtering is enabled on this device. RTMP filtering provides the zone filtering capability that allows devices to filter on a network. When this filter is enabled on an interface, the denied network numbers are removed from the RTMP packet before the packet is transmitted out of the interface. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtATPortZoneFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Create sa new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. AppleTalk port table The AppleTalk port table defines how long a MAC address learned by a port through ARP remains valid. The device resets the timer to zero each time the ARP entry is refreshed and removes the entry if the timer reaches the ARP age. ARP age is managed on an individual port basis. However, when you enter an ARP age value for a port and apply the change to the running-config file or save the change to the startup-config file, the change is saved as the global setting. If you try to set different values for different ports, the interface does not display an error message. Instead, the most recent value you enter before saving the configuration change becomes the global setting. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATPortTable brcdIp.1.2.10.4 None The AppleTalk port table. snRtATPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only The port index for port table entry. snRtATPortArpAge brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of minutes an ARP entry can be valid without relearning. This can be from 0 through 240 minutes. Default: 10 minutes. If this is set to 0, then the ARP entry will always relearn. snRtATPortState brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of this port: other(1) down(2) up(3) • • • 631 64 AppleTalk forwarding cache table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATPortSeedRouter brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows if this port is a seed or non-seed router: • other(1) • seedRouter(2) • nonSeedRouter(3) snRtATPortOperationMode Read-only brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Shows the operational state of this port: other(1) seedRouter(2) nonSeedRouter(3) notOperational(4) routingDisabled(5) • • • • • AppleTalk forwarding cache table The AppleTalk forwarding cache table contains data learned from non-local networks that is currently resident in the AppleTalk cache. 632 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATFwdCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.10.5 None AppleTalk forwarding cache table. snRtATFwdCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the table index for a table entry. snRtATFwdCacheNetAddr brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the AppleTalk network address of a station. snRtATFwdCacheMacAddr brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-only Shows the MAC address of an AppleTalk station. This object has six octets. snRtATFwdCacheNextHop brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the network address of the router in the next hop. snRtATFwdCacheOutgoingPo rt brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the outgoing port through which the packets will be forwarded. If set to zero, then no outgoing port has been defined. snRtATFwdCacheType brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the type of AppleTalk forwarding cache type: dynamic(1) permanent(2) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 AppleTalk zone table Name, OID, and syntax Access snRtATFwdCacheAction brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only snRtATFwdCacheVLanId brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only 64 Description Determines what the device will do if a match if found: other(1) forward(2) forUs(3) waitForArp(4) dropPacket(5) • • • • • Shows the ID of the VLAN associated with this entry. If set to zero, then no VLAN is associated with this entry. AppleTalk zone table The AppleTalk zone table shows the network numbers and zones learned on the network. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATZoneTable brcdIp.1.2.10.6 None AppleTalk zone table. snRtATZoneIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the table index for an AppleTalk zone table entry. snRtATZoneNetStart brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.2 Syntax: ATNetworkNumber Read-only Shows the first AppleTalk network address in the range under this zone name. (Refer to the “snRtATZoneName” object.) snRtATZoneNetEnd brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.3 Syntax: ATNetworkNumber Read-only Shows the last AppleTalk network addresses in the range under this zone name. snRtATZoneName brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the zone’s name. There can be up to 32 characters in this object. AppleTalk additional zone filter table The AppleTalk additional zone filter table contains information about zones that do not match any zones defined in the “AppleTalk zone table” on page 633. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snRtATAddZoneFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.10.7 None The AppleTalk additional zone filter table. snRtATAddZoneFilterPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read-only Shows the port index for an additional zone filter table entry. 633 64 634 AppleTalk additional zone filter table Name, OID, and syntax Access snRtATAddZoneFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtATAddZoneFilterRtmpEnable brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Indicates what the device will do when a match is found: deny(0) permit(1) • • Indicates if RTMP filtering on an additional zone is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 65 Layer 4 Switch Group MIB Definition In this chapter • Layer 4 general MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Server load balancing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Server load balancing traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Hot standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Enabling or disabling Layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Server cache groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • GSLB group global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer4 bind table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 4 policy table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 4 policy port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Layer 4 trap variable binding table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Web cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Web cache group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Web cache traffic statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Web uncached traffic statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Web cache real server port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server history control table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server history group table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server port history control group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real server port history group table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server history control group table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server port history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual server port history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 636 637 637 638 638 640 642 642 643 645 646 648 649 650 652 654 655 656 657 658 659 661 662 663 664 665 666 668 669 670 672 673 635 65 Layer 4 general MIBs NOTE The objects in this chapter are supported only on the ServerIron devices. The following tables have been replaced in real server objects: • The real server table (snL4RealServerTable) has been deprecated and replaced by the real server configuration table (snL4RealServerCfg). • The real server port table (snL4RealServerPortTable) has been replaced by the real server port configuration table (snL4RealServerPortCfg). • The real server status table (snL4RealServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the real server statistics table (snL4RealServerStatistic). • The real server port status table (snL4RealServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the real server port statistics table (snL4RealServerPortStatisticTable). The following tables have been replaced in virtual server objects: • The virtual server table (snL4VirtualServerTable) has been replaced by the virtual server configuration table (snL4VirtualServerCfg). • The virtual server port table (snL4VirtualServerPortTable) has been replaced by the virtual server port configuration table (snL4VirtualServerPortCfg). • The virtual server status table (snL4VirtualServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the virtual server statistics table (snL4VirtualServerStatistic). • The virtual server port status table (snL4VirtualServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the virtual server port statistics table (snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable). Layer 4 general MIBs The following objects define TCP and UDP sessions in a ServerIron device. 636 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4MaxSessionLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the maximum number of active sessions the ServerIron device allows. An active session is an entry in the ServerIron session table. A UDP or TCP session that has become idle but has not yet timed out (according to the UDP or TCP age timer) is an active session in the table. Valid values: 0 - 1,000,000 Default: Depends on the target system configuration snL4TcpSynLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the maximum number of TCP SYN requests per second per real server that the ServerIron device is allowed to send. A TCP SYN request is a packet that a client sends to request a TCP connection to the server. Limiting the number of TCP SYN requests that can be sent to the server each second protects the ServerIron device from TCP SYN request attacks. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 65535 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Server load balancing table 65 Server load balancing table The following objects define TCP and UDP sessions in a ServerIron device. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4slbGlobalSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the method the ServerIron device uses to select a real server for client request: • leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron device sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest number of active connections with clients. • roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron device sends the request to each server in rotation, regardless of how many connections each server has. • weighted(3) – The ServerIron device uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real server. The weights are based on the number of entries the ServerIron device has for each server in the sessions table. Default: leastconnection(1) snL4slbTotalConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of client connections on the ServerIron device since its last reboot. A connection consists of two sessions: client-to-server session and server-to-client session. snL4slbLimitExceeds brcdIp.1.1.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of times the TCP SYN requests from clients exceeded the configured “snL4TcpSynLimit” value. Server load balancing traffic information Server Load Balancing (SLB) is based on associations between real servers and virtual servers. The real servers are your application servers. The virtual servers have one or more virtual IP addresses (VIPs). You associate a real server with a virtual server by binding TCP or UDP ports on the real servers with TCP or UDP ports on the virtual server. When a client sends a TCP or UDP request for a port on the virtual server, the ServerIron device sends the client’s request to the real server. The following objects provide information on the SLB traffic packets that were transmitted between the server and the clients. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4slbForwardTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets sent by clients to the server. snL4slbReverseTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets sent by servers to clients. Generally, this value is 0 unless the client is using FTP or another application that causes the server to initiate connections. 637 65 Session Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4slbDrops brcdIp.1.1.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the total number of packets dropped by the ServerIron device. This statistic includes the following: • TCP Resets – Resets sent by the ServerIron device. • Forward Resets – Resets from the client. • Unsuccessful requests – Requests sent to a TCP or UDP port that is not bound to the request’s destination VIP. snL4slbDangling brcdIp.1.1.4.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of old types of connections. For use by Brocade technical support. snL4slbDisableCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron device dropped because they were sent by a client to a VIP port that is bound to a disabled real server port. snL4slbAged brcdIp.1.1.4.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the total number of TCP and UDP sessions that have been aged out and closed. A session ages out when the age timer configured on the ServerIron device expires. snL4slbFinished brcdIp.1.1.4.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-only The total number of TCP connections that are either in the FIN or RST state. Session The following table contains object that define a session in a ServerIron device. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4FreeSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of sessions that are still available for use. This number is the maximum number of sessions configured, minus the number of active sessions. Hot standby Hot standby redundancy is a backup feature that allows a ServerIron device to serve as an automatic backup for another ServerIron device. Each hot-standby pair consists of two ServerIron devices. One ServerIron device serves as the primary or active ServerIron device, and the other serves as the secondary or standby ServerIron device. The standby ServerIron device becomes active only if the primary ServerIron device fails due to loss of power or loss of data path. The active and standby ServerIron devices must have the same SLB or TCS configuration and share the same virtual MAC address. The shared MAC address can be selected from the available pool on either the active ServerIron device or the standby ServerIron device. The following objects apply to the hot standby redundancy feature. 638 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Hot standby 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4BackupInterface brcdIp.1.1.4.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Identifies which port is the hot standby port. This is the port that serves as a private link between the active and the redundant ServerIrons. The ServerIrons use this port to monitor any failover and to communicate those events to the standby. Valid values: 0 – 26 snL4BackupMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.1.15 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Identifies the associated MAC address for the backup monitoring port. The active and backup ServerIron must have the same MAC address. snL4Active brcdIp.1.1.4.1.16 Syntax: L4flag Read-only The “snL4Redundancy” object and this object are the same. Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby: • false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. • true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. snL4Redundancy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-only The “snL4Active” object and this object are the same. Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby: • false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. • true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. snL4Backup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.18 Syntax: L4flag Read-only Indicates if the ServerIron is the backup (standby) ServerIron: • false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. • true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. snL4BecomeActive brcdIp.1.1.4.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from standby to active. snL4BecomeStandBy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from active to standby. snL4BackupState brcdIp.1.1.4.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the state of the backup or redundancy link of the active or standby ServerIron: • slbSyncComplete(0) – Synchronization is complete. • slbSyncReqMap(1) – Port map has been synchronized. • slbSyncreqMac(2) – MAC addresses have been synchronized. • slbSyncreqServers(3) – Server information has been synchronized. • slbSyncReqL4(4) – L4 packets have been synchronized. snL4NoPDUSent brcdIp.1.1.4.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of Layer 4 or MAC-layer PDUs sent. snL4NoPDUCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of missed Layer 4 or MAC-layer PDUs. snL4NoPortMap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.24 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of missed port map PDUs, which are PDUs used by ServerIron to discover information about the maps on the other ServerIron. NOTE: This object is not supported. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 639 65 Enabling or disabling Layer 4 traps Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4unsuccessfulConn brcdIp.1.1.4.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of packets that were dropped due to one of the following reasons: • A deny filter configured on the switch matched the packet, causing the switch to drop the packet. • A client requested a TCP or UDP port that is not bound on the virtual interface. snL4PingInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows how often the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 IP ping to test the basic health and reachability of the real servers. This object allows you to change the interval between the ping packets. Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds Default: 2 seconds snL4PingRetry brcdIp.1.1.4.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of times the ServerIron resends a ping to a real server that is not responding before the server fails the health check. Valid values: 2 – 10 tries Default: 4 tries snL4TcpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many minutes a TCP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron disconnects the session. Changing the value of this object affects only the new TCP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred. This object globally sets the age for all TCP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI. Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes Default: 30 minutes snL4UdpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.29 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many minutes a UDP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron closes the session. Changing the value of this object affects only the new UDP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred. This object globally sets the age for all UDP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI. Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes Default: 5 minutes Enabling or disabling Layer 4 traps The following objects enable or disable traps for Layer 4 functionalities. 640 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Enabling or disabling Layer 4 traps Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4EnableMaxSessionLimitR eachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of connections has been reached: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableTcpSynLimitReach edTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of TCP SYN request has been reached: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerDownTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerPortUpT rap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerPortDo wnTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.35 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerMaxCon nLimitReachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.36 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server reaches its maximum number of connections: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableBecomeStandbyTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.37 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from active to standby: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableBecomeActiveTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from standby to active: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4slbRouterInterfacePortMa sk brcdIp.1.1.4.1.39 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the router interface port mask. This object is not used or supported. 641 65 Server cache groups Server cache groups All cache servers must belong to a cache group. The ServerIron device uses a hashing algorithm to distribute HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or otherwise out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron device detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. Up to four server cache groups can be assigned to a ServerIron device. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the maximum number of Web cache groups that can be configured on this ServerIron. snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.41 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the maximum number of Web cache servers that a Web cache group can have. snL4WebCacheStateful brcdIp.1.1.4.1.42 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Web cache servers cache-stateful. NOTE: This object is not supported. GSLB group global The following table contains the objects of Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB) group table. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIpUp Trap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.43 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIpDo wnTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.44 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps whenever GSLB determines that the IP address belonging to a domain name for which the ServerIron is providing GSLB is DOWN: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIpPor Read-write tUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.45 Syntax: Integer 642 Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access 65 Description snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIpPor Read-write tDownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.46 Syntax: Integer Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address fails its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSiDo wnTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.47 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSiUpT Read-write rap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.48 Syntax: Integer Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiDownTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.49 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB ServerIron to the remote ServerIron is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.50 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB ServerIron to remote the ServerIron is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4slbRouterInterfacePortList brcdIp.1.1.4.1.51 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Shows the router interface port list. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big-endian order. The first 8 bits indicate the slot number, the other 8 bits indicate the port number. Virtual server configuration table The virtual server configuration table allows you to configure virtual servers on the ServerIron devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1 None Virtual server configuration table. snL4VirtualServerCfgVirtualIP brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the virtual server IP address. snL4VirtualServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be unique among the other virtual servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets 643 65 644 Virtual server configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Indicates if the virtual server feature is enabled on the ServerIron: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snL4VirtualServerCfgSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the load-balancing or Session Distribution Algorithm (SDA) method that the ServerIron uses to select a real server for a client request. The following methods are supported: • default(0) – The ServerIron uses the global SDAType configured (snL4SlbGlobalSDAType). • leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest active connections with clients. • roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron sends the request to each real server in rotation, regardless of how many connections or sessions each real server has. • weighted(3) – The ServerIron uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real servers. The weights are based on the number of session table entries the switch has for each server. Default: default(0) snL4VirtualServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.5 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Real server configuration table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.6 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only Shows the state of the port being deleted: • done(0) – The port is deleted. • waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. • waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. snL4VirtualServerCfgSymPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write When a pair of SLB switches are configured to provide redundancy for individual virtual IP addresses (VIPs), a symmetric SLB priority must be specified on each switch for each of the VIPs. The switch with the higher priority for a given VIP is the default active switch for that VIP. The other switch is the default standby for the VIP. It is recommended that you use a priority of 2 (instead of 1) as a low priority or 254 (instead of 255) as a high priority. This method would make it easy to force a failover of the high priority switch to a low priority switch by simply changing the priority on one of the switches. For example, you can force a failover by changing the priority on the high priority switch from 254 to 1. because the priority on the low priority switch is 2, the low priority switch takes over for the VIP. Likewise, you can force the low priority switch to take over by changing its priority to 255, because the priority on the high priority switch is only 254. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 0 Real server configuration table The real server configuration table shows the configuration of real servers. A real server is an application server that is load-balanced by the SLB switch. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1 None Real server configuration table. snL4RealServerCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the real server. snL4RealServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Shows the name of the real server. This name must be unique among the real server names. Valid values: 1– 32 octets snL4RealServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Enables or disables the real server: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4RealServerCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the maximum number of connections the ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a real server. When a real server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent. When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent. Valid values: 0 – 1000000 Default: 1000000 645 65 Virtual server port configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerCfgWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the server's weight relative to other real servers. This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. Set this object to 0 to disable it if a weight based on the server response time is desired. Valid values: 0 – 65000. Setting this object to 0 disables it. Default: 1 snL4RealServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.6 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snL4RealServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.7 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only snL4RealServerCfgSrcNat brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state • • • Returns the string “src-nat” if source NAT for the real server is configured; otherwise, the display is empty if source NAT is not configured. Virtual server port configuration table The virtual server port configuration table contains all the ports configured for the virtual server. The virtual server port configuration table allows you to configure attributes for individual ports and override global attributes for those ports. 646 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1 None Virtual Server Port Configuration table. snL4VirtualServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Indicates the IP address of the virtual server where the port is located. snL4VirtualServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the port that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections from clients. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4VirtualServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be different from the names of other virtual servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server port configuration table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.4 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Enables or disables the port on the virtual server for accepting client requests and load balancing those requests among the real servers: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: enable(1) snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the “sticky” feature. If enabled, the ServerIron sends all requests from the same client to this application and to the same real server during the current session. By default, the ServerIron sends a client request to the next available real server, based on the load balancing method. This is true regardless of whether the client has already sent a request for the same application. If the switch has to send all of a client’s requests for a given application to the same real server during a client session with the server, set this object to enable(1) for the application port. Set this object and the “snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent” object to enable(1), on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive FTP: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: disable(0) snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the port for concurrent connections. A port that allows concurrent connections can have more than one connection open to the same client at the same time. The concurrent feature allows a client to have sessions on different application ports on the same real server at the same time. When an application port is enabled to be concurrent, the real server can open additional concurrent TCP or UDP sessions with the client using arbitrary TCP or UDP port numbers. Set this object and the “snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky” object to enable(1) on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive FTP: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: disable(0) 647 65 Real server port configuration table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.7 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snL4VirtualServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.8 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. • • • Real server port configuration table The real server port table contains all the ports that have been configured for the real server. The real server port configuration table also shows information for remote servers. Most attributes are configured globally for the server’s port. The following table allows you to change individual port attributes and override global settings. 648 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1 None Real server port table. snL4RealServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the IP address for the server. snL4RealServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Specifies the name of the server. This name must be unique among the other servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4RealServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the port that the server port uses to listen for connections. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4RealServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.4 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Enables or disables the application port on the server: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Layer4 bind table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.5 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snL4RealServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.6 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only snL4RealServerPortCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state • • • Defines the maximum number of connections allowed per port. Enter a value up to 1000000. Layer4 bind table NOTE This table has been deprecated and use the snL4VirtualServerBindTable instead. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4BindTable brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1 None The Bind table. snL4BindIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The index for this entry. This must be unique and care must be taken to assign an unused index when creating an entry. snL4BindVirtualServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Indicates the name of the virtual server. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4BindVirtualPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TCP or UDP port number on the virtual server that will be bound to the real server. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4BindRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.4 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Indicates the name of the real server that has been configured on the ServerIron. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets 649 65 Virtual server statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4BindRealPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TCP or UDP port number of the real server to which the virtual port is bound. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4BindRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Virtual server statistics table The virtual server statistics table contains statistics for all the virtual servers configured in the ServerIron. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1 None Virtual server statistic table. snL4VirtualServerStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticName brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Shows the name of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitPkts Read-only brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTotalConnect Read-only ions brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Shows the number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was booted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceiveByte s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 650 Read-only The number of bytes the switch has received from the real server. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitByte Read-only s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 65 Description The number of bytes the switch has sent to the real server snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows which ServerIron is the active one: other(3) – Not the active ServerIron active(5) – Active ServerIron snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricPr iority brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the Symmetric SLB priority configured on the ServerIron. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricK eep brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only This object is applicable only to the active ServerIrons. Shows the number of times an symmetric SLB backup has failed to communicate with the active ServerIron. By default, the counter is incremented by 1 every 400 milliseconds, if the backup switch is responding slowly to the active switch’s keepalive message. The counter is reset to 0 each time the backup switch replies to a keepalive message. If the counter exceeds the maximum number allowed (20 by default, thus 8 seconds), the standby switch takes over as the new active switch. Normally, this field almost always contains 0. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc Read-only tivates brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter The number of times this ServerIron has become the active switch. • • snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricIn actives brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from being the active switch to the backup switch. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricB estStandbyMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.13 Syntax: Physical address Read-only Shows the MAC address of the backup ServerIron with the second-highest priority. This ServerIron will become the active switch if a failover occurs. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc Read-only tiveMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.14 Syntax: Physical address Shows the MAC address of the active ServerIron with the highest priority. This ServerIron will become the backup switch if a failover occurs. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortList Read-only brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.15 Syntax: DisplayString Virtual port track group port list. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortSta te brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Shows the port track-group state. Valid values: • none(0) - The track-group port list is empty. • up(1) • suspect(2) Read-only 651 65 Virtual server port statistics table Virtual server port statistics table The virtual server port statistics table contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the virtual servers. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1 None The Virtual server port statistics table. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP address of the virtual server to which the port is located. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPort brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The port number that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticServerN ame brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Shows the name of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticCurrentC Read-only onnection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Read-only The number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTotalCon nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPeakCon Read-only nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer The highest number of connections the VIP has had at any time. Real server port statistics table The real server port statistics table contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the real servers. 652 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1 None Real server port statistic table. snL4RealServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP address of the server where the port is located. snL4RealServerPortStatisticP ort brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The port number that the server uses to listen for connections. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server port statistics table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticS erverName brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Shows the name of the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR eassignCount brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another server in the rotation because the server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYN requests from the client. snL4RealServerPortStatisticSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the operational state of the server when the statistics were obtained: • disabled(0) – This value is not used. • enabled(1) – There is no link to the server. The server is configured on the ServerIron, but is not physically connected to the ServerIron. • failed(2) – The server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings). Typically, a server changes to the failed(2) state from the suspect(4) state. • testing(3) – The server is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of the application ports on the server has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to reach the application indefinitely. If the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain testing(3) as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check. • suspect(4) – The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 health check (ping) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object, the ServerIron changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping, up to the number of retries specified by the “snL4PingRetry” object. If the server still does not respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6). • shutdown(5) – The forced-shutdown option has been used to gracefully shut down the server. • active(6) – The server has responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping), and all the services on the server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks. • unbound(7) – The unbind action is complete. • awaitUnbind(8) – The unbind action has been issued and is waiting for completion. • awaitDelete(9) – The delete action has been issued and is waiting for completion. Await actions occur because ServerIron sends a command from MP to all BPs and needs to wait for all BPs to have gracefully synced with other BPs that, for example, are deleting real servers, and so on. 653 65 Layer 4 policy table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticF ailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only This object applies only to a port whose operational state is failed(2). Shows the number of seconds that has elapsed since the last time the port tried to re-establish connection with the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticC urrentConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Shows the number of client connections currently on this port of the server. A connection consists of two sessions; the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortStatisticTo talConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets that the ServerIron has received from the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has received from the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx Bytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has sent to the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticP eakConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the highest number of simultaneous client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Layer 4 policy table The Layer 4 policy table allows you to configure Layer 4 policies and specify the ports to which they will be applied. 654 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4PolicyTable brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1 None Layer 4 policy table. snL4PolicyId brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies the ID of the policy. Valid values: 1 – 64 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Layer 4 policy port access table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4PolicyPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the priority of the policy in the ServerIron. Standalone stackable ServerIrons have the following priorities: • normal(0) – Normal priority • high(1) – High priority • cache(2) – Priority for cache • transparent(3) – Priority for transparent Non-stackable ServerIron Layer 4 priority values: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snL4PolicyScope brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snL4PolicyProtocol brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the policy is for UDP or TCP: • udp(0) • tcp(1) snL4PolicyPort brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the TCP or UDP port number to which this policy will be applied. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4PolicyRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Indicates if the policy applies to one or all ports: global(0) – Applies to all ports. local(1) – Applies to one port. • • Layer 4 policy port access table The Layer 4 policy port access table lists all access policy entries. These access policies are applied to IP interfaces (ports) that have Layer 4 IP policies configured on them. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4PolicyPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1 None The IP Layer 4 policy interface (port) access table. 655 65 Layer 4 trap variable binding table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4PolicyPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The IP interface (port) to which the Layer 4 policy applies. snL4PolicyPortAccessList brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.2 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write This list consists of the policies configured in “snL4PolicyTable”. Each octet in the list contains a valid ID number (“snL4PolicyId”) that identifies a policy in snL4PolicyTable. That policy must have been created prior to the using this object. Valid values: 1 – 64 octets snL4PolicyPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Layer 4 trap variable binding table The following table contains the configuration of the Layer 4 trap variable binding. 656 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4TrapRealServerIP brcdIp.1.1.4.13.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Real server IP address. snL4TrapRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.13.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Real server name. snL4TrapRealServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.13.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Transport protocol port number of the real server. snL4TrapRealServerCurConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.13.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Real server current connections. snL4TrapLinkName brcdIp.1.1.4.13.5 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-only Name of the link. snL4LinkVirtualInterface brcdIp.1.1.4.13.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Link virtual interface. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Web cache table 65 Web cache table A Web cache server is an application server that is load-balanced by the Server Load Balancing (SLB) switch. The following table contains the configuration of the Web cache servers in the network. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1 None Web cache table. snL4WebCacheIP brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Indicates the IP address of the real server that is serving as the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheName brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Name of the real server that is serving as the Web cache server. This name must be unique among other Web cache server names. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4WebCacheAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Indicates if the TCS feature is enabled in the real server that is serving as the Web cache server: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) – When TCS is enabled, the feature detects HTTP traffic addressed for output to the Internet and redirects the traffic to the CPU. The CPU processes the traffic and forwards it to the Web cache servers instead. NOTE: You cannot enable TCS on both a global (switch) and local (interface) basis. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snL4WebCacheMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write The maximum number of connections the ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a Web cache server. When a Web cache server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent. When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent. Valid values: 0 – 1000000 Default: 1000000 snL4WebCacheWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the Web cache server’s least-connections weight. This parameter specifies the server's weight relative to other Web cache servers in terms of the number of connections on the server. This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. However, if a weight based on the server response time is desired, this parameter must be disabled (set to 0). Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 1 657 65 Web cache group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.6 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. snL4WebCacheDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.7 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only Shows the state of the port being deleted: • done(0) – The port is deleted. • waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. • waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. Web cache group table The Web cache group table lists the configured group of Web cache servers on the ServerIron. The ServerIron uses a hashing algorithm to distribute the incoming HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available Web cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. The “snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup” object defines the maximum number of Web cache servers that can be configured in a group. The “snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup” object defines the maximum number of cache groups that can be configured on a Web cache server. 658 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1 None Web Cache Group table. snL4WebCacheGroupId brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the ID of an entry in the Web cache group entry. Valid values: 1 value of the “snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup” object. snL4WebCacheGroupName brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Shows the name of the Web cache group. This name must be unique among the Web cache group names. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets. snL4WebCacheGroupWebCacheIpList brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.3 Syntax: OCTET STRING Read-write Contains a list of IP addresses of the Web cache servers in the group. Valid values: The maximum number of IP addresses that a group can contain is equal to the value of the “snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup” object. Each IP address contains up to four octets. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Web cache traffic statistics table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheGroupDestMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination hash-mask for the Web cache group. The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask (“snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask”) to forward the requests to the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular website is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimize duplication of content on the Web cache servers. Default: 255.255.255.0 snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source hash-mask for the Web cache group. The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask (“snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask”) to forward the requests to the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular website is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimize duplication of content on the Web cache servers. Default: 0.0.0.0 snL4WebCacheGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the Web cache group feature is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4WebCacheGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.7 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Web cache traffic statistics table The Web cache traffic statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go to the Web cache server. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheTrafficStats Table brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1 None Web cache traffic statistics table. snL4WebCacheTrafficIp brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheTrafficPort brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections. Valid values: 0 – 65535 659 65 660 Web cache traffic statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheCurrConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of the active connections between the clients and the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheTotalConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the total number of connections between clients and the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets sent from the client or the Web server to the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server. snL4WebCacheTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of octets sent from the client or Web server to the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of octets sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server. snL4WebCachePortState brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.9 Syntax: WebCacheState Read-only Shows the operational state of the server port: disabled(0) – This state has been deprecated. enabled(1) – The server is ready. There is no physical link to the Web cache server. The Web cache server is configured on the ServerIron, but is not physically connected to the ServerIron. • failed(2) – The server failed. The Web cache server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings. Typically, a real server changes from the suspect(4) state to the failed(2) state. • testing(3) – The Web cache server is in testing mode. It is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of its application ports has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron, or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to the reach the application indefinitely. Thus, if the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain in the testing(3) state as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check.. • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Web uncached traffic statistics table Name, OID, and syntax Access 65 Description • snL4WebCachePortState (continued) • • suspect(4) – The Web cache server is responding slowly. The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the Web cache servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a ping (Layer 3 health check) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object), the ServerIron changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping. The ping will be sent up to the number of retries specified by the ping retries parameter (configured in the “snL4PingRetry” object). If the server still does not respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6). shutdown(5) – The Web cache server has been forced to shut down. This option is used to gracefully shut down the Web cache server. active(6) – The Web cache server responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping), and all the services on the real server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7 health checks. Web uncached traffic statistics table The Web uncached traffic statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go directly to the Web server. Client requests are directed to the Web server when the Web cache server is not available. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebUncachedTrafficStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1 None Web uncached traffic statistics table. snL4WebServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the ServerIron port that is attached to the Web servers. This port is typically the port attached to the Border Access Point (BAP) router that goes to the rest of the network or to the Internet. snL4WebClientPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Identifies the SLB switch port or Web client port, which connects the client to the ServerIron. snL4WebUncachedTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of uncached packets sent from the client port to the Web server. snL4WebUncachedRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of uncached packets tsent from the Web server to the client port. snL4WebUncachedTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of uncached octets sent from the client port to the Web server. 661 65 Web cache real server port table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebUncachedRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of uncached octets sent from the Web server to the client port. snL4WebServerPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the name of the Web server port. Valid values: Up to 16 characters snL4WebClientPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Shows the name of the Web client port. Valid values: Up to 16 characters Web cache real server port table The Web cache real server port table consists of all the ports configured for the real server. Most attributes are configured globally for the port. Some additional and overriding local attributes can be configured in this table. 662 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4WebCachePortTable brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1 None Web cache server port table. snL4WebCachePortServerIp brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the IP address of the Web cache server. snL4WebCachePortPort brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4WebCachePortAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write snL4WebCachePortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.4 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write snL4WebCachePortDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.5 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read-only Indicates if the Web cache server port is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Controls the management of the table rows. The following values can be written: • delete(3) – Deletes the row. • create(4) – Creates a new row. • modify(5) – Modifies an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row. • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative. • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid. Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table 65 GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table The Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB) enables a ServerIron to add intelligence to authoritative Domain Name System (DNS) servers by serving as a proxy to the servers. As a DNS proxy, the GSLB ServerIron evaluates the server IP addresses in the replies from the DNS server for which the ServerIron is a proxy. Based on the results of the evaluation, the GSLB ServerIron can change the order of the addresses in the reply so that the “best” host address for the client is first on the list. The GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table contains the configuration of ServerIrons that act as DNS proxies to the clients. They also intercept the IP addresses replied by the DNS authoritative servers to select the best address for the requesting client. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1 None GSLB remote ServerIron configuration table. snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronIP brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the management IP address of the remote ServerIron in a site. This address must not be any of the configured VIPs. snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronPr eference brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the preference of a remote ServerIron. This metric is a numeric preference value, that is assigned to each site ServerIron. It is used to select that ServerIron if the previous metrics do not select a best site. The GSLB policy prefers the site ServerIron with the highest administrative preference. The preference ServerIron to do the following. • Temporarily change the preference of a ServerIron site to accommodate changing network conditions. For example, if sites are offering proxy content service, the link between a site proxy server farm and the content origin may be highly congested, making that site less desirable. This factor is not visible to the ServerIrons and thus cannot be reflected in the other GSLB metrics. • Temporarily disqualify a site ServerIron from being selected, without otherwise changing the site configuration or the GSLB ServerIron configuration. For example, maintenance can be performed on the site ServerIron without making network changes. In this case, set the preference to 0. • A GSLB ServerIron can be biased; that is, it can be configured as a site ServerIron (for locally configured VIPs) to always favor itself as the best site. In this case, assign a preference of 255 to the site for the GSLB ServerIron itself, and assign a lower preference to the other site ServerIrons, or use the default (128) for those sites. The administrative preference is disabled by default, which means it is not included as one of the GSLB metrics. When this metric is enabled, the default administrative preference for sites is applied. It can be changed on an individual site basis. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 128 663 65 Real server history control table Real server history control table The real server history control table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for real servers. 664 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryControlTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1 None Real server history control table snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server on the ServerIron. Valid values: Up to 65535 entries. snL4RealServerHistoryControlData Source brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server on this ServerIron. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of data samples actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Real server history group table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterv al brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. snL4RealServerHistoryControlOwne r brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatu s brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of this entry: • valid(1) • createRequest(2) • underCreation(3) • invalid(4) – When the entry is set to this state, it will be deleted from the table. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; thus, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds Real server history group table The real server history group table contains historical data samples that were collected for real servers. Each counter in this table counts the same event as the counters used by snL4RealServerStatisticEntry; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a cumulative sum of a sampling period. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2 None Real server history group table. snL4RealServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index entry as identified by “snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex”. snL4RealServerHistorySampleInd ex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 2,147,483,647 samples. 665 65 Real server port history control group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryIntervalSta rt brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, because each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. snL4RealServerHistoryReceivePk ts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4RealServerHistoryTransmitP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4RealServerHistoryTotalConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerHistoryCurConnec Read-only tions brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerHistoryPeakConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerHistoryReassign ments brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another real server in the rotation because the real server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYN requests from the client. Real server port history control group table The real server port history control group table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a real server port. 666 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3 None Real server port history control table. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server port on the ServerIron. Valid values: Up to 65535 entries. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Real server port history control group table Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server port on this ServerIron. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of data samples actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; thus, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds 667 65 Real server port history group table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of this entry: valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3) invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is set to this state. • • • • Real server port history group table The real server port history group table contains history data samples for each port on the real server. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4 None Real server port history group table. snL4RealServerPortHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index entry as identified by “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlIndex”. snL4RealServerPortHistorySampl eIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 2,147,483,647 samples. snL4RealServerPortHistoryInterv alStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, because each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. 668 snL4RealServerPortHistoryReceiv ePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4RealServerPortHistoryTrans mitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the real server. snL4RealServerPortHistoryTotalC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server history control group table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryCurCo nnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortHistoryPeakC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortHistoryRespo nseTime brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the round trip time for a response from a real server on this port. Virtual server history control group table The virtual server history control group table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for virtual servers. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5 None Virtual server history control group table. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server on the ServerIron. This object can have up to 65535 entries. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlDa taSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in the “snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 669 65 Virtual server history table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of data samples actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInt erval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; thus, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlOw Read-write ner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlSt atus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. The state of this entry: valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3) invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is changed to this state. • • • • Virtual server history table The virtual server history g table contains historical data samples that were collected for virtual servers. Each counter in this table identifies the same event as the counters used by “snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable”; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a cumulative sum of a sampling period. 670 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server history table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6 None Virtual server history table. snL4VirtualServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index entry as identified by “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIndex”. snL4VirtualServerHistorySampleIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 2,147,483,647 samples. snL4VirtualServerHistoryIntervalSt Read-only art brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, because each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snL4VirtualServerHistoryReceiveP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerHistoryTransmit Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerHistoryTotalCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerHistoryCurConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerHistoryPeakCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. 671 65 Virtual server port history control table Virtual server port history control table The virtual server port history control table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a virtual server port. 672 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7 None Virtual server port history control table. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server port on the ServerIron. This object can have up to 65535 entries. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server port on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in “snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of data samples actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Virtual server port history table 65 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of this entry: • valid(1) • createRequest(2) • underCreation(3) • invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if its state changes to this state. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; thus, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds Virtual server port history table The virtual server port history table contains history data samples for each port on the virtual server. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8 None Virtual server port history table. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the index entry as identified by “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlIndex”. snL4VirtualServerPortHistorySam pleIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 2,147,483,647 samples. 673 65 Virtual server port history table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryInter valStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read-only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, because each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryRece ivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.4 Syntax: Counter 674 Read-only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server port. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTrans Read-only mitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.5 Syntax: Counter Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTotal Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCurC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryPeak Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Chapter 66 Wireless MIB Definition In this chapter • General MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • WiFi interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Roaming peer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Access Point ADC table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPN passthrough server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPN passthrough filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VPN passthrough policy table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 676 677 677 678 678 679 General MIB objects The wgGroup object contains MIB objects for wireless LAN features. NOTE Wireless MIB objects are not supported on Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, Brocade NetIron CER series, and on the FastIron devices. The following table lists the general MIB objects for the wireless feature support. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgMobilityId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the wireless mobility domain to which this WLAN controller belongs. Valid value: 1 - 65535. Enter 0 to remove from a wireless mobility domain. wgVpnPTDeletePolicy brcdIp.1.1.3.23.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Deletes a VPN passthrough policy from the WLAN controller. Enter a valid VPN passthrough policy ID to remove the policy. 675 66 WiFi interface table WiFi interface table The WiFi interface table controls the wireless feature support on a WLAN controller. 676 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2 None WiFi interface table wgIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of the switch interface. wgIfWirelessEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the wireless feature support on an interface: other(1) enable(2) disable(3) The default is disable(3). wgIfPnPLearnNewAP brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used by the Automatic Discovery and Configuration (ADC) feature. Enables or disables the ability of an interface to learn new access points: • other(1) • enable(2) • disable(3) wgIfAutoPortDisable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is for the Automatic Port Deactivation feature. If set to enable, the interface is automatically disabled if the link status of the interface changes: • other(1) • enable(2) • disable(3) wgIfVpnPTPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object binds a VPN Pass through policy to the interface. To bind an interface to a VPN passthrough policy, enter its policy ID. It must be a valid policy number that is larger than zero. To unbind an interface to a VPN passthrough policy, enter zero for the policy ID. wgIfFullCompRoamingEna ble brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if full compatibility tunneling mode is enabled on the interface: • other(1) – Other. • enable(2) – Full compatibility tunneling is enabled. • disable(3) – Full compatibility tunneling is disabled. High performance tunneling is used. • • • Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Roaming peer table 66 Roaming peer table The roaming peer table shows information about the WLAN controller peers in a wireless mobility configuration. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgRoamingPeerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3 None Roaming peer table. wgRoamingPeerIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP address of a peer. wgRoamingPeerConnection Status brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only wgRoamingPeerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the connection: other(1) configured(2) established(3) • • • Shows the state of the row in the peer row table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Access Point ADC table The Access Point (AP) Automatic Discovery and Configuration (ADC) table defines the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway of the access point that will be assigned to an access point with the specified MAC address. This information can be pre-configured on an interface of a WLAN controller. When the access point that has the matching MAC address is attached to the interface, the pre-configured IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are assigned to that access point. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgPnPTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4 None AP ADC table. wgPnPIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of the switch interface. wgPnPMacAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only MAC address of the attached AP. wgPnPIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write IP address of the attached AP. wgPnPIpMask brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Subnet mask of the attached AP. 677 66 VPN passthrough server table Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgPnPIpDefaultGw brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Default gateway of the attached AP. wgPnPStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only wgPnPRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of the access point that is defined for the interface: other(1) discovered(2) – The WLAN controller discovered a new access point that has not been configured. • configured(3) – The access point’s IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway have been defined on the interface, but the access point with the matching MAC address is not attached to the interface. • operational(4) – The access point’s IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway have been defined on the interface and the access point with the matching MAC address is attached to the interface and is operational. • • Creates, deletes or modifies a row in the AP ADC table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) modify(5) • • • • • VPN passthrough server table The VPN passthrough server table contains the VPN policies that have been configured on the WLAN controller. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgVpnPTServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5 None VPN passthrough server table. wgVpnPTServerPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of a VPN passthrough policy. The value of this object must be greater than zero. wgVpnPTServerIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP address of the VPN server that will be used to terminate VPN traffic that goes through this switch. wgVpnPTServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a row in the VPN passthrough server table: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) VPN passthrough filter table The VPN passthrough filter table shows the VPN passthrough policies and the action the policy takes when it encounters VPN traffic that matches the policy. 678 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 VPN passthrough policy table 66 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgVpnPTFilterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6 None The VPN passthrough filter table. wgVpnPTFilterPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of the VPN passthrough policy. This is a number greater than zero. wgVpnPTFilterProtocol brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies which protocol will be allowed to pass through: • other(1) • udp(2) • tcp(3) wgVpnPTFilterPort brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies which protocol interface (number) will be allowed to pass through. wgVpnPTFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a row of the VPN passthrough filter table: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) VPN passthrough policy table The VPN passthrough policy table shows to which interfaces a VPN policy is bound. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Name, OID, and syntax Access Description wgVpnPTPolicyTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7 None VPN passthrough policy table. wgVpnPTPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of the VPN policy. The value of this object must be greater than zero. wgVpnPTPolicyPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7.1.2 Syntax: IfIndexList Read-only Shows a list of ports to which this VPN policy is bound. 679 Chapter 67 Trap MIB Definition In this chapter • Objects to enable or disable standard traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Standard traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Proprietary traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • General traps for the Brocade NetIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681 682 687 727 727 This section describes the standard and proprietary traps that are supported in the Unified IP MIB. Objects to enable or disable standard traps NOTE By default, all the traps are enabled. The following objects from RFC 1213 are the standard objects that are supported in the Unified IP MIB. They are used to set SNMP traps. Name, OID, and syntax Access Description snmpInTraps 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19 Read-only Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been accepted and processed by SNMP. snmpOutTraps 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29 Read-only Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been generated by SNMP. snmpEnableAuthenTrap s 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30 Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication failure traps. The value of this object overrides any configuration information. This objects provides a way to disable all authentication failure traps. NOTE: It is strongly recommended that this object to be stored in the nonvolatile memory so that it remains constant between re-initializations of the network management system. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 681 67 Standard traps Name, OID, and syntax Access Description lldpRemTablesChange 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.1 None An lldpRemTablesChange notification is sent when the value of lldpStatsRemTableLastChangeTime changes. It can be used by an NMS to trigger LLDP remote systems table maintenance polls. NOTE: Transmission of lldpRemTablesChange notifications is throttled by the agent, as specified by the lldpNotificationInterval object. lldpXMedTopologyChang eDetected 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.479 5.0.1 None Allows a device to transfer information related to topology changes to management applications in an asynchronous manner. Specifically, this enables notification of the fact that a new remote device was connected to the local port of an LLDP-MED network connectivity device, or that a remote device was removed from the local port. The purpose of this notification is efficient, near-real-time transmission of information regarding moves and changes to the management applications. Information carried by the list of objects (varbind) contained in the notification allows the receiving management application to uniquely identify the local port where the topology change occurred, as well as the device capability of the remote endpoint device that was attached to or removed from the port. Standard traps This section describes the supported standard traps. System status traps Brocade supports the following traps from RFC 1215 and RFC 2863. 682 Trap name and number Varbind Description coldStart 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 None Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself; the agent's configuration or the protocol entity implementation may be altered. warmStart 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 None Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself; however, the agent configuration or the protocol entity implementation is not altered. linkDown 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 ifEntry.ifInd ex, ifEntry.ifDe scr, ifEntry.ifAd minStatus, ifEntry.ifOp erStatus, ifXEntry.ifAl ias A linkDown trap signifies that the SNMP entity acting in an agent role, has detected that the ifOperStatus object for one of its communication links is about to enter the down state from some other state (but not from the notPresent state). This other state is indicated by the included value of ifOperStatus. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Standard traps 67 Trap name and number Varbind Description linkUp 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 ifEntry.ifInd ex, ifEntry.ifDe scr, ifEntry.ifAd minStatus, ifEntry.ifOp erStatus, ifXEntry.ifAl ias A linkUp trap signifies that the SNMP entity acting in an agent role, has detected that the ifOperStatus object for one of its communication links left the down state and transitioned into some other state (but not into the notPresent state). This other state is indicated by the included value of ifOperStatus. NOTE: Regarding linkUp and linkDown traps: Brocade FastIron release supports a maximum of 64 ports per module; thus, the ifIndex for the release ranges from 1 through 64 for Slot 1, from 65 through 128 for Slot2, and so on. Thus for Slot 2/Port 1, the value of the ifIndex of the port in Brocade FastIron release is 65. authenticationFailure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 None Indicates that the sending protocol entity is the addressee of a protocol message that is not properly authenticated. While implementations of SNMP must be capable of generating this trap, they must also be capable of suppressing the emission of such traps through an implementation-specific mechanism. Traps for STP Brocade supports the following traps for Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) from RFC 1493. : Trap name and number Description newRoot 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.1 Indicates that the sending agent has become the new root of the Spanning Tree. The trap is sent by a bridge soon after its election as the new root, for example, upon expiration of the Topology Change Timer immediately subsequent to its election. topologyChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.2 Sent by a bridge when any of its configured ports transitions from the Learning state to the Forwarding state, or from the Forwarding state to the Blocking state. The trap is not sent if a newRoot trap is sent for the same transition. Traps for alarms Brocade supports the following traps for alarms from RFC 1757. NOTE On Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade NetIron MLX devices, the RFC 1757 has been obsoleted by RFC 2819. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 683 67 Standard traps Trap name and number Description alarmRisingThreshold 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.7 A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was less than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to risingAlarm(1) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3). After a rising event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value falls below this threshold and reaches the alarmFallingThreshold. alarmFallingThreshold 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.8 A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was greater than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to fallingAlarm(2) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3). After a falling event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value rises above this threshold and reaches the alarmRisingThreshold. Pseudo wire traps The following are the PW traps. NOTE The following traps are supported on the Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices. Additional MPLS-related traps are listed in “MPLS notifications” on page 713, and “MPLS LSP notification” on page 714. 684 Trap name and number Supported? Varbind Description pwDown brcdIp.3.1.2.0.1 Yes pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the down(2) state from some other state. The included values of pwOperStatus must all be set equal to this down(2) state. On the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Standard traps 67 Trap name and number Supported? Varbind Description pwUp brcdIp.3.1.2.0.2 Yes pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the up(1) state from some other state. On the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. pwDeleted brcdIp.3.1.2.0.3 Yes pwID pwPeerAddrType pwPeerAddr fdryPWServiceType pwName This notification is generated when the PW has been deleted. NOTE: The pwname varbind is an extension added by Brocade; it is not a part of the Draft PW MIB Version 11. On the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices, this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. MPLS Layer 3 VPN traps The following table lists the MPLS Layer 3 VPN traps. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Trap name Supported? Varbind Description mplsL3VpnVrfUp 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfRowSt atus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStat us Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to the up state. mplsL3VpnVrfDown 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.2 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfRowSt atus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStat us Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to the down state. mplsL3VpnVrfRouteMidThres hExceeded 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.3 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrN umRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidR teThresh This notification is generated when the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds the value indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMidRouteThreshold. A single notification must be generated when this threshold is exceeded, and no other notifications of this type should be issued until the value of mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes has fallen below that of mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh. 685 67 686 Standard traps Trap name Supported? Varbind Description mplsL3VpnVrfNumVrfRouteM axThreshExceeded 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.4 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrN umRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHigh RteThresh This notification is generated when the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMaxRouteThreshold. In cases where mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh is set to the same value as mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh need not be exceeded; rather, just reached for this notification to be issued. Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which this notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded (or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. This value is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes are continually added to a VRF after it has reached its maximum value. The default value is 0 minutes. If this value is set to 0, the agent should only issue a single notification at the time that the maximum threshold has been reached, and should not issue any more notifications until the value of routes has fallen below the configured threshold value. mplsL3VpnNumVrfSecIllglLbl ThrshExcd 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.5 No mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegal LblVltns This notification is generated when the number of illegal label violations on a VRF as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns has exceeded mplsL3VpnIllLblRcvThrsh. The threshold is not included in the varbind here because the value of mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns should be one greater than the threshold at the time this notification is issued. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name Supported? Varbind Description mplsL3VpnNumVrfRouteMax ThreshCleared 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.6 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrN umRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHigh RteThresh This notification is generated only after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The notification informs the operator that the error condition has been cleared without the operator having to query the device. Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which the mplsNumVrfRouteMaxThreshExceede d notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded (or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. Thus, the generation of this notification should also be emitted with this same frequency (assuming that the error condition is cleared). Specifically, if the error condition is reached and cleared several times during the period of time specified in mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime, only a single notification is issued to indicate the first instance of the error condition as well as the first time the error condition is cleared. This behavior is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes. This notification is generated only after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The default value is 0. If this value is set to 0, the agent should issue a notification whenever the maximum threshold has been cleared. Proprietary traps This section presents the proprietary traps supported on devices running proprietary software. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 687 67 Proprietary traps NOTE The traps in the proprietary MIBs include the following lines in their description: --#TYPE "Brocade Trap: Power Supply Failure" --#SUMMARY "Power supply fails, error status %d." --#ARGUMENTS { 0 } --#SEVERITY MINOR --#STATE OPERATIONAL General traps The table below lists the general traps generated by devices. Refer to the previous sections in this chapter to determine if traps for a feature must be enabled (for example, OSPF traps must be enabled) . Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapChasPwrSupply brcdIp.0.1 snChasPwrSupply Status Minor The power supply failed or is not operating normally. The value is a packed bit string; the power supply statuses are encoded into four bits (a nibble). The following shows the meaning of each bit: (Bit 0 is the least significant bit.) Bit position and meaning 4 to 31- Reserved 3 - Power Supply 2 DC (0=bad, 1=good). 2 - Power Supply 1 DC (0=bad, 1=good). 1 - Power Supply 2 present status (0-present, 1-not present). 0 - Power Supply 1 present status (0-present, 1-not present). Sample trap message: Power supply fails, error status snSwViolatorPortN umber snSwViolatorMacA ddress Minor The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port. Sample trap message: Lock address violation on Port with MAC Address NOTE: This object has been replaced by “snTrapChasPwrSupply Failed” on page 689 and “snTrapChasFanFailed ” on page 689 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade NetIron XMR and Brocade NetIron MLX devices. It has been replaced by the “Power supply table” on page 130. Also, this object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe devices. snTrapLockedAddressViolation brcdIp.0.2 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 688 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapModuleInserted brcdIp.0.28 snAgentBrdIndex Informational A module was inserted into the chassis while the system is running. Sample trap message: Module was inserted to the chassis during system running snTrapModuleRemoved brcdIp.0.29 snAgentBrdIndex Informational A module was removed from the chassis while the system is running. Sample trap message: Module was removed from the chassis during system running snTrapChasPwrSupplyFailed brcdIp.0.30 snChasPwrSupplyI ndex snChasPwrSupply Description Minor A power supply in the device failed. Sample trap message: Power supply { )f ailed snTrapChasFanFailed brcdIp.0.31 snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion Minor A fan in the device failed. Sample trap message: Fan ( ) failed snTrapLockedAddressViolation 2 brcdIp.0.32 snAgGblTrapMess age Minor The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port. Sample trap message: Locked address violation at interface Ethernet , address snTrapMgmtModuleRedunStat eChange brcdIp.0.35 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning The management module changed its redundancy state. Sample trap message: Management module at slot state changed from to snTrapTemperatureWarning brcdIp.0.36 snAgGblTrapMess age Critical The actual temperature reading is above the warning temperature threshold. Sample trap message: Temperature C degrees, warning level C degrees, shutdown level C degrees snTrapAccessListDeny brcdIp.0.37 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning A packet was denied by an access list. Sample trap message: (for RIP): rip filter list in rip denied , event(s) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 67 689 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapMacFilterDeny brcdIp.0.38 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning A packet was denied by a MAC address filter. Sample trap message: mac filter group denied packets on port src macaddr , packets snTrapChasFanNormal brcdIp.0.49 snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion Minor The status of a fan has changed from fail to normal. Sample trap message: Fan ( ) ok Major A duplicate IP address was detected. Sample trap message: Duplicate IP address detect. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snTrapDuplicateIp brcdIp.0.56 690 snTrapRunningConfigChanged brcdIp.0.73 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The running configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: Running-config was changed from telnet. snTrapStartupConfigChanged brcdIp.0.74 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The startup configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: Startup-config was changed from console. snTrapUserLogin brcdIp.0.75 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A user logged in to a device. Sample trap message: login to USER EXEC mode. snTrapUserLogout brcdIp.0.76 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A user logged out of a device. Sample trap message: logout from USER EXEC mode. snTrapChasPwrSupplyOK brcdIp.0.81 snChasPwrSupplyI ndex, snChasPwrSupply Description Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a power supply operational status changes from failure to normal Sample trap message: Power supply OK snTrapClientLoginReject brcdIp.0.110 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A login by a Telnet or SSH client failed. Sample trap message: telnet|SSH access [by ] from src IP , src MAC rejected, attempt(s) Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapLocalUserConfigChange brcdIp.0.111 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The configuration of a local user account has been changed. Sample trap message: user added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp snTrapVlanConfigChange brcdIp.0.112 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A VLAN configuration has been changed. FSample trap message: vlan added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session snTrapAclConfigChange brcdIp.0.113 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational An ACL configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: ACL added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session snTrapMacFilterConfigChange brcdIp.0.114 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A MAC filter configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: MAC Filter from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session (filter id= , src mac= |any, dst mac= |any) snTrapSNMPConfigChange brcdIp.0.115 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational SNMP configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: [read-only community|read-write community|contact|location|user |group|view|engineId|trap host] " " deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session NOTE: A contact, location, user, group, view, trap host name may be displayed for . snTrapSyslogConfigChange brcdIp.0.116 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational Syslog configuration has been changed. Sample trap message: Syslog server deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or Syslog operation enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp 691 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapPasswordConfigChange brcdIp.0.117 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The enable or line password has been changed. Sample trap message: Enable password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or Line password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp snTrapServerStatusChange brcdIp.0.118 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational SNMP trap server has been enabled or disabled. Sample trap message: SSH|Telnet server enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session [by ] snTrapPortPriorityChange brcdIp.0.122 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational This trap is generated when a port’s priority is changed. Sample trap message: Port priority changed to snTrapDot1xSecurityViolation brcdIp.0.131 snAgGblTrapMess age Alert This trap is generated when a malicious MAC address is detected. snTrapDot1xPortLinkChange brcdIp.0.132 snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when a software port link status is changed to up or down. snTrapDot1xPortControlChang e brcdIp.0.133 snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when software port control status is changed to authorize or unauthorize. snTrapDot1xVlanIdChange brcdIp.0.134 snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when VLAN ID of a port is changed. snTrapDot1xFilterSetupFailure brcdIp.0.135 snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when software failed to setup a filter to a MAC address of a port. snTrapDot1xError brcdIp.0.136 snAgGblTrapMess age Debugging This trap is generated when software detects system error. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 692 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapPortConfigChange brcdIp.0.137 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational This trap is generated when interface configuration is changed. The following are the additional traps generated with the reason when the GRE tunnel interface is down: • admin down PORT: tn1 disabled by user from console session. • delete PORT: tn1, removed ip address xx.xx.x.x by user from console session. • IP address remove PORT: tn1 down due to tunnel ip address removed. • source down PORT: tn1 down due to tunnel source interface down. • destination route not found PORT: tn1 down due to tunnel no destination route. • keepalive down PORT: tn1 down due to GRE keepalive. • recursive routing down PORT: tn1 down due to GRE recursive routing. The following trap is generated when the GRE tunnel interface is UP and running. • Tunnel UP Trap PORT: tn1 enabled by user from console session. snTrapLACPLinkStateChange brcdIp.0.155 ifIndex, snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when LACP port changes its state. snTrapPBRConfigChanged brcdIp.0.173 snAgGblTrapMess age Alert This trap is generated when a Policy Based Routing (PBR) routemap is bound or unbound either globally or to an interface.. snTrapSysmaxReverted brcdIp.0.178 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning This trap is generated when the revertible sysmax elements are reverted during the card bringup if they cannot be accomodated in the available memory. snTrapSysmaxLeftLowMem brcdIp.0.179 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning This trap is generated when that the configured sysmax set can leave less than 10% available memory free during bootup. snTrapSysMemoryLowThresho ld brcdIp.0.180 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning This trap is generated when the available dynamic memory in a card is below 5% of the installed physical memory. snTrapSysMemoryOutThreshol d brcdIp.0.181 snAgGblTrapMess age Warning This trap is generated when the dynamic memory fails to be allocated in a system. 693 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapLinkOAMLinkDown brcdIp.0.182 ifIndex, snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when Link-OAM port link status is changed to down. snTrapLinkOAMLinkUp brcdIp.0.183 ifIndex, snAgGblTrapMess age Notification This trap is generated when Link-OAM port link status is changed to up. Traps for optics The following table presents the general optics traps on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapOpticalMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1003 snAgGblTrapMessage Warnin g A warning occurred during optical monitoring. Sample trap message: Latched high Temperature alarm, port / snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts An alarm occurred during optical monitoring due to a low temperature in the device. Sample trap message: Latched low Temperature alarm, port / NOTE: This trap is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snTrapOpticalMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1004 NOTE: This trap is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 694 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity snTrapOpticalMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1005 snAgGblTrapMessage Informa An error occurred during optical tional monitoring. Samples trap message: OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_create_timer failed, slot , port mask OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_set_timer failed, slot , port mask OPTICAL MONITORING: THRESHOLDS READ FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: AUX AD TYPE READ FAILED, port / " OPTICAL MONITORING: INT UNMASK ALL WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: INT MASK WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: XFP INT MASK WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_create_timer failed OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_create_timer2 failed OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_set_timer failed NOTE: This trap is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. snTrapOpticalMonitoringError (continued) snTrapXfpSfpIncompatibleOptics brcdIp.0.1009 Description and trap message OPTICAL MONITORING: port / , failed to get latched flags( ) OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_set_timer1 failed snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts The optics are incompatible with the port configuration. NOTE: This trap is supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Traps for Traffic Manager The following table contains Traffic Manager traps that are supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 695 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapTMLoggingStart brcdIp.0.1015 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational Traffic Manager logging started, triggerred by an event. snTrapTMLoggingStop brcdIp.0.1016 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational Traffic Manager logging stopped because the storage is full. snTrapTMLoggingRestart brcdIp.0.1017 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational Traffic Manager logging restarted after the log was cleared. snTrapTMRecoverySlotRes et brcdIp.0.1019 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational This trap is generated when the Traffic Manager recovery slot reset is triggered. snTrapTMEgressDataError brcdIp.0.1020 snAgGblTrapMessage Major This trap is generated when the system detects egress data errors on the Traffic Manager. Sample trap message: Health Monitoring : TM Egress data errors detected on LP /TM snTrapSFMLinkDown brcdIp.0.1100 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A link from the LP Traffic Manager to an SFM Fabric Element is down. Sample trap message: Fabric Monitoring Link Down : SFM /FE /Link , LP /TM snTrapSFMLinkUp brcdIp.0.1101 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A link from the LP Traffic Manager to an SFM Fabric Element is up. Sample trap message: Fabric Monitoring Link Up : SFM /FE /Link , LP /TM snTrapSFMAccessError brcdIp.0.1102 snAgGblTrapMessage Major This trap is generated when the system fails to access an SFM Fabric Element. Sample trap message: Health Monitoring: FE accessfailure on SFM /FE NP buffer error notifications The following table contains Network Processor (NP) buffer error notifications that are supported only on the Brocade NetIron CES and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. 696 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severit y Description brcdNPBufferErrorIngressThr esholdExceeded brcdIp.1.14.2.0.1 brcdNPBufferErro rDescription, brcdNPBufferErro rIngressCurrentE vents Alerts The SNMP trap is generated when the NP ingress buffer error event count within a window exceeds the configured threshold value. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: NP ingress buffer has 11 error events, exceeding configured threshold for interfaces 1/1 to 1/24. brcdNPBufferErrorEgressThre sholdExceeded brcdIp.1.14.2.0.2 brcdNPBufferErro rDescription, brcdNPBufferErro rEgressCurrentEv ents Alerts The SNMP trap is generated when the NP egress buffer error event count within a window exceeds the configured threshold value. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: NP egress buffer has 11 error events, exceeding configured threshold for interfaces 1/1 to 1/24. Traps for NP memory error monitoring The following table contains Network Processor (NP) error notifications that are supported only on the Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron MLX, and Brocade NetIron XMR devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description brcdNPMemoryParityErrorTra p brcdIp.1.14.2.0.6 brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when a memory parity error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Memory parity error on NP device brcdNPMemoryMiscErrorTrap brcdIp.1.14.2.0.7 brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when a miscellaneous memory error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Memory Miscellaneous error on NP device brcdNPBuffOverFlowErrorTrap brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdIp.1.14.2.0.8 brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when a buffer overflow error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Buffer Overflow error on NP device brcdNPBuffUnderFlowErrorTr ap brcdIp.1.14.2.0.9 Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when a buffer underflow error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Buffer underflow error on NP device brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type 697 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description brcdNPECCSingleErrorTrap brcdIp.1.14.2.0.10 brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type Warning The SNMP trap that is generated when a single ECC error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: ECC single error on NP device" brcdNPECCMultipleErrorTrap brcdIp.1.14.2.0.11 brcdNPNotificationSupportDesc ription, brcdNPNotificationSupportError Type Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when multiple ECC error occurs in a NP device. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Multiple ECC error on NP device Packet over SONET traps The following contains packet over SONET traps that are supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description snTrapPosMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1006 snAgGblTrapMes sage Informational A warning occurred during POS alarm monitoring. snTrapPosMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1007 snAgGblTrapMes sage Alert An alarm up or alarm down incident occurred during POS alarm monitoring. snTrapPosMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1008 snAgGblTrapMes sage Informational An error occurred during POS alarm monitoring. MAC-based VLAN traps The following table contains MAC-based VLAN traps that are supported only on the FastIron devices. 698 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapMacAuthVlanIdChang e brcdIp.0.138 snAgGblTrapMessage Notifica tion VLAN ID of a port has changed. snTrapMacBasedVlanEnable snAgGblTrapMessage d brcdIp.0.147 Notifica tion MAC-based VLAN is enabled. Sample trap message: SNTrapMacBasedVlanEnabled: Mac Based Vlan Enabled on port . snTrapMacBasedVlanDisabl ed brcdIp.0.148 Notifica tion MAC-based VLAN is disabled. Sample trap message: SNTrapMacBasedVlanDisabled: Mac Based Vlan Disabled on port . snAgGblTrapMessage Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapMacMoveThresholdR ate brcdIp.0.197 snAgGblTrapMessage Notifica tion The SNMP notification is generated when MAC movement is exceeding the certain threshold for a sampling interval is detected. Sample trap message: Mac-Move threshold-rate: MAC address moved from interface to interface for vlan , times exceeding the threshold rate for a sampling interval seconds snTrapMacMoveIntervalHist ory brcdIp.0.198 snAgGblTrapMessage Notifica tion The SNMP notification is generated for every user configured interval, summarizing the moves in the interval. Sample trap message: Mac-Move Interval-History: <#macs> macs moved in last seconds. Total number of mac moves in the interval is <#moves> MCT notifications The following traps are generated for the MCT objects supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Use the [no] snmp-server enable traps command to enable or disable MCT notifications. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message brcdMctCluste rPeerStatus brcdIp.1.1.12. 1.0.1 brcdMctClusterPee rOperStatus, brcdMctClusterPee rDownReason Notification Generates when the brcdMctClusterPeerOperStatus object for peer entry in brcdMctClusterPeerTable changes the state to ccpUp(2), ccpDown(3), or reachable(4) from any other state. brcdMctCluste brcdMctClusterClie ntOperStatus rClientStatus brcdIp.1.1.12. 1.0.2 Notification Generates when the brcdMctClusterClientOperStatus object for peer entry in brcdMctClusterClientTable changes the state to remoteUp(4), localUp(5), up(6), slave(7), master(8), or masterPeerUp(9) from any other state. Sample syslog message: BROCADE-MCT-CLUSTER-MIB:brcdMctClusterClie ntOperStatus.10.99.108.105.101.110.116.49 : (up) Syntax: INTEGER, Instance IDs: (10 client1) NOTE: The change in the cluster peer state from ccpUp(2) to ccpDown(3) or vice versa changes the state of all the clients. This creates the brcdMctClusterClientStatus notification storm. The brcdMctClusterClientStatus notification will not be sent when the client state change happens due to a cluster peer state change from ccpUp(2) to ccpDown(3) or vice versa. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 699 67 Proprietary traps MEF Service OAM notifications The following are the Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF) Service OAM (SOAM) traps. NOTE The following traps are supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Trap name and number Supported? Varbind Description mefSoamDmSe ssionStartStop 1.3.6.1.4.1.150 07.1.3.0.3 Yes mefSoamDmCfgSession Status, mefSoamNotificationDa teAndTime Generated when the state of the delay measurement (DM) session changes. The notification is sent when the DM session is started and stopped. Sample trap message: DOT1AG: The CFM session started for MA index 1, MD index 1, MEP id 1 mefSoamDmThr Yes esholdCrossing 1.3.6.1.4.1.150 07.1.3.0.5 mefSoamThresholdNotif icationId, mefSoamThresholdNotif icationCfg, mefSoamThresholdNotif icationCount, mefSoamThresholdSus pect, mefSoamNotificationDa teAndTime Generated when the value of the crossing object from the mefSoamDmThresholdTable (as indicated by the mefSoamThresholdNotificationId) is exceeded during the current measurement interval. The notification is sent when the threshold crosses as per mefSoamDmThresholdCrossing. Sample trap message: DOT1AG: The CFM session for MA index 1, MD index 1, MEP id 1 has crossed the maximum threshold value mefSoamLmSe ssionStartStop 1.3.6.1.4.1.150 07.1.3.0.2 Yes mefSoamLmCfgSession Status mefSoamNotificationDa teAndTime Generated when the state of the loss measurement (LM) session changes. The notification is sent when the LM session is started and stopped. Sample trap message: The SLM session started for MA index 1, MD index 1, MEP id 11 Session index 1 mefSoamLmThr esholdCrossing 1.3.6.1.4.1.150 07.1.3.0.4 Yes mefSoamThresholdNotif icationId mefSoamThresholdNotif icationCfg mefSoamThresholdNotif icationCount mefSoamThresholdSus pect mefSoamNotificationDa teAndTime Generated when the value of the crossing object from the mefSoamLmThresholdTable (as indicated by the mefSoamThresholdNotificationId) is exceeded during the current measurement interval. Sample trap message: The LMM session started for MA index 1, MD index 1, MEP id 11 Session index 1 has crossed the maximum threshold value. VRRP traps The following table contains VRRP trap that can be used only by the devices that support VRRP. 700 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapVrrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.34 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A VRRP routing device changed state from master to backup or vice versa. Sample trap message: VRRP intf state changed, intf , vrid , state . 67 FSRP traps The following traps can be used by the devices that support FSRP. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapFsrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.33 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational An FSRP routing device changed state from active to standby or vice versa. Sample trap message: SRP_FSRP intf state changed, intf , addr , state . VSRP traps The following traps can be used by the devices that support VSRP. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description snTrapVsrpStateChange brcdIp.0.83 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A VSRP routing device changed its state. snTrapVsrpCamError brcdIp.0.84 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A VSRP CAM error has occurred. OSPF traps The Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices support RFC 1850 and the objects in the following table are not supported. NOTE You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps for the following objects: ospfIfStateChange trap ospfNbrStateChange trap ospfVirtIfStateChange trap ospfVirtNbrStateChange trap Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 701 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity snTrapOspfIfStateChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.3 Informational snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfIfStatusState (The new state) Description and trap message There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (for example, goes from Dr to Down) or progresses to a terminal state (for example, Point-to-Point, DR Other, Dr, or Backup). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample trap message: OSPF router id , interface state changed to . snTrapOspfVirtIfStateChan ge 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.4 702 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfVirtIfStatusState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of an OSPF virtual interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (for example, goes from Point-to-Point to Down) or progresses to a terminal state (for example, Point-to-Point). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample trap message: OSPF router id , virtual interface area id neighbor state changed to . Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snOspfNbrStateChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.5 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfNbrIpAddr snOspfNbrRtrId snOspfNbrState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF neighbor. This trap should be generated when a neighbor state regresses (for example, goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (for example, 2-Way or Full). When an neighbor transitions from or to Full on non-broadcast multi-access and broadcast networks, the trap should be generated by the designated router. A designated router transitioning to Down will be noted by ospfIfStateChange. NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample trap message: OSPF router id neighbor area ,neighbor router id state changed to . snOspfVirtNbrStateChang e 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.6 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtNbrArea snOspfVirtNbrRtrId snOspfVirtNbrState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of an OSPF virtual neighbor. This trap should be generated when the neighbor state regresses (for example, goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (for example, Full). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample trap message: OSPF router id virtual neighbor area , virtual neighbor router id state changed to . Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 703 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds snOspfIfConfigError 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.7 Major snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType (Type of error) snOspfPacketType A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s configuration parameters. Major A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s configuration parameters. snOspfVirtIfConfigError 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.8 snOspfIfAuthFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.9 704 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType (Type of error) snOspfPacketType Severity Minor snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType (authTypeMismatch or authFailure snOspfPacketType Description and trap message NOTE: The optionMismatch event should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming. Sample trap message: Configuration error type with packet type has been received on interface , router id from . NOTE: The optionMismatch event should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming. Sample trap message: Configuration error type with packet type has been received on virtual interface area id , router id from neighbor . A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type. Sample trap message: OSPF authentication failed. Router ID , Interface , packet src , error type and packet type . Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snOspfVirtIfAuthFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.10 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType (authTypeMismatch or authFailure) snOspfPacketType Minor A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type. Sample trap message: OSPF authentication failed. Router ID , virtual interface , Neigbor , Error type and packet type . snOspfIfRxBadPacket 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.11 Warning snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfPacketType snOspfVirtIfRxBadPacket 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.12 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType Warning An OSPF packet has been received on a virtual interface that cannot be parsed. Sample trap message: OSPF router id , virtual interface received bad packet (type ) from neighbor . snOspfTxRetransmit 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.13 Warning snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfNbrRtrId (Destination) snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a non-virtual interface. All packets that may be retransmitted are associated with an LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry. Sample trap message: OSPF router id interface retransmitted packet type ,LSDB type , LSDB LS ID and LSDB router id to Neighbor router id . An OSPF packet has been received on a non-virtual interface that cannot be parsed. Sample trap message: OSPF Router Id , interface receive bad packet (type ) from . 705 67 706 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message ospfVirtIfTxRetransmit 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.14 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Warning An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a virtual interface. All packets that may be retransmitted are associated with an LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry. Sample trap message: OSPF router id , virtual interface area id snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID> retransmitted packet type ,LSDB type , LSDB LS ID and LSDB router id to Neighbor . snOspfOriginateLsa 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.15 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId (0.0.0.0 for AS Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Informational This router originated a new LSA. This trap should not be invoked for simple refreshes of LSAs (which happens every 30 minutes), but instead will only be invoked when an LSA is re-originated due to a topology change. Additionally, this trap does not include LSAs that are being flushed because they have reached MaxAge Sample trap message: New LSA (area id , type , LS Id and router id ) has been originated by router id . snOspfMaxAgeLsa 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.16 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId (0.0.0.0 for AS Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Warning One of the LSAs in the router’s link-state database has aged to MaxAge. Sample trap message: The LSA (area id , type , LS Id and router id ) in router id link-state database has aged to maximum age. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snOspfLsdbOverflow 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.17 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit Warning The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded the ospfExtLsdbLimit. Sample trap message: The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id link-state database has exceeded . snOspfLsdbApproachingO verflow 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.18 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit Informational The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded 90 percent of the ospfExtLsdbLimit. Sample trap message: The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id link-state database has exceeded ninety percent of . Layer 4 traps The following table presents the traps that can be generated for Layer 4 functionalities. NOTE The following table contain traps that are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapL4MaxSessionLimitR eached brcdIp.0.19 snL4MaxSessionLimit Warning The maximum number of connections has been reached. Sample trap message: SLB maximum number of connections has been reached. snTrapL4TcpSynLimitReach ed brcdIp.0.20 snL4TcpSynLimit Warning The TCP SYN limits have been reached. Sample trap message: SLB TCP Syn limits have been reached. snTrapL4RealServerUp brcdIp.0.21 snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me Informational The load balancing real server is up. Sample trap message: SLB real server is up. 707 67 708 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapL4RealServerDown brcdIp.0.22 snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me Informational The load balancing real server is down. Sample trap message: SLB real server is down. snTrapL4RealServerPortUp brcdIp.0.23 snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerPor t Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is up. Sample trap message: SLB real server port is up snTrapL4RealServerPortDow snL4TrapRealServerIP n snL4TrapRealServerNa brcdIp.0.24 me snL4TrapRealServerPor t Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is down. Sample trap message: SLB real server port is. snTrapL4RealServerMaxCon nectionLimitReached brcdIp.0.25 Warning The real server reached its maximum number of connections. Sample trap message: SLB real server maximum connection has been reached. snTrapL4BecomeStandby brcdIp.0.26 Warning The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from active to standby. Sample trap message: SLB changes state from active to standby. snTrapL4BecomeActive brcdIp.0.27 Warning The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from standby to active. Sample trap message: SLB changes state from standby to active. snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerCu rConnections snTrapL4GslbRemoteUp brcdIp.0.39 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the remote ServerIron is up. Sample trap message: L4 gslb connection to site SI is up snTrapL4GslbRemoteDown brcdIp.0.40 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the remote ServerIron is down. Sample trap message: L4 gslb connection to site SI is down Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Varbinds 67 Severity Description and trap message snTrapL4GslbRemoteControl snAgGblTrapMessage lerUp brcdIp.0.41 Warning The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is up. Sample trap message: L4 gslb connection to gslb SI is up snTrapL4GslbRemoteControl snAgGblTrapMessage lerDown brcdIp.0.42 Warning The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is down. Sample trap message: L4 gslb connection to gslb SI is down snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp Up brcdIp.0.43 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The GSLB health check for an address changed from the down to the active state. Sample trap message: L4 gslb health-check of . status changed to up snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp Down brcdIp.0.44 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The GSLB health check for an address changed from the active to the down state. Sample trap message: L4 gslb health-check of . status changed to down snTrajjjpL4GslbHealthCheck IpPortUp brcdIp.0.45 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A port for a health check address is up. Sample trap message: L4 gslb health-check of . port is up snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp PortDown brcdIp.0.46 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A port for a health check address is down. Sample trap message: L4 gslb health-check of . port is down snTrapL4FirewallBecomeSta ndby brcdIp.0.47 Major The Server Load Balancing switch firewall changed its state from active to standby. Sample trap message: firewall group # become standby snTrapL4FirewallBecomeAct ive brcdIp.0.48 Major The Server Load Balancing switch firewall changed its state from standby to active. Sample trap message: firewall group # become active 709 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number 710 Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapL4FirewallPathUp brcdIp.0.49 Minor The Server Load Balancing switch firewall path is up. Sample trap message: firewall path up target nexthop path port snTrapL4FirewallPathDown brcdIp.0.50 Minor The Server Load Balancing switch firewall path is down. Sample trap message: Firewall path down target nexthop path port snTrapL4ContentVerification brcdIp.0.55 Informational The HTTP match list pattern has been found. Sample trap message: HTTP match-list pattern is found. snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeLowerLimit brcdIp.0.67 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The real server average response time exceeded the lower threshold. Sample trap message: Port on server : : Avg response time has exceeded lower threshold snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeUpperLimit brcdIp.0.68 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The real server average response time exceeded the upper threshold. Sample trap message: Port on server : : Avg response time has exceeded upper threshold; Bringing down the port... snTrapL4TcpAttackRateExce edMax brcdIp.0.69 snAgGblTrapMessage Critical The TCP attack rate exceeds the configured maximum TCP attack rate. Sample trap message: L4 TCP Attack Rate Exceed Max snTrapL4TcpAttackRateExce edThreshold brcdIp.0.70 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The TCP attack rate exceeds 80 percent of the configured maximum. Sample trap message: L4 TCP Attack Rate Exceed Threshold snTrapL4ConnectionRateExc snAgGblTrapMessage eedMax brcdIp.0.71 Critical The Layer 4 connection rate exceeds the configured maximum. Sample trap message: L4 Connection Rate Exceed Max snTrapL4ConnectionRateExc snAgGblTrapMessage eedThreshold brcdIp.0.72 Warning The Layer 4 connection rate exceeds 80 percent of the configured maximum. Sample trap message: L4 Connection Rate Exceed Threshold Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 ICMP traps The following traps are generated for ICMP functionalities. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapIcmpLocalExceedBur st brcdIp.0.51 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Incoming ICMP exceeded the maximum local burst packets. Sample trap message: Local ICMP exceeds burst packets, stopping for seconds!! snTrapIcmpTransitExceedBu rst brcdIp.0.52 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Transit ICMP exceeded the maximum transit burst packets. Sample trap message: Transit ICMP in interface exceeds burst packets, stopping for seconds!! TCP traps The following traps are generated for TCP functionalities. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapTcpLocalExceedBurst brcdIp.0.53 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Incoming TCP exceeded the maximum local burst packets. Sample trap message: Local TCP exceeds burst packets, stopping for seconds!! snTrapTcpTransitExceedBurs snAgGblTrapMessage t brcdIp.0.54 Warning Transit TCP exceeded the maximum transit burst packets. Sample trap message: Transit TCP in interface exceeds burst packets, stopping for seconds!! Sample trap message: Locked address violation at , address BGP traps The following table contains BGP traps that are obsolete and has been replaced with the BGP4v2 notifications. NOTE The following table contains BGP traps that are not supported on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, Brocade NetIron CES, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 711 67 Proprietary traps Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapBgpPeerUp brcdIp.0.65 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational The Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer is up. Sample trap message: BGP Peer UP(ESTABLISHED) snTrapBgpPeerDown brcdIp.0.66 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational The BGP peer is down. Sample trap message: BGP Peer DOWN ( )\n BGP4v2 notifications The following table contains BGP4v2 traps that are supported only on the Brocade NetIron MLX, Brocade MLXe, Brocade NetIron XMR, and Brocade NetIron CER series devices. Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description bgp4V2EstablishedNotific ation brcdIp.3.5.1.0.1 bgp4V2PeerState, Notification bgp4V2PeerLocalP ort, bgp4V2PeerRemot ePort The Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) established event is generated when the BGP finite state machine (FSM) enters the established state. bgp4V2BackwardTransitio bgp4V2PeerState, Notification nNotification bgp4V2PeerLocalP ort, brcdIp.3.5.1.0.2 bgp4V2PeerRemot ePort, bgp4V2PeerLastEr rorCodeReceived, bgp4V2PeerLastEr rorSubCodeReceiv ed, bgp4V2PeerLastEr rorReceivedText The BGP backward transition event is generated when the BGP FSM moves from a higher-numbered state to a lower-numbered state. The current implementation generates this notification only when the state machine moves out of the established state. Port security traps The port security feature enables a device to learn a limited number of “secure” MAC addresses on an interface. The interface forwards only those packets with source MAC addresses that match the secure addresses. The following traps are generated, if the interface receives MAC addresses that are included in its secure MAC list. NOTE The following traps apply to ports that have the port security feature enabled. 712 Unified IP MIB Reference 53-1003106-02 Proprietary traps 67 Trap name and number Varbinds Severity Description and trap message snTrapPortSecurityViolation brcdIp.0.77 snAgGblTrapMessage Minor Packets from an unknown MAC address are dropped. Sample trap message: Brocade Trap: Port Security Violation snTrapPortSecurityShutdown brcdIp.0.78 snAgGblTrapMessage Minor The port is disabled for the amount of time configured using the violation shutdown